FORWARD
WELCOME TO THE TREASURY ENFORCEMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II
(TECS II)
The following pages comprise the First Edition of the TECS II
User's Manual* The implementation of TECS II is completing the
transition phase from the original TECS. TECS II is an entirely
new system, and enhancements are continually being produced to
make this system more effective, efficient, and as user friendly
as possible.
The intent of this manual is to assist you, the user, in the
procedural operation of TECS II* The manual is divided into
sixteen sections, beginning with an introduction to TECS II which
provides background into the system as well as a brief
description of the system and its capabilities.
Following the Introduction is a section dealing with Security,
There are many aspects of security involved in TECS II* This
section provides information on each aspect, Prior to accessing
TECS II, certain security requirements must be met. The Security
section explains what those requirements are, and what you must
do to satisfy them.
Once the security requirements are satisfied, you will need to
know how to actually access the TECS II system* The next section
is devoted to Accessing TECS II, and explains how to sign-on and
off of the system. System Attributes such as the Help facility,
standard function keys and electronic mail (eMAIL) are also
discussed in this section.
The remainder of the manual is divided into specific system
applications. The arrangement of the applications is presented
in alphabetical order, according to their placement on the TECS
II Main Menu. Each individual section will begin with an
overview, followed by a discussion of accessing the application
from the main menu, then the subsystem menu. After the
presentation of the subsystem menu, each section will present an
in-depth discussion of the options available from the subsystem
menu* Should there be other menus presented below the subsystem
menu, those options too will be discussed, each in turn, as they
are presented on the menu.
You are encouraged to use and critique this manual* Should you
have any questions, suggestions for improvement, or corrections,
please submit your comments to;
U 5 CUSTOMS SERVICE
Law Enforcement Systems Division
7631 Boston Boulevard
Springfield, VA 22153
DEPOSITORY.
USER'S MANUAL
Doc.
r n-zt
TV
TECS II
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
FORWARD
I. INTRODUCTION INTRO- 1
BACKGROUND INTRO- 1
DESCRIPTION OF TECS II * INTRO-1
II. SECURITY SEC-1
OVERVIEW SEC-1
USER RESPONSIBILITY SEC-1
PHYSICAL SECURITY SEC-2
SOFTWARE SEC- 3
III- ACCESS TO TECS II
OVERVIEW
SIGN-ON
GROUP SIGN-ON
LANDBGRDER PRIMARY
MAIN MENU
SIGNOFF
SYSTEM ATTRIBUTES -
HELP FACILITY
STANDARD PF KEYS - -
ERROR MESSAGES
NARRATIVE TRANSFER
EMAIL
SIGN-ON & SIGN-OFF,
ACCESS-1
ACCESS-1
ACCESS *1
ACCESS-6
ACCESS-7
ACCESS-8
ACCESS-10
ACCESS-10
ACCESS-10
ACCESS-11
ACCESS-14
ACCESS-17
ACCESS-25
IV- AT — ATF OPERATIONS
V, CM - CASE MANAGEMENT CM-1
OVERVIEW CM-1
CM7 8-CASE MAINTENANCE CM -5
1- OPEN CASE CM- 6
2- MODIFY CASE CM-B
3 - AUTHORIZE CASE CM- 13
CM81-ENTER HOURS & STATISTICS CM-15
1 - ENTER CASE STATISTICS CM- 16
2- ADD CASE HOURS CM-24
3- AUTHORIZE HOURS *, STATISTICS CM-30
* THIS TRANSACTION WILL BE AVAILABLE WITHIN THE MARCH , 1988
TIMEFRAME
I
T* O* C
1
TECS II
USER'S
MANUAL
4 -AUTHORIZE STATISTICS CM- 3 4
CMS 3 -ENTER CASE REPORTS CM- 3 5
1-REPORT OF INVESTIGATION CM-3 6
3-SEARCH T ARREST AND SEIZURE ( IOAA ) CM-45
CM3 2 -RETRIEVE FORMATTED CASE DATA CM- 4 5
1- SINGLE CASE STATUS CM-4 6
2 - MU LIT- CASE STATUS & STATISTICS REPORT.,.. CM-51
3- CASE FOLDER CM-70
4- CASE HOUR REPORTS CM-73
VI. GQ - GENERAL QUERY GQ-1
OVERVIEW GQ — 1
ACCESSING GENERAL QUERY
GQ-pUERY SCREENS OVERVIEW GQ-J
GQ01 -INTEL DOCUMENTS AND MOIRS GQ-5
GQ03-REPORT OF INVESTIGATION GQ-3
GQO 4 -SEARCH , ARREST k SEIZURE REPORTS GQ-10
GQ05-CASE REPORTS - GQ-13
HIT LIST-QUERY DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS GQ-16
GQO 6 -ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE GQ-31 *
GQOS-TEXT RETRIEVAL SYSTEM GQ-31 *
VII- IL - IN TE LLI GENACE ANALYSIS IL-1
OVERVIEW IL-1
IL2 I-ENTER REPORT (S) IL-2
1- INTEL RECORD * IL-3
2- INTEL STUDY IL-5
3- CF320 INTEL REPORT IL-6
4- MOIR IL-8
IL41-MODIFY REPORT ( S ) IL-20
IL51-DELETE REPORT(S) IL-23
VI 1 1. 10 - INSPECTION OPERATIONS 10- 1
OVERVIEW 10-1
IQAA-SEARCH, ARREST & SEIZURE 10-3
1-ADD CF151 10-4
2 “MODIFY CF151 10-39
3 -CANCEL CF151 10-42
4 -CONSOLIDATED CF151 10-43
IODR-MOIR 10-49
IGDS-TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM 10-50
LANDBORDER OPERATIONS . 10-52
LANDBORDER PRIMARY 10-52
1004 -LANDBORDER SECONDARY OPS 10-59
MESSAGES FROM PRIMARY 10-60
IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE 10-61
ARMED AND DANGEROUS 10-61
T. O. C.
2
TECS II
USER'S
MANUAL
PORT RUNNER 10-61
NLETS QUERY 10-61
1- QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS 10-61
2- REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS 10-65
3 - MAINTAIN 24 HOUR EXEMPTIONS 10-69
4 - PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES 10-7 4
5 - REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS 10-75
TIME TRIGGERED TRANSACTIONS 10-77
REMOVE ITEMS FROM REFERRAL LIST 10-7 7
ISSUE WARNING NOTICE 10-77
MAKE INSPECTION RESULTS OVERDUE 10-7 8
PRINT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT.... 10-78
1016-AIRPORT PRIMARY OPS I0-7B
PRIMARY QUERY 10-79
1025-AIRPORT SECONDARY OPS 10-87
1- QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS 10-8 8
2 - REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS 10-9 3
3 - MAINTAIN 3 MONTH EXEMPTIONS 10-9 6
4 — PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES 10-103
5- ENTER PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE 10-104
6- REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS 10-105
1040-PRIVATE ACFT ENF . SYSTEM 10-107
1- RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL 10-109
2 - PROCESS REPORT OF ARRIVAL 1 0-1 11
3 - MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA 10-128
4 - MAINATAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS 10-137
5 - PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES 10-14 2
6- PERFORM REASEARCH QUERIES 10-150
7 - PRINT ARRIVAL RESULTS (CFI78) 10-150
8- PROCESS INACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS 10-151
IX. MI - MANAGEMENT INFORMATION *
X. MS - SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE MS-1
OVERVIEW MS-1
MS9 2 -SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE MS-4
QUERY PROCESS MS-5
FILLING-IN THE SUBJECT ENTRY SCREEN MS-10
MULTIPLE OCCURRING FIELDS MS -11
COMPLETING THE SUBJECT ENTRY PROCESS MS-17
LINKING SUBJECTS TO THE SOURCE DOCUMENTS... MS-1B
LINKING SUBJECTS TO EACH OTHER MS-19
MS -SCREENS MS -21
XI. NN - NCI C/N LETS/ CLETS NN-1
OVERVIEW NN-1
THIS TRANSACTION WILL BE AVAILABLE WITHIN THE MARCH, 1988
TIMEFRAME.
T.O.C
3
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
NN 02 -REVIEW UNACKNOWLEDGED MESSAGES NN-3
NN 03 “REVIEW MESSAGE QUEUE NN-5
NN04 -REVIEW ANY MESSAGE QUEUE NN-10
NN10-SEND NLETS ADMIN. MESSAGE NN-11
NN11-SEND NLETS GENERAL MSG NN-12
NN13— SEND NCIC MESSAGE NN-13
NN14-SEND CLETS MESSAGE NN-14
XII. SA - SUPERVISORY APPROVAL SA-1
OVERVIEW * * SA-1
SAIO-REPORT SUPERVISORY APPORVAL SA-2
AUTHORIZE REPORTS LIST SA-4
r V' VIEW REPORTS/SUBJECTS SA-5
1 A 1 APPROVING A REPORT SA-5
' D 1 DISAPPROVING A REPORT SA-6
DESIGNATING AN ACTING SUPERVISOR SA-^
XIII. SQ - SUBJECT QUERY SQ-1
OVERVIEW SQ-1
ACCESSING SUBJECT QUERY SQ-1
SQ1G SUBJECT QUERY SQ-2
SPECIAL QUERY FUNCTIONS SQ^3
TE CS -RECORD- 1 D QUERY SQ-3
SUSPECT-ONLY QUERY SQ 3
AGENCY/SUB-AGENCY OWNED RECORDS SQ-4
RETRIEVING FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS SQ-4
QUERYING NLETS SQ-4
QUERYING NCIC SQ-7
SUBJECT QUERY SCREENS SQ-9
P-PERSON QUERY * SQ-9
V-VEHICLE QUERY SQ-12
X-ORGANI2ATION QUERY SQ-13
A-AIRCRAFT QUERY SQ-14
B-VESSEL QUERY * SQ-15
USING THE TECS II HIT LIST SQ-16
VIEWING SUBJECT RECORDS SQ-10
ACCESSING THE DISPLAY SCREENS SQ-10
VIEWING ALIASES/MULTIPLE OCCURRING DATA * - . . SQ-19
VIEWING SUB-RECORDS SQ-13
VIEWING RELATED RECORDS SQ-2G
PRINTING SUBJECT RECORDS SQ-23
XIV. SS - SYSTEM SUPPORT SS-1
OVERVIEW SS-1
S S 0 1 —EDIT TABLE MAINTENANCE MENU SS-2
SSG7-DATA ACCESS FILE SELECT SS-6
SSQ9-PQH FILE & YEAR SELECTION.... SS-1
PASSENGER PQH (AIRPORT ACTIVITY) SS-8
VEHICLE PQH (LANDBORDER ACTIVITY) SS-11
SSI 4 -'ARCHIVE DATA SELECT & PRINT SS-14
T.O.C. - 4
TECS II
USER ' S MANUAL
SS 15— ARCHIVE MAINTENANCE RECORD SELECTION..*.*. SS-15
SS19-UPR MAINTENANCE SS-16
552 2 - ON-DEMAND UPR REPORTS SS-2B
5523- GROUP SIGN-ON SS-29
SS2 5-SEAR MENU SS-3 0
SS51-TEXT SEARCH SUB-MENU SS-45
SS 63 -REPORT RETRIEVAL... SS-46
XV. TR-TRAINING TR-1
Introduction to TECS II Training. .............. TR-4
Keyboard Information TR-5
Keyboard Layouts TR-6
AT&T TR-6
HARRIS TR-6
TELEX TR-7
WYSE TR-7
Key Functions TR-8
THE CAI TRAINING MODULE. TR-9
Prior to Accessing the CAI Training Module. TR-9
Procedures for Accessing the
CAI Training Module. ....................... TR-10
Scholar/Teach Commands TR-2 4
The LEARNing Environment TR-2 5
Question Types ................................. tr- 2 6
True/False TR-26
Multiple Choice. TR-2 7
Fill-in-the-blank. TR-27
Matching TR-2 8
Multiple Field Transactions..... TR-29
ATTACHMENT A - MENU ORGANIZATION VS JOB FUNCTION,.,. TR-30
ATTACHMENT B - TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE TR-33
XVI. APPENDIX A - DATA ACCESS CONTROL A-l
OVERVIEW A-l
DATA ACCESS CREATION A-2
DATA ACCESS RECORD UPDATE A-4
INSERT INDEX I (INTRODUCTION)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND
TECS II (Treasury Enforcement: Communications System II) is an
automated enforcement and inspection support system built to
support Customs, Treasury, and other Federal Agency Users. It is
a replacement for the original TECS which has provided this same
type of support for over 15 years.
The TECS II design is based on a combination of experience gained
with the current TECS and new ideas from enforcement users. An
effort has been made to include the latest in data processing
technology and to allow for the inclusion of new technological
advances in the future, A key requirement for the design of TECS
II was the desire to build a ,r user friendly 11 system. In TECS II,
this phrase has been interpreted to mean that the system must be
simple and easy to use for first-time or infrequent users, but
comprehensive and responsive for experienced users.
In striving to meet new requirements for law enforcement users,
TECS II is more oriented to investigative and intelligence
functions than the current system. The database and operational
features have been designed to support the linking and
manipulation of information for analytical and investigative
purposes. At the same time, however, the inspection support
features that are important to daily operational needs have been
carried over from the current TECS to ensure uninterrupted
support to Customs and INS inspectional staff involved in
airport, border, and private aircraft processing.
Customs and other agency users have been an integral part of the
TECS II development project. From the original gathering of
requirements through functional specif ications , design, and
testing, a constant effort has been made to ensure that the users
of the system were involved. Hopefully, this involvement has
produced a system that will be easy to use and beneficial for all
of its users. These users are encouraged to continue this
involvement by working through their local and regional System
Control Officers to report problems, identify new requirements,
and suggest improvements for TECS II.
DESCRIPTION OF TECS II
TECS II is a large database of information about subjects of
enforcement interest with associated automated functions for
creating, maintaining, and retrieving this information. The
database is comprised of "records" designed for the different
types of data stored in the database. The support functions are
called 11 transactions 11 and are grouped according to the particular
operational area that is being supported.
INTRODUCTION
1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The TECS II database has three categories of records: SUBJECT
records, CASE records, and SOURCE records. SUBJECT records
contain information about: persons, organizations (including
businesses) , vehicles, vessels, and aircraft. There is a
specially designed SUBJECT record for each type of subject. CASE
records contain data about Office of Enforcement cases; they are,
essentially, the "Case Assignment" record* SOURCE records
contain information from the various reports and documents that
are created by users. There is a special record format for each
type of document or report. Some of the SOURCE records in TECS
II are: MOIR, ROI, S/A/S (CF-151), CF-320, CF-178. It is
important to remember that each group of data has its own record
format .
All records in TECS II are identified by a "TECS Record ID",
Like the current TECS "SYSID" , these Record Ids uniquely identify
each record* For some types of records, the Record ID is a
currently used number such as the OE Case Number for cases and
ROIs, or the District Case Number for CF-151s. For others,
SUBJECT records in particular, a special 14 character format has
been developed. The format consists of:
Char . 1
Char. 2-3
Char. 4-9
Char* 10-11
Char. 12-14
record type (e.g., "P" for person subject)
fiscal year of entry
unique sequence number
for system use (00 - 99)
record owner's Agency/Sub-Agency code
SUBJECT records in TECS II deserve special attention because they
are central to most uses of the system. In this regard, they are
much like "TECS records 11 in the current system which contain
information on suspects, "lookouts" , and other subjects of
enforcement interest. In TECS II, SUBJECT records are created in
conjunction with the entry of SOURCE records and are "linked" to
these source records. These SUBJECT records are then available
for linking to other information that may be entered in the
future _
Another important feature of TECS II SUBJECT records is that they
can be shared between users. When two or more users have
information on the same subject, they each can create and
maintain their SUBJECT records, but these records are tied
together as "sub-records". When a subject is shared through
these sub-records, the sub-records have the same initial 11
characters in their TECS Record ID, but they have their own
agency/sub-agency code in the last 3 positions* This is an
important concept to remember when using the functions related to
entering and retrieving SUBJECT records.
SOURCE records are a new feature for TECS II* Instead of the
current practice of creating hardcopy reports/documents and
extracting subject data for entry into TECS, SOURCE records will
be entered online into TECS II. The full report will be entered
INTRODUCTION
2
(
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
including coversheet, summary/ synopsis, and narrative* These
SOURCE documents will then be available for direct retrieval ,
display cn terminals, and/or printing- special print formats
have been designed to replicate, as much as possible , the current
hardcopy formats of the source documents*
As mentioned earlier, TECS II automated functions are grouped
according to the operation being supported* These groups are
called "Modules" which are listed on the TECS II main menu* This
user manual is organized to correspond with that main menu and
the various sub-menus and transactions which are available under
the basic modules*
As preparation and for using the system, there are some basic
TECS II features that should be understood. In TECS II,
requesting actions from the system is done by selecting a choice
from a list- This may be done from menus where a list of
functions is presented or from query results lists where the user
selects a particular record to view. When selectiong option from
the various menus, the user may type the option desired (usually
a 2 or 4 character code) or enter a single character, the user
moves the cursor to the desired record or function and enters a
single character to make a selection* Users also have the option
of keying in a command directly, if known, to go to the desired
function. Another method of requesting actions is through the
use of "Program Function" keys which are designed to effect an
action (such as displaying "Help" information) by pressing a
single key.
INTRODUCTION
3
INSERT INDEX II {SEOJIRTY)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SECURITY
OVERVIEW
TECS II is designed to increase the access security of the system
and database using the latest technology. The use of "signon"
and "signoff" procedures restrict the physical access to only
those users known to the system. Access levels defined in the
User Profile Record (UPR) further restrict the user to only those
functions for which he has authorization. The System Control
Officers (SCOs) maintain control over which users are given
permission to access the system through their control over the
UPRs.
USER RESPONSIBILITY
In general, each user is wholly responsible for maintaining the
security of the TECS II database. As with the original TECS
database, access to the TECS II database is permitted on a need-
to-know basis only. Casual browsing in the database is not only
unauthorized but is also illegal as stated in the following
excerpt from Public Law 98-473 found in a memo received from the
Director, Security Management Division, Office of Internal
Affairs .
Unauthorized use of Government ADP, word processing, and
telecommunications systems (whether or not personal gain is
achieved) is illegal. Such activity is prohibited by the
Counterfeit Access Device and Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of
1984, Public Law 98-473, October 12, 1984, All employees and
contractor personnel should be aware that if a system or file is
audited and found being used for personal or unauthorized use,
the responsible individual may be subject to appropriate
disciplinary actions (i.e,, administrative action and/or criminal
prosecution) . Such action would be taken in accordance with
Public Law 98-473, and other appropriate laws, rules, and
regulations, including applicable collective bargaining agreement
provisions.
Title 18 of the United States Code, Section 1030, provides for
specific penalties associated with violation of Public Law 98-
473. A person found guilty of violating certain sections of this
Act can be fined up to $100,000.00 and imprisoned for up to 20
years, or both.
In addition, any employee who is aware of, or suspects, any
infraction of this nature, is required to report their suspicions
to the Assistant Commissioner, Office of Internal Affairs, or the
appropriate Regional Director, Internal Affairs, pursuant to
Section 51735.2 Paragraphs J and K of the Customs Policies and
Procedures Manual .
SECURITY
1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
It is important that each user understand that he/she is
responsible for all transactions that are executed from a "TECS
II M terminal that has been signed on with his/her User Id and
Password. Periodic audits of System Audit Trails will be
executed by the Office of Internal Affairs. The System Audit
Trails contain a complete record of all input and output data,
and show the relationship between the user/ terminal and the
data. Therefore, if a user permits anyone, other than
him/herself to use his/her User Id that user will be the person
held liable for any misuse/compromise of the system and its
databases .
PHYSICAL SECURITY
With the advent of the Consolidated Network and TECS II the
physical security requirements for terminals and printers must be
addressed in light of Customs Management philosophy of moving
toward a single terminal environment. Through the Network the
same terminal might be able to access TECS II, ACS, and
Administrative Systems. Therefore, there are no special
considerations for "TECS II" terminals.
The Software Security that is designed into TECS II is adequate
to permit any Customs Officer to use any terminal available to
obtain necessary data. The only physical restrictions currently
considered are those that are placed on any user during access to
the TECS II database. Those restrictions include, but are not
limited to the following:
1. Users are not required to use or store terminals or
printers in a secure location. However, the
terminals/printers should be located so as to prevent
observation of output by the public and non-author ized
personnel .
2. All TECS II primary terminals should be signed off of the
system when the Inspector concludes his/her turn at the
primary inspection station.
3. Any Customs terminal, used for Secondary access to TECS II,
should be signed off of the system at the end of the users
session, and any associated printer should be cleared of
any output .
4. All printed output should be stored and used in a manner
preventing access by unauthorized personnel. Also, all
printed output must be destroyed by shredding when no
longer needed.
5. As with all government equipment, TECS II terminals and
printers should be sufficiently secured to prevent theft or
damage.
SECURITY
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SOFTWARE SECURITY
A Software Security package, external to the TECS II system
establishes the initial validation of each TECS II user, once
the user satisfies the external security package, TECS II then
authenticates the individual user from data found in the user's
UPR. The UPR also restricts each user to a subset of the total
universe of TECS II functions.
Access to the system is authorized by a limited number of SCOs
who create and maintain the UPRs in the system database. Only
users with a successfully completed full-field background
investigation will be given UPRs.
Before a terminal is connected to the TECS II applications within
the body of the system,, an individual must provide positive
identification through a signon and password that are uniquely
associated with each TECS II user. The use of the signon places
the responsibility for data security on the individual without
regard to the location of the terminal where the data is
displayed. A user, with a valid TECS II signon and password, is
able to use any terminal connected to the network as long as
he/she takes prudent care not to permit observation of the data
displayed.
Access to the TECS II system is controlled by the System Access
Control Facility (SACF) , which requires a user to enter an
identification number and a valid password. Passwords must be
changed upon initial sign-on and must be changed every 90 days
thereafter. The password must be at least 5 characters in length
and cannot exceed 3 characters: it must not resemble the password
being changed; it cannot contain double characters, i.e., bb, cc,
22, ect. ; or restricted words (users name, day of week or month
of year) .
After a user has satisfactorily signed on to the system, TECS II
authenticates the user from information contained in his or her
user profile record (UPR) . The UPR also restricts users to a
subset of the total universe of TECS II functions.
SECURITY
3
INSERT INDEX III (ACCESS TO TECSII)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ACCESS TO TECS II
OVERVIEW
Access to TECS II is controlled in three ways, through definition
of User ID's, UPRs and Terminals to Security:
1. Your USER ID must be defined to the system security package
that resides outside of TECS II. This security package controls
access. to all of Customs Computers, Your System Control Officer
(SCO) is responsible for ensuring that you are defined to this
security package. The System Security staff is available to
assist, where necessary with access problems such as sign-on,
passwords, suspensions, etc. These are discussed in more detail
under the heading of Security within this section of the manual .
System Security can be reached on FTS 566-7924 or Commercial
(703) 644-5200, or if you are dialing through FTS dial (202) 644-
5200.
2. You must be defined to TECS II. This must be entered by your
SCO who will establish a User Profile Record (UPR) for you. Your
UPR defines what access authority you have in TECS II.
3 . Each terminal used to access TECS II must be defined to TECS
II- This information is used to identify which Custom Office the
terminal belongs to. It also associates an NCIC ORI with the
terminal and defines the office or site location for distribution
of reports. If you receive the message "NOT DEFINED TO TECS II",
you or your SCO should contact the Law Enforcement Systems
Division, (FTS 566-7924 or Commercial (703) 644-5200) to have
your terminal defined to TECS II.
SIGN-ON
The TECS II system may be accessed from any TECS II designated
terminal, as well as from a "pre-programed" PC. There are two
methods of accessing TECS II from the PC. You may go directly
into TECS II by pressing both "Shift" keys simultaneously, which
will produce the VTAM Screen discussed below; and you may access
TECS II through the Narrative Transfer program called "tecsii".
The advantages of using the "tecsii" access are discussed in
detail under the Narrative Transfer portion within this section.
If you use the "tecsii" access, you will enter the characters
'’tecsii" at the C>: prompt on your PC, and press ENTER. If this
is done, you will skip over the VTAM banner and go directly to
the WELCOME TO TECS II screen, also discussed below. From that
point forward the TECS II Sign-on process is identical. If you
did not enter the TECS II system through the "tecsii" access,
sign-on procedures are the same as described below. There are,
however, slight differences associated with signing-on as a group
ACCESS - 1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
at airport and landborder secondary locations or from a
landborder primary terminal. These differences are discussed
separately following the basic sign-on procedures.
THE VTAM SCREEN
The very first screen that you will see, is the system-wide VTAM
screen as shown below.
(VTCNEW05) NETWORK ID: S9910A29
OFFICE OF DATA SYSTEMS U.S. CUSTOMS-
WARNING: ANY UNAUTHORIZED ATTEMPT TO ACCESS THIS SYSTEM AND ITS
DATA WILL BE PROSECUTED ACCORDING TO LAW.
tecs
/vwwwvwwvwvwwvvvvvvwwv\
PLEASE READ THIS SCREEN VERY CAREFULLY !
If for any reason you have problems with your terminal, or
accessing TECS II, and you require assistance from the Law
Enforcement Data Center, you will be asked for your terminal ID.
This terminal ID is displayed on the VTAM screen in the upper
right-hand corner. It is the eight character ID following the
words "NETWORK ID:".
The cursor will be located in the upper left-hand corner, gust
below the last line of displayed text. This is where you will
begin your sign-on by typing the word "tecs”. Once that has been
input, press the ENTER Key.
If you should misspell "tecs" the system will generate the
following message, "XXXX COMMAND UNRECOGNIZED". Simply re-enter
"tecs" and press the ENTER Key.
when keyed correctly, the system will notify you that it has
accepted the data by flashing the message, (only for a second or
two) , "COMMAND ACCEPTED" on the screen. The system will then
clear the screen and display the "WELCOME TO TECS II" Screen,
with TECS II displayed largely across the middle as shown below.
ACCESS
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
WELCOME TO TECS II PLEASE DEPRESS THE CLEAR KEY 16:54:19
THEN TYPE 'TECS' AND DEPRESS THE ENTER KEY
1^1 rji
EEEEEEEEE
ccccccc
sssssss
iiiiii
IIIIII
l T^^T' T T l TT" T T
EEEEEEEEE
ccccccccc
sssssssss
min
IIIIII
rprp TT 1 !
EEE
ccc ccc
SSS SSS
i ii i
I II I
TTT
EEE
ccc
sss
ii
II
TTT
EEEEEEEEE
ccc
sssssss s
===== ii
II
TTT
EEEEEEEEE
ccc
ssssssss
==== ii
II
TTT
EEE
ccc
sss
ii
II
TTT
EEE
ccc ccc
sss sss
i ii i
I II I
TTTTT
EEEEEEEEE
ccccccccc
sssssssss
iiiiii
IIIIII
TTTTT
EEEEEEEEE
ccccccc
sssssss
iiiiii
IIIIII
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWVVVVVVVVN
Be sure to
read this
screen, as
it contains
instructions
for
moving onto the next screen ;
- Press the CLEAR key
this will give you a totally blank screen where you then;
- Type "tecs" and
- Press the ENTER key.
If a message " INVALID TRANSACTION IDENTIFICATION - PLEASE RE-
SUBMIT" appears, instead of the TECS II SIGN-ON Screen, type
"tecs" again and press the ENTER key.
ACCESS
3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Once the ENTER key is pressed, the TECS II main system sign-on
Screen appears as follows:
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM SIGNON
ENTER 9 DIGIT CODE:
ENTER PASSWORD:
ENTER NEW PASSWORD:
PRESS <CLEAR> KEY TO TERMINATE SIGNON ATTEMPT
/WWWWWWWWWVWWWWVWVN
Type your nine digit TECS User ID into the field marked "ENTER 9
DIGIT CODE". The 9 digit code should be typed without the dashes
or any other special characters. The cursor will automatically
advance to the ENTER PASSWORD Field.
If this is the first time you are signing onto TECS II, the ENTER
PASSWORD Field is where you will enter your pre-ass igned
password. Contact SCO for your pre-assigned password. After you
have entered the pre-assigned password, you are required to
change this password. To do this, press the TAB key (not the
ENTER key) to move to the NEW PASSWORD Field. At the NEW
PASSWORD Field, enter a Password that meets the following
requirements :
(1) The password may not be similar to your last
password (if applicable) .
(2) It may not resemble restricted words such as your
name (first or last) days of the week, or months of
the year.
(3) It must be between 5 and a characters in length.
(4) It may not have any repeated contiguous letters
(i.e. no AACDE, but you can use CADED) .
(5) It may not be the same as any of the last three
passwords that you have used.
(6) It may only contain alpha/ numeric characters.
ACCESS - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Once you have entered your "new" password, press the ENTER key to
proceed.
After pressing the ENTER key the screen will display the
following message at the bottom :
"NEW PASSWORD ENTERED, RE-KEY AND PRESS ENTER TO CONFIRM OR LEAVE
BLANK AND PRESS ENTER TO IGNORE NEW PASSWORD"
At this point, you have three options available to you:
{1) Re-key the new password, to confirm it for the system,
(simply re-enter the identical password the cursor will re-
position itself for a second attempt} .
(2) Leave blank if you did not intend to change your
password.
(3) Press the CLEAR key to terminate the sign-on attempt,
entirely.
If you decide to re-key the new password, and a mistake is made,
the following message will display at the bottom of the screen:
"RE-KEYED NEW PASSWORD DID NOT MATCH, TRY AGAIN AND PRESS ENTER,
OR LEAVE BLANK AND PRESS ENTER TO IGNORE NEW PASSWORD"
You should attempt to re-key the password. If this is not your
first time signing on to TECS II, and you have already changed
your pre-assigned password to one that uniquely identifies you,
you need only enter your ID into the ENTER PASSWORD field and
press ENTER.
If you fail to enter a new password when first attempting to
access TECS II, the system will notify you that your password has
expired and you will be required to enter a new password.
CHANGING PASSWORDS:
To change your password, you will follow the same procedures as
described for your first sign-on.
You may change your password at your own will? however, it may
not be changed more than once in a calendar day. The process and
requirements are the same as those described above.
ACCESS
5
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
PASSWORD EXPIRATION:
The sign-on security system requires that you change your
password at least once every 90 days. As a reminder, the system
will generate the following message directly following the MAIN
system signon screen: "PASSWORD WILL EXPIRE SOON ON ."The
blank contains the actual date that your password will expire.
If you do not change your password, on the 91st day you will
receive a message "PASSWORD HAS EXPIRED, ENTER NEW PASSWORD
BELOW. You should then TAB down to the NEW PASSWORD Field and
enter the "new 11 password that meets the requirements described
above .
FORGETTING YOUR PASSWORD:
If you should forget your password, call the Office of Data
systems. Systems Security Staff. They can be reached at FTS 566-
8617, or Commercial (703) 644-5200 (ask for System Security
Staff) . You should explain to the system security person that
you are a TECS II user and have forgotten your password. You
should give them your 9 digit USER ID. The Security person will
ask for some information to verify your identity, and then will
either tell you your password or assign you a new one.
GROUP SIGN-ON
Groujj) sign-on can only be used at Airport or Landborder Secondary
terminals. In order to perform a group sign-on, proceed to the
TECS II sign-on screen as you normally would. At the field
labeled "ENTER 9 DIGIT CODE:", type the word GROUP, then press
the ENTER key; no PASSWORD is required.
The "GROUP" sign-on will take you directly to the SECONDARY
REFERRAL LIST.
08:38 TEC II AIRPORT SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST 080787 T2MI26
T2PI26
REF S/I QRESPNS NAME DOB 3 -MO LSEC
— 008 P/R-TECS-L1 SMITH, JEREMI 102356 1631
— 007 E/S— TECS- LI SMITHSON, JOS 101010 1838
— 006 STILES, JACK 012344 0829
RFRD PASSPORT
1631 123 4567890AB
1627 S3388888S6AB
1615
ENTER 'X' BEFORE ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION, ENTER 'P* TO QUERY
PERSON, OR * R ’ TO REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvwwwwwwvvvvvvvvvw
ACCESS
6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
At the bottom of the SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST there will be two
prompts ‘'ENTER GROUP ID" and "ENTER PASSWORD". In order to
select a referral from the list, or perform any of the other
transactions allowed from this screen, you must enter your two
character GROUP-ID (which can be obtained from your System
Control Officer (SCO) , and then your normal password. All
transactions are tagged to an individual until returned to the
Secondary Referral List. At that time, another Group-ID and
Password must be entered even if it's the same individual who
performed the last transaction.
In order to SIGN-OFF from the Group Sign-on, press PF15. You can
sign-on under an individual user-id if necessary to perform any
other transaction not allowed under group sign-on.
If you mis-key your password twice, on the Secondary Referral
List when you are signed-on under GROUP sign-on, you will be
instructed on the screen to press PF15 to log-off and start over.
This is done to prevent the terminal from being disabled by the
security system. Check with Security if you have forgotten your
password.
IANDBORDER PRIMARY SIGN-ON AND SIGNOFF
Make sure that you have logged onto TEC II at least once at a
secondary terminal in order to change your initially assigned
password. This cannot be done at a Landborder Primary terminal.
After the terminal is turned on, and the VTAM banner appears,
type "TECS" then press the spacebar. You will receive one of the
following messages "ENTER USER ID" or "WELCOME TO U.S. CUSTOMS
SERVICE". If you get the "WELCOME " message, type in "TECS"
and press the spacebar. If you get the "ENTER USER ID", enter
your 9 digit user ID and press the spacebar. If you have you
have correctly entered your USER-ID you will receive the prompt
"ENTER PASSWORD". Enter your normal password and press the
spacebar. The system will respond "LOGGED ON".
* NOTE: On the primary terminals there are no ENTER keys, the
spacebar will serve the same function. On the current terminals,
passwords are displayed to the screen; so be careful that others
don't see it.
You may now begin making queries. If the message "LOGGED ON" is
scrolling, it will stop when you type the first character of the
state code field for your first query.
When you leave the primary terminal, be sure to sign-off. Type
logoff, then press the spacebar. You will receive the message
"SIGN-OFF IS COMPLETE ".
ACCESS
7
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
MAIN MENU
Once the Sign-on Screen has been successfully completed, the TECS
II MAIN MENU screen will appear with only those options that are
available to you according to your UPR. A sample screen is shown
below.
13:41
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU
112187 T2MU0201
T2PS0202
CODE
DESCRIPTION
AT
ATF OPERATIONS
CM
CASE MANAGEMENT
GQ
GENERAL QUERY
IL
INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS
10
INSPECTION OPERATIONS
MI
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
MS
SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE
NN
NCIC/NLETS
SA
SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
SQ
SUBJECT QUERY
SS
SYSTEMS SUPPORT
TR
TRAINING
CODE:* KEYID:
PRESS FF1Q TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
vvvvvvvv/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvv/v
* NOTE 1: The MAIN MENU displayed, lists all options available
throughout the TECS II system, but not necessarily those that are
available to you.
Screens will be customized depending upon your defined type of
authorization. You can enter each option listed on the screen by
typing the access code in the "CODE 11 field and pressing the ENTER
key.
The menu will validate the request and transfer you to the
appropriate sub-menu screen.
* note 2: Users should pay special attention to the two
highlighted messages on the MAIN MENU screen. Users should, on a
regular or periodic basis press PF10 to check for Mail messages.
Pressing PF2 from the Main Menu will display daily information on
system changes, or other important information.
ACCESS
8
TECS XI
USER'S MANUAL
If your sign-on was not successful, one or several of the
following conditions are possible:
- "NO USER PROFILE RECORD ASSIGNED, SEE YOUR SUPERVISOR",
this means that you are not a valid TECS II user and your
System Control Officer (SCO) must register you as a valid
TECS II user. Press the CLEAR key to exit the sign-on and
return to the "Office of Data System U.S. CUSTOMS" Screen
(VTAM) .
- "XXXXX ACCESSOR ID XXXXX NOT DEFINED TO SECURITY", If
this message appears after entering your sign-on ID and
password, it will quickly return to the sign-on screen with
the message "INVALID SIGN-ON ATTEMPT". This means that
either you entered your User Id incorrectly or else
security has not yet approved your ID for TECS II access.
You may re-enter Your ID and password or contact your
supervisor (SCO) , as appropriate.
XXXXX USE OF ACCESSOR ID IS SUSPENDED", this means your
TECS ID has been suspended. You must then call the Office
of Data System Security staff. They can be reached at FTS
566-8617 , Commercial (703) 644-5200, (ask for System
Security staff) . You should tell the system security
person that you have been suspended from TECS II and then
provide them with your User ID. Security will ask you for
some information to verify your identity. Once security
has verified this information, your User ID can be
reactivated and, if necessary a new password assigned.
- "YOU ARE NOT A VALID TECS TERMINAL" , this means that the
terminal which you are trying to use has not been
identified as an authorized TECS II terminal. You should
notify your supervisor or SCO.
- "XXXXX YOUR ACCESSOR ID IS ALREADY IN USE ON TERMINAL
XXXX" , you should return to the terminal indicated and
sign-off. If you cannot find that terminal, you should
call the Office of Data Systems, System Security Staff at
FTS 566-B 617 , or Commercial (703) 644-5200 (ask for System
Security Staff) . You should request the system security
person to sign you off the terminal. You must give him
your User ID and the terminal ID indicated by the "XXXXX"
on the message.
- "XXXXX PASSWORD IS INVALID", this message means that the
nine digit TECS II User ID is valid, but that the password
is not. The TECS II display will quickly return to the
TECS II Sign-on screen, where you may then reenter your
TECS ID and password, or you may press the CLEAR key to
return to the "Office of Data System U.S. Customs .... "
screen .
ACCESS
9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SIGH-OFF
When you wish to exit the system, if not currently on the Main
Menu, press the "PF3 n key to return to the Main Menu . In the
"CODE” field, type "OFF” and press ENTER. This notifies the
system that you want to leave TECS II and returns you to the
original VTAM Screen.
SYSTEM ATTRIBUTES
TECS II attributes are those features that assist you when using
the system. These features; HELP Facility, STANDARD PF Keys,
ERROR Messages, NARRATIVE TRANSFERRING, and eMAIL make using TECS
II easier, and more efficient. All but Narrative Transfer are
available in each application of the system. Narrative Transfer
is available in those applications which deal with the creation
of source documents (i-e., MOIR, Case Management, and
Intelligence) . The following is a discussion of each attribute.
HELP FACILITY
There are many instances when you will need information about a
particular screen and/or its fields. To do this, press either
the PF1 key for Screen Help, or PF2 for Field Help. Screen help
(PFl) text provides instructions for using the screen that you
were on when the PFl key was pressed. The information contained
in Screen Help varies in detail and length and may contain
several pages of text, when this is the case, you will be
required to use the PF1-NEXT PAGE key, for viewing additional
pages .
■* NOTE: The PFl -NEXT PAGE key is only applicable in the HELP
Mode. The key is used alone and enables you to move throughout
the pages of Information, quickly and easily.
Field Help (PF2) is similar to Screen Help, only more specific.
To use Field Help, place the cursor on the field in question,
then press the PF2 key to receive text about that field. The TAB
key moves the cursor from f ield-to-f ield until the desired field
is reached, then you need only press PF2 to receive pertinent
information about that particular field.
For example, a user might need additional information about the
field TECS RECORD ID. Place the cursor on that field, press PF2 ,
and read about that field, learning that it is a 14 character
code that identifies a unique database record, and consist of the
following format: PYYNNNNNNDDASS . The Help text would also
include special details about entering the data for that field,
if any, or anything else that might assist you. When you have
viewed all the necessary text, press the ENTER key to return to
the screen of origination.
ACCESS
10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
STANDARD PF KEYS
There are Standard Function Keys assigned to the TECS II System.
The most commonly used function keys are PF1 through PF10, while
PF11 through PF24 are reserved for specific functions within
specific applications. Occasionally, a PF key will have a
different function depending upon which application you are in.
You should always check the bottom of your displayed screen to
determine which function the PF key is performing for your
particular application. The following describes the function and
procedures used for each key.
PF1-HELP The Help function saves/holds the data
displayed on the screen, then displays the
"general" help function associated with
that screen (the screen from which the HELP
was evoked) .
Once invoked, to return to the screen from
which it was called, the user follows the
direction at the bottom of the HELP screen.
PF2-FLD HELP The field Help function saves/holds the
data displayed on the screen, then displays
the help text associated with the specific
field in which the cursor was placed when
the PF2 key was pressed.
To return to the screen from which HELP was
called, the user follows the directions at
the bottom of the Help screen.
PF3-MAIN MENU Depression of the PF3 key will take the
user back to the TECS II Main Menu.
PF4-PREV MENU (Referred to as Return to Source/Subject on
the Linkage Type Selection Menu) .
Depression of the PF4 key will take the
user to the last menu that was accessed
prior to the function they are currently
performing.
PF5 -RES TORE This key is used to clear data input prior
to processing. If the Operator had input
several fields of data and discovered that
several fields of information were
incorrect, they can clear the screen and
reenter the data from the beginning. The
PF5 key will clear all inputs, and re-
display the screen ready to accept the new
inputs. Depression of this key will
reinstate a screen to the status of that
ACCESS
11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
PF7-PREV PAGE
PF8-NEXT PAGE
PFIO-eMAIL
PF 10-LINKAGES
PF11-NEXT SUBJECT
PF12-ADD RECORD
screen prior to the last depression of the
ENTER key. Note, that each time the enter
key is pressed, the PF5 key will only
reinstate the last processed information,
(Also referred to as Previous Screen in
some applications) . Depression of this key
will take the user to the previous page.
The previous page will vary depending upon
where the user is when the PF7 key is
pressed,
(Also referred to as Next Screen) .
Depression of this key will take the user
to the next page. The next page will vary
depending upon which screen they are on at
the time PF8 is invoked. NOTE: If the user
is on the last screen of the subject input
document, depression of the PF8 key will
not move to another screen; the cursor will
move to the first input field of the same
page. The user will be required to select
another option such as the PF11-NEXT
SUBJECT .
*Note: Some applications will display the
message "NO PREVIOUS PAGE" or "NO NEXT
PAGE" when none exist.
This key takes the user out of TECS II and
into the eKAIL application. This
application allows a user to view, create
or send messages. It is displayed on the
Main Menu.
Depression of this key allows the user to
go directly to the Linkage Screen from the
Subject Query screens and the Subject Query
Matches Screen.
Depression of this key causes the Subject
Query screen to appear for the next subject
identified on the List Subjects screen.
Upon completion of a subject query screen,
the system searches the appropriate
database for possible matches. If no
matches are found, the system prompts the
user to press the PF12 key to add a record.
ACCESS - 12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
PF12 -QUERY MATCH This key acts as a toggle switch between
the subject query matches screen and the
various subject input screens. It allows
the user to return to the Query Matches
Screen to select another subject for
viewing or to mark a subject for
modification or possible linking.
PF13 -FIRST SUB-RECORD OR NEXT SUB-RECORD
While in the process of viewing or
modifying a subject, the user may wish to
review a subrecord for possible matches or
for use as a template to create their own
agency record. Depression of the PF13 key
allows the user to view each subrecord
associated with the base record.
PF 14 -RETURN TO SOURCE/ DOCUMENT
PF20-FREE TEXT
PF23-BRS TEXT
RETRIEVAL
PF2 4-CANCEL
Depression of the PF14 key will return the
user to the source document from which they
entered the linking process. This key is
available for the List/Sub} ect screen to
allow the user to change his mind if he
really did not want to perforin linkages.
This key is used when creating the
summary/synopsis and additional narrative
portions of various reports. It allows the
user to utilize WordPerfect, a word
processing application. (Refer to the
following section - NARRATIVE TRANSFER for
details on the PF20 function) .
This key is used to allow searches of
specified databases for words or
combinations of words that exist within
documents. The system will retrieve the
number of documents that contain the
word(s) and display all or part of the
documents on the screen or via a designated
printer.
The PF24 key is available from any of the
subject entry screens and allows the user
to change his mind and cancel the creation
of that particular subject record.
ACCESS - 13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Depression of this key will take the user
to the next subject query screen if another
subject had been listed.
Only upon original creation can you use the
CANCEL key. If you leave a subject record
screen and return through the modify
process the PF24 is no longer available.
* NOTE: Depression of a PE key that is not listed on a given
screen will produce the error message similar to "INVALID KEY".
Make sure you check the bottom of your displayed screen to see
which PF keys apply to your application,
ERROR MESSAGES
Errors within TECS II may occur as a result of several user
actions :
o imiprojper input (invalid data)
o omission of required data
o depression of the wrong function key
o invalid syntax (alpha/numeric)
o invalid codes {state, country, etc.)
If a field is in error, that field will be highlighted and the
error message (s) will display on lines 22 through 24 of the TECS
II screens. Up to 5 error messages may be displayed at one time
with 2 messages on lines 22 & 23 and one on line 24. Line 24 at
any time may be overlaid with an immediate notice, When error
messages are displayed, you can immediately move the cursor to
the location of the erroneous information and correct the problem
and hit the ENTER key to delete/clear the meesage from the
screen. Only upon correction of an error and the depression of
the ENTER key, will the system be notified that an error has been
corrected. This can be done after correction of each error (if
more than one is listed) , or you may make all corrections before
depressing the ENTER key.
There are error messages associated with each option on the TECS
II MAIN MENU and each Sub-menu. These messages along with
"HELP", assist you in correcting an error, understanding why an
error occurred, and can also notify you of dangerous situations
(e.g. Armed & Dangerous) .
Error Notification is similar to Error Messages, in that they
also will appear highlighted on the bottom of the screens.
However they may not require any action other than pressing the
ENTER key to clear the notification. Unlike Error Messages,
ACCESS
14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Error Notifications only notify you of an error in a very general
manner. For example, the notification - "INVALID INPUT", is a
very general statement, but still notifies you that something is
wrong.
The following pages list in generic form the most commonly
displayed Error Messages found throughout the TECS II system.
These messages are supplied, along with an explanation of why the
error occurred, and how to correct the situation. Keep in mind
that the errors shown may not constitute every possible error you
may receive during processing. You should watch the bottom of
the screen displayed to ensure that no errors occurred. Most
error messages are self-explanatory:
"UNAUTHORIZED SUBSYSTEM ACCESS. TRY AGAIN"
Invalid entry or no entry in main menu screen.
Reenter correctly.
"INVALID TRANSACTION IDENTIFICATION - PLEASE RESUBMIT"
Incorrect entry to Subsystem Menu. Reenter correct
four character "code".
"PLEASE SELECT CHOICE BY ENTERING "X"
Either no entry or entry other than "X" . Reenter
"X" into field of choice.
"INTERNAL DATABASE PROBLEM"
Self explanatory. Inform the system administrator.
"INVALID PF KEY"
Invalid PF key was pressed. Clear and press
authorized PF key only.
"INVALID SELECTION"
A character other than an "X" was entered or an "X"
was entered before a blank field. Enter valid
selection.
"FIELDS MUST BE NUMERIC"
Only numbers may be entered. Reenter data.
"INVALID CASE NUMBER"
Self explanatory. Reenter correct number.
"INVALID SELECTION CODE ENTERED"
Self explanatory. Reenter one of the valid codes
offered .
"EITHER ENTER A NUMBER OR AN -X-"
Self explanatory. Reenter a correct choice.
ACCESS
15
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
I
"NOT A VALID NUMBER"; "PLEASE ENTER A NUMBER"
You have entered a number that is not an option on
the menu. Reenter a valid number.
"INVALID OWNER ID, USER ID"
The system does not recognize the owner's ID as a
valid user ID. Double check your input for typos
and reenter.
" IS MANDATORY"
represents the specific field name. r This
message informs you that mandatory fields must be
completed. Input the requested information and
reprocess.
"INVALID DATE"
The date entered does not pass the edit criteria.
Check the format (MMDDYY) .
"INVALID TIME"
The time entered does not pass the edit criteria.
Must be in Military (24-hour, HHMM) format.
"INVALID INPUT"
Input data does not meet field criteria. Check the
format/data of your input.
"INVALID NAME" 1
Invalid Last, First, and Middle Name Messages. The
only legitimate non-alphabetic characters permitted
in the name fields are the hyphen (-) , apostrophe
( 1 ) , and a blank ( ) .
"INVALID MONTH"
A valid month includes 01-12. Make sure the format
is MMDDYY.
"INVALID DAY"
A valid day includes 01-31. Make sure the format
is MMDDYY.
"INVALID YEAR"
The year field must be 00-99; however this field is
not edited for a range. If 97 is entered for the
year (011597) the system will assume you mean 1897.
Make sure the format is MMDDYY.
ACCESS
16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Should you receive any of the following messages, your User
Profile Record (UPR) may require attention. Contact your local
SCO.
"ERRORS WITH UPXR RECORD” (your UPR for External Agencies)
"UNAUTHORIZED TERMINAL"
"UNAUTHORIZED ALTERNATE TERMINAL"
"DESTINATION ENTRY NOT AUTHORIZED TO RECEIVE ADMINISTRATIVE
ME S SAGES "
"YOU DO NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO ..."
"NOT AUTHORIZED TO . . . . "
NARRATIVE TRANSFER (From WYSE PCs to TECS II mainframe)
* NOTE: To avoid confusion in this section of the User's Manual,
the term TECS II refers to the new Treasury Enforcement
Communication System that is on the mainframe computer at
Newington, Virginia. The term "tecsii" will denote the computer
program that allows the WYSE PC to access the mainframe computer
and upload narrative from WordPerfect files.
The direct entry of narrative text into a TECS II source document
on the mainframe is possible, but difficult, because of the lack
of basic word processing capabilities provided on the mainframe
computer, such as word-wrap and full screen editing. To ease
this problem, TECS II has included an aid in the submission of
narrative portions of enforcement documents. At present, only
the WYSE PC has this, however FDS computers (3B series and the
Pyramid) should have it in the near future. In the meantime, all
FDS locations should have at least one WYSE PC available to
transfer report narratives. IBM 327 0 "dumb 11 terminals (Harris,
TELEX, and Raytheon) do not have this capability.
The narrative transfer process is contained on the "tecsii"
install diskette that was sent to all WYSE PC locations.
Instructions for using that diskette were distributed with the
diskette, and are duplicated here under the section entitled
Installation,
To use this feature you must first have a basic knowledge of
WordPerfect, a flexible word processing package that is already
installed on all WYSE PCs sent to the field. Instruction for
WordPerfect are included in your PC documentation. You will then
prepare the narrative portion of the source document in
WordPerfect .
ACCESS
17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Narrative transfer is designed to work, for each of the following
source documents:
o Search Arrest Seizure Report (CF-151)
O MOIR (CF-4621)
O ROI {CF-23 )
o Intelligence Report/Alert
o Intelligence Analysis (CF-320)
o Intelligence Study
Others may be included as the need requires .
PROCEDURES FOR ACCESSING TECS II THROUGH "tecsii"
In order to use the Narrative Transfer capabilities, you must
enter TECS II through the "tecsii" system. To use the "tecsii"
access, enter the characters "tecsii" at the C>: prompt on your
PC and press ENTER. If this is done, you will skip over the VTAM
banner and go directly to the WELCOME TO TECS II screen discussed
in the SIGN-ON portion of the section. After sign-on is complete
and you are in your source document the procedures for entering
or modifying narrative for all of the source documents listed
above is the same. On the Summary or Synopsis screen, the person
entering the report presses the PF-20 FREE TEXT key to call up
the "upload narrative" process from the W¥SE PC. Depending on
whether you are entering documentation for the first time or
modifying existing narrative, the "tecsii" process presents a
series of menus that will step you through each procedure.
NARRATIVE FORMAT
All TECS II source documents have a one page summary screen of
text followed by (up to) 999 screens of additional narrative.
(The ROI summary screen is called the Synopsis) . Each TECS II
application's display screen can accept up to 15 lines of text.
Upper/lower or mixed cases are allowed. There is only one
summary screen for each document, and it is mandatory that it be
filled in. Since this screen can only accept a maximum of 15
lines, it is important that you keep the length of the summary
narrative to this length. If you go over 15 lines, the summary
spills over to the first paqe of the "additional narrative" part
of the document, and the formatted report plus summary can no
longer be printed on a single sheet of standard size paper. On
the other hand, if the summary is very short and the additional
narrative portion starts within 15 lines of the start of the
summary, then the beginning of the narrative will show up as part
of the summary. In this situation you are encourage to insert
enough carriage returns to Keep the summary page 15 lines long.
ACCESS
IB
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ENTERING NARRATIVE FOR THE FIRST TIME
After all of the formatted screens have been filled out for any
TECS II source document, the Summary or Synopsis screen is
displayed. Note, that narrative can be typed directly into the
document from the keyboard at this point, but it would be
restricted to the minimal word processing features of the
mainframe computer. To use the narrative transfer, or "tecsii 11
process, press the PF20-FREE TEXT key (on the WYSE this is ALT +
F10) . You should get Screen 1 of the upload menu as shown below.
If not, check to see if the PF20 key option is displayed on the
bottom of the screen, and if not, you are not on the Summary or
Synopsis screen, or you forgot to enter TECS II through the
"tecsii" process and you have to "HOT KEY" (both SHIFT keys or
the ALT + SCROLL Lock) back to the process. If neither of these
two things work, call the HELP desk.
SCREEN 1
TECS II UPLOAD MENU
I
I
J Action Choices
I
WordPerfect -
I
Transmit
t
Directory
I
PF1 - HELP
Access WordPerfect to create/
edit a file.
Transmit an existing WordPerfect
File.
Change currently accessed
Directory.
ESC - ABORT
Call WordPerfect to create a file or edit an existing file.
Screen 1 gives you three options, WordPerfect, Transmit and
Directory. You may move the cursor by using the UP and Down
arrows, press the first letter of the choice you wish: W for
WordPerfect, T for Transmit, or D for Directory, and then press
the ENTER key to make your choice;
ACCESS - 19
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
WORDPERFECT. By calling up WordPerfect, the system thinks
that you are going to create the narrative right then and
there (as opposed to having written it earlier and stored
it) . After you have written the entire narrative including
the summary, you can upload it into the source document in
TECS II simply by exiting and saving the file from
WordPerfect F7, then type Y(es) to save (you must give
your narrative a filename when prompted) , then type another
Y to exit. The uploading then starts, and Screen 2
appears, telling you how many lines of text have been
uploaded in increments of 15 lines (which is one screen of
data) , Screen 2 will appear as follows. The line count
will increase as pages are transferred.
SCREEN 2
FILE UPLOAD PROGRESS
LINES UPLOADED 15
When your narrative has been transferred the system will return
to the last page uploaded into the TECS II source document. You
have now completed the loading of the narrative into the source
document. You may continue to review the document in TECS II,
exit the source document entry process, or call up the subject
linkage program. The narrative you just typed will be saved on
the hard disk of the WYSE PC with the filename and directory you
specified for future reference, and will also be saved as part of
the source document within the TECS II system.
TRANSMIT. The transmit option is used when the Summary and
Additional Narrative portions of a source document were
entered and saved in a WordPerfect file prior to the actual
creation of the source document within TECS II. For
example. A secretary may input the Summary and Narrative
portion of a source document into the word processor, but
the secretary may not have access to the TECS II system
ACCESS - 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
that allows creation of source documents, hence when the
Customs Inspector creates the source document in TECS II,
he /shB can simply 'transmit" the WordPerfect file, already
created, into the source document.
To do this, you will again press the PF20 key from the
Summary screen to invoke the Narrative Transfer program.
When the 1st screen appears, you will select the transmit
option. You will then be prompted to identify the file you
wish to upload. If you are not sure of the file name,
press F2 and a list of all files in the current directory
will be superimposed on the screen similar to the one shown
below.
SCREEN 3
TECS II UPLOAD MENU-
Action Choices
INTEL. MAN
SUPER. APP
QUERY . MAN
MIS. MAN
SUPER. BKi
UPLOAD. BK1
UPLOAD . MAN
DOWNLOAD. BK!
TEMP . MAN
DOWNLOAD . DAT
— — --Get File Name *-
File Name |
PF
Call WordPerfect to create a file or edit an existing file.
Select the one you want by placing the cursor on the file
then press the ENTER key, this will write the name of the
file in the space on the bottom of the screen. If this is
the name of the file you want transferred, press the ENTER
key a^ain, and the first page will appear, with the
question, "Is this the file?". If you press the ENTER key
a third time, the file transfer will start and Screen 2
will appear, telling you how many lines of narrative have
been sent.
ACCESS - 21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
* NOTE; The "F" (Function) keys on the WYSE PC are the identical
keys referred to as the "PF" (Program Function) keys in TECS II,
that is F2=PF2.
DIRECTORY . The directory option is used to change your
file directory on the pc, in order to locate the correct
file for uploading/transfering. It operates the same as
changing paths and directories on your PC through DOS. The
major difference here is that you do not have to leave the
"tecsii" program in order to change directories. When you
select the directory option, the screen will refresh and
display the default drive (in most instances this will be
"C : >" ) at the prompt, you may enter the path and directory
you wish to search and/or transfer from. You will use the
same syntax as though you were in DOS. Consult you PC DOS
manual for details.
Once in the directory containing the file to be
transferred, you will proceed either transmitting or
editing.
MODIFYING EXISTING NARRATIVE
TECS II source documents can be modified prior to and at the time
of approval, including the narrative of any document. To modify
text, you must first get to the document you want to modify
through the Modify option in the appropriate menu. If you are in
the Supervisory Approval transaction, then you are already in the
Modify mode. If the change is a small one, you may overtype or
make the change directly on the screen where the modification is
to be made. . . remembering that you cannot add any more characters
to the line that is already there without locking up the
keyboard.
If the changes are more extensive, or if text is being added to
narrative already there, then the "tecsii" program should be
used. As in entering narrative for the first time, you must
first get to the Summary or Synopsis page, where the PF20 key
should appear at the bottom, when you press PF20, a different
"tecsii" menu appears as seen on Screen 4 shown below, (If the
menu does not appear, go through the steps outlined in the
previous section) . This time your options are U for Upload, E
for Edit and D for Directory. You will see that there is no
option that allows for the simple addition of text. , , you must
either upload a new file that includes any changes and additions,
or you may download the existing text from the mainframe to a
WordPerfect file in the PC and make any addition or correction
there, after which you transmit the file back up to the TECS II
document in the mainframe.
ACCESS
22
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
SCREEN 4
TECS II DOWNLOAD MENU-
Action Choices
Upload
Edit
Directory -
Ignore current text and
perform standard upload.
Download existing text for
editing and subsequent
uploading.
Change currently accessed
Directory.
PF- HELP
ESC - ABORT
Erase current text on HOST and upload a new narrative.
UPLOAD . This option assumes that you will be transmitting
a new file from the PC to TECS II, which in the process
will wipe out anything you originally had in the
summary/narrative of the report. This option is used when
you add material to (or change) a file already in the PC
and then want to re-upload the new file. When you press
"U" , you will get a new file to upload (W) , or to transmit
an existing file you created earlier (T) . Just follow the
instruction in the WordPerfect section above.
EDIT . By using this option the system downloads the
existing TECS II narrative from the mainframe into a
temporary file on your PC called DOWNLOAD . DAT , and you are
immediately put into WordPerfect. Change or add to the
narrative as required, then to re-upload the modified file
you just changed, just exit and save from WordPerfect as in
the WordPerfect Section above. Your modified narrative
will still be in the PC as DOWNLOAD . DAT which you can
rename or delete at your convenience. (If you do not
rename this file and you later download text from another
TECS II document to the same directory, it will overwrite
this DOWNLOAD.DAT file with the second narrative).
ACCESS - 23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DIRECTORS, This has the same functions as in the previous
Directory section.
WYSE PC-2B6 TECS II INSTALLATION DISKETTE
The referenced diskette will install the programs on your WYSE PC
that will allow your PC to become a TECS II terminal, and permit
the transfer of WordPerfect text files from the PC to the
mainframe when you are entering source documents into TECS II
( cf— 151,roi , moir, and other Intelligence documents.)
INSTALLATION
1. Insert the floppy diskette in the disk drive of the PC
(which is the A: drive) . Make sure that you are using the
upper sloti Push the knob down over slot.
2. Turn PC on. if PC is already on, "reboot" by pressing
the CTRL & ALT & DEL key simultaneously. (There are 2 ALT
and CTRL keys each, but only 1 DEL key) .
3. Follow instructions on screen, which are, to press any
key to start. The PC will beep and hum for 3 or 4 minutes.
After the install procedures has ended and the A:> appears
on your screen, remove the floppy and save it. If the pc
accidently reboots by itself, the instructions screen will
appear again. Abort the program by pressing the CTRL and
BREAK key at the same time to stop it from running a second
time. Then remove the diskette. Never try to remove the
floppy while the PC is "reading" it, which is when the
green light over the disk drive is lit or flashing.
Your WYSE PC is now configured as a TECS II terminal. To access
TECS II, just type "tecsii" or TECSII at the C:> prompt. If
everything is working properly, a banner will appear in a couple
of seconds stating that you are now in TECS II. You must first
clear this screen by pressing the END key (there are two of them
located on the right hand side of the keyboard) . Now type in
TECS and you should get a new screen requesting your ID and
password. At this point enter your User ID and your Password
which you should already know and press the ENTER key. (Refer to
the section on Sign-on for details) . You will finally get the
TECS II Main Menu. If you do not get the TECS II Main Menu, or
had bombed out earlier, go to PROBLEMS?
To return to your PC after using TECS II, you must first exit
TECS II by typing "OFF" from the MAIN MENU. You will see the
"welcome to the u.s. customs service" banner, which means that
you are signed off from TECS II. Use the "HOT KEYS", to get back
ACCESS - 24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
to the PC mode. "HOT KEYS" are the two SHIFT keys pressed at the
same time, or the ALT 6 SCROLL LOCK together. You will now be
back in the PC mode to do whatever you want. To get back to TECS
II, again enter "tecsii" at the C:> prompt.
After experimenting with this program for a while, you will note
that you can "HOT KEY" back into TECS II, without entering
"tecsii". While this is a valid way to access TECS II, it will
not allow the PF 20 -FREE TEXT key to work when entering source
document text from the PC to the mainframe.
PROBLEMS ???
If you have any problems regarding any part of this diskette or
installation, contact your local or Regional System Control
Officer (SCO) , or the TECS II Transition "War Room" at FTS
566-8617, or commercial <703) 566-8617. State that you are
having problems with the "PC CXI" installation diskette. Please
try to be as specific as possible when calling, and we will
attempt to solve your problem ASAP.
*NOTE : The diskette program assumes that you want to use the
final "production" version of TECS II. If you want to get into
the "training” version , you must type in at the C;> prompt, SET
TECSAPPL=TECSTRN. You must do this before you enter the "tecsii"
command. (If you are an experienced PC user, you can add this
command to your AUTOEXEC.BAT file to make the change permanent.)
eMAIL
There are many features and peculiarities of eMAIL and the intent
is not to discuss them all. Presented here are some of the basic
concepts and commands. Consult the separate eMAIL documentation
for more detailed information.
The TECS ii project uses eMAIL in two ways: interactively and
programmatically. In simplest terms, the former refers to mail
created by an individual user and the latter to those messages
generated by the system itself. Interactive use could include
writing an office notice for staff members, for example. The
system-generated mail in TECS II is triggered by other programs
automatically. An example of that, is the mail sent to a record
owner for Hit Notification.
GETTING INTO eMAIL
The process for getting into eMAIL is fast and simple: merely
press PF10 from the Main Menu (and it's always listed as a
ACCESS
25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
function-key option at the bottom of the screen, so it doesn't
even have to be memorized) . Each TECS II user will have an eMAIL
account (also called "mailbox") and this is where he'll be placed
whenever he enters eMAIL (i.e., he will not have to log-on with
any user-name nor enter any kind of password) . Since this is
based on the original sign-on information, it is impossible for
any user to directly enter anyone else's eMAIL account.
UNDERSTANDING YOUR MAILBOX STRUCTURE AND eMAIL BASICS
Consider your account to be the electronic equivalent of your
physical office. In your own office you probably have an inbox,
an outbox, a work area, a bulletin board for important staff
reminders, organizational charts, and a file cabinet. Your eMAIL
account provides each of these as well, called INBOX, OUTBOX,
CREATE, BULLETIN, NETWORK and FOLDER.
eMAIL is a menu-driven software package with online Help. Menu
items are selected by moving the cursor to the indicated
position, typing an X, and pressing ENTER. Most menu options can
also be performed directly by issuing commands on the top line
(called the command line) and most can be abbreviated to two or
three characters (e.g., IN for INBOX). Specific help is
available for many commands by typing Help followed by the
command name (e.g., HELP INBOX) and pressing ENTER.
The most basic operations you'll be performing will be to read
incoming mail, send mail, file important messages, and discard
unneeded mail. To make processing easier, you might also want to
set up certain defaults for your own account, but that is not a
requirement in order to use eMAIL. The most useful commands
fallow this discussion under the heading "OVERVIEW OF BASIC eMAIL
COMMANDS" .
Retention Periods: Each message in eMAIL has a pre-established
retention period. The default retention period for interactive
uses is three days while most of the system-generated messages
(i.e., those sent from the "eMAIL SYSTEM" mailbox) have a 30-day
retention period. What this means is that once a piece of mail
is viewed, if the user does nothing else with it, it will
disappear after three days. (Messages that have not been viewed
will continue to stay on the system forever, as will those that
require a reply or acknowledgement. Retention periods only
pertain to mail that could otherwise be removed by the user.)
Each user can also file a piece of mail for longer than three
days. He does this by moving the cursor to the retention period
field and overtyping the desired number of days. If a user wants
the mail to be kept permanently, he may type the word "perm" in
that field.
ACCESS
26
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
Setting PF Keys: Each PF key is already set up in eMAIL to
perforin a given function. These may be seen by typing the SET
PFKEYS command. Furthermore, any of these may be changed by a
user if he wants to set up the keys to do his own most frequently
used commands. The user simply needs to issue the SET PFKEYS
command, move the cursor to the desired PF key, and overtype any
command he wants. For example, a user might want to set it up so
that PF1 equals "HELP”. If he did that, from then on whenever he
uses eMAIL, his pressing PF1 would give him the eMAIL help
screen.
The "eMAIL SYSTEM" mailbox: There are approximately 32 types of
mail messages being generated automatically by various TECS II
programs. Some of these are Notification of Unread Mail, Subject
Query Notification, and Source Document Approval. Each of these
automatic messages is sent through eMAIL from a mailbox called
"eMAIL SYSTEM". Since this does not belong to any individual
user, no mail should ever be sent to this mailbox. This includes
issuing a "REPLY" command and then "RETURN DIRECT" command. DO
NOT do this in response to mail sent to you by the eMAIL SYSTEM
mailbox. If you need assistance, send a mail message to
USCS1MAIL ADMINISTRATOR.
Sending mail: Remember that you may send mail to any eMAIL user
by using any name eMAIL recognizes. For TECS II users, the
system understands a name consisting of Employee ID Number and
Last Name. In most case, users have an ALIAS {which corresponds
to their real first name and middle initial) , and in those
instances, eMAIL also recognizes a name consisting of the ALIAS
plus the Last Name. You may find any user's name by issuing the
NETWORK USERS command and performing a FIND COMMAND. (See the
paragraph on NETWORK USERS, THE FIND COMMAND, AND NETWORK
ATTRIBUTES.) Once you know his Employee ID number OR his ALIAS,
you may send mail to him.
Example: a network user listing might show this:
ANDERSON 123456789
ALIAS— > MARY E
You may then send mail by issuing either of these two commands:
SEND TO 123456789 ANDERSON or SEND TO MARY E ANDERSON. Just
remember to use whatever is actually shown. If there is no
period or space or hyphen in the name you see, even though you
think there ought to be, don’t use one in your command. And of
course, you can also set up your own personal network, making the
user's name even more understandable (and short) for you. (See
the paragraph on SET NETWORK.)
ACCESS - 27
tecs rr
USER'S MANUAL
NETWORK ATTRIBUTES
A NETWORK ATTRIBUTE is a characteristic assigned to individual
users, such as "Inspector" and there is no limit to the number of
attributes each user may have,
TECS II will use ATTRIBUTES to reflect the organizational
hierarchy, and certain functions, and locations. This will
enable the programs, as well as interactive users, to communicate
with whatever subset of users is desired, such as all C3I
Stations, For exact NETWORK and ATTRIBUTE names, issue the
NETWORK ATTRIBUTE command and VIEW any entry you desire.
PERSONAL NETWORKS
The main use of Network ATTRIBUTES is to define common groups
through the eMAIL system Interface programs, however interactive
users may use then as well. Users will more likely wish to
construct their own groups since their distribution needs might
be different and/or more specialized than the System’s needs. The
eMAIL system provides a powerful and easy-to-use facility for
creating personal networks for this purpose. Its most useful
feature is the ability to designate short, personally meaningful
names to frequent individual correspondents and to establish
personal groups that may use other personal network names,
network user names, or NETWORK GROUPS.
For example, if it's common practice for you to send mail to the
network user defined as 530238765 Zakovwciexyennewski and don't
always want to have to type {or remember) that name, you could
specify in your personal network that Zak corresponds to him.
Thereafter, any time you wanted to refer to this user (e.g., in
sending mail, setting him up as a surrogate, using him in other
groups) , you could simply use Zak and the system would accept it.
Similarly, your personal network could designate a member called
"Technical Staff" which consisted of several key individuals whom
you always want to include in certain memos. Any time you
referenced "Technical Staff," the System would know all the users
involved.
TECS II eMAIL NAME FORMAT
eMAIL requires that each valid user be defined by a first name
and a last name. It also allows an ALIAS to be defined which may
be substituted for the first name on send-commands and other
commands. The bothersome limitation, however, is that the first
name/last name combination and the alias/last name combination be
unique in the system.
ACCESS
28
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
In view of these constraints, it has been decided that the eMAIL
names in TECS II will adhere to the following format: the 'first
name 1 will be the employee ID number, the 'last name' will be
the employee's actual last name, and the 'alias' will be the
user's actual first name and middle name from the UPR. The use
of the employee ID number ensures uniqueness in the first/last
name combination. However, it is very likely that there will be
some duplicates in alias/last name combinations, such, as John J.
Smith (since most UPR records only contain a middle initial even
though there is ample room for a full middle name) . For these
cases only, the alias will be modified to include the user's site
ID as well as his first and middle names. Not only will this
satisfy the uniqueness issue, it will help distinguish between
same-named individuals.
eMAIL provides several powerful search commands to assist you in
locating the network- recognized name for a given user. You can
search on first name, last name , alias, or any desired text
string (helpful in the event you are uncertain about the exact
spelling) . Should you l.ocate someone whose network name is too
difficult to remember (perhaps because of the duplicate problem
or an unusual spelling) , you can easily enter him into your
personal network with an easy-to-remember nickname.
READING, WRITING, DELIVERING, AND REMOVING MAIL
MENU: eMAIL 1 s main menu appears automatically at logon or can be
retrieved at any time by issuing the MENU command. It offers
command options as well as some specifics about your account,
such as the number of messages in your inbox and outbox. From
any eMAIL menu you may perform the listed commands by either
moving the cursor to the appropriate spot, typing an X and
pressing ENTER, OR by remaining on the command line, typing the
command itself (or its abbreviation) , and pressing ENTER,
INBOX: All incoming mail is found in your inbox and listed with
its subject, sender, and other helpful information, such as
whether it's been viewed yet or whether a reply is requested.
OUTBOX: This contains mail that has been sent and lists similar
information as does the inbox listing.
VIEW: Most commands that yield a numbered list can be further
dissected using the VIEW <n> command. This is most useful after
issuing the NETWORK GROUPS, NETWORK ATTRIBUTES , INBOX, OUTBOX,
FOLDER, OR FOLDER <foldername> commands.
CREATE: Enter this command to get a 'writing tablet' for
constructing mail. The length of each line is determined by your
scale line and carriage return. Paragraphing is accomplished by
ACCESS - 29
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
typing your NL (new line) character. Both of these are
adjustable by the SET PROFILE command, (Actual formatting will
not take place until after typing your text) . When finished
typing, press ENTER twice and the cursor returns to the command
line. Type SEND or SEND TO <recipient> in the command line,
press TAB twice to type in a subject, and press ENTER.
SEND: Entering this command with a specified recipient will
immediately send the message to the designated individual, group,
attribute, etc. Entering this command alone will yield a screen
on which you can respond to various send options. The cursor
will be placed ready to type the first recipient 1 s name and can
be moved around the screen with the TAB key , Some of the options
include designating a priority level, specifying that the message
be sent as a carbon and requesting a reply or acknowledgement.
When all options have been selected to your desire, move the
cursor to SEND COMPLETE, type an X, and press ENTER. This screen
is mostly useful when wanting to require replies or send a
message to more than one recipient.
SEND TO <attribute>: This command sends the mail to everyone in
the network with the specified attribute. Attributes can also be
combined in an 'OR* manner or an 'AND 1 manner. When attributes
are separated by commas (e.g., SEND TO PROGRAMMER, CPA), either
condition can apply to satisfy the criteria (in this example, all
programmers and all CPAs will receive the mail) . When
attributes are used in nested parentheses (e.g., SEND TO
PROGRAMMER (CPA}), both conditions have to be met to satisfy the
criteria (in this example, only programmers who are also CPAs
will get the mail) .
SEND TO <recipient> ON <when?>: the addition of the ON operator
(with parameters) causes the mail in question to be held in
PENDING until the delivery time/ date /day. For example, you can
create a message on Monday and specify for it to be sent to a
given recipient on Wednesday. It will not appear in your own
outbox until it is actually sent, but its status can be checked
in the meantime by issuing the PENDING command. Similarly, it
will not appear in the recipient's inbox until the proper time
period.
REPLY: This command functions much like CREATE, but specifies
that the message being created is to be a reply to a previously
existing message, view a message from your inbox and issue
REPLY, The screen will split; the current message will appear on
the top of the screen and you'll be in create-mode on the bottom
half of the screen. Use the RETURN command to send the reply.
RETURN: This must be issued while viewing a REPLY you've created
and it yields a return-prompt screen with various options similar
to the send-prompt screen. To complete the return, check the
RETURN COMPLETE box at the bottom of the screen and press ENTER.
To send the reply without using the return-prompt screen, issue
the command RETURN DIRECT.
ACCESS
30
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
F, B, RIGHT 1 LEFT, TOP, BOTTOM: These commands are used for
paging through long or wide lists/messages and represent,
respectively, going forward, going backward, scrolling right,
scrolling left, starting^at the beginning, or going to the end.
In most cases, when unseen text exists, the word MORE followed by
an arrow or dots appears highlighted on the screen to help you
know when to use these.
FOLDER: This operation lists all personal folders. Your account
starts with only the folder TEMP. Once something is discarded,
the folder FILE13 is automatically created. New folders can be
created in two ways: issuing the SET FOLDER command and
answering its prompts or overtyping the TEMP folder designation
when it appears in your mail. (Overtyping is much easier) ,
Organize the mail you want to keep into various descriptively
named FOLDERS .
REMOVE: From most numbered lists that you own (e.g,, OUTBOX,
INBOX, list of your surrogates) , any item can be deleted by
entering the command REMOVE <n>. To remove several numbered
items at once, the commands REMOVE <nl,n2,n3, . . .nn> and REMOVE
<nl-nn> can be used for non- sequential lists and ranges,
respectively. Mail that is REMOVED gets taken from where it was
and put in your trash folder (default name is FILE13) . When you
put mail in your trash folder by overtyping its current folder
with FILE13 , a copy also stays where it was. Messages removed
from FILE13 are permanently discarded. Using "REMOVE VIEWED"
will delete all INBOX or OUTBOX messages which have been viewed.
OFF: Enter this on any command line to exit eMAIL.
NETWORK USERS, THE "FIND" COMMAND AND NETWORK ATTRIBUTES
NETWORK USERS: This command yields the list of all users on the
network (including their network aliases, if any). To find a
specific name, the most global command is FIND /<searchstring>/
NAME CONTAINS- This results in redisplaying the list of users
starting with the first hit on the search string. To find
subsequent occurrences of the same string, just enter FIND.
(There are also commands for searching specific FIRST, LAST, and
ALIAS names with delimiters of BEGIN and CONTAINS, but the above
command will provide more general use when you're not exactly
certain of a user's network name. consult "HELP FIND" for more
information on formats). You may view the user's entry to
determine what groups and/or attributes he is associated with.
NETWORK ATTRIBUTES: Issue this command to get a listing of all
network-defined attributes. For each item on the list, the
attribute name and a brief description thereof will be provided.
You may also use the FIND command with this listing. You may
also issue "VIEW N" where "N" is the number on a list attribute,
to see who belongs to it.
ACCESS - 31
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ATTRIBUTES <user>: This command will list all attributes
pertaining to a specified user. The command ATTRIBUTES <n> can
also be issued after a NETWORK USERS command, where <n> is the
number from the list corresponding to the desired user.
SETTING YOUR OWN SPECIAL OPTIONS
SET PROFILE eMAIL: You can modify default settings with the Set
Profile command. You might want to specify a new line <NL)
character other than the default back-slash, to change the WIDE
TEXT OPTION for viewing to wrap (rather than TRUNCATE) , and
possibly to rename your trash folder from FILE 13 to something
more meaningful .
SET NETWORK: This allows you to set up your own personal
network. After issuing the command, use the TAB key to place the
cursor after ENTER NAME TO BE ADDED OR CHANGED and type the
appropriate name. Press ENTER and another screen will be
displayed where you can type as many names as you want. (You may
use individuals as well as groups). For example, you might want
to establish a personal group called "mygroup" that consists of
an individual ("John Smith"), another personal group ("myteam"),
and a network group ("accounting" ) . Then, whenever sending mail
to "mygroup" , John Smith and everyone in "myteam" and
"accounting" would get the mail.
USING SURROGATES
SET SURROGATE: Issue this command to establish surrogates for
your account. Upon entering it, you'll be prompted to ENTER
SURROGATE NAME. Type a valid user name (personal network names
are accepted) and press ENTER. A screen will appear with default
values for the new surrogate. Press ENTER to accept default
values for your surrogate or identify certain FOLDERS you want
excluded, if any.
SHOW SURROGATE: This command yields a listing of all accounts
for which you are a surrogate, how many total messages and
replies are in each and how many messages are unviewed.
SWITCH TO <?>: When <?> is a principal (you are his surrogate),
this puts you into his account and you can perform any function
he has authorized. When <?> is ME, this returns you from being
in a principal's account to your own. When <?> is NEXT, you can
step through each account listed after issuing the SHOW SURROGATE
command. You can also switch to another account after issuing
the SHOW SURROGATE command and checking off the desired name
under the SWITCH column.
*NOTE: Refer to the following screens as reference to the above
mentioned processes.
ACCESS
32
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
MENU
DELIM;
MENU
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
CREATE
( )
NETWORK
(
)
INBOX
< )
SET
(
)
OUTBOX
{ i
OFF
(
)
FOLDER
< )
PENDING
C
)
HELP
{ )
SHOW
(
)
MESSAGES IN YOUR INBOX: 3 MESSAGES IN YOUR OUTBOX: 9
REPLIES IN YOUR INBOX; 3 REPLIES IN YOUR OUTBOX: 2
UNVIEWED INBOX MESSAGES: 1
DDMMYY
vvvwwwww/wwwwvvvvwww\
INBOX
DELIM;
INBOX
TOTAL MESSAGE : 6 REPLIES: 3
NEW MAIL: FROM/SUBJECT VIEW PRINT ACK REPLY DEADLINE
1 eMAIL TEST
DON'T READ THIS
2 JOHN JOHNSON Y
USE OF NCIC DATA
3 DIANA DOWNEY Y
RESPONSES TO REPLIES
BY: DONNA LEIBER
REPLIES: SUBJECT/FROM VIEW PRINT ACK REPLY DEADLINE
4 INSERT UNRESOLVED
4.1 DAVID AUSTIN Y
5 eMAIL PRINTER QUESTION
5.1 DIANA DOWNEY Y
6 . RETENTION PERIODS
6.1 DIANA DOWNEY Y
/VVWVWVVVVVVWVVVWWWVVVVVVVN
ACCESS - 33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CREATE MODE
DELIM &
EDIT
SUBJECT! CREATED 06/30/82 10:30
FOLDER: TEMP SECURITY LEVEL: 1 RETENTION PERIOD: 3
NL \ TAB C NP % TLM < CEN @ IND & 5 JUST NO FIRST 5 LAST 55
<...+. .. 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7. ..>...8 001/01
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
OUTBOX
TOTAL MESSAGES 111
DELIM?
OUTBOX
MAIL: SUBJECT/TO VIEW PRINT ACK REPLY DEADLINE
1
eMAlL PRINTER QUESTION
1.1
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
2
RETENTION PERIODS
2 • 1
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
3
DEADLINE TEST REAL
3.1
eMAIL TEST
Y
4
MEMORY
4.1
ROBERT ARMSTRONG
Y
4.2
GERRY ASCHENBRENNER
Y
4 . 3
DAVID AUSTIN
Y
4.4
WARD BRAATEN
Y
4.5
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
4.6
HAROLD HEDRICK
Y
4.7
DIANA KNITTLE
4.8
ROD MACDONALD
Y
4.9
PETE SORANDO
Y
Y
Y
REQ 06/26/87 23:59
Y
wvvvvwvvwvvwwwwvvvvvvvvvv
ACCESS
34
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
NETWORK ATTRIBUTES
ATTRIBUTES
DESCRIPTION
DELIM?
NETWORK
1 ADMINISTRATIVE
2 AIRPORT PERSON
3 APPLICATIONS
4 BOATERS
5 DATABASES
6 DATACENTER PERSON
7 DBA
8 DESIGNER
9 DISTRICT PERSON
10 FUNCTIONAL RQMNTS PERSON
12 HEADQUARTERS PERSON
13 LAND BORDER PERSON
14 MANAGER
15 PORT PERSON
16 PROGRAMMER
17 QA
18 REGION PERSON
ADMINISTRATIVE
APPLICATIONS
DATA BASE
DATACENTER PERSON
DESIGNER
DISTRICT PERSON
FUNCTIONAL RQMNTS PERSON
HEADQUARTERS PERSON
MANAGER
PORT PERSON
PROGRAMMER
QUALITY ASSURANCE
REGION PERSON
MORE • . .
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
ATTRIBUTES <USER>
DELIM;
NETWORK
ATTRIBUTES FOR: MACDONALD, ROD
1> FUNCTIONAL RQMNTS PERSON
2>HEADQUARTERS PERSON
3>MANAGER
wvvvv\/vvvvvvwv\/v\/\/v\/w\/\/\/vvwv
ACCESS
35
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SET NETWORK WITH GROUPS
DELIM &
SET NETWORK
NAME: CARPOOL
REFERS TO:
> Jon
> Cindy
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
vvvvvvvvvv/vwvvwvvvvvvvv\/vvvw\
ACCESS - 36
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SETTING SURROGATE
DELIM;
SURROGATE
1
ENTER SURROGATE NAME:
gerry aschenbrermer
CURRENT
SURROGATES :
1
eMAIL TEST
DELIM;
SURROGATE
SURROGATE NAME: GERRY ASCHENBRENNER 2
SEND ALLOWED: YES
BROADCAST ALLOWED: NO
OUTBOX REMOVAL ALLOWED: YES
TRIGGER FUNCTIONS ALLOWED: YES
MAXIMUM SECURITY LEVEL: 1
FOLDER ACCESS PERMITTED
REMOVAL ALLOWED: YES
EXCLUDED FOLDERS:
INBOX AUTHORITY
SUBSTITUTE FOR SECURITY LEVEL (S) ?
FUNCTIONS ALLOWED:
REPLY: YES RETURN: YES ACKNOWLEDGE: YES
ATTACH: YES FORWARD: YES PRINT: YES
SURROGATE HAS BEEN ADDED
ENTER SURROGATE NAME:
CURRENT SURROGATES:
1 GERRY ASCHENBRENNER
2 eMAIL TEST
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvv
DELIM;
SURROGATE
3
ACCESS
37
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SWITCHING TO ANOTHER MAILBOX
FROM "SHOW SURROGATE"
GERRY ASCHENBRENNER
TOTAL UNVIEWED
PRINCIPAL NAME: MESSAGES: REPLIES: MESSAGES:
DELIM;
SHOW
SWITCH :
1 U5CS 1MAIL ADMINISTRATOR 10
2 SMAIL TEST 5
3 FIRST USER 1
4 FOURTH USER 0
5 SECOND USER 1
6 THIRD USER 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
(X)
{ )
( )
( )
( )
( }
vvvvwvvvwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
ACTING
AS SURROGATE
SYSTEM
FUNCTIONS
CREATE
( )
NETWORK
t
)
INBOX
( )
SET
(
)
OUTBOX
( j
OFF
(
)
FOLDER
( )
PENDING
(
>
HELP
( )
SHOW
t
)
BULLETIN
( )
DELIM ;
MENU
MESSAGES IN YOUR INBOX: 10
SUNDAY, JULY 19, 19 B7
REPLIES IN YOUR OUTBOX: 2
ACTING AS SURROGATE FOR USCSlMAIL ADMINISTRATOR
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvv
ACCESS
38
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DELETING MAIL
REMOVE 1,4. 1-4. 6
TOTAL MESSAGES: 12
DELIM;
OUTBOX
MAIL: SUBJECT/TO VIEW PRINT ACK REPLY DEADLINE
1 eMAIL PRINTER QUESTION
1.1
2
DIANA DOWNEY
RETENTION PERIODS
Y
Y
2.1
3
DIANA DOWNEY
DEADLINE TEST REAL
Y
Y
3,1
4
2MAIL TEST
MEMORY
Y
REQ 06/26/87
4.1
ROBERT ARMSTRONG
Y
Y
4.2
GERRY ASCHENBRENNER
Y
4.3
DAVID AUSTIN
Y
4.4
WARD BRAATEN
Y
4 . 5
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
4.6
4.7
HAROLD HEDRICK
DIANA KNITTLE
Y
MORE
L'IWX\U . » >
vvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
DELETED MAIL GONE
TOTAL MESSAGES: 9
DELIM:
OUTBOX
MAIL: SUBJECT/TO
VIEW PRINT ACK REPLY DEADLINE
1 RETENTION PERIODS
i.i
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
2
DEADLINE TEST REAL
2.1
eMAIL TEST
Y
3
MEMORY
3.1
DIANA KNITTLE
3.2
ROD MACDONALD
Y
3.3
PETE SORANDO
Y
4
RESPONSE TO REPLIES
4.1
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
5
CONFUSED
5.1
DIANA DOWNEY
Y
6
FOLDER
INFO PART 2
6.1
ROBERT ARMSTRONG
Y
7
INSERT
RESOLVED
7.1
DAVID AUSTIN
Y
REQ 06/26/87 23:59
MORE . . .
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
ACCESS - 39
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SEND PROMPT
DELIM 4
SEND
SUBJECT: COMPUTER COSTS CREATED 06/30/B2 09:17
FOLDER: EXERCISES SECURITY LEVEL: 3 RETENTION PERIOD: 3
BLIND
SEND
TO:
PRTY
CARBON
CARBON PRINT
ACK
REPLY DEADLINE
>
>
( )
( ) ( )
( ) (X) 07/03/82 23:
>
>
( )
( ) ( )
( ) (
)
FORWARD
ALLOWED:
YES
PRINT HEADER:
YES
PRINT
ALLOWED:
YES
PRINT SEPARATOR:
YES
CONFIDENTIAL:
NO
PRINT DISTRIBUTION:
NO
PUBLIC :
NO
SEND
COMPLETE
( )
DISPLAY ALL
NAMES
( )
wvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvvvwvvvvvvvvv
REPLY
DELIM 4
INBOX
SUBJECT: COMPUTER COSTS SENT 06/29/82 10:27
FOLDER: EXERCISES SECURITY LEVEL: 3 RETENTION PERIOD: 3
REPLY REQUESTED DEADLINE : 07/03/82 23:59
.2. ..+...3. ..+...4. 5...+. ..6...+. . .7. ..+... 8 001/01
001/02
001/03
Over the past year, our computer costs have more than 001/04
doubled when compared to last years. We need to 001/05
discuss ways of bringing these costs into line. 001/06
001/07
Prior to this meeting, I would appreciate it if each of 001/08
you would review the computer costs of your department 001/09
and attempts to locate problem areas. 001/10
REPLY TO: (INSERTED BY SYSTEM) CREATED 06/29/82
10 : 30
FOLDER: TEMP SECURITY LEVEL: 3 RETENTION PERIOD: 3
NL \ TAB C NP % TIM < CEN @ IND & 5 JUST NO FIRST 7 LAST 60
<.. .+ .,.2. .. + .*.3. .4. .. + .,.5... + 6 + 7 . 8 001/01
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
ACCESS - 40
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
FOLDERS
DELIM &
FOLDER
FOLDER DESCRIPTION MESSAGES LAST ACTIVITY
RETENT
1*TEMP
2 FI LEI 3
3 EXERCISES
0
01/25/B2
20
1
06/29/02
10
1
06/29/82
30
vvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvv
VIEW 3
FOLDER: EXERCISES
DESCRIPTION:
RETENT:
DELIM &
FOLDER
30
SUBJECT/FROM
1 COMPUTER COSTS
LAST ACCESSED RETENT
07/01/62 16:38 3
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
HELP
DELIM;
HELP
THE FOLLOWING COMMANDS ARE VALID IN THIS MODE
ENTER "HELP COMMAND -NAME 11 FOR MORE INFORMATION
ATTRIBUTES
FIND
NETWORK
SELECT
B
FOLDER
OFF
SEND
BOTTOM
FORWARD
OUTBOX
SET
BROADCAST
GO BACK
PENDING
SHOW
BULLETIN
GROUPS
PRINT
SWITCH
CALENDAR
HELP
RECALL
SYSTEM
CREATE
HOLD
REMIND
TIME
DISREGARD
INBOX
REMOVE
TOP
EDATE
LINE
SAVE
VIEW
F
MENU
SCHEDULE
VOUCH
ENTER RESUME COMMAND TO RETURN TO PREVIOUS DISPLAY ,
OR ENTER A COMMAND
vvv\/vv\/vv\/wvv\/vv\/v\/\/\/\/\/\/\/v\/\/wv
ACCESS
41
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
Short form is v
HELP VIEW
DELIM;
HELP
The action of this command differs depending on the point from
which it is issued:
VIEW When you are looking at a message from the create or
edit screen, VIEW shows you the message in view mode
(i.e., as it will appear to its recipient). No
changes can be made to a message in view mode. When
looking at an inbox directory, VIEW without operands
brings up the first unviewed message. (NEXT brings
up the next remaining unviewed message.) From the
outbox or a folder directory, VIEW without an operand
will display the first message in the directory and
then establish a view sequence of up to forty
messages. Use NEXT to display the remaining
messages .
VIEW n
n,m From any directory (inbox, outbox, message set,
MORE . . .
vvvvvvwwwwvvwvvwwwwvvvv
ACCESS
42
INSERT INDEX IV (ATF OPERATIONS)
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
AT - ALCOHOL, TOBACCO, AND FIREARMS
THIS SECTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 19 SB TIMEFRAME
AT
1
INSERT INDEX V (CASE MANAGEMENT)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CM - CASE MANAGEMENT
OVERVIEW
The Case Management Module serves Customs field and headquarter
investigative units through the establishment of investigative
cases for agent and investigator case work. It also deals with
the status/judicial process or tracking and statistical
reporting.
Each Investigative Office creates their own case record with
unique case numbers. These cases can be of two types: original
cases or collateral cases based on referrals from other offices.
Each case reported will require the entry of a case record to
"open" the case. This record will then serve as a "folder" which
will contain all the documents and references pertaining to that
particular case.
The Case Managment Module consists of 13 different functional
components grouped into four primary submenu screens:
I . CASE MAINTENANCE
O OPEN CASES (CM09)
o AUTHORIZE CASES (CM2 6) supv. only
O MODIFY CASES (CM11)
II. ENTER HOURS & STATISTICS
O ENTER CASE STATISTICS (CH16)
O ADD CASE HOURS (CM01)
O AUTHORIZE CASE STATISTICS (CM05) SUpv. only
O AUTHORIZE CASE HOURS (CM2 5) supv. only
III. ENTER CASE REPORTS
o REPORTS OF INVESTIGATIONS (CM40)
o SEARCH ARREST SEIZURE CF151 (IOAA)
IV. RETRIEVE CASE DATA
O SINGLE CASE STATUS (CM30)
O MULTIPLE CASE STATISTICS (CM38)
o CASE FOLDER (CM54)
o CASE HOURS REPORTS (CM53)
The number in parenthesis is used to access that transaction
directly from any TECS II menu using the CODE field.
* NOTE: The following information is provided to assist you in
the transition from TECS to TECS II. These procedures are
temporary and will not be redistributed for future updates.
cm - l
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CONVERTED CAS - 5 CASE RECORDS
Thousands of CAS-5 case records, hours and. statistics have been
converted from existing data. To update them in the TECS II
environment, certain steps must be taken:
1. CASE OWNER SHIP MUST BE CONFIRMED. Before a CAS -5 record
can be modified, the owner {case agent) must be from the
same office to which the case is assigned, e.g., if the
case is a San Antonio case, the case agent must currently
be working in the San Antonio office before TECS II will
allow him (or his supervisor or SCO) to modify the case.
If the case agent has been transferred to another office
since the last CAS-5 update of his San Antonio cases he
must get into TECS II from his new office and change
ownership of each of his old SA cases to another agent
working in San Antonio. He does this by changing the User
ID of the case officer to a valid San Antonio agent.
2. case title must be ADDED. Note that all of your CAS-5
cases have the title "CAS-5 CONVERTED RECORD". This is
because CAS-5 had no case titles. To add these case
titles, if you are the owner (case agent) , owners
supervisor or SCO, go to CASE MODIFY (CM11) and simply
overwrite in the case title field.
3 . UPDATE OTHER FIELDS . After you have changed the case
title, you may add or change other fields, e.g., CASE
SUMMARY, GROUP, PROJECT, ENVIRONMENT, SPECIAL EQUIPMENT,
etc. Exit the Case Modify transaction . . . make sure that
you update the changes with PF16, Your CAS-5 record is now
updated in TECS II.
TEMPORARY CASE ENTRY PROCEDURES
Until all Office of Enforcement Officers are fully operational
within TECS II and all CAS-5 records have been successfully
converted to TECS II, the case entry procedures as discribed in
the User's Manual are temporally modified to the following:
TO ENTER A CASE. Enter the CASE ENTRY MODE using CM09 as usual,
and the standard case screen will be seen. The computer edits in
the CASE NUMBER, CASE STATUS and STATUS DATE have been relaxed to
allow the following:
1. Enter the complete case number as obtained from your local
case number logs. The case sequence number must be the
actual number, e.g., 037 (not 000 as specified in the
manual now) . The system will do some basic edits on office
and source codes. Previous fiscal year case openings
(e.g., FY87) are allowed.
CM
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
2. Open the case by typing OPEN over the UNOPEN currently
shown. This will officially open the case tranactions once
PF16 is pressed later. The AUTHORIZED CASE (CM2 6) does not
work during this temporary period.
3. Enter the case opening date in the STATUS DATE. Any date
is allowed for the temporary period.
4. Enter the remaining part of the case as normal and press
PF16 to enter the case,
Use these procedures for entering cases until notified
differently. At that time the TECS II case numbering system will
be turned back on and will be initialized with the last case
number entered in the system.
CM - CASE MANAGEMENT
To access the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen, sign
on to TECS II and enter ’CM 1 (Case Management) in the CODE Field
of the TECS II MAIN MENU.
If you are authorized to access the CM CASE MANAGMENT module and
you do not see it on your MAIN MENU, see your System Control
Officer (SCO) .
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU
04:34
CODE DESCRIPTION
CM CASE MANAGEMENT
CODE: CM KEYID:
PRESS P F 1 O’ TO CHECK FOR UN VIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvv\/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
Press ENTER and the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen
is displayed as follows:
CM
3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
05:18 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT 010387 T2MSQ402
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
CM78 CASE MAINTENANCE (SUPV)
CM80 ENTER HOURS & STATS (SUPV)
CMS 2 RETRIEVE CASE DATA
T2PS0404
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
CM79 CASE MAINTENANCE
CM81 ENTER HOURS & STATS
CMS 3 ENTER CASE REPORTS
CODE:* KEYID :
(?F3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/WWWWWWWWWWWWWWVWV
* Note: CM78 and CMSO will only be seen by Supervisors, CM79 and
CM81 will be seen by non~supervisor, and CMS 2 and CMS 3 will be
seen by all users.
The cursor is positioned at the CODE field for entry of the
ACCESS CODE which corresponds to the option you desire.
CASE MAINTENANCE-CM79 , allows you to enter and modify cases.
ENTER HOURS AND STATISTICS-CM81, allows you to post hours spent
on cases and statistics on violators.
RETRIEVE CASE DATA-CM82, allows you to retrieve formatted data
reports concerning cases, statistics and hours.
ENTER CASE REPORTS-CM83 , allows you to enter supporting reports
against cases such as Report of Investigation (ROI) , and Search,
Arrest and Seizure.
If you are a supervisor and have authorization access, codes
■CM7 8'and * CMS O' are available for your use. This will allow you
to authorize cases and authorize case statistics and hours.
Persons without authorization access will see access codes for
transactions 'CM79 1 and 'CMBl'. They will be able to perform all
of the functions above except authorization options which are
deleted from their menus. Authorization access is granted by the
System Control Officer {SCO) and is determined by your User
Profile Record (UPR) , You will only see the transactions that
you are authorized to use.
If you enter an erroneous ACCESS CODE, the following error
message is displayed:
'UNAUTHORIZED SUBSYSTEM ACCESS. TRY AGAIN 1
CM - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The cursor will be repositioned at the CODE field to enter the
correct value.
The TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen will be
referenced throughout this section since it is the MAIN MENU for
the Case Management function.
CM78 CASE MAINTENANCE (SUPV)
Case Maintenance maintains data on case records. Select CASE
MAINTENANCE by entering 'CM78' on the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE
MANAGEMENT screen or from the TECS II MAIN MENU. The CASE
MAINTENANCE MENU appears as follows!
04:15
TECS II CASE MAINTENANCE MENU 063087 T2MC78
T2PC78
1 OPEN CASES (CM09)
2 MODIFY CASES (CM11)
3 AUTHORIZE CASES (CM26)
ENTER CHOICE; 1
(PF1 = HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU} (PF4 « PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
If you are not a supervisor, option M 3 AUTHORIZE CASES"? will not
appear.
CM - 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
1 - OPEN CASES
To open a case, select, the OPEN CASES option by typing in a 'l 1
in the enter CHOICE field and press the ENTER key. The TECS IT
INVESTIGATIVE CASE RECORD is displayed as shown below:
05:15
TECS II INVESTIGATIVE CASE RECORD
0B20B7 T2MC0901
T2PC09
CASE NUMBER:*
STATUS: UNOPEN STATUS DATE: 011788
CASE OFFICER; * 123456789
SMITH
, RONALD , M
CASE SUPERVR! 987654321
JONES
, REGINALD , Q
CASE OFFICE: CH OI-CHICAGO, IL
rgN: nc North central
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 2274554
ORIG OFFICER:
—
ORGANIZATION: TC 10901000
1 t
ORIG SUPERVR:
f f
ORIG OFFICE:
RGN:
TELEPHONE NUMBEET
ORGANIZATION:
CATEGORY:
SOURCE:.
GROUP:
CLASS*:
ENVIRONMENT* :
CASE TITLE*
SUMMARY:
PROJECT:
_ SI GNI FICANT* : _ ORGANIZED CRIME*:
UNDRCVR: SPECIAL EQUIP:
ACCEPTED FOR PROSECUTION (Y N) :
[PF1=HELPJ (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
( PF5=RE STORE)
/vvvvvvwvvvvvwwvvvwwwvvvvvv
The system will go out to the UPR (User Profile Record) of the
person entering the case and enter the pertainant information
into the appropriate fields. If you are entering this case for
another person, enter their USER ID in one Case Officer field.
The cursor is positioned at the first field position of CASE
NUMBER. Enter all the information pertaining to the new case
that you wish to open.
A valid case number consists of:
position 1 -2
position 3 -i
position 5
position 6
position 7
position 8 -9
position 10 -12
Case Location Office Code (C)
Case Category Code (N)
Case Sub-Category Code (C)
Source Code (C)
Fiscal Year (N)
Originating Office Code (C)
Case Sequence Number (N)
CM
6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
When entering a case for the first tine, and it is not yet
approved, always enter 000 for case sequence number. The
computer will automatically enter the correct sequence number
upon case approval.
* NOTES: By entering a case number, you automatically define
other fields later, e.g., category/subcategory and source. In
addition, if you stipulate the subcategory "A" in the case, the
class will be defined as H pre", indication a preliminary, or
informal case.
For Air Units, the case number is defined as above except for
position 1-2 (case location office code} the local OE office must
be entered, and for position 8-9 your Air Office Code, (E.g., for
San Antonia Air Case, the number would be SA13CR87_002) .
MANDATORY FIELDS
* NOTE: All fields marked by an asterisk (*) are MANDATORY.
Should you fail to fill in any of these fields, an error message
will appear, and the cursor is positioned on the first missing
field for data entry.
If you try to enter an incorrect number or value, the system will
reject it and give you an error message. Use PF2-FIELD HELP, for
information related to the specific fields.
After correction of any of the error (s) , the TECS II
INVESTIGATIVE CASE RECORD screen is again displayed with the
following message:
■TO ADD RECORD, PRESS PF16 ■
Press the PF1G Key to ADD the record to the database and make the
case assignment record available for supervisory approval.
If you do NOT want to create a record from the current screen
input, you must:
o Press PF3 (MAIN MENU) or PF4 (PREV MENU) to abort the
process, or
o Modify the existing data on the screen before adding
the record
* NOTE: All cases entered automatically have an access code of 3-
0E assigned.
CM
7
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
COLLATERAL CASE
When you wish to open a case against another case that originated
elsewhere, first enter your LOCAL OFFICE CODE and then, the CORE
number of the original CASE on the investigative case record
screen in the case number field. You are now entering a
COLLATERAL case.
If you enter an incorrect CORE NUMBER, the following highlighted
error message is displayed.
’ORIGINATING CASE DOES NOT EXIST’
The cursor is then repositioned on the CASE NUMBER field which is
also highlighted. Enter the correct number (as described above)
and press ENTER, Note, that information relative to the original
case officer and office will be displayed.
The HELP keys pfi and PF2 will give you more detail on the
individual transactions and fields.
2 - MODIFY CASE
You may modify certain information in a case record by selecting
option 3 on the CASE MAINTENANCE MENU or entering ’CMll' on the
TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen. The TECS II
SPECIFY CASE FOR MODIFICATION screen is then displayed as shown
below.
* NOTE: Only the case officer, the person who originally entered
the case, the case officers’ supervisor and the case officers'
SCO are authorized to modify a case.
08:24 TECS II SPECIFY CASE FOR MODIFICATION 111687 T2MC1101
T2PC11
NUMBER OF THE CASE YOU WOULD LIKE TO MODIFY:
SELECT A LIST OF CASES ELIGIBLE FOR MODIFICATION
(PFI = HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU) ( PF4=PREVIOUS MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The cursor is positioned at the NUMBER OF CASE YOU WOULD LIKE TO
MODIFY field.
CM - 8
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This transaction nay be used to modify a disapproved case before
it is approved. Also, certain information in an approved case
can be modified, but after the modification the changes must be
approved again.
If you select a list of cases eligible for modification, only
unopen, open and pending cases will be displayed. To modify a
closed case (e.g., to re-open it) you must enter the case number
on the top line.
POSSIBLE ERRORS
The system checks to see if the case number is indeed in the
database and whether you are authorized to modify it. Should an
invalid case number (Local or Collateral) be entered, the
following highlighted error message is displayed:
'SPECIFIED CASE NUMBER DOES NOT EXIST'
or
'USER UNAUTHORIZED TO MODIFY CASE'
The cursor is then repositioned at the field, NUMBER OF THE CASE
YOU WOULD LIKE TO MODIFY, which is also highlighted.
If you enter a VALID case number, the system will immediately
retrieve and display the case for modification and the MODIFY
CASE screen pertaining to that particular case.
If the case number entered is an UNAPPROVED case, it will have
'GOO* as the last three digits of the case number. If this number
is not unique, the TECS II CASE LIST screen is first displayed
listing all of the cases that share the entered case number.
02:14
TECS II CASE LIST SCREEN 033187 T2MC1201
T2PC12
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF CASES,
HAVING THE CASE NUMBER: AE09BG8AE000
SELECTION TITLE
X EXAMPLE CASE TITLE
(PF1=HELP) {PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(P8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvwvvvvvvwwvwwwwwwvvvw
CM
9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
The cursor is positioned, at the Selection Column of the first
case title listed.
In the event there are more screens to be displayed for the TECS
II CASE LIST screen, the PF7 (PREV PAGE) and the PF8 (NEXT PAGE)
Keys are available.
Look over the list of titles and select the one which corresponds
to the case desired to modify by tabbing to the desired case,
placing an 'X' in the Selection Column, and pressing ENTER.
The TECS II MODIFY CASE screen is then displayed.
POSSIBLE ERRORS
Should you make an invalid selection by placing an f X' in the
Selection Column before a blank field, the following highlighted
error message is displayed:
’ INVALID SELECTION '
The cursor in this instance is repositioned at the Selection
Column of the first case title listed.
Also, if you select a case which you are not allowed to modify,
the following message is displayed:
’NOT ALLOWED TO MODIFY SELECTED CASE'
CM
10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
05:15 TECS II MODIFY CASE 051487 T2MC1301
T2PC13
CASE NUMBER:* CH13CR8CH007 STATUS: OPEN STATUS DATE: 010733
CASE OFFICER:* 123456789 SMITH , RONALD , M
CASE SUPERVR: 987654321 JONES , REGINALD , Q
CASE OFFICE: CH CHICAGO, XL RGN : NC NORTH CENTRAL
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 2274554 ORGANIZATION: TC109D1000
ORIG OFFICER:
ORIG SUPERVR:
ORIG OFFICE: RGN:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: ORGANIZATION:
CATEGORY: 13 DRUG SMUGGLING SUB-CATEGORY C0DE:H HEROIN
SOURCE: R ORIGINATED BY OE PROJECT: 999 ORE CRIME TASK FORCE
GROUP; CLASS*: I SIGNIFICANT*: Y ORGANIZED CRIME:* Y
ENVIRONMENT* :H CORPORATION UNDRCVR: SPECIAL EQUIP:
CASE TITLE* : INTERAMERICA TRUCKING COMPANY
SUMMARY: ACCEPTED FOR PROSECUTION (Y/N) : N
GENERAL SUMMARY INFORMAITON. . .
(PF1/PF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF14= CASE LIST) (PRESS PF24 TO DELETE THE CASE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwv\
The cursor is positioned at the case number field,
After modification of the record is complete, press ENTER.
Should incorrect data be entered into any of the above fields,
the following error messages may occur:
'INVALID OFFICE CODE'
'INVALID CATEGORY CODE’
'INVALID SUBCATEGORY CODE'
'INVALID SOURCE CODE'
'INVALID FISCAL YEAR'
'INVALID PROJECT CODE'
The cursor is repositioned at the first field which contains
erroneous data.
When all fields have been filled in CORRECTLY, the system
validates the data and the following message is displayed:
'TO UPDATE RECORD, PRESS PF16 1
CM
11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
At this point, the following options are available:
o update the Record by pressing PF16,
o make additional changes,
o make no modifications, or
o press the PF3 Key to return to the MAIN MENU and abort
all changes.
If no modifications are made to the record and you press ENTER,
the following message is displayed:
'NO CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO RECORD'
At any time in the modification process, you may press the PF14
key to obtain a list of cases for which you are eligible to
modify. Any changes you made will be aborted unless you first
pressed the PF16 key. You may also press PF24 at any time to
delete the displayed case.
MODIFY OPEN / PENDING / CLOSED CASE
The process for modifying these cases is essentially the same as
presented above for unapproved cases EXCEPT:
O YOU CANNOT CHANGE THE FOLLOWING:
- LOCAL OFFICE CODE
- CATEGORY CODE ,
- SUB-CATEGORY CODE ,
- SOURCE CODE,
- TITLE,
- ORIGINATING' OFFICE CODE, and
- SEQUENCE NUMBER
o YOU MAY CHANGE!
- CASE OFFICER ID (ONLY WITHIN OFFICE)
- PROJECT CODE,
- GROUP,
- CLASS (IF SUBCATEGORY NOT * 'A* AND CASE IS NOT A
COLLATERAL ONE) ,
- SIGNIFICANT,
- ORGANIZED CRIME,
- ENVIRONMENT,
- SPECIAL EQUIPMENT,
- ACCEPTED FOR PROSECUTION, or
- SUMMARY
CM - 12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3 - AUTHORIZE CASE (SUPERVISORS ONLY}
From the TECS II CASE MAINTENANCE MENU access the TECS II APPROVE
CASE screen by typing in '3 1 for the AUTHORIZE CASES option*
This is only available from access code 1 CM7 8 1 * The APPROVE CASE
screen is then displayed as shown below:
04: IS TECS II APPROVE CASE 122567 T2MC2GQ1
T2PC26
SUPERVISOR id# :
TO BE ENTERED OHLY~'iF _ USER“iS“'ACTING SUPERVISOR
(PF1=HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (ENTER- PROCEED)
/vvvvwwvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvww
* NOTE: You may be appointed as ’ACTING SUPERVISOR' in the
absence of the supervisor by indicating so in his UPR.
The cursor is positioned at the SUPERVISOR ID# field. Press
ENTER and proceed to the TECS II APPROVE CASE screen, which lists
the cases pending approval you.
If you are an Acting Supervisor (i.e. , someone who has been
granted temporary supervisory authority in the absence of a
legitimate supervisor) , you must type in the USER ID of the
supervisor you are acting for in the space provided and then
press ENTER.
If there are no cases for SUPERVISORY APPROVAL, the following
highlighted error message is displayed:
'NO CASES FOR THIS SUPERVISOR'
The cursor is repositioned at the SUPERVISOR ID# field.
CM
13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:30 TECS II APPROVE CASE 041587 T2MC2701
T2PC27
CASES REQUIRING AUTHORIZATION FOR SUPERVISOR: JONES, REGINALD Q
CASE NUMBER: CH13HRBCH000 CASE OFFICER: SMITH DATE: 010768
TITLE: I NTERAMERI CA - TRUCKI NG CO,
CASE NUMBER: CASE OFFICER: DATE:
TITLE :
(A OR D AND <ENTER> TO APPRV/DISAPPR)
(PFl^HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
{'V* WITH PF6=VIEW CASE) fPF7=PREVIOUS CASES) <PF8=NEXT CASES)
/vvvwwvwvvvwvwvvvvwvvvvvvw
The TECS II APPROVE CASE screen lists those cases for a
supervisor which are pending approval of an unopen case, or to
modify data on cases previously opened.
The cases are displayed with one of the following codes:
M = Modified since the case has entered the system
U = Unapproved
From this screen, the options of approving, disapproving or
viewing the cases are available. Select any of these options by
placing the appropriate value in the field provided before each
case. These values are as follows:
A = APPROVE (cannot be changed after pressing the ENTER key or
any PF key) . The sequence number part of the case number is
generated and the status is set to open. After a case is
approved, it is available to other authorized enforcement users,
A message is sent to the case officer informing him of the new
sequence number and validating that the case is approved.
Approved cases become protected and will be highlighted with the
'A' and the new case number when displayed on this screen.
D = DISAPPROVE (cannot be changed after pressing 1 the ENTER key or
any PF key) . A message is sent to the case officer informing him
that the case has been disaproved. Disapproved cases become
protected.
V = VIEW (after entering 'V', you must press the PF6 Key).
This option allows you to display and modify a case.
CM
14
TECS ri
USER'S MANUAL
In the event that there are more than five cases to be displayed
for the TECS II APPROVE CASE screen, the PF8 (NEXT PAGE) Key will
be presented for use on the first and any subsequent screens.
The PF7 (PREVIOUS PAGE) Key will also be displayed. The current
page and total number of pages to be displayed is also presented.
To view a case, enter a 1 V 1 , then press the PF6 Key; the TECS II
investigative CASE RECORD screen of the selected case is
displayed. You may make changes to the displayed case, glance at
the case, or view those records linked to the case by pressing
the PF12 key.
To return to the TECS II APPROVE CASE screen, press the PF4 Key.
The cursor is repositioned at the entry field of the case,
selected for viewing. You may also TAB to any of the other cases.
To approve a case, enter an 'A' and press ENTER. If multiple A's
are entered, the first case will be completed before proceeding
to the next selected case.
Please note that after a case has been approved or disapproved
and access information entered, the approval decision
of that case CANNOT be changed.
There are now four options available;
1) APPROVE another case,
2) DISAPPROVE a case,
3) VIEW a case, so as to study or modify it, or
4} Decide to take no further action and press PF3 to return
to the MAIN MENU.
CMB1 - ENTER HOUR AND STATISTICS (SUPV)
To report or authorize hours and case statistics, select the
ENTER HOURS AND STATISTICS CMS1 option on the TECS II SUBSYSTEM
FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen or enter 'CM81' in the Code field on
the TECS II MAIN MENU. Press ENTER and the ENTER HOURS AND
STATISTICS MENU is displayed as shown below:
CM
15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(
07:14 ENTER HOURS AND STATISTICS MENU 070487 T2MC80
T2PC80
1 ENTER CASE STATISTICS (CM16)
2 ADD CASE HOURS (CM01)
3 AUTHORIZE HOURS AND STATISTICS (CM2 5)
4 AUTHORIZE STATISTICS (CM84)
ENTER CHOICE: 1
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN)
/vvvvvvvwwvvvvvwwvvvvvvwvvw
* NOTE: If you. are not a supervisor, you will not have access to
options 3 and 4.
1 - ENTER CASE STATISTICS
To enter statistics on a case or group of cases, select option 1
on the ENTER HOURS AND STATISTICS MENU. _ The TECS II VIOLATION
STATISTICS RECORD SELECTION screen is displayed as shown below:
(
0415 TECS II VIOLATION STATISTICS RECORD SELECTION 041787 T2MC16
T2PC16
LIST OF CASES FOR ENTERING STATISTICS
ENTER STATISTICS FOR CASE NUMBER:
ENTER AN -X- FOR A LIST OF CASES OR A SPECIFIC CASE NUMBER
(PF1=HELP> (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwvvwwvvvvwwvwwvwvwvvv
The cursor is positioned at the LIST OF CASES FOR ENTERING
STATISTICS field.
LIST OF CASES FOR ENTERING STATISTICS
select Option 1, LIST OF CASES FOR ENTERING STATISTICS, to
receive a list of the cases in which you are the case owner.
Press ENTER and the TECS II SELECT CASE FOR ENTERING STATISTICS
screen is displayed as shown below:
CM
16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
05:36 TECS II SELECT CASE FOR ENTERING STATISTICS 0506S7 T2MC17
T2PC17
CASE OFFICER ID: 123456739 CASE OFFICER NAME : BROWN , JAMES
STATUS
CASE NUMBER CODE TITLE
NY 07 CRB N VO 4 4 O JOSEPH JONES ET AL
NYO8CJ7NY036 O SMITH INDUSTRIES
ENTER AN 'X' NEXT TO DESIRED CASE NUMBER TO LIST SUBJECTS FOR THE
CASE .
(PF1=HELP) (PF3—MAIN MENU) (PF4“PREV SCREEN) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/wwvwwwwwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
The Case Officer ID and Name are displayed with the Case Numbers,
Status Codes (0=0pen, P=Pending) and Titles of those cases
belonging to the Case Officer. Closed cases are not provided
when option 1 is selected.
The cursor is positioned at the first case listed. Tab to the
case of your choice, type in an 'X', and press ENTER. The TECS
II SELECT SUBJECTS FOR STATUS RECORDS screen is displayed as
shown below:
07:32 TECS II SELECT SUBJECTS FOR STATUS RECORDS 052587 T2MC18
T2PC18
CASE NUMBER: NYO7CR8NY044
CASE TITLE: JOSEPH JONES ET AL
SUBJECT ID NBR SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
P83742411358CNY JONES, JOSEPH H
P8874 2 4 113 62CNY JONES, MARTHA P
LAST
ENFORCEMNT
REPTING PD
1087
1087
LAST
SEIZURE/PEN
REPTING PD
1107
1187
ENTER AN 'X' NEXT TO DESIRED SUBJECT NUMBER TO INPUT VIOLATION
DATA FOR SUBJECT
(PF1=HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvwwvvvvvvv\/vvvvvv\
CM
17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The cursor is positioned at the first subject listed on the
screen.
If no subject records have been entered for the case against
which statistics can be posted, an error message will show:
"NO PERSONS OR BUSINESS SUBJECT RECORD FOUND"
ENTER STATISTICS FOR CASE NUMBER
If you wish to enter statistics for a specific case, you must
enter a valid case number on the TECS II VIOLATION STATISTICS
RECORD SELECTION SCREEN, and press ENTER. The TECS II SELECT
SUBJECTS FOR STATISTICS RECORDS screen is again displayed (as
shown previously). The cursor is positioned at the first subject
listed on the screen. You may only enter statistics against a
case which is open, and which was opened at the date of the
violation.
Tab to any Subject listed on the screen, place an 'X' next to the
desired selection, and press ENTER. The TECS II REMARKS ON
STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT screen is displayed as shown below:
09:24 TECS II REMARKS ON STAT. FOR CASE SUBJECT 083087 T2MC23
T2PC23
CASE: NY07CR8NY004 JOSEPH JONES ET AL
DT CASE OPENED: 100787 CASE STATUS: OPEN LAST STATUS UPDATE : 100787
SUBJECT : P887424 1135SCNY JONES, JOSEPH
JUDICIAL DIST: US ATTORNEY:
CUSTOMS ATTORNEY:
CASE SUBJECT REMARKS:
ENTER '1' TO ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS OR '2' FOR SEIZURES AND
PENALTIES :
ENTER THE REPORTING PERIOD DATE: (MMYY)
ENTER OR REVIEW REMARKS DATA ON SELECTED CASE SUBJECT
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/VVWVVVWVV\/VVVVVVVWV\/\/\/VVVV\/\/V
The Case Number, Title, Date Case opened, Case Status, Last
Status Update, Subject ID Number, and Subject Description are
CM
18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
displayed to describe the subject (person or business) which is
linked to the selected case number.
As you fill in the various optional fields (e.g., Judicial Dist.,
US Attorney, Customs Attorney, case Subject Remarks), tab the
cursor to the next blank field until data entry is complete. The
"CASE SUBJECT REMARKS" section is for general comments about the
subject. These remarks can be added to or changed at any time,
but you are limited to the space shown.
1 - ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS STATISTICS
(OPTION 1 FOR TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT)
To enter enforcement violations on a subject, you must type in a
' 1 ' and any reporting period formatted date MMYY desired (if no
reporting period date xs entered, the current reporting date is
selected) . Press ENTER to obtain the ENTER ENFORCEMENT
VIOLATIONS screen as shown below:
08:21 TECS II ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS 120287 T2MC19
T2PC19
CASE NUMBER: NY07CR8NY004 JOSEPH JONES ET ALL
SUBJECT: PeS742411358CNY JONES, JOSEPH
REPORTING PERIOD SELECTED: 1087
VIO. VIO. STAT. STAT. F/
CODE* DESC. TYPE DESC. CAT*SUB*M* DATE* COUNTS*
CODE*
ENTER "X" TO REVIEW ALL REPORTING PERIODS OF ENFORCEMENT
VIOLATIONS:
(PF1/PF2 = HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN)
(PF7/PF8 = FREV/NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvwvvvv
CM
19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The following fields are displayed for output only:
CASE NUMBER
CASE TITLE
SUBJECT ID NUMBER and SUBJECT NAME (Person/ Business)
REPORTING PERIOD
The cursor is positioned on the first line of violation Code.
Now fill in the VIOLATION CODE, STATISTICS TYPE CODE, CATEGORY,
SUBCATEGORY, F/M (Felony or Misdemeanor), DATE and COUNT fields,
and press ENTER. The same screen is displayed again with the
validated data. The violation and statistics descriptions are
displayed as well, depending on the codes entered. Press PF2 for
specific information relating to individual fields. Note, that
the dates of the violations must be within the reporting period
on the screen.
A message is displayed indicating that the record has been
added to the database with an unapproved status.
"VIOLATION RECORD (S) ADDED TO THE DATABASE."
The cursor is repositioned on the first line of the screen at the
VIOLATION CODE field. You now have the following options:
o continue entering data on a line by line basis (by
tabbing to the appropriate line or field) ,
o enter more than one line of data at a time,
o modify data previously entered,
o return to the MAIN MENU (PF3), or
o press the PF4 key twice to return to the TECS II SELECT
subjects for status RECORDS screen and select another
subject for entry of statistical data.
To view (review only) all enforcement violation reporting
periods, tab to the REVIEW ALL ENFORCEMENT VIOLATION REPORTING
PERIODS field on the TECS II ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen
(shown on the previous page) and enter an "X 1 . Press ENTER and
the TECS H REVIEW ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen is displayed as
shown below:
CM - 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
11:48 TECS II REVIEW ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS 011888 T2MC21
T2PC21
CASE NUMBER: OO13CJ8OO0Q1 TEST CASE FDR BOB ARMSTRONG
SUBJECT: P8700147600COQ JABBERWOCK RUSSELL
REPORTING PERIOD SELECTED: 0188
VIOLATION VIOLATION STATISTIC STATISTIC F/
CODE
DESCRIPTION TYPE
CODE DESCRIPTION
CAT
SUB
M
DATE
COUNTS
19USC1497
FAILURE TO DECLARE
IN
INDICTMENT
12
A
F
0 1 1 2 SB
000002
13USC111
ASSAULTING, RESISTIN
IN
INDICTMENT
12
A
F
011288
OOOOC1
PRESS PF8 TO VIEW ADDITIONAL PACES OF ENFORCEMENT STATISTICS FOR THIS SUBJECT
(PP1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN) {PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PACE)
\ A AAA AAA AAA A AAA A AAA A AAA A AAA A AAA A/
The following example is illustrated on the sample TECS II REVIEW
ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen.
If you arrest someone for violations of 18USC371, 18USC1001, and
31USC5316; you would list each of these code sections on a
different line. In the statistics type code you would show AR
(for arrest) on the three separate lines opposite the violation
code (note - these will still only count as one arrest) . You
would then show the category and sutocatagory for each violation
(probably all the same), indicate F or M (felony /misdemeanor) for
each violation, the date of the event and counts involved for
each violation.
The most CURRENT reporting period is displayed first. Should you
wish to view the reporting period which directly precedes the
current one, press PF8. You can continue to press PF8 until you
have completed viewing all reporting periods.
If there are no additional Enforcement Violation Statistics in
the database for the selected record, the following highlighted
message will be displayed:
’NO ADDITIONAL ENFORCEMENT VIOLATION REPORTING PERIOD DATA 1
CM
21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may now exit the TECS II REVIEW ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen
by pressing the PF4 Key and continue to do so until the TECS II
SELECT SUBJECTS FOR STATUS RECORDS screen is again displayed.
The cursor is positioned at the first subject listed on the
screen. The user may now select another subject for entry of
statistical data.
2 - SEIZURE PENALTY VIOLATIONS
(OPTION 2 FOR TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT)
To enter and review seizure, penalty violation statistics on a
subject., enter a '2' in the space provided on the TECS II REMARKS
ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT screen. Next fill in the
reporting period date and press ENTER. (If no reporting period
is entered, the current period is defaulted to the current one) .
This displays the ENTER SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS screen as
shown below:
09:30 TECS II ENTER SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS 051887 T2MC20
T2PC20
CASE NUMBER: NY07CR8NY004 JOSEPH JONES ET AL
SUBJECT: PS8742411358CNY JONES, JOSEPH
REPORTING PERIOD SELECTED: 1087
VIO. STATISTICS
CODE* CD* DESCR COMM* UM*CAT/SUB* AMT.* VALUE* DATE 151/5955
ENTER X TO REVIEW ALL REPORTING PERIODS OF SEIZURE , PENALTY
VIOLATIONS :
NO SEIZURE, PENALTY STATISTIC RECORDS EXISTS FOR THIS REPORTING
PERIOD
(PF1/FF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV SCREEN)
(PF7/PF8-PREV /NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
CM
22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Enter data into the following fields:
O VIOLATION CODE
O STATISTICS CODE
o COMMODITY
o UNIT OF MEASURE
o CATEGORY/SUBCATEGORY
o AMOUNT
O DATE
Press ENTER after filling in the information. The same screen is
displayed again with the validated data. A message appears
indicating that the record has been added to the database with an
unapproved status .
The fields on this screen consist of:
VIOLATION CODE - specific code relating to the law violated
STATISTICS CODE - CAS -5 monetary code indicating a penalty or
seizure
STATISTICS DESCR
COMMODITY CODE
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT
CAT
to
SUB
AMOUNT
- description of statistics code
- form of the penalty, seizure (e.g. check)
- what level the statistic is reported in
(e.g. each, dollars, pounds, grams)
- enforcement catagory the statistic relates
- sub-catagory of enforcement catagory
- volume of unit
VALUE
- value of amount
DATE - date of penalty, seizure (note-this date
must be within the listed reporting period
151/5955 - Search Arrest and Seizure (SAS) report
number (Note-this number is edited against
existing SAS numbers)
To review the seizure, penalty data, TAB to the REVIEW ALL
SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATION REPORTING PERIODS field on the ENTER
SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS screen, enter an 'X' and press ENTER.
The TECS II REVIEW SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS screen is
displayed as shown below:
CM
23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:23 TECS II REVIEW SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS 1202B7 T2MC22
CASE NUMBER: NY07CRBN7004 JOSEPH JONES ET AL
SUBJECT: P8B7 424 113 5BCNY JONES, JOSEPH
REPORTING PERIOD SELECTED: 1187
VIOL. ST STAT
CODE CD DESCR COMM UM CAT SUB AMT VALUE DATE 151/5955
18 0SC111 01 PENALTY COC GR 13 C 0120 000 011387 8B47 010000401
PRESS PF8 TO VIEW ADDITIONAL PAGES OF SEIZURE/ PENALTY STATS FOR
THIS SUBJECT
(PF=HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV SCREEN) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The most CURRENT reporting period is displayed first. Should you
wish to view the reporting period which directly precedes the
current one, press PF8. You can continue to press PF8 until you
have completed viewing all reporting periods.
If there are no additional SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATION statistics
in the database for the selected record, the following
highlighted message will be displayed:
•NO ADDITIONAL VIOLATION REPORTING PERIOD DATA'
YOU may now exit the TECS II REVIEW SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS
screen by pressing the PF4 key and continue to do so until the
TECS II SELECT SUBJECTS FOR STATUS RECORDS screen is again
displayed. The cursor is positioned at the first subject listed
on the screen. You may now select another subject for review.
2 - ADD CASE HOURS
An agent can report hours against any case in the Customs
Service. To report the hours spent on a case enter ' 2 ' in the
enter CHOICE field on the screen. The TECS II CASE HOURS MONTH
SELECTION MENU screen is then displayed:
CM
24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:21 TECS II CASE HOURS MONTH SELECTION MENU 120287 T2MC0101
T2PC01
ENTER HOURS SELECTION MONTH YEAR-MMYY : * 1187
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The screen will be displayed with the previous reporting period.
You may enter hours against the displayed period or enter hours
against another reporting period by entering the reporting period
on this screen. Do not enter a reporting period that reflects the
future. If so the following message is displayed:
“FUTURE REPORTING PERIOD IN ERROR"
If you enter a reporting period in the incorrect format, the
following message is displayed:
"INVALID MMYY INPUT"
Once you enter a valid reporting period, the tecs ii case hours
ENTRY screen is displayed:
CM - 25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
11:55 TECS II CASE HOURS ENTRY SCREEN 011838 T2MC02
T2PC02
AGENT NAME :
US
;er
lis
K.
CURRENT REPORTING
PERIOD: 0183
FISCAL
CURRENT
MONTH
s
c
TOTAL
YEAR 1
TO DATE
#
CASE NUMBER
T
p
CASE TITLE
HOURS
REG
AUO
FEP
TOT
REG
AUO
FEP
TOT
IND
NO13CR3NO040
N
o
RIVER
INDUSTRIES
00000
oooo
000
000
OOOO
013
012
001
026
01
N007DJ7N0005
N
0
JIMMY
FLETCHER „
00000
0000
000
coo
0000
022
004
C 2 6
01
N013CR8NY007
N
0
EAST
RIVER IMPGR
00000
0000
000
000
oooo
034
02 0
054
IN06AR8INQ01
N
p
ILLEG
AL EXPORTS
00000
0000
000
oco
oooo
005
002
007
(LAST PAGE) ENTER NEXT CASE
TOTAL HOURS FOR: USER 118 M - 00000 0000 OOQ 000 OOQO 074 038 001 113
(PF1 = HELP} (PF2 = FLD HELP) { PF3 = HA IN MENU) (PF4 = PREV MENU)
( PF6 = PLACE CURSOR ON LINE TO SELECT THE CASE TO DISPLAY THE DETAILED HOURS)
(PF7 = PREV PAGE) ( PF8 * NEXT PAGE) (PF16 * INFORMAL CASE NUMBER FOR ENTRY)
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA/
The cursor is positioned at the REG Hours field of the current
Month of the first case displayed. Only those cases which had an
'OPEN' status in the reporting period selected for which you are
either the Case Officer or are shown as a participant in the
month previous are displayed.
The "ST" column indicates whether there have been any statistics
entered during that reporting period against that case. The "CP"
column indicates whether you are an originating officer (O) or a
participating officer (P) . TOTAL HOURS represents the total
number of hours you entered against that case all year.
After the numeric values are entered in the REG Hours field Atlo
field, FEP field the Number of Indictments fields and/or any of
the Current Month fields, press ENTER. The Total Hours, Fiscal
Year To Date REG Hours, and Total Hours Con the bottom line)
fields will be recalculated.)
If you enter anything but numeric values in the REG Hours Field,
the following error message will display:
'FIELD MUST BE NUMERIC 1
The cursor is repositioned at the REG Hours field for re-entry of
numeric values.
CM
26
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If you TAB to the ENTER NEXT CASE field and enter one of the case
numbers which already appears on the screen, the following error
message is displayed:
'CASE NUMBER ALREADY REPORTED-CHECK ALL SCREENS'
The cursor is then repositioned at the ENTER NEXT CASE field for
re-entry of another case number.
You may not enter hours against a case which has an 1 UNOPEN 1
status. To enter hours against a pending or closed case, you
must specify the case in the "ENTER NEXT CASE" field.
If you fail to enter a valid case number, the following error
message is displayed and the CASE NUMBER field will be
highlighted:
'CASE NOT FOUND'
The cursor is repositioned at the first position of the CASE
NUMBER field.
After you have entered the correct values and pressed ENTER, the
TECS II CASE HOURS ENTRY screen is displayed with only the valid
Case Number and any relevant data. You now have the following
options :
o enter hours for the displayed case, and press ENTER TO
return to the complete listing of cases, or
o press PF3 to return to the MAIN MENU, or
o press PF4 to return to the Previous Menu.
On the TECS II CASE HOURS ENTRY SCREEN, you may also TAB to the
REG field of any case and press the PF6 Key to view the DETAILED
BREAKOUT OF HOURS REPORTED ON CASES screen as shown below:
CM - 27
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II DETAILED HOUR BREAKOUT
AGENT: USER 118 , M. CASE: NO13CR3NO040 TITLE:
-----
REPORTING MONTHS
FOR :
FISCAL
1 YEAR
—
. —
TOTAL
TYPE HRS
1037
1187
1287
oisa
0288
0388
0488
0S88
0683
07 S 8
0888
0988
TOTAL
ALL
REGULAR
OOQG
0000
0000
0013
0000
oooo
oooo
oooo
0000
oooo
oooo
oooo
0013
00013
AUO
0000
0000
0000
0012
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
0012
00012
FEP A
0000
0000
0000
0001
0000
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
0001
00001
TOTAL
0000
0000
0000
0026
0000
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
00026
FOR ALL
AGENTS
ASSIGNED
TO CASE:
TOTAL
0000
0000
0000
0026
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
oooo
0026
00026
MONTHS IN WHICH STATISTICS REPORTED;
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
(FF3 = MAIN MENU) ( PF4 = PREV SCREEN)
wvvvvvvwwwwwwwvvvvwvvvvx
You may now return to the previous menu/screen (PF4) and repeat
this process for another case, or return to the MAIN MENU (PF3).
OFFICE ASSIGNED INFORMAL CASE NUMBERS:
Informal or M on-going 1 * cases will be established for use
throughout the fiscal year. These informal cases will remain
"open" for the duration of the fiscal year for the capture and
reporting of non -investigative and general investigative hours.
The office SAC, RAC or RA is the owner of these cases.
From the CASE HOURS ENTRY screen, you may also enter hours
against the office assigned informal case number. If you are
unsure of the correct informal case number to use, press the PFI6
Key to allow access to the TECS II MENU OF INFORMAL CASE
CATEGORIES screen as displayed below:
CM - 28
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
04:16 TECS II INFORMAL CASE NUMBERS CATEGORIES 112987 T2MC76
T2PC7G
TO VIEW THE INFORMAL CASE NUMBERS FOR A CATEGORY,
PLACE AN X NEXT TO THE DESIRED CATEGORY BELOW:
INVESTIGATIVE CATEGORIES (1-13)
CATEGORY 47 - AIR/INTERDICTION
— CATEGORY 48 - MARINE/INTERDICTION
— CATEGORY 49 - PORT/ INTERDICT ION
CATEGORY 50 - TRAINING
CATEGORY 51 - DETAIL OR TDY
CATEGORY 52 - LEAVE/ ALL OTHER
(PF1 = HELP) (PF2 = FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
The cursor is positioned at the first category. You m.ay mark
your selection by positioning the cursor next to a category,
placing an 'X* in the space provided, and pressing ENTER.
The INFORMAL CASE NUMBERS screen for the selected, category is
then displayed:
11:58 TECS II INFORMAL CASE NUMBERS 011888 T2MC77
T2PC77
PLACE AN X NEXT TO THE CASE NUMBER YOU WISH TO ENTER HOURS AGAINST AND
PRESS ENTER
IN01AR8IN001 CLASSIFICATION & MARKET VALUE DEVELOP & SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN02AR8IN001 CURRENCY DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN03AR8IN001 MUNITIONS CONTROL DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN04ARSIN001 THEFT, LOSS, DAMAGE & SHORTAGE DEVELOP & SCREENING ACTIVITY
IN05AR8IN001 CRIMINAL, ALL OTHER - DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
INO6AR8INO01 ILLEGAL EXPORTS DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN07AR8INQ01 SMUGGLING DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
INOBAR8INOQ1 FRAUD DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN09AR8IN001 FOREIGN & DOMESTIC COOPERATION DEVELOP & SCREENING ACTIVITY
IN10AR8IN001 BROKER LICENSES DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN11AR8IN001 NAVIGATION DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN12AR8IN001 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE DEVELOPMENT AND SCREENING ACTIVITIES
IN13AR8IN0D1 CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES SMUGGLING DEVELOP & SCREENING ACTIVITY
( PF1 = HELP) CPF2 = FIELD HELP) )PF3 = MAIN MENU) (PF4 = PREV SCREEN)
LINE 7 COL 2
CM - 29
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
A liet of case numbers and descriptions which fall into the
selected categories appear on this screen.
Place an 'X' next to the case you would like to enter hours for
and press ENTER. The TECS II CASE HOURS ENTRY screen is again
displayed with the selected informal case number added to the
other cases on the screen.
3 - AUTHORIZE HOURS
An agent can report hours against any cse in the Customs Service.
It is the supervisors responsibility that the cases and hours
reported are correct.
01:45 TECS II ENTER HOURS AND STATISTICS MENU 012087 T2MC80
T2PCS0
1 ENTER CASE STATISTICS (CM16)
2 ADD CASE HOURS (CM01)
3 AUTHORIZE HOURS (CM2 5)
4 AUTHORIZE STATISTICS (CMS 4)
ENTER CHOICE 2
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN)
/vwvvwvvvvvvvw/vwwwvvvwvvv
only a Supervisor or an appointed 'Acting supervisor 1 is
authorized to access the AUTHORIZE HOURS (CM2 4) AUTHORIZE
STATISTICS ( CMS 4 ) screens, if you are appointed as 'Acting
Supervisor 1 in the absence of the actual Supervisor, you must
enter the correct Supervisor ID Number for your Supervisor. It
is possible to have 'Acting Supervisor' status only for a
specified period of time. (See the SA SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
section for a discussion on Acting Supervisors) .
If authorized, you can go DIRECTLY to the TECS II APPROVE CASE
HOURS screen from the TECS II MAIN MENU by entering 'CM25* in the
CODE field. This screen is then displayed (as shown below) , and
the cursor is positioned at the SUPERVISOR id# field. This
screen can also be displayed by entering a ' 3 1 in the ENTER
HOURS AND STATISTICS MENU shown above.
CM
30
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
02:25 TECS II APPROVE CASE HOURS 021187 T2MC25
T2PC25
SUPERVISOR ID#1
TO BE ENTERED ONLY IF USER IS ACTING SUPERVISOR
(PF1 = HELP) <PF3 = MAIN MENU} (PF4 = PREV MENU) (ENTER = PROCEED)
/vvwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
If you are acting in your own supervisory capacity, press ENTER.
If you are acting for your supervisor or another one, enter
his/her User ID in the field shown. Should you enter an invalid
ID Number for your Supervisor or you have not been given the
authority to act for a supervisor in TECS II, the following
highlighted error message is displayed:
1 1NVALID ACTING SUPERVISOR 1
If ACTING SUPERVISOR STATUS has expired, the following message
will be displayed:
'EXPIRED ACTING SUPERVISOR ACCESS'
The cursor is repositioned on the highlighted SUPERVISOR ID#
field. When you enter the correct ID Number of your Supervisor
and press ENTER, the TECS II SUPERVISORY AUTHORIZATION OF CASE
HOURS screen is displayed. The cursor is positioned at the first
Case listed.
CM - 31
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
i
12:04 TECS II SUPERVISORY AUTHORIZATION OF CASE HOURS 011B88 T2MC37
T2PC37
CASE HOURS FOR AGENT: USER 118 , MARIA
APPROVED
TOTAL TOTAL CASE HOURS UNAPPROVED
C CASE FISCAL YEAR TO DATE HOURS REPT
CASE NUMBER P CASE TITLE HOURS REG AUO FEPA TOT REG AUO FEF TOT PD
INOSARSINOOI P ILLEGAL EXPORTS 00007 0000 0000 0000 0000 005 002 000 007 0188
N013CR8N0040 O RIVER INDUSTRIE 00026 0000 0000 0000 0000 013 012 001 026 0188
N007DJ7N0005 0 JIMMY FLETCHER, 00026 0000 0000 0000 0000 022 004 000 026 0188
NO13CR8NY007 0 EAST RIVER IMPO 00054 0000 0000 0000 0000 034 020 000 054 0138
TOT HRS: USER 118 , MARIA 00113 0000 0000 0000 0000 074 038 001 113
(V AND ( ENTER > TO VIEW HOURS) ( A OR D AND < ENTER > TO APPRV/DISAPPRV HOURS)
! PF1=KELP) ( PF2 = FLD KELP) I PF3=MAIN MENU) I PF4=PREVIOUS MENU) ( PF5=RESTORE )
(FF6=FIRST PAGE) (PF7=FREV PAGE) I PF8=NEXTPAGE) (PF9=LAST PAGE)
LINE 10 COL 2
wvvvwwwvvwwwwwwvwwwv
The cursor is positioned before the first case listed. Cases are
listed by agent(s) who are assigned to the user (Supervisor).
If there are agents assigned to you, but no unapproved hours for
the cases assigned to the agent (s), the cursor is positioned on
the first case line and the following message will be displayed:
'NO UNAPPROVED HOURS EXIST FOR APPROVAL FOR THIS AGENT'
The following PF Keys are applicable to this screen:
PF1 = HELP
PF2 = FLD HELP
PF3 = MAIN MENU
PF4 = PREV MENU
PF5 = RESTORE
PF7 = PREV PAGE
PF8 = NEXT PAGE
PF6 = FIRST PAGE
PF9 = LAST PAGE
CM
32
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
As mentioned, the cursor is positioned at the entry field of the
first case listed. You now have the options of APPROVING THE
RECORD, DISAPPROVING THE RECORD, or VIEWING DETAIL HOURS or
VIEWING DETAIL STATISTICS. Valid values for those options are:
A + ENTER
D + ENTER
BLANK
V
= APPROVE HOURS
= DISAPPROVE HOURS
» NO ACTION
= VIEW DETAIL CASE HOURS
If you enter an invalid value, the following highlighted error
message will be displayed:
'INVALID SELECTION CODE ENTERED’
Supervisors cannot change hours, they can only approve or
disapprove them.
The cursor is repositioned at the highlighted entry field of the
first case listed.
VIEWING DETAILED HOURS
In order to view the detailed case hours, you must enter a ’V'
and press ENTER to display the TECS II DETAILED BREAKOUT OF HOURS
screen as shown below:
TECS II DETAILED HOUR BREAKOUT
AGENT: JOHNSON , J. CASE; AE04ED7AEOOO TITLE:
REPORTING MONTHS FOR FISCAL YEAR TOTAL
TYPE HRS 1087 1187 1287 0188 0288 03BB 0488 0588 0688 0788 0888
**DUE TO THE SIZE AND THE AMOUNT OF DATA ON THIS SCREEN IT IS A
PARTIAL REFLECTION* *
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwwvvwvvvvv
To return to the TECS II SUPERVISORY AUTHORIZATION OF CASE HOURS
AUTHORIZATION screen, press the PF4 Key. The cursor is
repositioned at the entry field of the first case listed.
CM - 33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
In order to DISAPPROVE case hours, you roust enter a ' D 1 in the
space provided on the SUPERVISORY AUTHORIZATION OF CASE HOURS
screen and press the ENTER Key.
After the agent has modified the data, the information will
appear again on the SUPERVISORY AUTHORIZATION OF CASE HOURS
screen for a second process for approval.
The cursor is now positioned at the entry field of the next case
listed. If you wish to APPROVE a case, you must enter an 'A'
and press the ENTER Key. The following post-processing message
will then be displayed on the screen:
'AUTHORIZATION PROCESS (APPROVE/DISAPPROVE)
COMPLETED FOR SELECTED CASES ON PAGE'
*NOTE : You roay enter 'A 1 or 'D' for roore than one case on the
screen before pressing the ENTER Key. All these 'APPROVALS' or
'DISAPPROVALS' are then processed at once per page.
You may now either:
o take no further action and press the PF3 Key to return
to the MAIN MENU, or
o take no further action and press PF4 to return to the
Previous Menu.
4 - AUTHORIZE STATISTICS
This will be released shortly.
CM - 34
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CMS 3 ENTER CASE REPORTS
There are two reports associated with the Case Management module,
the ROI (CF40) and the SAS Report (CF151) .
11:30
TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR
CASE MANAGEMENT
111BB7 T2MU0402
T2PS0408
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CODE
CM01
ENTER CASE HRS.
CM7B
CASE MAINTENANCE
CM79
CASE MAINTENANCE
CM30
ENTER HRS. & STAT.
CMS 3
ENTER CASE REPORTS
CMS 2
RETRIEVE CASE DATA
CODE:* CMS 3 KEYID:
( PF 3 -MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
/vvwvwvwvvvvvwvvwwvvvvvvvv\
To enter the Case Reports, use CM83 from the MAIN MENU, or select
the "CMB3" option from the SUBSYSTEM MENU, press the ENTER KEY to
display the ENTER CASE REPORTS MENU.
11:30 TECS II ENTER CASE REPORTS MENU 111787 T2MC83
T2MCQ3
1 REPORT OF INVESTIGATION (CM40)
3 SEARCH, ARREST AND SEIZURE (IOAA)
ENTER CHOICE 1
(PF1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV SCREEN)
/wvvvwvvvvwwwvvwwwwwwv
CM
35
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(1) REPORT OP INVESTIGATION (CM40)
If you know the code of the transaction that you will be working
with, you can enter it directly onto the MAIN MENU in the Code
Field. In this case the code entered would be "CM40" for Report
of Investigation.
Both methods will cause the ROI FUNCTION MENU to display.
ENTER NEW ROI AGAINST CASE NUMBER
11:30
TECS II ROI FUNCTION MENU 111BB7 T2MC4001
T2MC4001
MODIFY EXISTING ROI RECORD
X ENTER NEW ROI AGAINST CASE NUMBER
ENTER 'X' NEXT TO THE OPTION, PRESS ENTER
(PF1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWA
Enter an "x" next to the ENTER NEW ROI AGAINST CASE NUMBER option
and press the RETURN/ENTER key.
This action will prompt the CASE SPECIFICATION MENU to display
where a valid 12 character case number is entered in the blank
field. The last three digits of a case number are only
generated after approval. Therefore, several unapproved cases
with the same first 9 digits will also have the same last 3
digits, 000.
The case specified will be the one that the new ROI will be
associated with. Once the case number has been entered, press
the ENTER key. If the case number is not found, the system will
issue the following message and prompt: CASE NOT FOUND, ENTER
CASE ? (Y/N) .
CM - 36
I
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
11:30 TECS II ROI CASE SPECIFICATION MENU 1118 87 T2MC4201
T2PC4201
ENTER THE NUMBER OF THE CASE TO WHICH THE ROI IS RELATED:
CASE NOT FOUND
ENTER CASE 7 (Y/N)
(PF1— HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
/VVVVVVVVV\/VVVV\/VVVVV\\/VVVVVV\VVV
If the case number is mis-typed, type an “N“ and press the ENTER
key. The cursor will re-position at the case number field for
you to re-type the case number correctly.
If a case assignment has not yet been made for this ROI, type a
"Y" at the “ENTER CASE? (Y/N) " prompt and press the ENTER key.
This will take you to the “ENTER CASE" process for adding a new
case assignment to the system (see the portion on "OPENING A
CASE" in this section) . When the case assignment is complete,
you will be returned to the ROI process.
If desired, you may press the PF3 or PF4 to "back-out" of the ROI
function.
If the specified case is an unapproved case (000 sequence number)
for which there are duplicate case numbers, the following
selection screen will display:
11:30 TECS II CASE LIST SCREEN 111987 T2M
T2P’
LIST OF CASES WITH CASE NUMBER:
SELECTION TITLE
X USER EXAMPLE CASE
LAST CASE DISPLAYED PAGE # 1 OF 1 DISPLAYED
(PF1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
(PF7-PAGE BACKWARD) (PF8-PAGE FORWARD)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
(
CM - 37
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You can look at the titles for the duplicate case numbers to
determine which is the correct case.
ChooBe a specific case from the CASE LIST screen, by placing an
■x' next to the desired case, then pressing the ENTER key.
When the case is found, descriptive data elements, CASE TITLE,
DATE ASSIGNED, CLASS, and PROGRAM and CASE # will be extracted
from the case and displayed in the top portion of the REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION (ROI) screen as follows. The selected Case Title
will appear in the CASE TITLE field. The DATE ASSIGNED field
reflects the date that this particular case was assigned. The
CLASS field contains a one to three character code that indicates
the class of case. The PROGRAM field contains a three character
code. These fields can not be modified. The REPORT # is
generated by the program, starting with 001 for each case, and
incrementing by 1 for each ROI added to the case.
11:40 TECS II REPORT OF INVESTIGATION 1119B7
CASE TITLE: EXAMPLE CASE FOR USERS
STATUS I— INI . REPORT ^K^INTERIM REPORT _D-DISF0S. PENDING
X O— OPEN/CLOSE _F-INDEX AND FILE _C-CL0SlNG REPORT
ENTRY DATE: REPORT DATE: DATE ASSIGNED ! 088787 CLASS:
PROGRAM: REPORT#: CASE #:
RELATED CASES: X FOR MORE
UNDEVELOPED LEADS TO; ~ — ' " ; X FOR MORE
TYPE : * X IS-INIT. SOURCE DOC. _ SS-SUBPOENA SER. _ BG-BACKGROUND
TT-TORT PC-PENALTY CASE SD-S. DEBRIEF
' SR SURVEILLANCE REP. ” CR-COLLETERAL RE.“ SW-E. SEARCH W.
MI-MEMO OF INTERVIEW IF-INVEST- FINDINGS OT-OTHER
TOPIC:
DISTRIBUTION: X FOR MORE
ORIGINATOR:* 123456789 JOHNSON , JOHN
SUPERVISOR: 016401B05 DICKSON , SUE
OFFICE: AE OI-ALPHINE , TX TELEPHONE : 7035668300 ENTERED BY: 12345678
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (FR5=RESTORE)
(PF10=SYNOPSIS) (PF12=NARRATIVE) (PF13=LINKAGE) ( PF24=FINISH)
/vvvvvvvvwww\vvv\/\/v\/vvvvv\/vvw\
CM
38
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Fill in all of the mandatory fields and any other fields that
lend detail to the new ROI . If you indicate ('x'-more) for any
one of the following fields, a separate continuation screen will
appear for additional data entry; RELATED CASES field,
UNDEVELOPED LEADS TO field, and DISTRIBUTION fields.
The Sign-on ID is used to generate the following fields; the
first two DISTRIBUTION codes, ORIGINATOR, SUPERVISOR, OFFICE,
TELEPHONE, and ENTERED BY.
DISTRIBUTION CODES: These codes are system generated for the
ARC ( E ) and the RIB, and you may add other distribution codes if
needed. The people designated in the distribution are (branch
chiefs or supervisors for special locations) , and will be sent a
copy of the approved ROI .
when you fill in the STATUS field, only one (1) option can be
selected per CASE. The TYPE field on the other hand may contain
up to three (3) selections per CASE, and the TOPIC line is filled
in by you, while the system generates all of the fields that
follow.
You may also change the identification number of the owner of the
ROI by overtyping the ID number which appears there
automatically. If the person entering the ROI is not the
owner/originator of the report, he must enter the owner's ID in
the originator field. The ID of the person actually entering the
ROI is always in the ENTERED BY field. Upon submission of the
screen for validation, new UPR data (owner's name, title, and
telephone number; supervisor's ID, name, title and office) will
be extracted from the UPR record of the new owner ID and entered
into the appropriate fields. Also during the validation process
RELATED CASES are checked against the case table. If there are
any errors present, the screen will be refreshed with all errors
highlighted and error messages displayed to indicate where and
why errors exist.
The general validation process involves the following:
- Validating Codes, all codes entered will be checked for
accuracy e.g., STATUS, TYPE, and DISTRIBUTION codes.
- Checking for Valid Owner IDs.
CM
39
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The OFFICE, TELEPHONE, and ENTERED BY, fields cannot be changed.
If you change the ORIGINATOR ID, the program will get the
associated ORIGINATOR name, OFFICE and TELEPHONE f. If the
SUPERVISOR ID is blanked out, the program will get the
ORIGINATOR'S supervisor.
When you have completed all changes to fields, entered all
mandatory fields, and are ready to continue, press the ENTER key.
If errors exist in any of the fields filled, the system will
generate the following messages depending upon the error.
"ONLY THREE TYPE CODES ALLOWED"
"INVALID DISTRIBUTION CODE"
"ONLY ONE STATUS CODE ALLOWED"
"INTERNAL DATABASE PROBLEM"
"INVALID RELATED CASE"
"INVALID UNDEVELOPED LEAD"
"INVALID PF KEY"
"INVALID STATUS CODE"
"ERROR - NO TYPE CODE ENTERED"
"ERROR - NO STATUS CODE ENTERED"
"NO RELATED RECORDS FOUND"
"INVALID ORIGINATOR ID"
"INVALID SUPERVISOR ID"
"NO CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE TO RECORD"
Correct the specified fields by TABBING to the field and typing
the correct entry. Then press ENTER to process the corrections.
When the validation process finds no errors the ROI data will be
added to the database and the ACCESS CONTROL screen will display.
11:30 TECS II RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION 110787 T2M
T2P
RECORD ID:
ACCESS CODE: 3 { 1=ALL, 2=AGENCY, 3=USER GROUPS, 4=USER5)
AGENCY: {CODE 2 ONLY: C=CUST0MS, K=ATF , H=IRS)
USER GROUPS {CODE 3 ONLY): OE
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS ENTER
( PF1— HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
CM
40
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This screen allows you to assign record access codes and agency
codes as they apply to you, your group, or your agency. The
access default code forROls is ' 3| and user group 1 OE ' . You may
modify and/or delete this information, following the instructions
at the bottom of the screen.
Should you decide to accept the default codes, press the ENTER
key. This will return you to the initial ROI screen,
* NOTE: If you go directly to the ROI SYNOPSIS screen from the
ROI INPUT screen, by pressing PF10, the RECORD ACCESS screen will
be by-passed, and a 3-OE level will be assigned to the report.
At this point, you may request to end the transaction by pressing
the PF24 key, (refer to 'END TRANSACTION 1 section). If you do
decide to end the transaction, the completion status of the
record will remain as UNFINISHED (the default) . Then you are
returned to the ROI FUNCTION MENU screen to begin a new process.
You may also change some of the information on the screen and
press ENTER to re-validate this data.
When the REPORT OF INVESTIGATION INPUT screen is completed,
access the SYNOPSIS screen by pressing the PF10 key.
12:01 TECS II ROI SYNOPSIS SCREEN 111987
=====;= : ===================SYN0PSIS================== =
(PF1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) ( PF4-PREV MENU) ( PFS-RESTORE)
(PF13 -LINKAGE) (PF20-FREE TEXT) (PF2 4— FINISH)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvv\/vvvvvvv\/vvvv\vvvv\
CM - 41
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Enter Synopsis information in textual (senter.ee/pharse) format.
There are 15 lines available.
After the Synopsis information has been entered, indicate by
pressing the PF8 key that you want to move from the SYNOPSIS to
the NARRATIVE portion of the report.
ROI NARRATIVE screens such as the one that follows are then made
available. Move from one NARRATIVE screen to the next with the
PF8 (next page) key.
To use the WYSE personal computer word processing capability for
the SYNOPSIS and NARRATIVE, press the PF20 key on the SYNOPSIS
screen. With the word processor you will create a "WordPerfect"
file that will be used to fill-in the SYNOPSIS screen and as many
NARRATIVE screens as are required, (refer to the ACCESS TO TECS
II section of this manual for details on Narrative Transferring) .
* NOTE: At any time during a process, the transaction can be
terminated, by pressing the PF24-FINISH key.
12:09 TECS II ROI NARRATIVE SCREEN 111287
==========================NARRATIVE=============================
(PF1-HELP) {PF3-MAIN MENU) ( PF4-PREV MENU) (PF5 -RESTORE)
(PF13 -LINKAGE) ( PF24-FINISH)
/vvvvv\/vv\/vvvv\/\/\/v\/\/\/v\/\/v\/\/\\/\/\/\/\
END TRANSACTION
When the PF24-FINISH key is pressed, the system will present the
TECS II END ROI screen and query you as to the completion status
of the ROI Report- If the record status of FINISHED is indicated
by keying an ' x f next to that option, the system checks to see
that all of the required fields have been entered. If all fields
are not present, the system will inform you, and default the
status to UNFINISHED * You may then return to the ROI and enter
the missing required fields- If all fields are present the
status is set to FINISHED.
CM
42
>
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
If you choose to cancel or delete the roi, use the cancel option.
If subject records are linked to the ROI, they must be deleted
first. Approved ROIs cannot be deleted or modified.
9:30 TECS II END ROI SCREEN 111287 T2M
T2P
MARK THE STATUS OF THE ROI:
UNFINISHED
' FINISHED
_ CANCEL
(PF1-HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4 -PREVIOUS MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvx
When a report-id is marked "FINISHED", it will be marked as
available for supervisory approval. You will not be able to
modify a "finished" ROI, unless it is reviewed by the supervisor
and marked "DISAPPROVED",
"UNFINISHED" ROIs are not made available for supervisory approval
and they can be modified only by the owner or the person entering
the ROI.
LINK SUBJECT RECORDS TO ROI
By pressing the PF13 key, you indicate to the system that you
want to Link the ROI to subjects selected through the system-wide
SUBJECT LINKING process. (Refer to MS SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE,
for a discussion of Subject Entry and Linking) . This transaction
is important, since it will link the subjects of your ROI to the
ROI and Case itself. Make a point of linking all subjects to
your ROIs.
MODIFY AN EXISTING ROI
From the tecs II roi function menu screen, select the modify
option, which will display the ROI MODIFY MENU. This menu allows
you to either (1) enter the ID # of the ROI to be modified, or
(2) select an ROI from the list of modifiable reports:
Only the owner of the ROI, or the person entering the ROI (e.g..
Secretary), is authorized to modify an ROI.
Placing an "X" next to the "modify" option displays the "ROI
MODIFY MENU" as shown below;
CM
43
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:20 TECS II ROI MODIFY MENU 111787
X MODIFY REPORT NUMBER: NY13CRBNY0 01001
~ DISPLAY LIST OF ROI'S FOR MODIFICATION
( PF1— HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvv/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv/
To select a specified ROI for modification, enter an "x" in the
first field then enter the REPORT-ID # in the Modify Report
Number field, and press the ENTER key. The REPORT-ID # is the
case number followed by the 3 digit sequence number of the
specific ROI in that case.
- If the ROI is found with a status of FINISHED, that
report cannot be modified.
- If the ROI cannot be found, this message will display:
"ROI NOT ON FILE"
- If the ROI is found with an UNFINISHED status , and the
user is allowed to modify it, it 1 is retrieved from the
database, and the ROI displays on the screen.
To view a list of ROls that are available for modification, place
an "x" next to the "DISPLAY LIST" option and press the ENTER key.
This will present the DISPLAY LIST screen, from which you can
select to modify an ROI. The list contains only the ROls that
you created and that are available for modification.
Place an "x" beside the ROI desired to modify and press ENTER.
This will cause the ROI entry screen to be displayed with the
existing data from the selected ROI.
On the ROI screen, enter any necessary changes into the Roi
screen using the same procedures for entering a new one.
CM - 44
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
02:29 TECS II ROI LIST SCREEN 1110B7 T2M
T2PJ
LIST OF ROIS WITH ROI NUMBER:
SELECTION TITLE
X EXAMPLE CASE FOR USERS
LAST ROI DISPIAYED
(PF 1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (FF4-FREV . MENU)
(PF7-PAGE BACKWARD) (PFS-PAGE FORWARD)
/wwvvvwvvvvvwvwwvvvvvw\
Once the ROI is displayed on the screen, you may modify any field
that is not related to the case number (e.g., you cannot change
fiscal year or source) . You can change the synophis/narrative
either directly on the screen or by using the PF2Q NARRATIVE
TRANSFER. Prior to exiting the modified ROI, you must again use
the PF24 key to tell the system whether the ROI is finished or
not.
(3) SEARCH, ARREST & SEIZURE (IOAA)
This option is explained in detail within the 10 INSPECTION
OPERATIONS section of this manual.
CMS 2 -RETRIEVE CASE DATA
A status report is used as a vehicle for reviewing the status of
a case and the statistics reported on a case. It is meant to
provide information to a case agent, and not as a means for
modifying, changing or deleting this information.
CM - 45
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
From the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen select the
RETRIEVE CASE DATA option CM82, the following screen will
display.
04:12 TECS II RETRIEVE CASE DATA MENU 1223B7 T2MC82
T2PC82
1 SINGLE CASE STATUS (CM30)
2 MULTIPLE CASE STATISTICS (CM3 8)
3 CASE FOLDER (CM54)
4 CASE HOURS REPORTS (CMS 3}
ENTER CHOICE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvv
(1) SINGLE CASE STATUS (CM30)
The single Case Status option will allow you to view all
statistics entered against a specific case. Next select the
SINGLE CASE STATUS, which displays the screen as shown below:
08:40 SINGLE CASE STATUS REPORT 011987 T2MC3001
T2PC30
VIEW A LIST OF CASES FOR YOUR OFFICE:
VIEW STATUS OF CASE NUMBER:
(PF1 = HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREVIOUS MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
VIEW A LIST OF CASES FOR YOUR OFFICE
The cursor is positioned at the VIEW A LIST OF CASES FOR YOUR
OFFICE field. Enter an 'X' in this field to view a list of cases
which are assigned to your office. Here you will be able to
determine if the status of the case(s) are open, pending or
closed within the last reporting period.
i
CM
46
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
VIEW STATUS OF CASE NUMBER
To view a specific STATUS REPORT of any case, enter the case
number in the VIEW STATUS OF CASE NUMBER field.
If you just press ENTER, the following highlighted message is
displayed:
'EITHER ENTER A NUMBER OR AN -X-'
After the above message appears, the cursor is repositioned on
the VIEW A LIST OF CASES FOR YOUR OFFICE field.
To view all the cases belonging to your office, enter an 'X 1 and
press ENTER. This displays the TECS II OFFICE-LEVEL CASE LIST
screen shown below:
120687 T2MC3201
T2FC32
02:48 TECS II OFFICE-LEVEL CASE LIST SCREEN
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF CASES FOR OFFICE: NO NEW ORLEANS
SEL CASE NUMBER
N013CR8N0006
NO12HJ8NY03 1
STAT TITLE
O BILL SMITH IMPORTING CO
5 JOSE GARCIA ET AL
(PF1=HE LP) (PF3=HAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8 = NEXT PAGE)
/VVVWWVVWVWVVWWWWWWVVV\
The cursor is positioned at the first case listed. (Note: You
can only view the selected data.)
Cases are listed for the users office. Open, pending and closed
cases are shown in numerical order by case number.
In the event there is more than one screen of information to be
displayed, the PF9 (NEXT PAGE) and the PF7 (PREVIOUS PAGE) Keys
will be displayed on the first and any subsequent screens. The
following message is also displayed:
'MORE CASES ON NEXT PAGE'
The cursor is positioned at the first case on the TECS II OFFICE-
LEVEL CASE LIST screen, as shown above. (You may press the PF8
Key to go to the second page should there be more cases) .
CM
47
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may select a case from the list by placing an 'X' next to the
desired case and pressing ENTER. The TECS IX SUBJECT LIST screen
is then displayed as shown below:
101287 T2MC3301
T2PC33
09:20 TECS II SUBJECT LIST SCREEN
THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF SUBJECTS FOR CASE : N013CR8N0006
SEL TECS ID SUBJECT NAME
PB8Q07354724CNQ SMITH , BILL
LAST LAST
ENF S/P
110487 110487
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV SCREEN)
fPF7=PREVIOUS PAGE) (PF3=NEXT PAGE)
/wwvv\/v\/vvvvvvvvw\/vvwwwvvv\
The cursor is positioned at the first Subject listed.
To view a selected subject in detail, place an ’ X* next to the
desired subject and press ENTER,
The TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT screen is
displayed, as shown below:
05:25 TECS II REMARKS ON STAT , FOR CASE SUBJECT 062037 T2MC34
T2PC34
CASE: N013CR8N0006 BILL SMITH INPORTING CO
DATE CASE OPEN : (MMDDYY ) CASE STAT. 110487 LAST STAT. UPDATE: 110587
SUBJECT: P880073 54724CNO SMITH, BILL
JUDICIAL DISTRICT: 34 NEW ORLEANS US ATTORNEY : BROWN
CUSTOMS ATTORNEY: JONES
CASE SUBJECT REMARKS:
SUBJECT WAS INDICTED ON 3 COUNTS OF POSSESSION OF CONTROLLED
SUBSTANCE WITH INTENT TO DISTRIBUTE
ENTER 1 1 * TO VIEW ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS OR '2 1 FOR SEIZURES AND
PENALTIES :
ENTER THE REPORTING PERIOD DATE: MMYY
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (FF3=MAIN MENU)
( PF4=PREVIOUS SCREEN)
/vvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
CM - 4 8
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
The cursor is positioned before the first entry field at the
bottom of the page. You may now enter either a 1 l 1 to view
enforcement violations or a '2' to view seizures and penalties.
You may also specify the reporting period for which statistics
are described.
1 - ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS
{OPTION 1 ON TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT)
After choosing option l f the cursor is positioned at the ENTER
THE REPORTING PERIOD field. (This is an optional field. If it is
left blank, it will default to the current reporting period.)
Press ENTER and the TECS II ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen
is displayed. It contains information for the reporting period
selected by the user, NOTE: This screen may contain only blank
lines if there is no current time period information.
08:25 TECS II ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS 120287 T2MC3501
T2PC35
CASE NUMBER: AE05PR7AE001 A TITLE WITH SUBJECTS LINKED
SUBJECT: P870003 6500CSA DUCK , DONALD
VIOLATION VIOLATION STAT. STAT. F/
CODE DESC. TYPE CODE* DESCRIP .CAT SUB M* DATE* COUNTS*
19USC1594 FALSE INVOICING IN INDICTMENT 13 C F 011887 03
ENTER "X" TO REVIEW ALL REPORTING PERIODS OF ENFORCEMENT
VIOLATIONS
NO ENFORCEMENT STATISTIC RECORDS EXIST FOR THIS REPORTING PERIOD
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF4=PREV SCREEN) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The cursor is positioned on the field at the bottom of the page.
After you enter 'X 1 in the field and press ENTER, the TECS II
ENTER ENFORCEMENT VIOLATIONS screen is re-displayed with
information about the reporting period previous to the one
selected. You may view additional previous reporting periods (up
to two years previous) by pressing the PF8 key.
CM - 49
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
I
After viewing the information, you may press the PF4 Key to
return to the TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT
screen. The cursor is positioned before the field at the bottom
of the page.
2 - ENTER SEIZURE AND PENATLIES
(OPTION 2 ON TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT)
To enter seizure, penalty violations, enter *2' and press ENTER.
This displays the TECS II ENTER seizure, penalty violations
screen, which contains current reporting period information.
Please note, however, that this screen may also consist of blank
lines if there is no current reporting period information. You
may also select a differnt reporting period to view by entering
the reporting period on the tecs II remarks on statistics for
CASE SUBJECT.
OB: 25 TECS II ENTER SEIZURE, PENALTY VIOLATIONS 120287 T2MC3601
T2PC36
CASE NUMBER: AE05PR7AE001 A TITLE WITH SUBJECTS LINKED
SUBJECT: P8700036500CSA DUCK , DONALD
REPORTING PERIOD SELECTED: 1287
VIOL. ST STAT
CODE* CD*DESCR COMM*UN* CAT SUB AMT VAL* DATE* 151/5955
190SCI594 07 PENALTY COC GR 13 C 1200 0 011BB7 8820020004101
ENTER "X’ 1 TO REVIEW ALL REPORTING PERIODS OF SEIZURE, PENALTY
VIOLATIONS:
(PFl^HELP) (FF2=FIELD HELP) (PF4=PREV SCREEN) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvv\/\/\/vvvvvvvvvv\/vvv\/vvv\
The cursor is positioned before the field at the bottom of the
page. After reviewing the current information (if any) , enter an
•X 1 and press ENTER to view information covering the last two
years of reporting periods. The TECS II ENTER SEIZURE, PENALTY
VIOLATIONS screen is re-displayed containing all information from
all reporting periods on Seizure, Penalty Violations. Different
reporting periods of Seizure/Penalty Violations will be displayed
on new screens. These can be obtained by pressing the PF8 Key.
CM
50
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
After viewing the information, you may press the PF4 Key to
return to the TECS II REMARKS ON STATISTICS FOR CASE SUBJECT
screen. The cursor is positioned before the field at the botton
of the page. Press the PF4 Key and return to the TECS II SUBJECT
LIST screen. You can now select another subject from the list
and view it's status by repeating the above process from the TECS
II SUBJECT LIST screen.
You may also press the PF4 Key and return to the TECS II OFFICE-
LEVEL CASE LIST screen. From this screen, you can select another
case and view it's status by repeating the above process or press
the PF4 key again and return to the TECS II SELECTION FUNCTION
MENU.
(2) MULTI-CASE STATUS AND STATISTICS REPORTS (CM3 8)
Multi-case reports include all of the cases in the user’s office.
These reports may be generated by status {unopen, pending,
closed) or statistics (enforcement violation and seizure/
penalty) ,
In order to generate these multi-case status and statistics
reports, you must access the TECS II SELECT MULTI-CASE REPORT
TYPE screen from the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE MANAGEMENT screen
by entering 'CM38' in the CODE field or entering '2 f on the
RETRIEVE CASE DATA MENU.
Since reports are "batch" reports, by specif iying which one you
want submits a job to the computer to run that specific report.
When you press ENTER, the sysem will return with a message:
"JOB SUBMITTED OC0314XXXXXX"
You must write this job number down (you will get a different one
for each report requested) . To view or print the report, enter
the SS63 transaction Report Retrieval. See the that portion on
that topic within this section.
CM
51
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
06s 45 TECS II SELECT MULTI-CASE REPORT TYPE
0122B7 T2MC3B
T2PC38
01 STATUS REPORTS
02 STATISTICS REPORTS
ENTER CHOICE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=*MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (FF5=RESTORE)
/vvwvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvv
01 - CREATE STATUS REPORTS
The cursor is positioned at the ENTER CHOICE field on the above
screen. To create the status reports, enter a 1 1 1 and press
ENTER. The TECS II CASE STATUS REPORTS FOR: screen is displayed
as shown below:
08:35 TECS II CASE STATUS REPORTS FOR: 0B 14 37 T2MC60
JX JACKSONVILLE T2PC60
01 NUMBERS OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY CASES
02 DETAILED STATUS FOR EACH CASE
m rATPr.nnv nv raQF ^TiTrTQ
04 NUMBERS OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY CATEGORY
05 CASE STATUS BY PERIOD (OFFICE TOTALS)
06 CASE STATUS BY PERIOD (AGENT TOTALS)
07 AGENT BY STATUS
08 NUMBERS OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY AREA
09
10 REPORT GENERATOR
ENTER CHOICE
(PF1»HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU) (PF5=RESTORE SCREEN)
/vvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 52
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
A summary of the reports is listed below:
1 List of oases for an office giving the status, number of
subjects, and number of violations for that case.
2 On a case basis, a list of the violations commited by
subjects for each case.
3 Number of cases with a given status displayed by category.
4 Number of subjects, number of violations, and number of cases
displayed by category.
5 Number of cases with a given status displayed by reporting
period.
6 On an agent basis, the number of cases with a given status
displayed by reporting period.
7 List of agents and number of cases with a given status
displayed by reporting period.
8 Number of subjects, violations, and oases displayed by area.
9 RESERVED
10 Ad-hoc report generator. {This will be discussed in the MI
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION section of this manual, which will be
distributed in the March 1908 timeframe) ,
The cursor is positioned at the ENTER CHOICE field.
If you press ENTER without entering a numeric value, the
following highlighted message is displayed:
1 ENTER OPTION NUMBER'
The cursor is repositioned at the highlighted ENTER CHOICE field.
If you enter an option number less than 01 or greater than 10 and
press ENTER, the following highlighted message is displayed:
'ENTER VALID OPTION NUMBER'
The cursor is repositioned on the highlighted ENTER CHOICE field.
After your have entered the number of your choice and pressed
ENTER, the following highlighted past-processing message is
displayed:
■REPORT REQUEST SUBMITTED'
The cursor is positioned on the ENTER CHOICE field.
CM
53
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may repeat the process for choices 02 through OS. The
resulting report formats are shown on the fallowing pages .
(Option 09 is reserved for future reports.) To view the generated
batch reports online use the unique REPORT ID which is displayed
after a successful execution with the Report Retrieval
Transaction. See the User's Manual section SS SYSTEM SUPPORT for
(SS63 - REPORT RETRIEVAL) .
OPTION 1 NUMBER OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY CASES
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
011987
02:45:30 CASE STATUS REPORT 01 — NUMBERS OF SUBJECTS AND
VIOLATIONS BY CASES PAGE
OFFICE
= AE
FY = 1987
CASE NUMBER
CASE OFFICER
STATUS
# SUBJECTS
VIOLATIONS
AE0 1BR7AE Oil
DOE ,
JOHN
OPEN
15
56
AE07DJ7LE007
DOE ,
JOHN
OPEN
20
36
AE07CK7AE001
DOE (
JOHN
CLOSED
9
13
AE11KM7AEOOO
SMITH,
PAUL
UNOPEN
13
0
AE05PR7AE008
SMITH ,
PAUL
PENDING
8
15
TOTAL
65
120
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/wvvwwvvvvvvvwvwwwvwvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 2 RETAILED STATUS FOR EACH CALL
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
091787
05:41:45 CASE STATUS REPORT 02 — DETAILED STATUS FOR PAGE
EACH CASE
OFFICE = AE FY = 1987
CASE NUMBER: AE03B5CJX001 CASE OFFICER: 22145190 CASE STATUS: OPEN
SUBJECT VIOLATION STATISTIC TYPE COUNTS VALUE DATE
FUDD, ELMER X
BYRD, TWEET Y B
21USC841 PENALTY
21USC854 ARREST
01 12000 102686
01 110386
OFFICIAL USE ONLY' — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/wwvvvwwvwwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
54
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 3 CATEGORY BY CASE SUBJECT
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS
II INFORMATION ”
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
042587
03:45:16
CASE STATUS REPORT 03 —
CATEGORY BY
CASE STATUS
PAGE
OFFICE = AE
FY
= 1987
CATEGORY
NOT OPEN
OPEN
DISPPEND
CLOSED TOTAL
01
68
0
33
12
123
02
11
1
14
22
4S
03
1
1
1
1
4
04
i
1
i
i
4
05
i
1
i
i
4
06
1
1
i
1
4
07
i
1
i
i
4
OS
i
1
i
i
4
09
i
1
i
1
4
10
i
1
i
1
4
11
i
1
i
i
4
12
i
1
i
i
4
13
i
1
i
i
4
TOTAL
90
12
58
45
215
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvwvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 55
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 4 NUMBER OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY CATEGORY
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
021567
06:48:55 CASE STATUS REPORT 04 -- NUMBER OF SUBJECTS AND PAGE
VIOLATIONS BY CATEGORY
PAGEOFFICE -
AE
FY = 1967
CATEGORY
# SUBJECTS
# VIOLATIONS
# CASES
01
23
16
5
02
42
41
2
03
10
20
2
04
10
20
2
05
10
20
2
06
10
2 0
2
07
10
20
2
08
10
20
2
09
10
20
2
10
10
20
2
11
10
20
2
12
10
20
2
13
10
20
2
TOTAL
175
277
29
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY — TECS II
INFORMATION — OFFICIAL
USE ONLY
/wvvvvvwvvwvwvwvvvwwvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
56
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 5 CASE STATUS BY PERIOD (OFFICE TOTALS)
OFFICIAL
USE ONLY —
TECS
II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
051537
06:31:87
CASE STATUS
REPORT 05
CASE STATUS BY PERIOD
PAGE
PERIOD
OFFICE =
OPENED
AE
CLOSED
(OFFICE TOTALS)
FY = 1987
DISSPEND
TOTAL
3701
2
4
11
17
8702
1
1
1
3
3703
i
i
1
3
8704
i
i
1
3
8705
i
i
1
3
8706
i
i
1
3
8707
i
1
1
3
8708
i
1
1
3
8709
i
1
1
3
8710
i
1
1
3
8711
i
1
1
3
8712
i
1
1
3
FYTD
13
15
22
28
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/wvvvwvvvwwvvvvvvvwwvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
57
TECS n
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 6 CASE STATUS BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
0B15B7
04; 45; 30 CASE STATUS REPORT 06 — CASE STATUS BY PERIOD PAGE
(AGENT TOTALS)
OFFICE = AE FY = 19 B 7
AGENT ID: 223128219 AGENT NAME: BUDD, BILLY J
PERIOD
OPENED
CLOSED
DISSPEND
TOTAL
S701
2
4
11
17
8702
2
4
11
17
8703
2
4
11
17
8704
2
4
11
17
8705
2
4
11
17
8706
2
4
11
17
8707
2
4
11
17
8708
2
4
11
17
B709
2
4
11
17
8710
2
4
11
17
B711
2
4
11
17
8712
2
4
11
17
TOTAL FOR
AGENT
24
48
122
204
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY ~
TECS II INFORMATION
— OFFICIAL
USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
5B
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 7 AGENT BY STATUS
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
012407
05:14:32
CASE STATUS REPORT
07 ■
AGENT BY
STATUS
PAGE
OFFICE = AE
FY =
= 1907
AGENT NO.
AGENT NAME
OPEN
DISPPEND
CLOSED
TOTAL
421234530
SMART, MAXWELL J
11
21
1
33
220202212
JOHNSON, JOHN
11
21
1
33
023231423
GARDNER, EARLE
11
21
1
33
TOTAL FOR
OFFICE
33
63
3
99
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 8 NUMBERS OF SUBJECTS AND VIOLATIONS BY CASE
OFFICIAL USE
092487
05:45:25
ONLY — TECS
CASE STATUS
OFFICE = AE
II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE
REPORT 08 — SUBJECTS AND
VIOLATIONS BY AREA
FY = 1987
ONLY
PAGE
AREA
# SUBJECTS
# VIOLATIONS
i
CASES
EXODUS
4
10
5
FINANCIAL
4
10
5
FRAUD
4
10
5
GENERAL
4
10
5
INTERDICTION
4
10
5
TOTAL
20
50
25
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvv\/\/\/vvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 59
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
02 - CREATE STATISTICS REPORTS
If you wish to create a Statistics Report, you must type in a '2'
on the TECS II SELECT MULTI-CASE STATUS REPORT TYPE screen and
then press ENTER. The TECS II CASE STATISTICS REPORTS FOR:
screen is displayed, as shown below:
04:15 TECS II CASE STATISTICS REPORTS FOR: 0814a7T2MC61
JX JACKSONVILLE T2PC61
01 CATEGORY BY CLASS (NUMBER OF CASES FYTD)
02 AREA BY CLASS (NUMBER OF CASES FYTD)
03 STATISTICS BY CATEGORY
04 STATISTICS BY PERIOD
05 STATISTICS BY PERIOD (AGENT BREAKDOWN)
06 NUMBER OF ARREST, CASE BY PERIOD (AGENT BREAKOUT AND
SUMMARY)
07 STATS/HOURS BY PERIODS
03 CASE BY HOURS AND ENFORCEMENT STATS
09 DETAILED LISTING OF STATISTICS RECORDS (CASE SUB-TOTALS)
10 REPORT GENERATOR
ENTER CHOICE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=REST0RE SCREEN)
/vvwvwvvvvvvvvwvvwwvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
A summary of the reports is listed below:
1 Number of cases with a given class displayed by category.
2 Number of cases with a given class displayed by area.
3 Number of statistic types displayed by category.
4 Number of statistic types displayed by reporting period,
5 On an agent basis, the number of statistic types during a
reporting period.
6 On an agent basis, the number of arrests for a given case
displayed during a reporting period.
7 Number of hours and statistic types displayed during a
reporting period.
5 Number of hours and statistic types displayed for a case.
CM
60
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
9 On a case and subject basis, the detail of statistics
reported.
10 Ad-hoc reports (This will be discussed in the MI MANAGEMENT
information section of this manual, which will be distributed in
the March 1988 timeframe) .
The cursor is positioned at the ENTER CHOICE field.
POSSIBLE ERRORS
If you press ENTER without entering a numeric value, the
following highlighted message is displayed:
'ENTER OPTION NUMBER'
The cursor is repositioned at the highlighted ENTER CHOICE field.
If you enter an option number less than 01 or greater than 10 and
press ENTER, the following highlighted message is displayed:
'ENTER VALID OPTION NUMBER'
The cursor is repositioned on the highlighted ENTER CHOICE field.
After you have entered the number of your choice and pressed
ENTER, the following highlighted post-processing message is
displayed:
•REPORT REQUEST SUBMITTED'
The cursor is positioned on the ENTER CHOICE field.
You may repeat the process for choices 02 through 09. The
resulting report formats are shown on the following pages. To
view the generated batch reports online use the unique REPORT ID
which is displayed after a successful execution, in the REPORT
RETRIEVAL transtaction, SS63. Refer to SS SYSTEM SUPPORT for
more information.
CM - 61
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 1 CATEGORY BY CLASS (NUMBER OF CASES FYTDJ
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION -- OFFICIAL USE ONLY
071487
06:45:38 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 01 -- CATEGORY BY CLASS PAGE
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON
CLASS
CATEGORY
I
II
III
FORMAL
PRE GEN
NON
INF
TOTAL
01
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
02
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
03
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
04
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
05
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
06
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
07
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
OB
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
09
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
10
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
11
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
12
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
13
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
TOTAL
130
130
130
360
70
70
70
1B0
540
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
—
TECS II
INFORMATION
—
OFFICIAL
USE ONLY
/wvvvvvvvvwwwwvwvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 62
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 2 AREA BY CLASS (NUMBER OF CASES FYTD)
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
120587
01:08:35 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 02 — AREA BY CLASS PAGE
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON
CLASS
AREA
i
n
hi
FORMAL
PRE
GEN
NON
INF
TOTAL
EXODUS
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
FINANCIAL
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
FRAUD
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
GENERAL
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
INTERDIC *
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
TOTAL
50
50
50
150
25
25
25
75
325
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
63
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 3 STATISTICS BY CATEGORY
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
031587
05:45:50 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 03 — ENFORCEMENT STATISTICS
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON BY CATEGORY PAGE
— CATEGORIES — -
STATISTICS 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 TTL
ARRESTS
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
#INDICTMNTS
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
INDICTED
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
CONVICTED
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
AQUITTED
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
DISMISSED
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
NOLLE PROS
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
FUGITIVE
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
FORF-MIT
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
FORF-B/B
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
PENALTY-LOSS
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
PENALTY-MIT
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
PENALTY -DOM
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
SEIZURE-LOSS
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
SEIZURE-DOM
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
RECOVERD OTH
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
DUTY
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
FINE
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
OTHER
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1 17
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
--
TECS
II
INFORMATION
—
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
/wwwwwvvvvvvwwvwwvwww
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
64
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
►
OPTION 4 STATISTICS BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
041387
06:28:14 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 04 — ENFORCEMENT STATISTICS
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON BY PERIOD PAGE
PERIODS
ENF STATS 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 8709 8710 FYTD
ARRESTS 1111111111 10
tfINDCTMNTS 1111111111 10
INDICTED 11111111 11 10
CONVICTED 1111111111 10
AQUITTED 1111111111 10
DISMISSED 1111111111 10
NOLLE PROS 1111111111 10
FUGITIVE 1111111111 10
FORF-MIT 1111111111 10
FORF-B/B 1111111111 10
PENALTY-LOSS 1111111111 10
PENALTY-MIT 1111111111 10
PENALTY-DOM 1111111 111 10
SEIZURE-LOSS 1111111111 10
SEIZURE-DOM 1111111111 10
RECOVERD OTH 1111111111 10
DUTY 1111111111 10
FINE 1111111111 10
OTHER 1111111111 10
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 65
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 5 CASE STATISTICS BY PERIOD (AGENT BREAKDOWN)
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
051387 PAGE
09:05:20 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 05 — ENFORCEMENT STATISTICS
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON BY PERIOD (AGENT BREAKOUT)
AGENT NO: 221113333 AGENT NAME: JOHN SMITH
ENF STATS 3701 8702
8703 8704
8705
3706
8707
8708
3709 8710
FYTD
ARRESTS
i
i
i
i
i
i
1
1
1
1
10
IINDICTMNTS
i
1
i
i
i
i
i
1
i
1
10
INDICTED
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
10
CONVICTED
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
10
AQUITTED
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
1
1
1
10
DISMISSED
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
i
10
NOLLE PROS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
FUGITIVE
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
10
F0RF“MIT
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
FORF-B/B
i
i
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
PENALTY -LOSS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
PENALTY-MIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
PENALTY -DOM
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
SEIZURE-LOSS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
SEIZURE-DOM
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
RECOVERD OTH
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
DUTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
FINE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
OTHER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
- TECS
II
INFORMATION —
■ OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
OPTION 6 NUMBER OF ARRESTS, CASE BY PERIOD (AGENT BREAKDOWN)
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
071387 PAGE
01:26:50 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 06 -- ARRESTS, CASE BY PERIOD
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON
AGENT: RUBBLE, BARNEY J 221113333
PERIODS
CASE NUMBR 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 B709 8710 FYTD
B003B5CB002 1122 335567 50
B003B5CB001 11223 35567 50
B003B5CB003 1122 3 35567 50
B003B5CB004 1122 335567 50
B003B5CB005 1122 3 35567 50
B003B5CB006 11223 35567 50
TOTAL 10 11 12 12 18 18 30 30 36 42 300
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvwwvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
67
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 7 STATS/ HOURS BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
112887 PAGE
03:30:30 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 07 — STATS/HOURS BY PERIOD
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON
STATISTICS 8701
8702
8703
8704
■PERIODS—
8705 8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
FYTD
HOURS 23
23
23
23
12
12
12
12
12
12
162
ARRESTS
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
#INDICTMNTS
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
INDICTED
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
CONVICTED
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
AQUITTED
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
DISMISSED
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
NOLLE PROS
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
FUGITIVE
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
1
1
1
10
FORF-MIT
1
1
1
1
i
i
i
i
1
1
10
FORF-B/B
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
PENALTY-LOSS
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
PENALTY-MI T
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
PENALTY-DOM
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
SEIZURE-LOSS
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
SEIZURE-DOM
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
RECOVERD OTH
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
DUTY
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
FINE
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
OTHER
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
1
10
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY -
- TECS II
INFORMATION -
- OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA -
FOR
DISPLAY ONLY
CM
68
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
OPTION 8 CASE BY HOURS AND ENFORCEMENT STATS.
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
093087 PAGE
04:45:20 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 08 — CASE BY HOURS/STATS
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON
SEIZURE/
CASE NUMBER HOURS ARREST #IND IND CONV AQUIT DISM N/P FUG PENALTY
B003C5DB001 321
B003C5DB002 321
B003C5DB003 321
B003C5DB004 321
B003C5DB005 321
B003C5DB006 321
B003C5DB007 321
B003C5DB008 321
TOTAL 2568
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
a B 8 16
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
2 0 0 1 3
16 0 0 8 24
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 9 DETAILED LISTIONG OF STATISTICS RECORDS (CASE SUB
TOTALS )
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
021487 PAGE
04:02:01 CASE STATISTICS REPORT 09 — DETAILED STATS {CASE/
NUMBER OF CASES, FYTD, FOR BOSTON SUBJECT BREAKOUT) -
CASE: B013C5JB0012 TITLE: MICHAEL CORLEONE, ET AL
AGENT: JOHN SMITH STATUS: OPEN DATE OPENED: 10/21/86
SUBJECT: MICHAEL CORLEONE
VIOLATION STATISTIC TYPE# #ITMS COMM UN AMOUNT $VALUE DATE 151 #
2 1USC841 SEIZURE (DOM VAL) 1 COC GM 2132 102986
87BI0000 122
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvwvvwvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
69
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(3) CASE FOLDER (CM54)
Case Folder is akin to a table of contents for a case. If you
wish to view the details of a case and all the records and
reports linked to that case, accessing this nodule is a fast way
of doing this.
To display the TECS II CASE FOLDER screen as shown below, enter
'CM54' on the TECS II CASE MANAGEMENT MAIN MENU or enter ' 3 ' on
the RETRIEVE CASE DATA MENUi
08:23
TECS IT CASE FOLDER
112587 T2MC5401
T2PC54
NUMBER OF A CASE FOR CASE FOLDER RETRIEVAL:
SELECT A LIST OF CASES ELIGIBLE FOR VIEWING:
ENTER CASE NUMBER OR "X", PRESS ENTER
(PF1 « HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREVIOUS MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Please note that this screen can also be accessed from the TECS
II MAIN MENU, to the RETRIEVE CASE DATA MENU, to the CASE FOLDER
screen. The cursor is positioned at the first field position of
NUMBER OF A CASE FOR CASE FOLDER RETRIEVAL field.
If you enter a case number with invalid values, a highlighted
error message is displayed:
'SPECIFIED CASE DOES NOT EXIST'
CM
70
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If you are not authorized to view the case folder a different
error message will be highlighted.
‘NOT UNAUTHORIZED TO VIEW CASE FOLDER FOR SELECTED CASE'
Case officers and anyone in his chain of command are authorized
to view the case folder material.
The cursor is repositioned at the 'NUMBER OF A CASE FOR CASE
FOLDER RETRIEVAL' field, which is also highlighted.
You must now enter a valid case number and press ENTER. If this
case number is shared by more than one case — which as was
mentioned earlier can occur if a case has not as yet been
approved and given a unique number --the TECS II CASE LIST screen
will appear for you to select a case.
You may also select the option of viewing a list of cases for
which you are eligible. To view case folders by placeing an "X"
in the field following the SELECT A LIST OF CASES ELIGIBLE for
viewing field. The following screen will be displayed:
05:28
TECS II INVESTIGATIVE CASE RECORD
122587 T2HC5601
CASE NUMBER:*
CASE OFFICER*:
CASE SUPERVR:
CASE OFFICE:
NO13CRSNO04O STATUS:
100000018 USER 118
100000015 USER 115
IN RIB- NEW YORK NY
7036445290
OPEN STATUS DATE: 011888
, MARIA
, DIANA
REG : HQ HEADQUARTERS
ORGANIZATION: TC00024240
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
ORIG OFFICER:
GRIG SUPERVR:
QRIG OFFICE:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
CATEGORY :
SOURCE:
GROUP: CLASS:* I
ENVIRONMENT: D INTERNATIONAL AIRPOR UNDRCVR :
CASE TITLE*: RIVER INDUSTRIES, INCORPORATED
SUMMARY: ACCEPTED FOR PROSECUTION [Y N) :
INVESTIGATION OF POSSIBLE COCAINE SMUGGLING IN LASH BARGES TO UP-RIVER
PORTS .
REG:
ORGANIZATION:
SUB-CATEGORY:
PROJECT: 999 ORG CRIME TASK FORCE
SIGNIFICANT: N ORGANIZED CRIME: N
SPECIAL EQUIP:
PRESS PF24 TO DELETE THE CASE
( PF1/PF2 = HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU} <PF4 = PREV MENU) { PF5 = RES TORE ) (PF14=CASE LIST)
LINE 18 COL 74
\/wvv\/\/v\/v\/v\/vvv\/vv\/v\/vvvvv\/\/vvv\
CM
71
TEGS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may now view the details of the case on the investigative
Case Record above. The following fields may/may not have data
displayed, depending upon whether data was entered during OPEN
CASE.
o Originating Officer Data
o Group
o Significant
o Organized Crime
o Special Equipment
o Accepted for Prosecution
o Summary
If you wish to view all records linked to the case, you must
access the TECS II CASE FOLDER screen by pressing the PF13 Key,
09:07 TECS II - LIST OF RELATED RECORDS 120307 T2MR91
T2PR.91
6 RECORDS ARE RELATED TO BASE RECORD PAGE 1
Q011DG800001 CASE COO ARMSTRONG B 102787
P87OQ14060OCOO ALLSWORTH LANCE
SV SERIOUS VIOLATOR FROM S/A/S (CF-151)
P8700148700CQO BUTKAS RICHARD
SV SERIOUS VIOLATOR FROM S/A/S (CF-151)
P8700148SO0C00 CAMPBELL GLEN
SV SERIOUS VIOLATOR FROM S/A/S (CF-151)
V07OO1Q44OOCOO BLACKBEUTY CA US
SV SERIOUS VIOLATOR FROM S/A/S (CF-151)
010144
010166
010155
0
A07OO1251OOCQO N4444444
SV SERIOUS VIOLATOR FROM S/A/S (CF-151)
00 11DGB 00001 002 ROI COO ARMSTRONG B 102787
SECOND TEST ROI
SUB-SOURCE
SUB-SOURCE
SUB- SOURCE
SUB -SOURCE
0
SUB -SOURCE
ENTER A
■V’ IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO VIEW AND PRESS ENTER
( PF1 =HELP } (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=KIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
( PF 1 5 = BASE RECORD) (PF17=HOME RECORD)
LINE 6 COL 2
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\/vv\
CM - 72
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The above Case Folder screen lists the various records which are
linked to the case. To view these records, you must enter an 'V'
next to the record you wish to view and press ENTER. That
particular record is then displayed. Please note that the Case
Folder module only allows the user to view information, not
modify, delete or add it.
You may page through these documents, return to the previous
screen and select another document for viewing by pressing PF4 or
press FF3 to return to the TECS II MAIN MENU.
(4) CASE HOURS REPORTS (CM53)
To access the TECS II CASE HOUR REPORTS MENU, you must enter
' CMS 3 ' in the CODE field on the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR CASE
MANAGEMENT screen or ' 4 1 on the RETRIEVE CASE DATA MENU. The
CASE HOURS REPORTS MENU is then displayed as shown below:
(Refer to the discussion on Report Retrieval in the Multicase
Statistics portion of this section)
07:45 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS MENU 072487 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORTS FOR: JX JACKSONVILLE
1. TOTAL HOURS FOR CASE BY PERIOD
2. TOTAL HOURS FOR AGENT BY PERIOD
3. TOTAL HOURS FOR CATEGORY BY PERIOD
4. HOURS FOR CASE BY TYPE-HOURS
5. HOURS FOR AGENT BY TYPE-HOURS
6. HOURS FOR CASE BY TYPE-HOURS WITH SUB-TOTALS BY AGENT
7. HOURS FOR AGENT BY TYPE-HOURS WITH SUB-TOTALS BY CASE
8. HOURS FOR CATEGORY BY CLASS
9. HOURS FOR AREA BY CLASS
10 . REPORT GENERATOR
ENTER CHOICE:
(PF1 = HELP) (PF3 = MAIN MENU) ( PF4 = PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvwww
A summary of the reports is listed below:
1 Period total of all case hours reported against cases in an
office by the reporting periods of the fiscal year.
CM
73
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
2 Agent total hours reported by the agents in an office against
the current fiscal year reporting periods.
3 Total hours reported against enforcement catagories in the
user's office during the current fiscal year reporting
periods .
4 Types of hours in the current fiscal year reported against
each case in that office.
5 Total types of hours reported by agents in the user's office
in the current fiscal year.
6 For each of the agents in the user's office, the total types
of hours reported against each of the cases the officer or
agent worked on.
7 For each of the cases in the user's office, the total types of
hours reported by the agents against the given case in the
current fiscal year.
B Total hours recorded against enforcement categories based on
the class of the case in the current fiscal year.
9 Total hours recorded against enforcement areas based on the
class of the case in the current fiscal year.
10 Ad -hoc report
The cursor is positioned on the ENTER CHOICE field. Enter a
valid option number and press ENTER. A highlighted post-
processing message is displayed stating that the selected report
has been submitted:
* REPORT REQUEST SUBMITTED’
(Please note that these reports are summaries of information at
the user's office level. These are available to anyone in
that office. )
The cursor is returned to the ENTER CHOICE field and a unique
user ID is also displayed. You may now repeat the process for
the remaining options . To view the generated, batch reports
online use the unique REPORT ID which is displayed after a
successful execution in the REPORT RETRIEVAL tranaction, SS63.
Refer to SS SYSTEM SUPPORT for further information.
Samples of the resulting report formats are shown on the
following pages.
CM - 74
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 1 TOTAL HOURS FOR CASE BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
07:31 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 062107 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 1 — CASE BY PERIOD
PERIODS
CASE NUMBR B701 0702 0703 0704 0705 8706 8707 8708 8709 8710 FYTD
AE01BR7AEQ11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
AE07DJ7LE007
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
TOTAL
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
240
OFFICIAL USE
ONLY
—
TECS
II
INFORMATION
—
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
/wwwwvwwwvvwwvwwvvww
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 2 TOTAL HOURS FOR AGENT BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
03:25 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 051487 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 2 -- AGENT BY PERIOD
AGENT NUMB
8701
8702
8703
fEiKlUl
8704
JE>
6705
8706
8707
8708
0709
8710
FYTD
345123212
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
228781234
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
220022200
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12 0
TOTALS
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
360
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION -- OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvwvvvwwwvwvwvwvvvwv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
75
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(
OPTION 3 TOTAL HOURS FOR CATEGORY BY PERIOD
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
06:30 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 012667 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 3 — CATEGORY BY PERIOD
CATEGORY
8701
8702
8703
8704
0705 8706
B707
B708
8709
8710
FYTD
01
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
02
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
03
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
120
TOTAL
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
360
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
l
OPTION 4 HOURS FOR CASE BY TYPE-HOURS
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
— TECS II INFORMATION —
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
04:45
TECS
II CASE HOURS
REPORTS
051787 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT
4 —
CASE BY TYPE
HOURS
CASE NUMBER
REG
AUO
FEPA
TOTAL
AE01BR7AE011
87
13
0
100
AE07DJ7LE007
87
13
0
100
AE07CK7AE001
87
13
0
100
AE11KM7AE002
87
13
0
100
AE05PR7AEOQ8
87
13
0
100
TOTAL
435
65
0
500
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM - 76
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 5 HOURS FOR AGENT BY TYPE-HOURS
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
OS : 17 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 081487 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 5 — AGENT BY TYPE HOURS
AGENT NO.
AGENT NAME
REG
AUO
FEPA
TOTAL
227872221
JUNGLE, GEORGE F
22
12
22
56
220202201
GARDNER, JOHN P
22
12
22
56
234567890
PUBLIA, PAULO P
22
12
22
56
TOTAL
66
36
66
163
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
AA/VVVWVVVVVVVWWWVWVWWWVV
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 6 HOURS FOR CASE BY TYPE-HOURS (SUB-TOTALS BY AGENT)
07:46 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 092537 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 6 — CASE BY TYPE HOURS (AGENT SUBTOTAL)
AGENT ID: 223121456 NAME: JUNGLE, GEORGE F
CASE NUMBER REG AUO FEPA TOTAL
AE01BR7AE011
AE07DJ7LE007
AE07CK7AE001
AE11KM7AE002
AE05PR7AE008
TOTAL 40 45 0 05
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/wvvvvvvvvwvvwwvwvvvvvvwvw
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
8 9 0 17
8 9 0 17
8 9 0 17
8 9 0 17
8 9 0 17
>
CM - 77
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OPTION 7 HOURS FOR AGENT BY TYPE-HOURS (SUB TOTALS FOR CASE)
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
OS: 21 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 092187 T2MC53
TCPC53
CASE HOURES REPORT 7 — AGENT BY TYPE HOURS (CASE SUBTOTAL)
CASE NUMBER: AE01BR7AE011 TITLE: B, Y BADGUY ET AL
AGENT NO,
AGENT NAME
REG
AUO
FEPA
TOTAL
221232123
ZOOM, BILLY H
12
12
12
36
220022231
GARDNER, BOB
12
12
12
36
220909076
JONES, JOHN
12
12
12
36
SUB-TOTAL
FOR: AE01BR7AE011
36
36
36
108
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/vvvvvvwwvwwvvvvvvvwvvvvvwv
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
OPTION 0 HOURS FOR CATEGORY BY CLASS
OFFICIAL USE ONLY — TECS II INFORMATION — OFFICIAL USE ONLY
05:45 TECS II CASE HOURS REPORTS 101487 T2MC53
T2PC53
CASE HOURS REPORT 8 — CATEGORY BY CLASS
CATEGORY
I
II
III
FORMAL
FRE
GEN
NON
INF
TOTAL
01
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
02
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
03
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
04
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
05
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
06
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
07
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
08
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
09
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
10
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
11
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
12
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
13
10
10
10
30
5
5
5
15
45
TOTAL
130
130
130
390
65
65
65
195
585
OFFICIAL
USE
ONLY
TECS II
INFORMATION —
OFFICIAL USE ONLY
/wwvvwwwwwwwvwwwvvvw
SAMPLE DATA - FOR DISPLAY ONLY
CM
78
INSERT INDEX VI (GENERAL QUER¥ )
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
GQ - GENERAL QUERY
OVERVIEW
The GENERAL QUERY (GQ) sub-system in TECS II allows users to
query and display source documents in the TECS II database. The
query and display process is very similar to that used for
SUBJECT QUERY (SQ), except the target records in SQ are known as
source documents in GQ*
This section will focus on the procedures for querying 4 types of
source documents: Intelligence Documents (including MQIRs) ;
Reports of Investigation (ROI) r Search/Arrest/Seizure Reports
(SAS ) ; and Office of Enforcement cases* Two other functions
available within this subsystem are Electronic Surveillance
Queries , and Text Retrieval which will be added at a later date.
As mentioned. General Query is much like Subject Queries* You
select the type of document you wish to query from a menu. A
query screen for that document will then display. You will fill-
in fields on that screen with your search criteria and press the
ENTER key. The system will then search far the records matching
your criteria. Any matching record will be displayed on a ’’Hit
List" from which you can select a document for viewing.
SPECIAL NOTE:
Review the section on SUBJECT QUERY and become familiar with the
procedures before reading this section. Since SUBJECT QUERY is
very similar to GENERAL QUERY and contains many of the same
functions there are references to the SQ sub-system throughout
this section. Also, the common functions of SQ are discussed in
detail within that section and will not be repeated for the GQ
processes .
ACCESSING GENERAL QUERY
The GENERAL QUERY sub-system menu may be accessed from the TECS
II MAIN MENU by typing GQ in the CODE field and pressing ENTER.
An example of the MAIN MENU where GQ is entered, is displayed as
follows :
GQ - 1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:44 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 0102SS T2MU0201
T2PSG2G2
CODE DESCRIPTION
GQ GENERAL QUERY
CODE:* GQ KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF1G=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvwwwwwwwwvwv
Once GQ is entered on the MAIN MENU , the GQ SUB-SYSTEM MENU
displays as shown below:
13:45 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR GENERAL QUERY 0102 SB T2MU0402
T2PSG4 08
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CODE
GQQ1
INTEL DOCUMENTS
GQ03
REPORT OF INVES *
GQ04
SAS REPORTS
GQG5
CASE RECORD
GQ06
ELECT. SURVEIL.
GQ08
BRS TEXT RETREIV
CODE: *
KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
/ V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V
GQ - 2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
From this sab-system menu you can select the query desired to use
by typing the 4 character code in the CODE field and press ENTER.
The query screen for the selected type of source document will
then display, (Note - GQG8 will not display a query screen. It
will take you directly to the Text Retrieval System) .
It is not necessary to go to the GQ sub-menu to access these
queries. If you wish, you may type the 4 character code of the
desired query directly onto the MAIN MENU* This will by-pass the
sub-menu and display the specified query screen.
GQ QUERY SCREENS - OVERVIEW
The appropriate query screen will display for your use depending
on the code entered* Each of the screens is covered in detail in
the following paragraphs. In general , the screens have 3
options.
The first option is a search for a specific record using a report
number or case number. This is the fastest and most precise
query. It may not be used in conjunction with any other search
criteria. The fields for querying on report or case number are
located at the top of the query screens. In most cases, a
"wildcard" (?) is available to allow you to search on the first
portion of a report number.
The second option is to use one or more of the search criteria
fields located in the middle of the screen. These fields allow
you to search for groups of records based on descriptive data
such as region, office, commodity, etc. Multiple fields may be
filled-in to search for records matching the combined criteria.
It is important to remember when using multiple query fields that
only those records containing all of the specified criteria will
be returned as matches.
Many of the query fields have multiple entry fields for entering
more than one value* For example, the Intelligence Document
Query screen has 5 entry fields for '"Country Code 11 which appear
like this:
COUNTRY CODE: OR OR OR OR
The "OR 1l s indicate that the system will search for all records
with the first Country Code or the second Country Code or the
third Country Code, etc. This is different from the logic used
when multiple query fields are filled-in as described in the
previous paragraph. The logic used* for those queries requires
that a matching record contain the first query value etc.
GQ - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
To illustrate this logic, assume that you filled-in DISTRICT with
"18", PORT with "OS" and two of the Country Codes with "US" and
"MX" on the Intelligence Document Query. The system would find
matching records only if they were from Orlando {DISTRICT/PORT
1808) and they involved the United States or Mexico.
The third option on the query screen is to use the "Optional
Search Limiting Fields" which are located at the bottom of the
screens. These fields may not be used by themselves as search
criteria, but they may be used to limit or modify the criteria
specified in the search criteria fields (middle of the screen} ,
These fields may not be used to limit report/cases number
queries..
To use the query screens simply type your search criteria into
the desired fields using the tab key to move from one field to
the next. If no matching records are found, a message will
display saying "NO MATCH FOUND". You can then modify your query
and try again or return to the menu system by pressing PF3 or
PF4.
If matching records are found, they will be listed on the
"DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST)" screen. You can select the
listed records from this screen for viewing in the same manner as
the Subject Record Hit List. As with subject records, a maximum
of 140 records will be listed for any query. To return to the
query screen from the Hit List, press the PF4 key.
In some situations, you may receive the message "QUERY ENDED Due
TO EXCESSIVE DATABASE RECORDS". This occurs when you have
specified multiple search criteria and/or optional search
limiters. In these situations the system may need to "read" a
large number of records to compare them to your search criteria
and to each other. A limit has been set on this process to
prevent degraded service to other users. If you receive this
message, you should modify your query by removing some of the
criteria and try again.
When you press the ENTER key on your query, the system will
retain your entered search criteria in the fields on the query
screen* If you then return to the query screen for another
query, you can modify your query without needing to re-type your
criteria. However, you will need to remove any existing values
that you do not want included in your query. .
The specific query screens are covered in the following
paragraphs. "HELP" is available for each screen by pressing the
PF1 key. You can also get HELP for each field on the screen by
pressing PF2 when your cursor is in the desired field.
GQ - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
GQ01 INTELLIGENCE DOCUMENTS AND MOIRS
When you enter GQ01 on the MAIN MENU or Sub-system screen the
following screen will display for you to enter your query. You
can use this screen to search for MOIR's, CF-320's, Intell's,
and /or Intell. Studies,
13:45 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE DOCUMENT QUERY 01028 S T2MQ11
T2PQ11
SELECT A SPECIFIC REPORT:
(USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR **** FILL IN AT LEAST ONE SEARCH CRITERION ****
CASE NUMBER
ORIGINATOR
{USE ?
FOR WILDCARD)
OFFICE CODE
DISTRICT:
PORT :
COMMODITY CODE
OR
OR
OR OR
COUNTRY CODE
OR
OR
OR OR
PROGRAM CODE
OR
OR"
OR OR
CATEGORY
OR
OR
OR OR
**** OPTIONAL
SEARCH
LIMITING FIELDS
A A -ft
WHAT TYPE OF SOURCE: AND
(A=ALL, 1— MOIR, 2-INTEL, 3=
AND
CF-320,
AND
4 INTELLIGENCE
STUDY)
DATES AFTER:
AND BEFORE:
(BLANK FOR ALL)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
(PF4 “GENERAL QUERY MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwvwvwvwvwvv/
The following options are available;
1. Select a Specific Report - To search for a specific report,
enter a report number in the first query field. The report number
is the standard Customs number used to uniquely identify MOIR’s
and Intelligence documents. The format for these numbers is,
"YYXDDPPNNNNN" where:
YY = year entered (e.g., "88 n )
X = type of report (M=MOIR, I=CF320, J=INTEL STUDY,
K=INTEL RECORD)
DD = District (e.g., "01")
PP = Port (e.g., "01")
NNNNN = Control number (e.g., "0012 3")
For example, the 25th MOIR for Fiscal Year 1988 from Orlando
would have report number, "6BM1B060Q25" .
GQ - 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may use a wildcard character ( ,, ? M ) with this field to search
on a partial report number. To do this, enter the first part of
the report number immediately followed by H ?" which is the
wildcard character. For example, "88M1808 11 would find all of the
1988 MOIRs for Orlando.
2. Fill in Search Criteria - Use this portion of the screens to
search for MOIRs or Intelligence Documents based on one or more
of the following query fields.
CASE NUMBER - Use this field to specify those records with Office
of Enforcement case numbers. The format of the case number is
"AACCSXYOONNN", where:
AA - Office running the case (e.g., "JX")
CC = Category (e.g., "13")
S = Sub-category (e.g., "A")
X = Source (e.g."R")
Y = Fiscal Year (e.g., "8" for 1988)
00 = Orignating office (e.g., "JX")
NNN = Sequence number (e.g. , "OOl" )
For example, "JX13 J8LA001" is a Jacksonville case (JX) on cocaine
smuggling (13C) referred by DEA (J) , for FY 1988, originated by
Los Angeles, and it is the first case for that category in FY
1988 in LA.
You can use the wildcard (?) feature with case numbers.
ORIGINATOR - Use this field to find records originated by a
particular individual. Enter his 9 character user-id.
office code - Use this field to search for records with a
specific OE office code. For example, "JX" for Jacksonville.
DISTRICT - This field is used to find records by their 2
character District code. For example, "18" for the Tampa
District.
PORT - Use this field to search for a 2 digit Port code in
conjunction with the District code. The District code may be
searched by itself but not the Port code. Using the 2 fields
together will locate a specific Port. For example, "1808" will
find all documents originating by the Port of Orlando in the
Tampa District.
COMMODITY CODE - There are five commodity fields separated by
"OR (S ) " to allow you to search on up to 5 commodity codes. Any
one of the codes can produce a match. The valid commodity codes
include the 3 character codes developed for Customs use (e.g.,
"MAR" for marijuana) and the 5 digit TSUSA codes.
GQ - 6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
COUNTRY - Use this field to find records based on the source
country or the country related to the incident being reported.
Use the standard 2 character country codes. You can search on up
to 5 different country codes.
PROGRAM - Use this field to search for reports based on their 3
character program code (e.g., "062" for EXODUS). There are
fields for up to 5 different program codes.
CATEGORY - enter the 2 character OE category code or 3 character
category/sub-category code in this field or another means of
locating records. The category codes provide a broader search
(e.g. , "13" for narcotics smuggling) while the category/sub-
category combined code is more specific (e.g., "13C" for
narcotics smuggling - cocaine) . There are blanks for up to 5
different category or category/sub-category codes.
3. Optional Search Limiting Fields
These fields may only be used to limit or modify queries
performed with the search criteria portion of the screen. They
may not be used as independent query fields. The fields are:
TYPE OF SOURCE - Use this field to limit your search to only
MOIR's and or one or more of the Intelligence documents. There
are 4 fields that allow you to specify up to 4 types:
A = All types (this is the default)
1 = MOIR's
2 = Intell Records
3 = CF-32 0 1 S
4 = intell Studies
DATES - There are 2 date fields: AFTER and BEFORE. Use AFTER to
limit your search to records entered on or after the entered
date. Use BEFORE for records entered on or before the specified
date. You may fill in both dates to specify a range. The dates
must be entered in "MMDDYY" format (e.g., "122587").
GQ - 7
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
GQ03 REPORT OF INVESTIGATION
The query screen selected with GQ03 is used to search for OFFICE
of Enforcement Report of Investigation (ROI) . The screen is
shown below:
13:46 TECS II - REPORT OF INVESTIGATION QUERY 0102B3 T2MQ13
T2PQ13
SELECT A SPECIFIC ROI BY:
CASE NUMBER; (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
ROI NUMBER:
OR **** FILL IN AT LEAST ONE SEARCH CRITERION ****
CASE NUMBER
REGION
OFFICE CODE
PROGRAM CODE
RELATED CASE
(WILDCARD ?)
OR
(USE ?
FOR WILDCARD)
OR
OR
OR
OR
’ OR OR
OR
OR
OR
OR ”
**** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS ****
AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
OR _
OR OR __ OR _ OR
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
(PF4=GENERAL QUERY MENU)
/wwvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvwww
UAIJib Al TiLK
CASE STATUS
ROI TYPE
There are 3 parts to the screen, each of which is discussed in
the following paragraphs.
1. Select a Specific ROI
To select a specific ROI, fill-in the case number and 3 digit
sequential report number which, together , form the unique ROI
number. For example, " JX13CR8JX001001" is an ROI number for the
first ROI under case number JX13RBJX001 . You may also leave off
the report number to search on the case number alone to find all
of the ROIs for a case. Further, you may use a wildcard (?) with
the first part of a case number to get all ROI's with case
numbers beginning with the entered portion. For example,
"JX13C?" will locate all ROI's with case numbers beginning with
"JX13C" (e.g., all cocaine smuggling cases from Jacksonville).
GQ - 8
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
You ma y not use the 3 digit report number portion of the ROI
number by itself. Also, If you are searching on the case
number/RQI number for a specific RGI, the rest of the fields on
this screen will be ignored,
2 * Search Criteria
Use this part of the screen to select ROI 1 s by entering one or
more values in the fields. If multiple fields are used in
combination (e.g., REGION and PROGRAM), only those ROl's
containing both values will match. The last part of the screen
may be used to limit or modify the search specified by your
criteria .
The following are descriptions of the query fields to use in
specifying your search criteria:
CASE NUMBER - Use this field in the same manner at the field at
the top of the screen to find ROI 1 s for a specific case. You may
also use a wildcard (?) with this field,
REGION - Use this field to specify ROI 1 s from a particular
region. Use the 2 character alphabetic Region Codes. There are
2 Region Code fields that allow you to search on 2 different
Region codes, if desired. ROl's with either Region code will
match ,
office code - Use this field to find ROl's from the specified OE
office(s). The standard 2 character OE office codes should be
used. Three fields are provided to allow you to use up to 3
different office codes. ROl's with any of the 3 codes will
match.
PROGRAM CODE - Use this field to specify the 3 digit program or
project code ("062 11 for EXODUS, for example). The standard
program codes from chapter 37 of the Agent's Handbook are used.
Five fields are provided for searching on up to 5 different
codes. ROl's with any if the 5 program codes will match,
related cases - Use this field to search for ROl's containing the
related case numbers specified. The related cases are in the
same format as the standard case number. Also, a wildcard (?)
may be used with the related case numbers. There are 6 fields
that allow you to specify up to 6 different related case numbers.
ROl's with any of the 6 numbers will match.
3 , Optional Sea rch Limit ing Fields
Use this portion of the screen to limit or modify the results of
the search specified by your entries in the "search criteria"
part of the screen. You may not use any of the limiting fields
by themselves or to modify specific ROI number searches. The
fields in this section are described below:
GQ - 9
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
DATES - use the "AFTER" and/or "BEFORE" dates to limit your
search to only those ROl's entered before, after or on the
specified date. If both date fields are filled in, they will act
as a range of dated for the search. The dates are inclusive; the
specified date will be included as a match.
Enter the date(s) in "MMDDYY" format. For example, "122587".
CASE STATUS - Use this field to limit your search to a specific
status code from the ROI. For example, "I" for Initial Report.
There are 2 fields to allow you to specify 2 different status
codes; either one will match.
ROI TYPE - Use this field to limit your search to ROl's with
specific Type codes. For example, "B" for a background check.
There are 5 fields to specify up to 5 different type codes; any
of the 5 will produce a match.
GQ04 SAS REPORTS
When GQ04 is selected from the GENERAL QUERY SUBSYSTEM screen, it
is the S/A/S DOCUMENT QUERY screen that displays to search for
SEARCH/ ARREST/SEIZURE (SAS) reports as shown below:
13:46 TECS II - S/A/S DOCUMENT QUERY 010288 T2MQ14
T2PQ14
SELECT A SPECIFIC REPORT: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR FDIN :
OR **** FILL IN AT LEAST ON SEARCH CRTERION ****
OE CASE NUM: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
REGION : DISTRICT: PORT:
CONVEYANCE TYPE: _ CONCEA ; C0NCEAU1ENT CODE:
COMMODITY CODE :
AND COMDTY CODE :
OR COMTY CODE :
OR CMDTY CODE :
**** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS *****
DATES AFTER : AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
ACTION (Z=SEIZURE A=ARREST S=SEARCH)
FDIN Y/N :_
( PF1=HELP) PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MNEU) (PF4=GENERAL QUERY
MENU)
/vvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvw
GQ - 10
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
There are 3 parts to this screen which are discussed in the
following paragraphs:
1 . Select a Specific Report -
Use this to select a specific SAS report based on the Report
(seizure) number or the FDIN. The Report number has the format
"YYDDPPNNNNNW" where:
YY = the year of the SAS (e.g,,"ee' 1 for 198S)
DD = the seizing district (e.g. , "IS” for Tampa)
PP = the seizing port (e.g., "OS" for Orlando)
NNNNN = Sequential control number (e.g., l, ool23")
VV = the 2 digit sequential violator number (e.g., "01")
You must enter the full seizure number (including the violator
number) to match a specific SAS . However, you can use the
wildcard character 11 ?" to find all SAS reports beginning with
part of a seizure number. For example, "081809?" will return all
of the reports beginning with "SSISOB" : in other words, all of
the 1988 SAS reports for Orlando.
You may also use the FDIN (Federal Drug Identification Number) to
find specific SAS reports. A FDIN is assigned by DEA as a unique
identifier for all drug seizures. The format of the FDIN is the
2 digit year followed by a 6 digit sequence number. For example,
"8800123".
If either of both of the fields on this portion of the screen is
used, any other fields on the screen are ignored.
2. Search Criteria -
The middle of the query screen contains fields for the entry of
one or more criteria to identify SAS reports. If multiple fields
are used (e.g., District and Conveyance), only those SAS reports
containing values will be returned as a match. You may also use
the fields at the bottom of the screen to limit or modify your
search criteria. The Search criteria fields are described below:
OE CASE NUM - Use this field to query on Office of Enforcement
(OE) Case Numbers. All SAS reports entered by OE agents will
have case numbers. The format for the case number is
"AACCSXYOONNN" where;
AA = Office running case (e.g., "JX" for Jacksonville)
CC = Category (e.g., "13" for narcotics)
S = Sub-category (e.g., "C" for cocaine)
X = Source (e.g., "J" for DEA referral)
GQ - 11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Y = Fiscal Year (e.g., "8" for 1988)
oo = Originating office (e.g., MI for Miami)
nnn = 3 digit sequence number (e.g., "OOl")
You may use the wildcard character (?) to search on the first
portion of the case number. For example, " JX13CJ?" will find all
of the SAS reports with case numbers beginning with l, JX13CJ 1 '
( Jacksonville cocaine smuggling cases referred by DEA) .
REGION - described previously. (See GQ03) .
DISTRICT - use this field to find SAS reports from a particular
seizing district. Use the standard 2 character number district
codes (e.g., "23" for Laredo). You may want to use this field in
conjunction with the next field (PORT) to search for a specific
PORT within a district.
PORT - Use this field in conjunction with the DISTRICT field to
select a particular PORT. You may not search on the Port field
by itself; it must be used in combination with the DISTRICT field
to form a specific 4 character numeric Port code. For example,
"2305" will find the SAS reports for the PORT of Hidalgo in the
Laredo district.
CONVEYANCE TYPE - Use this field to search for SAS reports
involving a particular type of conveyance. Use the 1 character
code specified in "HELP 1 '.
CONCEALMENT CODE - Use this field to search for SAS reports
involving a particular concealment method. Use the 1 character
code specified in "HELP 11 .
COMMODITY code - Use this field to find SAS reports with one or
more specified seized commodities. There are 4 commodity code
fields. The first 2 fields are connected by "AND" meaning that,
if they are both used, only those SAS reports containing both
specified commodities will match. The last 2 fields are
connected by "'OR” meaning that they are used to search
independently of each other.
If the first and third fields are used, or the first, third and
fourth fields , they are all connected by "OR". That is SAS
reports containing any of the specified commodity codes will
match on the query. If the first 3 fields are used, or all 4
fields the first 2 are connected by "AND", the rest by "OR". For
example, filling in the 4 fields with n MAR AND COC OR HAS OR HER"
will return all SAS reports containing "MAR 11 AND "COC" as well as
those containing "MAR", "HAS" or "HER",
The valid commodity codes are a combination of the 3 character
codes developed for Customs use (e.g., "MAR" for marijuana) and
the standard 5 digit TSUSA code.
GQ - 12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3, Optional Search Limiting Fields -
The fields in this section may be used to limit or modify the
query parameters specified by your Selection Criteria. These
limiting fields may not be used by themselves nor as limiters for
queries on the SAS number or FDIN. The fields in this section are
covered below:
DATES - Use these fields to limit your search to those SAS
reports entered after or before the specified dates. You may
fill in both date fields to specify a range of entry dates or you
may use either date fields by itself. In all cases, the search
will include the specified date(s) .
You must enter the dates in "MMDDYY" format, for example,
"122587".
GQG5 CASE RECORDS
The GQ05 Case Record option is used to search for Office of
Enforcement (OE) cases as shown below:
10:15 TECS II - CASE RECORD QUERY 011188 T2MQ15
T2PQ15
SELECT A SPECIFIC CASE B¥
CASE NUMBER: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR **** FILL IN AT LEAST ONE SEARCH CRITERION ****
OFFICE CODE
OR
OR
REGION
OR "
CAT/SUB/CAT
OR '
OR
SOURCE CODE
OR "
OR
PROGRAM CODE
OR
OR
CLASS
OR
OR
GRAOUP CODE
OR
OR
**** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS ****
DATES AFTER : AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
(PFl^HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
(PF4=GENERLA QUERY MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwv
There are 3 parts to this screen which are discussed in the
following paragraphs:
GQ - 13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
1. Select a Specific Case *
To find a specific case based on the case number, enter the case
number in the CASE NUMBER field using the standard OE Case Number
format of "AACCSXYOONNN" . (Refer to the GQ04 portion of this
section for the description of each fields breakdown.)
The wildcard (?) feature is available to allow you to search on
the first part of a case number.
If the Case Number fields are used, all other fields on the
screen will be ignored.
2 . Search Criteria -
As with all Search Criteria portions of the query screens, it is
used to search for cases based on one or more criteria. If
multiple query fields are used, only those case records
containing all of the specified values will match, (note - this
only applies to different query fields such as REGION and CLASS.
Multiple fields for a single criterion do not require matches on
all values) . You may also use the fields at the bottom of the
screen to limit or modify the query specified by your search
criteria.
The search criteria fields are described below;
OFFICE CODE - Use this field to search for cases from a
particular office(s). There are 3 fields that allow you to
search on up to 3 different office codes. The standard 2
character OE office codes should be used.
REGION - described previously (See GQ03) .
CAT/SUB-CAT - Use this field to search for cases bases on the
category or category/sub-category code. There are 4 fields that
allow you to specify 4 different codes. In each field you may
enter either a category code or a combined category/ sub-category
code. The standard OE codes from Chapter 37 of the Agent's
Handbook should be used.
SOURCE CODE - Use this field to find cases based on the Source
code. There are 3 fields for you to specify up to 3 different
source codes. Use the 1 character alphabetic source codes also
defined in chapter 37.
PROGRAM CODE - Use this field to search on the Program or Project
code from the case. There are 3 fields for you to specify up to
3 different codes. Use the 3 digit codes from Chapter 37.
GQ - 14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CLASS - Use this field to search for cases based on the CLASS of
the case. There are 2 fields for you to specify 2 different
Class codes, if desired* Use the codes from Chapter 37 (Roman
Numerals) for classes I, II, or III or use "PRE" to specify
preliminary cases .
GROUP CODE - Use this field to look for cases based on the group
performing the case work. There are no standard group codes.
This field is probably most useful for cases from your own office
where you are familiar with the group identifiers m use. There
are 3 groups fields for specifying up to 3 different group codes.
3 . Optional Search Limiting Fields -
you may modify your search criteria by using the DATE fields in
this portion to limit your query to only those cases entered
after or before the specified date(s) . You may enter both dates
to specify a range of dates or you may enter either the "AFTER"
or 11 BEFORE 11 dates by themselves. The dates are "inclusive"? for
example, if "101080" is entered in the AFTER date fields it will
return all cases entered on it after 1010SG.
Dates must be entered in the "MMDDY Y" format. The date fields
may not be used by themselves. They may only be used to limit
queries made with the search criteria part of the screen.
HIT LIST - DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS
If any records are found in response to your query, they will be
displayed on the "DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS" screen, (Hit List),
the same Hit List screen is used for all of the source Document
queries (SAS, ROI, etc.). the following example shows the Hit
List screen for a SAS query with 93 matches.
GQ - 15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13 J 43 TECS II - DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 011188 T2MQ12
T2PQ12
93 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED PAGE 1
RECORD- ID
TYPE
OWN
OWNERS-NAME
DATE-ENTERD
LABEL
8832 050000101““
SAS
C90
REEVES
B
010688
7 PORNOGRAPHIC
MAGAZINES
8832050000201
SAS
C98
MEYER
C
010688
SZU OF
MINK COAT
8832050000401
SAS
C98
GARCIA
s
010688
WEARING
: APPAREL COMPACT DISC
8832050000501
SAS
C98
HOBSON
K
010688
CURRENCY SEIZED
8832050000701
SAS
C9Q
DUMAS
J
010680
SZU OF
JEWELRY
8832050000801
SAS
C9 0
GARCIA
S
010600
11 PR OF REEBOK SHOES
8832050000901
SAS
C 9 8
REEVES
B
010608
6 SHIRTS 6 REBOK SHOES
PLACE A V IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO VIEW AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
For information on using the source Document Hit List, please see
the Hit List discussion within the SQ SUBJECT QUERY section. The
procedures are the same.
The information displayed for source documents on the Hit List is
different from the subject records since different data is
available. For source documents, the second line for each record
displays the "Topic" of the source document. This is a brief, 1
line description of the source document,
* NOTE: For cases, the case "TITLE" is displayed on this line.
The Case Title is usually the name of the primary subject (person
or business) of the case.
The first line for each record displays the following data:
o Case number or Report Number
o 4 character "TYPE" of source document (CASE, RQI, SAS ,
M01R, 320, or INTEL)
o 3 character agency/sub-agency of the report
originator/ owner
o Last name of the report originator/owner
o First initial of the report originator/owner
o Date the record was entered.
GQ - 16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DISPLAYING SOURCE DOCUMENTS
When a record is selected from the Hit List, it will be displayed
in a format designed for that particular type of source document.
The record display format for each type of source document is
shown at the end of this section*
When a source document is displayed, you have the same options as
when viewing subject records (with the exception of "sub-records 11
which do not apply here] . You can move back and forth through
the screens of a particular record using the PF8 (forward) and
PF7 (backward) keys. The PF4 key will return you to the Hit List
for selection of another record.
As with subject records, you can press the PF14 key from a record
display to view the list of records linked to the source
document* This list can contain both subject records and source
documents- In fact, the PF14 process is exactly the same as the
PF14 process described in the SQ SUBJECT QUERY section.
Please review the SUBJECT QUERY section for detailed discussion
of the record display and related record display and related
record functions* It is important to understand that, once a
record has been queried and selected for viewing, the function of
moving from one record to another is universal in TECS II. Only
the path into their process is different, i*e*, from a subject
query or a document query.
The source document display format follows:
GQ - 17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
\
GQ01 - Source Documents Display Screens:
12:55 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE DOCUMENT QUERY 011588 T2MQ11
T2PQ11
SELECT A SPECIFIC REPORT: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR ***** FILL IN A LEAST ONE search criterion*****
CASE NUMBER
ORIGINATOR
OFFICE CODE
(USE ?
DISTRICT:
FOR WILDCARD)
PORT:
COMMODITY CDE
OR
OR
OR
OR
COUNTRY CODE :
OR
OR
OR
OR
PROGRAM CODE :
OR
OR
OR
OR
CATEGORY ;
OR
OR
OR
OR
***** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS *****
WHAT TYPE OF SOURCE: _ AND _ AND _ AND
(A=ALL, l^MOIR, 2=INTEL, 3=CF-320, 4= INTELLIGENCE STUDY)
DATES AFTER : AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
(PFl=tIELP) ( PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) ( PF4-GENERAL QUERY MENU)
\/\/\/vv\/\/\/vvvv\/vv\/\/vv\/vvvvv\/v\/\/\/\/\/\
12:56 TECS XT - DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 011588 T2MQ12
T2PQ12
1 RECORD WAS RETRIEVED PAGE 1
RECORD- ID TYPE OWN OWNERS-NAME DATE-ENTERED
LABEL
8BK 00001 INTL COO ARMSTRONGER H 010488
TEST CASE FOR INTEL ALERT DISTRIBUTION ON JAN 4, 198B
PLACE A V IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS ENTER
( PF1-HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PFB— NEXT SCREEN)
\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/w\/\/w\/\/v\/\/wvv\/\/v\/\
GQ - 10
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
12:56 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE RECORD 011588 T2MQ30
T2PQ30
OWNERS -ID: 518324336 USER ID: 51832433S
REPORT-ID: 887 00001 ENTRY DATE:
****** * ********** GENERAL INFORMATION ***************** ********
CASE NO: REPORT NO; DISTR* DATE:
TITLE: TEST CASE FOR INTEL ALERT DISTRIBUTION ON JAN 4, 1935
COMMODITY CODE:
COUNTRY CODE:
PROGRAM CODE:
CATEGORY CODE:
SUB-CATEGORY CODE:
CITY
PLACE OF ACTION: ANYTOWN
INTEL-ALERT (Y OR N) : Y
ST CNTRY
CA US
( PF1=HELP) ( PF3 =MAIN MENU} (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
(PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
VVV\/\/\/VW\/\/W\/\/\/W\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\
13:09 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE RECORD 011588 T2MQ31
T2PQ31
REPORT-ID: 88K 00001 REPORT NO: DISTR. DATE: 01048
************************ SOURCE INFORMATION ******************
RELIABILITY CODE: 1 HIGHLY RELIABLE
EVALUATION CODE: 1 VERIFIED
SOURCE TYPE CODE: 1 NON -CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE
SOURCE DESC: 1
********************
ORIGINATOR DISTRIBUTION
ORIGINATOR:
ARMSTRONGER
, HAROLD
TITLE:
COMPUTER SYS
ANLYS
SUPERVISOR:
ARMSTRONGER
, HAROLD
TITLE:
COMPUTER SYS
ANLYS
OFFICE TYPE CODE: _
DISTRIBUTION: TECS 2
OFFICE ADDRESS:
*************** ***
, DATE: 010488
SUPVR-ID: 518324336
, DATE: 010488
TELEPHONE NO: 7036445200
SPRINGFIELD VA
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
V V V V V V VVVV WWW V V V V V W V V \/V V V V V V \
GQ - 19
*.ro
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:09 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE RECORD
REPORT-ID: BBK OOOOl REPORT NO:
************************ INTEL-ALERT MESSAGE
this is a test of the intel distribution
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
this is the last line of the message
011588 T2MQ32
T2PQ32
DISTR, DATE: 010433
* *****************
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
( PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/vwvvvv\/vvvv\/\/vv\/v\/\/vv\/v\/\/\/\/\/\
13:09 TECS II - INTELLIGENCE RECORD 0115BB T2MQ33
T2PQ33
REPORT-ID: 8SK 00001 REPORT NO: DISTR. DATE: 0104 BB
********************* ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE ****** PAGE 1 *****
( PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF0=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/V\/ V \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \/ \
GQ - 2 0
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
GQ03 - Source Documents Display screens:
12:35 TECS II - REPORT OF INVESTIGATION QUERY 011588 T2MQ13
T2PQ13
SELECT A SPECIFIC ROI BY:
CASE NUMBER; (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
ROI NUMBER;
OR ***** PILL IN A LEAST ONE SEARCH CRITERION*****
CASE NUMBER
REGION
OFFICE CODE
PROGRAM CODE
RELATED CASES
(? WILDCARD
(USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
OR "
OR
OR
***** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS *****
DATES AFTER
CASE STATUS
ROI TYPE
AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
OR
OR OR OR OR
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2— FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=GENERAL QUERY MENU)
VVVVVVWWVVVVWWVVWVVVWWW\A
GQ - 21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 011588 T2MQ12
T2PQ12
7 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED PAGE 1
TYPE OWN OWNERS -NAME DATE -ENTERED
OD03DR8ODOO1OO1 KOI BOB HOPE
KOI WITH SUBJECTS FOR STATS ENTRY
v OD03DR8ODOO1OO2 ROI NICK NATELY
TEST FOR NICK AND EVE
ODO3DR8OD0O1OO3 ROI JAN WINSTEEN
TEST ROI FOR QUERY
OD03CR7OD0O1OO1 ROI HOPE LANGE
TEST ROI FOR TOMMY
OD03CR8ODO01OO1 ROI ARVERY MCINTOSH
TEST ROI 12/12
ODO3CR8ODOO10O2 ROI JOHNSON HURRHAY
TEST ROI 12/12
ODO3CRBODOO10O3 ROI COD CENTRAL SCO
TEST FOR ACCESS CONTROL
PLACE A V IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU] (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
V\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/VVWV\/\/\/VVV\/\/\/\/\/\/\
R 101287
R 101287
R 121887
S 000000
R 121287
R 121287
S 011288
13:00 TECS II -
RECORD-ID
LABEL
13:01 TECS II - REPORT OF INVESTIGATION 011588 T2MQ50
T2PQ50
CASE TITLE: SYE TEST (03 D01)
STATUS :X I -INITIAL RPT _ R-INTERIM REPORT _D-DISPOSITION PENDING
O-OPEN CLOSE F-INDEX AND FILE C^CLOSING REPORT
REPORT DATE: 101287 DATE ASSIGNED: 101087 CLASS: II
PROGRAM: 300 PROJECT GEMINI REPORT #: 002 CASE #: OD03DR8OD001
RELATED CASES:
UNDEVELPOED LEADS TO:
TYPE : _IS -INITIAL SOURCE DOC SS-SUBPOENA SERVICE BG- BACKGROUND
_TT-TORT _PC- PENALTY CASE _SD^SOURCE DEBR
SR-SURVEILLANCE REPORT CR-COLLETERAL REQ _SW-EXEC SRCH W
MI-MEMO OF INTERVIEW IF-INVEST FINDINGS _OT -OTHER
TOPIC: TEST FOR NICK AND EVE
DISTRIBUTION:
ORIGINATOR:
224646629 NATELY
y NICK
/
SUPERVISOR:
999999999 CENTRAL SCO
, SCO f
OFFICE: OD OFFICE OF DATA SYSTE TELEPHONE; 3023765101
ENTERED BY: 2246 46629
(PF1=HELF) ( PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF3=NEXT SCREEN)
(PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=LINK LIST) (FF16=FRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/v\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/vv\/\/w\/\/\/\/\/\
GQ - 22
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
13:02 TECS II - REPORT OF INVESTIGATION SYNOPSIS
REPORT ID: OD03DR80D0011003
011583 T2MQ51
T2PQ51
************ ***************** SYNOPSIS
***********************
test
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/vvvv\/\/\/\/vvvvvv\/vvv\/\/vv\/v\/vvvv\/\
13:13 TECS II - REPORT OF INVESTIGATION NARRATIVE 011588
REPORT ID: OD03DR80D0011003
TZMQ51
T2PQ51
A*********-******************
NARRATIVE ******* PAGE
2 _ *******
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
wvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvwvvw\
GQ “ 23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
GQ 04 - Source Documents Display Screens:
12; 44 TECS II - S/A//S DOCUMENT QUERY 01115ES T2MQ14
T2PQ14
SEI±ECT A SPECIFIC REPORT: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR FDIN:_
OR ***** FILL IN AT LEAST ONE SEARCH CRITERION *****
OE CASE NUM: (USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
REGION : DISTRICT: PORT;
CONVEYANCE TYPE: __ CONCEALMENT CODE;
COMMODITY CODE :
AND CMDTY CODE :
OR CMDTY CODE :
OR CMDTY CODE :
***** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS *****
DATES AFTER : AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
ACTION : ~ fZ=SEIZURE A= ARREST S=SEARCH)
FDIN Y/N : _
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=GENERAL QUERY MENU)
V V W V WWW V V V W W V V V WWW v \/ V V V \
GQ “ 24
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
)
13:03 TECS II - DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 011588 T2MQ12
T2FQ12
32 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED PAGE 1
RECORD-ID TYPE OWN OWNERS-NAME DATE-ENTERED
LABEL
S8G099GQG0101 SAS C99 AUSTININI D 121287
TEST RECORD - 103087
8800990000201 SAS C99 AUGUSTUS D 000000
TEST RECORD - 103087
8800990000301 SAS 099 BOSTON D 000000
TEST 3 103097
8800990000401 SAS C99 MATTHEW D 000000
TEST RECORD
8800990000501 SAS C99 HGPW D 121207
TEST 112587
V 8800990000601 SAS C99 AUSTIN D 000000
TEST 120887
8300990000701 SAS C99 KNITTLE D 000000
TEST
PLACE A V IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS ENTER
(PFl^HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
\/V\/\/V\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/\/\/VW\/\/\/\/\/\/V\/V\/VW\
GQ - 2 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:03 TECS II
FISCAL YEAR: 68
- CF151 SUMMARY INFORMATION DISPLAY 011588 T2MQ60
T2PQ60
DIST/PORT: 0099 CTRL NBR: 00006 VIOLATOR NBR:01
OE CASE #:
TOPIC: TEST 120887
SEARCH: ARREST: SEIZURE: 120887 1000
NO PRIOR INFO: _ PRIOR DEA INFO! _ PRIOR CUSTOMS INFO:
TECS PRIMARY: _ OTHER INFO: _ NCIC HIT: _ BLITZ:
DOG ALERT: _ X-RAY: _ TECS SEC:
ENFORCEMENT AID USED CODES:
USERID LAST NAME
DECLARATION TKN BY:
ARRESTING OFFICER :
SEIZING OFFICER : 212S02035 AUSTIN
SUPERVISOR : 212502035 AUSTIN
MITIGATING OFFICER:
DISTRICT DIRECTOR :
BY : DATE :
** THIS S/A/S HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED **
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
(PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/WWWV\/\/\/\/\/\/\A/VVV\/V\/\/V\
13:04 TECS II - CF151 SECTION OF LAW CHARGED 011588 T2MQ62
T2PQ62
VIOLATOR NAME:
LAW PENALTY LAW PENALTY LAW PENALTY
XXXXXXXXXX .00
(PFl=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PFS=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
V \ A/ \/ \/ V V \/ \/ \/ V V V V V V V V VVV V V V V V V V V V V V \
GQ - 26
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:04 TECS II " CF151 SEIZURE INFORMATION 011588 T2MQ63
T2PQ63
VIOLATOR NAME:
SOURCE/OUTLT: CNTRY OF ORGN: FILF: ABND: CMRCL:
PL OF SEIZURE: _ (P=W/IN P.O.E., B=ALONG BORDER, M=MILITARY AREA)
LOCATION:
APPRAISING OFFICER:
REMTD: MITIGATED: AMOUNT : .00 DATE: CFDltHlTi
(DISPOSITION CODES: R=RELEASED, D=DESTROYED ON SITE, K=RETAINED)
DESC : COM/CD: QTY : UM:
FDIN : DEC VAL: FOR VAL: DOM VAL:
WT DET: DUTY: CONCEAL: SEC: DISP: CUST:
DESC: COM/CD: QTY: UM :
FDIN: DEC VAL: FOR VAL: DOM VAL:
WT DET: _ DUTY: _____ CONCEAL: _ SEC: _ DISP: _ CUST:
SCREEN DEC VALUE FOR VALUE DOM VALUE DUTY
TOTALS . 00
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
V V V WWW W W V V WWW \/V V V W V V V V V \
GQ - 27
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:05 TECS II - CF151 CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
VIOLATOR NAME:
011588 T2MQ65
T2PQG5
CONVEYANCE TYPE: _AUTO _TRUCK _VAN _YACHT _MOTORCYCLE _TRAIN
^COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT {SCHEDULED AND CHARTER)
_PRIVATE ACFT _COMMERCIAL VESSEL _MAIL _BUS
PEDESTRIAN OTHER
CONVEYANCE SEARCHED? (Y/N) :
COMMERCIAL? (Y/N):
ARRIVAL DATE:
PLACE OF DISCOVERY:
LOCATION :
TIME:
FROM:
(P=WITHIN P,O.E.,
M=MILITARY AREA)
VIA:
B=ALONG BORDER,
TRAVEL CATEGORY: _ (D= DRIVER, M=MASTER, P=PASSNGR, C=CREW ,
W=WALKER, 0=0THER)
LOCAL USE:
STATUS AT ARREST: _
PROGRAM CODE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PFB=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16-PRINT RECORD)
\/\/vvv\/wvvvwwv\/\/\/\/\/vvv\/\/\/\/v\/\/\/\
13:05 TECS II - CF151 VIOLATOR WRAPUP
VIOLATOR NAME:
01158 B T2MQ72
T2PQ72
USC BP II S/L DEA O/F
DISC AGENCY!
PART IN ARREST:
PART IN SEIZURE : _
REFUSED BY!
USC BP II S/L DEA O/F
ARRESTING AGENCY:
SEIZING AGENCY:
ARREST RE LSD TO:
TIME NOTIFIED: 0000 TIME ARRIVED: 0000 TIME RELEASED: 0000
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF0=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
( PF1 6=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/V\/\/\/V\/W\A/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/W\/\/\/\/WV\/\/\
GQ - 28
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:06 TECS II - CF151 SUMMARY
REPORT ID: 8800990000601
A************************ REPORT SUMMARY
011588 T2MQ73
T2PQ73
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7^PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) {PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/VV\/V\/\/V\/\/\/V\A/\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/V\/\/V\/V\
13:06 TECS II - CF151 NARRATIVE
REPORT ID: BB00990000601
011588 T2MQ74
T2PQ74
it*********************** v NARRAT I VE i*************************
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST)
(PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\/\/vv\/v\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\
GQ “ 29
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
GQ05 - Source Documents Display Screens:
12:52 TECS II - CASE RECORD QUERY
SELECT A SPECIFIC CASE BY
CASE NUMBER:
011588 T2MQ15
T2PQ15
(USE ? FOR WILDCARD)
OR ***** fill in at least
ONE SEARCH
CRITERION
OFFICE CODE
OR
OR _
REGION
OR '
CAT/SUB-CAT
OR
OR
OR
SOURCE CODE
OR
OR
PROGRAM CODE
OR
OR _
CLASS
OR
GROUP CODE
OR
OR
***** OPTIONAL SEARCH LIMITING FIELDS *****
DATES AFTER ; AND BEFORE: (BLANK FOR ALL)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=GENERAL QUERY MENU)
\/v\/\/w\/\/\/v\/\/v\/v\/ww\/\/\/w\/\/\/v\/\/\/\
13:52 TECS II - DOCUMENT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 011588 T2MQ12
T2PQ12
11 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED PAGE 1
RECORD-ID
LABEL
TYPE
OWN
OWNERS -NAME
DATE-ENTERED
0DG2 AR8OD0 0 2
CASE
RON
MACDONALD
R
101087
TEST A FOR SYD FILE
V
OD02ARBQD003
CASE
RON
MACDONALD
R
101007
SYD TEST
(003)
OD02BR80D001
CASE
BOB
MACDONALD
R
101087
TEST FOR
SYE
OD02CR8ODGG2
CASE
KEN
MACDONALD
R
101037
SYE TEST
(002)
OD03AR8QDQO2
CASE
JIM
MACDONALD
R
101087
SYD TEST
(03-002)
OD03AR3GD001
CASE
SAM
MACDONALD
R
101087
SYE TEST
(03 -001 )
ODQ1AR80D002
CASE
WIL
CENTRAL SCO
S
101037
TEST FOR ACCESS
CONTROL
PLACE A V IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
\/v\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/w\/\/\/\/\/v\
GQ - 30
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:53 TECS II - INVESTIGATIVE CASE RECORD 011588 T2MQ20
T2PQ20
CASE NUMBER: OD02AR80D002 STATUS: OPEN STATUS DATE: 101087
CASE OFFICER: 224646029 MACDONALD , RON
CASE SUPERVR; 999999999 CENTRAL SCO , SCO ,
CASE OFFICE: OD OFFICE OF DATA SYSTE REG: HQ HEADQUARTERS
TELEPHONE NU ; MBER: 3014925261 ORGANIZATION: TC0002424G
ORIG OFFICER:
ORIG SUPERVR:
ORIG OFFICE: REG:
TELEPHONE NUMBER: ORGANIZATION:
CATEGORY: 02 CURRENCY SUB-CATEGORY : A PRELIMINARY ACTIVITY
SOURCE: R ORIGINATED BY OE PROJECT: 300 PROJECT GEMINI
GROUP: CLASS: PRE SIGNIFICANT: N ORGANIZED CRIME: N
ENVIRONMENT: D INTERN AT ION L AIRPORT UNDRCVR: SPECIAL EQIP:
CASE TITLE: TEST A FOR SYD FILE
SUMMARY: ACCEPTED FOR PROSECUTION (Y/N) :
(PF1=HELP) ( PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF4=QUERY RESULTS)
(PF14=LINK LIST) (PF15=PREV LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
\/\/\/\/VV\/\/\/V\/V\/V\/\/V\/\/\/\/W\/\/\/W\/\/\/\/\
GQ06 ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE
ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE QUERY (GQ06) . This subsection will be
made available within the March 1988 time frame*
GQ08 BRS TEXT RETRIEVAL
TEXT SEARCH & RETRIEVAL (GQOB ) * This subsection will be made
available within the March 19SS time frame*
The following screens are provided to assist you in the
processing of the previously explained SUBSYSTEM MENU options
GQ01 , GQ03, GQ04 and GQOB .
GQ - 31
INSERT INDEX VII (INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
IL - INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS
OVERVIEW
This portion of TECS II is used by Intelligence Analysts for the
input of four types of intelligence documents ... INTEL Records (fi
INTEL Alerts) , CF-320's, Intelligence Studies, and MOIR's. The
creation of each of these documents will follow the same
procedures. This section will step you through the entire process
of creating a MOIR, because the MOIR report can be created
through other processes as well as through Intelligence. Any
fields unique to each of the other reports will be discussed
following the screen upon which they appear, but full processing
steps are discussed within the MOIR portion. These documents, are
usually linked to individual cases or subject records. Any
source document can be modified or deleted by the owner or user
prior to supervisory approval .
Once a report is approved by your supervisor, it becomes a
permanent record in the database and cannot be edited or deleted.
Upon approval the report is available to any authorized TECS II
user. A General Query process is used to retrieve, view and print
intelligence documents and MOIR's.
To access the INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS functions, select the IL
option from the MAIN MENU.
12:01 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 120487 T2MU0201
T2 PS 02 02
CODE DESCRIPTION
IL INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS
CODE:* IL KEY ID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK” FOR UNVIEWECT EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvv\
Once IL is selected from the MAIN MENU, the system then displays
the screen for the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS.
* NOTE! If the INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS option (IL) does not appear
on the TECS II MAIN MENU displayed at your terminal see your
supervisor or SCO.
IL - 1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:03 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS 1204B7 T2MU040
T2PS04Q
ACCESS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
IL21
IL51
ENTER REPORT TYPE MENU
DELETE REPORT TYPE MENU
IL41
MODIFY REPORT TYPE MENU
CODE : *
IL21 KEYID:
(PF3=KAIN MENU) <PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUBSYSTEM MENU
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
From the SUBSYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS you may enter,
delete, or modify Intelligence reports.
IL21 ENTER REPORT
Key the IL2 1 -enter report option Into the code field of the
SUBSYSTEM FOR INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS screen and press the ENTER
key. This will cause the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE MENU screen to
display:
12; 06 TECS II INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE MENU 120487 T2MT12
T2PT12
WHICH TYPE OF REPORT DO YOU WANT TO ENTER
1) INTEL RECORD INCLUDES INTEL ALERT
2) INTELLIGENCE STUDY
3) CF— 320
4) MOIR
ENTER CHOICE: 1 <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREVIOUS MENU) (PF5=REST0RE)
/wwwwvvvvvwwvvwvwvwvwv\
IL - 2
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
1 - INTELLIGENCE RECORD
An Intelligence Record is a report used to record time sensitive
intelligence information. This report may include an Intel alert
which is a message sent via the electronic mail system to inform
recipients that an intel record exists.
Upon selecting option one (1) INTEL RECORD from the INTELLIGENCE
REPORT TYPE MENU the next screen to display is the RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION screen.
For instructions on using the RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION please
refer to the DATA ACCESS CONTROL of the MOIR portion within this
section of the manual.
The following is the first in the sequence of the INTEL RECORD
screens - because the process of entering an Intel Record is
identical to that of the MOIR a detailed discussion of all the
fields can be found in the MOIR section.
12:30 TECS II INTELLIGENCE RECORD 120487 T2MT21
T2PT21
OWNERS-ID: 111234390 USER ID: 111234390
REPORT-ID: 67KHGIFOD340 ENTRY DATE: 120487
*********** 11 i*********** GENERAL INFORMATION ********************
CASE NO: REPORT NO:
TITLE:*
COMMODITY CODE:
COUNTRY CODE:
PROGRAM CODE:
CATEGORY CODE :
SUB-CATEGORY CODE:
PLACE OF ACTION:*
INTEL-ALERT (Y OR N77*
CITY
ST CNTRY
(PF1=HELP) {PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=REP0RT MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL) ( **=MANDATORY FLD)
/vwwwwvwvwwwwwwwwvv\
The following fields are unique to the Intel Record report:
PLACE OF ACTION* - is a mandatory field used to enter a location
where an event will occur. This field is checked for validity of
State and Country.
INTEL-ALERT* - is a message sent via the eMAIL system to inform
recipients that your Intel Record exists. This field is
mandatory and can only be ,I Y" or ’'N 11 . When Intel Alert is
IL - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
checked Y=yes, the entire summary page (15 lines of text) is sent
to the users you have listed in the distribution section of this
report (next screen). Hence, the Summary portion of the report
should be completed to inform the recipient (s) of the reason for
the alert; otherwise, only a brief notification of the report is
sent to the users on your distribution list.
After the first screen has been completed, and no errors occur
when you press the enter key, press PFS to display the second
screen Of the INTELLIGENCE RECORD.
12:31 TECS II INTELLIGENCE RECORD
REPORT ID: 87KHGIF0034Q REPORT NO:
**************** ********* SOURCE INFORMATION
RELIABILITY CODE:*
EVALUATION CODE : *
SOURCE TYPE CODE:
SOURCE DESCi* „
120407 T2MT25
T2PT25
********* **********
*********************** ORIGINATOR DISTRIBUTION ****************
ORIGINATOR! , ,
TITLE: SUPVR-ID:
SUPERVISOR !
TITLE : TELEPHONE NO :
OFFICE TYPE CODE: OFFICE ADDRESS:
DISTRIBUTION:
(FF1=HELP) (PF2— FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HEPORT MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL)
(*=MANDATORY FLD)
/vvvvvvvv\/vvvvvvv\/vvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
This screen is identical to that of the MOIR. All edits and
definitions are also identical. After you have successfully
completed this screen you may continue to the REPORT SUMMARY
screen (mandatory) and then the ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen.
If you selected "Y" in the INTEL/ALERT field, you are required to
enter at least one distribution code in the DISTRIBUTION field.
See MOIR for further discussion.
Entering the Summary and Narrative is the same for all
intelligence documents and is discussed in the MOIR portion,
within this section of the User Manual,
IL - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
* NOTE: If you selected "Y" for an INTEL ALERT, the next screen
to follow the SOURCE INFORMATION screen will be the INTEL-ALERT
MESSAGE in place of the REPORT SUMMARY . The two screens are
identical and the same edit checks are performed on both screens.
For information on SUBJECT RECORD LINKING, field definitions,
NARRATIVE TRANSFER, and EXITING ENTER REPORT, see the MOIR
portion.
2 - INTELLIGENCE STUDY
The INTEL STUDY is the second selection on the INTELLIGENCE
REPORT TYPE MENU. Intel Studies are used to convey profile and
general information of an intelligence nature. Data may include,
but is not limited to, analysis of airline routes, smuggling, and
electronics descriptions that may be of interest to eastern bloc
nations or other areas of concern.
The first screen to display is the RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION
screen - see the MOIR RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION portion of this
section for instructions on using this screen.
The following is the first in the sequence of the INTEL-STUDY
screens — NOTE, that it is identical to the MOIR and all edits
and definitions for MOIR(S) apply for INTEL STUDY as well.
12:55 TECS II INTELLIGENCE STUDY 120407 T2MT22
T2PT22
OWNERS-ID: 111234390 USER ID: 111234390
REPORT-ID: 87IHQIF00200 ENTEY DATE: 120487
***4*******t*'****4'***4ib*4 + GENERAL INFORMATION ******************
CASE NO: REPORT NO:
TITLE:*
COMMODITY CODE:
COUNTRY CODE:
PROGRAM CODE:
CATEGORY CODE: ~
SUB-CATEGORY CODE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=REP0RT MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13“LINK) (PA1=CANCEL) ( 8 “MANDATORY FLD)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWWVVVVVVVV\
After the first screen has been completed and no errors occur
when you press the enter key, press PF8 to display the second
screen of the intelligence study.
IL - 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:00 TECS II INTELLIGENCE STUDY 120487 T2MT25
T2PT25
REPORT-ID: REPORT NO:
************************ SOURCE INFORMATION ********************
RELIABILITY CODE:*
EVALUATION CODE:*
SOURCE TYPE CODE:
SOURCE DESC: *
********************* ORIGINATOR DISTRIBUTION ******************
ORIGINATOR: , ,
TITLE: SUPVR-ID:
OFFICE TYPE CODE: OFFICE ADDRESS:
DISTRIBUTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=REPORT MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL)
(*=MANDATORY FLD)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVWVVVVWVVVVVVVVVVN
This screen is identical to the one for MOIR. All edits and
definitions are also identical. After you have successfully
completed this screen, you may continue to the REPORT SUMMARY
screen (mandatory) and then onto the ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen.
For information on SUBJECT RECORD LINKING, field definitions,
NARRATIVE TRANSFER, and EXITING ENTER REPORT, see the MOIR
portion .
3 - CF-320 INTELLIGENCE REPORT
The CF-320 report is a specialized intelligence analysis report
that may be authorized for external release. It analyzes
intelligence information used to describe trends, provide
management reports, or pass intelligence to members of the
intelligence community leading to an investigation.
Entering the CF-320 is identical to entering the first two
reports, with the exception of the following:
Screen 1. - PLACE OF ACTION, fcity. State, County) , Date
Information Acquired and Special Handling requirements are
all mandatory fields.
Since CF-320's are released to external agencies, more
specific details regarding information contained in the
report is required. Edits are performed on the
State/County and date fields.
IL - 6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Screen 2. - NAME OF SOURCE . This is not a mandatory
field, and no edits are performed. If a source name is
available, it should be entered here.
All other screens — ACCESS CONTROL, SUMMARY and ADDITIONAL
NARRATIVE are identical to the MOIR.
The following is the first in the sequence of CF-320 screens —
NOTE, that it is identical to the MOIR, with the exceptions
stated above.
12:50 TECS II CF-320 INTELLIGENCE REPORT 120487 T2MT23
OWNERS -ID! 111234390 USER ID: 111234390
REPORT-ID 87IHQIF00111 ENTRY DATE: 120487
********************** GENERAL INFORMATION **********************
CASE NO: REPORT NO:
TITLE:*
COMMODITY CODE:
COUNTRY CODE!
PROGRAM CODE:
CATEGORY CODE:
SUB-CATEGORY CODE:
PL OF ACTION:*
PL ACQUIRED:*
SPECIAL HANDLING!*
DATE OF INFO:*
DATE ACQRD: *
{PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4*=REPORT MENU)
{PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (*=MANDATORY FLD)
/VWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWN
After the first screen has been completed and no errors occur
when you press the ENTER key, press PF8 to display the second
screen of the CF-320 INTELLIGENCE REPORT.
IL - 7
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:53 TECS II CF-320 INTELLIGENCE REPORT
REPORT ID: 87IHQIF00111 REPORT NO:
****** 4 * ** a*** ** 444 ****** SOURCE INFORMATION
NAME:
RELIABILITY CODE:*
EVALUATION CODE:*
SOURCE TYPE CODE:
SOURCE DESC:*
120487 T2MT25
T2PT25
44444444 44444444444
444444**444444444444444 ORIGINATOR DISTRIBUTION ******* 4 * 4444*44
ORIGINATOR : , ,
TITLE:
f
SUPVR-ID:
SUPERVISOR!
f
TITLE:
TELEPHONE NO:
OFFICE TYPE CODE:
OFFICE ADDRESS:
DISTRIBUTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=REPORT MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF 8 =NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL)
(*=MANDATORY FLD)
/vwvwwwvvvwvwvvvwvvvvvvw\
4 - MOIR REPORT
The Memorandum Of Information Received (MOIR) is used to outline
and document information of special intelligence value. It may
include intelligence and investigative outlines including
surveillance, interviews and research, as well as receipt of
information.
The MOIR will also be used extensively by Inspection and Control
personnel to record occurrences or events of enforcement interest
that require formal documentation.
Upon selecting option (4) MOIR from the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE
MENU or from your calling application, the next screen to display
is the RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION screen.
IL
8
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION
13:15 TECS II RECORD ACCESS 120487 T2MU3101
INFORMATION T2PU3101
RECORD ID: K87 0000B111CAE
ACCESS CODE: 2 ( 1=ALL, 2=AGENCY, 3=USER GROUP, 4=USERS)
AGENCY: C (CODE 2 ONLY? C=CUSTOMS, K=ATF, I/H=IRS)
USER GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) : OE
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVN
This screen allows you to set the access levels for the report
you are about to create; in this case, the MOIR. As the screen
displays, you will notice that default values appear in the
ACCESS CODE and AGENCY fields. This default level was set by the
Office of Intelligence for use in a large majority of cases. You
may change the access level by overwriting the displayed
defaults. For further information, refer to DATA ACCESS CONTROL,
APPENDIX B.
Upon entering your information into the DATA ACCESS
INFORMATION screen (or accepting the defaults) and depressing
ENTER, the following screen displays:
IL - 9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13*30 TECS II MEMO OF INFORMATION RECEIVED 120487 T2MT21
T2PT21
OWNERS-ID: 111234390 USER ID: 111234390
REPORT-ID: K87HQIF8111 ENTRY DATE: 120487
*********************** GENERAL INFORMATION ********************
CASE NO: REPORT NO:
TITLE:*
COMMODITY CODE:
COUNTRY CODE:
PROGRAM CODE:
CATEGORY CODE:
SUB-CATEGORY CODE?
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=REPORT MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL) (*=MANDATORY FLD)
/wwvwwvwwvwwwvwwvvvvvx
This is the first screen of the MOIR. Tha fields marked with, an
asterisk (*) are mandatory and must be completed prior to moving
to the next screen.
Use the TAB key to move through the various fields and use the
ENTER key after all mandatory fields have been filled to check
all of the edits. You may go directly to the next screen using
PF8 1 but the system will not allow you to proceed to the next
screen nor return to a previous screen until all mandatory fields
on the displayed screen are filled and all other field edits
validated.
Fields on the General Information screen are:
owner's id - the system will initially place your USER ID here.
However, you can specify another user as the owner of the record
by entering a valid USER ID into the field. If the system does
not recognize the entered USER ID as valid, an error message will
result.
REPORT-ID - a system generated report ID that allows you to
retrieve the document at a later date. You cannot edit this
field. The break out is 87=fiscal year of entry, K^report type
(K=Intel Record/Alert, I=CF320, MEMOIR) ; HQIF is the region and
branch where you work (HQIF = Headquarters, Financial Analysis
Branch) , and 00200=sequential numbers assigned by the system.
These report numbers are never reused, even if a report is
deleted.
USER ID - is your user ID and is generated by the system. You
cannot edit this protected field.
IL - 10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ENTRY DATE - displays the currant date; however, upon supervisory
approval of your report this field will permanently reflect the
date that the report was submitted for approval .
CASE NO* (optional) * is a field that allows you to enter an
Office of Enforcement 12 character case number if applicable* No
edit checks are performed on this field*
REPORT NO, (Optional) - in this field you can enter a local
report number up to 15 characters long. There are no edit checks
performed on this field.
TITLE* - is mandatory + and is used to enter a report title. If
you do not key in a title before pressing ENTER, the system will
display;
"TITLE IS MANDATORY"
There are two lines of text provided for the title. This title
will always be displayed when this document is listed on a "HIT
LIST". Try to be as descriptive as space permits.
COMMODITY CODE (optional) - list all commodity codes and
substance types that apply to the report. The standard three
character substance codes are valid, plus 5 character TUSA codes,
at Jan 1, 19B7, B digit harmonized codes will be valid. Edit
checks are performed on all commodity/ substance codes,
COUNTRY CODE (optional) - can be used to enter up to ten valid
country codes. The standard ISO codes are used. An invalid
country code will result in an error message.
PROGRAM CODE (optional) - can be used to enter a program code
relative to an operation pertinent to the report (e.g. 062 =
EXODUS) * An edit check is performed on your input. After
entering the program code and hitting enter, the system will
display the program name identified by the code.
CATEGORY CODE (optional) - you can enter an 01 category relative
to the nature of your report (i.e, 04 THEFT, LOSS, DAMAGE).
Valid category codes include;
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
CLASSIFICATION & MARKET VALUE
CURRENCY
MUNITIONS CONTROL
THEFT # LOS S , DAMAGE
OTHER CRIMINAL
ILLEGAL EXPORTS
GENERAL SMUGGLING
FRAUD
FOREIGN/ DOME STIC COOPERATION
CUSTOMSHOUSE LICENSES
NAVIGATION
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
DRUG SMUGGLING
IL - 11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SUBCATEGORY CODE - is an optional field used to further subdivide
the category. The subcategory field can only be entered if a
valid category code has been entered.
The last five data elements are new to intelligence documents and
are used primarily to classify documents so that they can be
queried quickly and accurately. Even though these are optional
fields, you are encouraged to fill them out when possible, to aid
in the retrieval process, and add greater value to your document.
After completing all of the mandatory fields press ENTER. If an
error is found it will be highlighted and the appropriate error
message will display at the bottom of the screen. The cursor
should position itself at the first erroneous field.
A highlighted field can be corrected by positioning the cursor at
the field in error using the TAB key, re-entering the correct
data, and pressing the ENTER key. This process must be repeated
until no fields are left highlighted and no error messages are
displayed.
When no errors are found press PF8 and screen two of the MOIR
REPORT will appear as follows:
13:45 TECS II MEMORANDUM OF INFORMATION RECEIVED 120467 T2MT2S
T2PT25
REPORT ID: K87HQIF8 111020 REPORT NO:
a**************-*-********* SOURCE INFORMATION >***+
NAME: DATE: TIME:
ADDR »
RELIABILITY CODE:*
EVALUATION CODE : *
SOURCE TYPE CODE:
SOURCE DESC:*
*******4it************** ORIGINATOR DISTRIBUTION **C**** *** ******
ORIGINATOR:
TITLE: SUPVR-ID:
SUPERVISOR:
TITLE: TELEPHONE NO:
OFFICE TYPE CODE: OFFICE ADDRESS:
DISTRIBUTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (?F3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=*REFORT MENU)
{PF7-PREV PAGE) (FF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13*=LINK) (PA1=CANCEL)
/wwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvx
IL - 12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The twelve digit REPORT-ID (generated on the general information
screen) and the 15 digit REPORT NO, if entered on the previous
screen, will appear on line three for all subsequent screens in
the report.
NAME - in this optional field you can enter a name or reference
of your source. No edits are performed on this field.
DATE - this field is provided in the event you are entering time
sensitive information, This will reflect a date referring to the
name you entered in the NAME field.
TIME - this field is provided for you to enter a time relating to
the NAME field.
ADDRESS - this field is provided for you to enter an address
relating to the NAME field.
RELIABILITY CODE* - In this mandatory field you can enter a code
referring to the reliability of your source. The following are
valid reliability codes:
1 HIGHLY RELIABLE
2 GENERALLY RELIABLE
3 NOT GENERALLY RELIABLE
4 UNRELIABLE
5 UNKNOWN
If you enter an invalid code or you do not select one at all, an
error message will be displayed,
EVALUATION CODE* - is a mandatory field that allows you to enter
a code relating to the accuracy of your information. The
following are valid evaluation codes:
1 VERIFIED
2 HIGHLY PROBABLE
3 PROBABLE
4 IMPROBABLE
5 UNKNOWN
If the evaluation code you entered is invalid, or you have not
entered a code at all, an error message will result,
SOURCE TYPE _ CODE (optional) - refers to the type of source you
have specified in your report. The following are valid source
types defined by the Office of Intelligence:
0 UNKNOWN
1 NON-CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE INFORMANT
2 CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE INFORMANT
3 NON-CONFIDENTIAL US. FEDERAL SOURCE
IL
13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
4 CONFIDENTIAL US. FEDERAL SOURCE
5 NON-CONFIDENTIAL STATE/LOCAL SOURCE
6 CONFIDENTIAL STATE/LOCAL SOURCE
7 NON-CONFIDENTIAL FOREIGN SOURCE
8 CONFIDENTIAL FOREIGN SOURCE
9 DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
Any code entered into this field is validated.
SOURCE DESCRIPTION* - is a mandatory field that allows you to
enter a short description of your source. Clearly if your source
is confidential, you will not say much, however at least one
character or word must be input.
In the ORIGINATOR/DISTRIBUTION section of this report, the system
will fill the following fields with information from your UPR:
ORIGINATOR
TITLE
SUPERVISOR ID
SUPERVISOR
SUPERVISOR TITLE
TELEPHONE
OFFICE ADDRESS
- Person who initially created the report.
- The job title of the originator.
- The originator's supervisor's user ID.
- Name of the originator's supervisor.
- Job title of supervisor,
- Telephone number of the supervisor.
- The originator's office address.
However, you can edit the following fields:
ORIGINATOR TITLE
SUPERVISOR ID (Can be changed whenever the supervisor
approving your report is not the one listed
in your UPR) .
TELEPHONE
OFFICE CODE
OFFICE ADDRESS
DISTRIBUTION CODES - this field will accept up to 10
Distribution Codes. Distribution codes are individual user ID's
or special codes (e.g. "RIBS" for all seven Regional Intelligence
Branches) . Upon approval of your report the people designated in
the distribution (branch chiefs or supervisors for special
locations) will be sent an eMAlL message stating that your report
(Number, Title, Author) has been approved and is available for
viewing and printing.
None of the above fields are mandatory, however, edit checks are
performed on any information entered into the DISTRIBUTION,
OFFICE CODE, and SUPERVISOR ID fields.
After completing all mandatory fields press the ENTER key to
verify the screen. If an error is found, the fields in error
will be highlighted and an error message will display.
When no errors are found press PF8 and screen three of the MOIR
will appear as follows:
IL - 14
TECS II
USER* S MANUAL
13:50
TECS II MEMO OF INFORMATION RECEIVED 120487
******************
T2MT27
T2PT27
REPORT-ID: K87HQIF8 11020 REPORT NO:
************************* REPORT summary *
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=REPORT MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF0=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK) (PF20=FEE TEXT)
(PA1= CANCEL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvx
The Report Summary is mandatory; however, you are encouraged to
limit your summary to 15 lines of narrative. There are no edits
associated with this screen, except at least one character must
be entered.
If you are entering data from a WYSE PC, using the PF20=FREE TEXT
key will allow you to 'upload' your summary and subscript
narrative from your terminal, provided you entered TECS II
through the "tecsii" process described in the NARRATIVE TRANSFER
portion of the ACCESS TO TECS II section of this manual. If you
are entering data online from your terminal you will have limited
editing capabilities since the main computer does not have a word
processor.
Upon completion of the SUMMARY screen, press the PF8 key to
access ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen (s) like the one shown below;
13:55 TECS II MEMO OF INFORMAION RECEIVED 12 04 B 7
REPORT-ID: K87HQIF011O2O REPORT NO:
*********************** ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE *******
T2MT28
T2PT28
PAGE 1 ***
(PF1=HELP)
(PF7— PREV PAGE)
(PF3=MAIN MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF4=REPORT MENU)
(PF13=LINK) (PA1—CANEL)
/wvwwwwvvvwwwwwwww\
IL - 15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
There are up to 999 additional narrative pages (screens)
available for all Intelligence Reports. You can access these
screens by pressing the FFQ key for each new page. If you are
using the Narrative Transfer facility the file transfer will load
each page automatically from your PC. None of these pages are
mandatory, hence, there are no edit checks performed on any of
these additional narrative pages.
At this point you have the option of exiting this report, linking
the report to subjects, and/or marking the report for Supervisor
Approval. If you chose to exit the report and you have entered
all information, narrative and subject links (if any) in your
report, you exit the enter report process by pressing (PF3=MAIN
MENU) or (PF4— PREV MENU) depending upon where you want to go.
Regardless of which key you press the following message will
display:
"PRESS PF3 TO EXIT WITHOUT SUPERVISOR APPROVAL
"PRESS PF14 IF REPORT IS READY FOR SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
If you press PF3 the system will save the report for future
editing. If you press PF14 the report will be placed in a queue
for your supervisor to approve, and the system will return to the
Main Menu.
Up until the time your report is actually approved you can delete
or modify it. Once your supervisor approves the report it
becomes permanent in the database and cannot be edited or
deleted. Editing and deleting an unapproved report are discussed
in the IL41 MODIFY REPORTS and the IL51 DELETE REPORTS portions
of this section.
If you chose to link your report to Subjects, and subsequently,
subjects to subjects, you will begin by pressing the PF13=L1NK
key. The LINKAGE TYPE SELECTION MENU will display, allowing you
to ADD, MODIFY, or DELETE subject record linkages. The PF=13 key
is accessible from both the REPORT SUMMARY screen and the
ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screens; however, you are encouraged to
complete the REPORT SUMMARY and the ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE (if any)
before pressing the PF13 key.
After pressing the PF13=LINK key the LINKAGE TYPE SELECTION MENU
will display:
1L - 16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:59 TECS II LINKAGE TYPE SELECTION MENU 120407 T2PT69
T2MT69
1 ADD/MODIFY SUBJECT LINKAGE
2 DELETE SUBJECT LINKAGE
PLEASE MAKE A SELECTION:
(PFl^HELP) (FF4=RETURN TO SOURCE/SUBJECT)
/wvvvwvwwvvvvvvvvvvwwvwvv\
From this menu you may ADD, MODIFY, or DELETE subject record
linkages.
1 ADD/MODIFY SUBJECT LINKAGE
Selecting option 1-ADD/MODIFY SUBJECT LINKAGE will place you at
the LIST SUBJECTS screen. This screen and Its processes are
discussed fully in the MS SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE section of
this manual. Entering and Modifying subject records is
accessible from both the LINKAGE TYPE SELECTION MENU and the MS
SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE option from the MAIN MENU however,
the linkage of subject records is only possible by pressing the
PF13 key within a source document. By creating subject records
from the MS option on the main menu you can quickly add subjects
to the TECS II database but you cannot link them to any other
document. For further information on using the LIST SUBJECTS
screen, please refer to the MS SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE section
of this manual .
2 DELETE SUBJECT LINKAGE
Selection Of option 2 -DELETE SUBJECT LINKAGE will display the
LINKED SUBJECT SELECTION LIST showing all records that have been
linked to the source document, from which linking was accessible,
including information pertinent to the subject type:
IL
17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
14:38 TECS II - LINKED SUBJECT SELECTION LIST 120407 T2ML96
SOURCE/ SUBJECT TECS-ID: K8700008 111CAE
SEL DESCRIPTION OF LINKED SUBJECTS TECS RECORD ID
RAJA J AH AMIN J W M 010145 P8713 894 3 OOCAE
MORGEN WILLIAM M D E 0101B7 PB73 98372BBCAE
TYPE -D- TO DELETE A SUBJECT FROM BEING LINKED AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
/vvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
You can mark as many of the listed subjects for deletion as you
wish to have deleted by entering a "D" into the field at the left
of the listed subject. When all ,f D"B have been input, press the
ENTER key to process the screen.
The system will then display the DELETE LINKAGE screen showing
the first subject marked for deletion. You will then be prompted
to determine if this is the record to be deleted. You may
respond with a N(o) or Y(es).
14:39
TECS II - DELETE LINKAGE 1204B7 T2ML97
T2PL97
DELETEING LINKAGE BETWEEN SUBJECT! K8700008111CAE
MORGEN WILLIAM M D E 010187 P873 98372 B0CAE
STATUS DESCRIPT
DO YOU WANT TO DELETE THE LINKAGE BETWEEN THE SUBJECT
AND THE DISPLAYED SUBJECT (Y/N) !
(PF1=HELP) ( PF4=PREVI0US MENU)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVN
If you respond with a Njo) the system will re-display the same
screen with the next subject marked for deletion, if more than
IL
18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
one was marked on the previous screen, You will again be
prompted for a Y or N input. This will continue until all
records marked for deletion have been processed.
If you respond with a Y(es) the system will display the DELETE
SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKAGE screen.
14:39 TECS II - DELETE SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKAGE 120487 T2ML9
SUBJECT: MORGIN WILLIAM M D E 010187
SEL DESCRIPTION OF LINKED SUBJECTS TECS RECORD ID
TYPE -D- TO DELETE A SUBJECT FROM BEING LINKED AND PRESS ENTER
NO LINKED SUBJECT - PRESS AND KEY TO RETURN
(PFl-HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP} (PF7=PREV SCREEN (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
/vwwvvvvvwwvvvvwvwwwww\
All related subjects that were created in the ADD/MODIFY process
will be displayed as they were related to each other during that
process. The SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKAGE screen will re-display
with each subsequent list of subjects until all Subject to
Subject links have been deleted or by-passed.
When the Subject to Subject deletion process is complete, you
will press ENTER to re-display the DELETE LINKAGE screen. The
next subject narked for deletion, if one exists, will follow the
same process described above, if no more subjects exist, the
system will display a blank DELETE LINKAGE screen with the
prompt :
"NO MORE SUBJECTS MARKED FOR DELETION HIT ENTER TO RETURN"
When you have deleted all the subject to source and subject to
subject linkages you wanted to delete, depression of the PF4 or
the ENTER key will return you to the LINKED SUBJECT SELECTION
LIST. Upon display of the list, each subject that had a positive
delete action taken on it will no longer be displayed on the
list. 5iou may then mark another subject for deletion if desired,
and repeat the process described above, or return to the source
document from which you came and exit the system.
To return to the source document, press ENTER only. Do not enter
any n D"s onto the screen. The source document will re-display.
At this point, you will again have to decide if you want to exit
the report, saving it without Supervisor Approval, or exit and
mark the report for approval.
IL - 19
TECS IX
USER'S MANUAL
* NOTE: Regarding access control levels of your report and
associated subject records: — all subjects you create/enter
will automatically have an access level 4 with your User ID.
Until your report is approved, at which time the subject record
access level will change to the report level (usually '2', 1 C,
' 0E 1 ), except for MOIRS, which are not affected by the approval
transaction.
IL41 MODIFY REPORTS
If you selected MODIFY REPORT (IL41) from the SUBSYSTEM FOR
INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS, the INTELLIGENCE REPORT MENU will again
display as shown in the Enter Report portion of this section.
Modify Report can be used for any change - including the addition
of narrative data or subject record links (for example, if you
entered a report and saved it without marking it ready for
Supervisor Approval (PF14) you could recall it now for
modifications) .
From this menu you may select any type of report to modify
providing that the report exits and the report has not been
approved by your supervisor.
From the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE MENU, enter the value (either
1,2,3 or 4) which corresponds to the type of report you wish to
modify and depress the ENTER key.
For the purpose of discussion this section will illustrate the
modification of an Intel Record. This process is identical for
the Intelligence Study, the CF-320, and the MOIR.
After selecting option one (1) from the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE
MENU the next screen to appear is the INTELLIGENCE SELECT REPORT-
ID screen.
14:30 TECS 119 INTELLIGENCE SELECT REPORT-ID 120487 T2MT14
T2PT13
PLEASE ENTER THE REPORT-ID OF THE INTEL RECORD
YOU WANT TO MODIFY
ENTER REPORD-ID <ENTER>
LEAVE REPORT-ID BLANK AND TYPE <ENTER> TO GET LIST OF YOUR
LAST FIVE REPORTS.
/vvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvx
IL - 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
From this menu you have the option of entering a report ID or
pressing ENTER to display a list of the last 5 reports that you
created/entered. You can select one of these reports by entering
its sequence number (i.e, 1 thru 5 ).
14:50
TECS II INTELLIGENCE
LAST FIVE REPORTS CREATED
T2MT14
T2PT14
RPT
REPORT-ID
TITLE LINE 1
NUM
DATE
TITLE LINE 2
1
K87HQIFS11020
1204B7
DISPLAY REPORT
ENTER THE NUMBER CORRESPONDING TO THE REPORT-ID OF THE INTEL
RECORD YOU WANT TO MODIFY : <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREVI0US MENU) (PF5=REST0RE)
/wvvvwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvv
* NOTE: If you press ENTER and you do not own any reports, the
following message will result:
"YOU DO NOT OWN ANY REPORTS"
After entering a valid report ID, or selecting a number from the
LAST 5 REPORTS CREATED screen, press the ENTER key and the MODIFY
REPORT MENU will appear:
14:26 TECS II MODIFY REPORT MENU 120487 T2MT60
T2PT60
YOU HAVE THE CHOICE OF:
1) MODIFYING ONE OR MORE OF THE FIELDS
2) MODIFYING THE NARRATIVE OF THE REPORT
PLEASE MAKE A SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvv
IL - 21
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
This screen gives you a choice of 2 options as follows:
OPTION 1 - Modify One or More Fields - will allow you to
modify various fields within a report. After
selecting this option, page one of the report will
appear. You can edit any fields shown and PFS
(NEXT PAGE) and PF7 (PREV PAGE) keys are available
for paging through the report.
OPTION 2 - Modifying Narrative of Report - will call on
another menu that will allow you to edit the report
narrative.
If you select option two (2) from the MODIFY REPORT MENU the
MODIFY NARRATIVE MENU will display:
14:50 TECS II MODIFY NARRATIVE MENU 120487 T2MT60
T2PT60
WHAT PART OF THE NARRATIVE DO YOU WANT MODIFY IS
1) SUMMARY
2) BEGINNING OF NARRATVE
3) END OF THE NARRATIVE
4) PAGE NBR:
PLEASE MAKE A SELACTION:
(PF1— HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU)
/\/\/VWVWVVVVVVVVV\/VVV\/VVVVVVVV\
From this menu you can select where in the narrative you wish to
edit. The following are available functions:
OPTION 1
OPTION 2
OPTION 3
Summary - this option will place you in the report
summary and allow you to edit it.
Beginning of Narrative - will place you at the
beginning of the Narrative section.
End of Narrative - will place you at the end of the
narrative section.
OPTION 4 - Page Number will place you an the beginning of any
page number in the narrative section that you
select.
IL
22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The PF7 (NEXT PAGE) and PE 8 (PREV PAGE) are available with the
above options for paging through the report. Also available is
the PF20 (FREE TEXT) key, which will put you in your local PC or
FDS word processor (see NARRATIVE TRANSFER) .
After you have completed your edit of the report you may select
the PF4 key to return to the MODIFY REPORT MENU or you may select
the PF3 key to return to the MAIN MENU.
As discussed previously, depression of either of these keys will
again produce the prompt:
"PRESS PF3 TO EXIT WITHOUT SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
"PRESS PF14 IF REPORT IS READY FOR SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
You will again have the same options as previously discussed.
1151 DELETE REPORT
If you selected DELETE REPORT-IL51 from the SUBSYSTEM FOR
INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS, the INTELLIGENCE REPORT MENU will again
display as shown in the Enter Report portion of this section.
From this menu, select any type of report to delete providing
that the report exists and the report has not been approved by
your supervisor.
From the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE MENU, enter the value (either
1,2,3, or 4) which corresponds to the type of report you wish to
delete and press the ENTER key.
This section will illustrate the deletion of an Intel Record.
This process is identical for Intelligence Studies, the CF-320s,
and the MOIRs.
After selecting option one (1) from the INTELLIGENCE REPORT TYPE
MENU the next screen to appear is the INTELLIGENCE SELECT REPORT'
ID screen. This is the same screen as that discussed in the
Modify Report portion of this section.
From this menu you have the option of entering a report ID or
pressing ENTER to display a list of the last 5 reports you
created/entered .
* NOTE: If you press ENTER and you do not own any reports, the
following message will appear:
"YOU DO NOT OWN ANY REPORTS"
IL
23
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
After entering a valid report ID, or selecting a number from the
last five Reports Created screen, press the ENTER key and the
DELETE REPORT screen will appear:
14:41 TECS II DELETE REPORT 120487 T2PT79
T2MT79
REPORT-ID: K87HQIF811020 REPORT ENTRY DATE: 120487
REPORT-NO :
TITLE: DRUG RAID ON 9876 SERRIA STREET
DO YOU WANT TO DELETE THIS REPORT (Y OR N) ?
PRESS <ENTER> ALONE TO SEE COMPLETE REPORT.
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/VWWWVWWWVWWWWWWWVN
This screen gives you a ’’last chance” for changing your mind.
If you enter "Y" the report will be deleted and TECS II will
return you to the INTELLIGENCE SELECT REPORT-ID for the deletion
of another report if so desired.
If you enter »N" , TECS II will return you to the INTELLIGENCE
SELECT REPORT-ID without deleting the report.
The other option available will allow you to view the report
before deleting it. Pressing ENTER without selecting "Y’ 1 or ’’N' 1
will display the first screen of the specified report. You may
page through it by pressing PF8 (NEXT PAGE) and PF7 (PREV PAGE) .
To return to the DELETE REPORT MENU simply press PF4 . You will
then be prompted for a "Y” to delete the report or "N” to move to
the next report. To continue, simply repeat the process,
otherwise use the appropriate PF key to return to the MAIN MENU.
IL
24
INSERT INDEX VIII (INSPECTION OPERATIONS)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10- INSPECTION OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The Inspection Operations module provides enforcement information
to Customs Inspectors to assist them in the processing of;
VEHICLES and their passengers (Landborder Operations) ; PASSENGERS
entering the United states via commercial airlines (Airport
Operations) ; and AIRCRAFT, PILOTS and PASSENGERS from private
aircraft (Private Aircraft Enforcement System), PAES. Inspectors
are provided with complete, timely and detailed information which
will enable them to verify the identity or status of a suspect,
traveler, vehicle, or aircraft which he is processing.
Information is provided not only by Customs sources but also from
other agencies, including the FBI, INS, FAA, INTERPOL, DEA, ATF,
IRS, and various state and local law enforcement agencies
accessible through NLETS. Some of this information is stored in
the TECS II computer; the rest is available through computer-to-
computer interfaces. However, the inspectors' interaction with
the system is simple and straightforward , with a fill-in-the-
blank query format, abundant system assists and a clear, concise
presentation of results.
The components that comprise this module are:
o Search, Arrest, & Seizure (S/A/S)
o Memorandum of Information Received (MOIR)
o Target Flight System
o Landborder Operations (Primary and Secondary)
o Airport Primary Operations
o Airport Secondary Operations
o Private Aircraft Enforcement System (PAES)
For a discussion of MOIR, refer to the INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS (IL)
Section of the Users Manual.
From the MAIN MENU, type the two character code # 1 10* to see the
subsystem menu, or type the specific four character code, if
known, to go directly to a transaction.
10
l
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
14:57 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 0923B7 T2MU0201
T2PS0202
CODE DESCRIPTION
10 INSPECTION OPERATIONS
CODE : *IO KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
when you key in »io" in the CODE field, the inspection operations
SUBSYSTEM options are displayed on the SUBSYSTEM MENU FOR
INSPECTION OPERATION screen.
08:18 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS 091187 T2MS0402
T2PS0404
ACCESS DESCRIPTION ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE- CODE
IOAA SEARCH/ ARREST/SEIZURE SYS IODR MOIR
IODS TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM 1004 LANDBORDER SECONDARY OPS,
1016 AIRPORT PRIMARY OPS. 1025 AIRPORT SECONDARY OPS.
1040 PRIVATE ACFT. RNF, SYSTEM
CODE:* KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
10
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
IOAA SEARCH, ARREST, AND SEIZURE
Search, Arrest and Seizure (SAS, CF151) forms are used to record
statistical and enforcement information about searches, arrests
and seizures made by customs officers. This sub-system is
designed to allow you to enter and maintain SAS forms within TECS
II.
There are several ways to access the SAS application menu:
(1) Prom the Main Menu, type the four character code, IOAA, in
the CODE field and press ENTER; or
(2) From the Main Menu, type 10 and ^ress ENTER; the SUBSYSTEM
FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS menu will display as shown previously.
(3) From the MAIN MENU access the CM CASE MANAGEMENT SUBSYSTEM
MENU by selecting CM. Then enter the access code for "Enter Case
Reports" (CMS 3) ; type this code in the CODE field and press
ENTER. The ENTER CASE REPORTS menu will display 3 available
options. You will select option "3", Sea rch/ Arrest/ Seizu re , and
press ENTER. (The remaining options are discussed in the CM CASE
MANAGEMENT section of this manual) .
Depending on how you entered the SAS subsystem (either through
INSPECTION OPERATIONS or CASE MANAGEMENT) once you have selected
SAS reports the process will be the same from that point forward.
The system will display the SAS/CF151 menu as follows:
08:21 TECS II CF151 MENU SELECTION 080687 T2PJ01
T2MJ01
1. ADD CF151
2. MODIFY CF151
3 . CANCEL CF151
4. CONSOLIDATED CF151
PLEASE ENTER 1-4 TO MAKE SELECTION: 1
(FF1=HELF) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
A/VVVVWVVVWVWVVVVWWVVVVVVA
You may select any one of these options by entering the number
preceding that option. The selection must be between 1 and 4.
if the number entered is not within that range, the following
message will display:
"VALID SELECTIONS ARE 1-4"
IO-3
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
Each of these options is discussed in detail in the following
sections .
* NOTE: To obtain a seizure number; select option 1 (ADD CF151)
and complete the SUMMARY INFORMATION portion of the report and
press ENTER. The system will display the number assigned to this
incident. If you do not complete the seizure report at this
time, the person who finishes entering the report will have to
select MODIFY CF151 and enter the previously assigned number.
1. ADD CF151
Selection of option 1, ADD CF151, from the SAS menu will present
you with the screen to be completed to add a new SAS. In this
process, you will be taken through a series of screens. The
following lists the screens accessed throughout the ADD (and
MODIFY) process. Only those screens which apply to your
transaction will be displayed. For example, only one of screens
5a-5f will be displayed depending on the type of conveyance
indicated in screen 4 (CONVEYANCE SUMMARY) .
1. SUMMARY INFORMATION
2A. SECTION OF LAW CHARGED/ SEARCH INFORMATION
B. SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
3 A. SEIZURE INFORMATION
B. SEIZURE INFORMATION (continued)
4. CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
5A. PRIVATE AIR/PRIVATE YACHT
B. COMMERCIAL AIR (SCHEDULED/CHARTERED)
C. COMMERCIAL VESSEL
D. BUS/TRAIN
E. AUTO/ TRUCK/ MOTORCYCLE/ VAN
F. MAIL SEIZURE
6 . VIOLATOR WRAPUP
7A. SUBJECT RECORD ENTRY
B. SUBJECT RECORD ENTRY
8 A. REPORT SUMMARY
B. ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE
* NOTES:
(1) Throughout the SAS screens, as much data as possible should
be entered to provide a complete and accurate report. Entering
only the mandatory data elements (indicated with an *) will
usually not provide a record useful for intelligence and
statistical purposes.
(2) If at any time during processing you require explanation of
what to enter in a specific space on the screen, press PF2 for
field help.
10
4
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
SUMMARY INFORMATION
The first screen displayed in the ADD process is the SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen. It is used to enter summary information
about a particular violator. You must complete this screen in
order to get a SAS number assigned. If you stop processing after
completion of this screen, you must use the MODIFY option from
the SAS Subsystem menu to complete the report.
12:55 TECS II CF151 DATA ENTRY SUMMARY INFORMATION 1117B7 T2MJ02
T2PJ02
FISCAL Yft* 1 DIST/PORT*! CONTROL NBR: VIOLATOR NBRt
TOPIC:
ENTER APPLICABLE DATE/TIME IN FOR BELOW: OE CASE fT
SEARCH: ARREST: SEIZURE:
NO PRIOR INFO: PRIOR DEA INFO: PRIOR CUSTOMS INFO:
TECS PRIMARY: OTHER INFO: NCIC HIT: BLITZ:
DOG ALERT: “X-RAY: TECS“5EC:
ENFORCEMENT“SlD USED C5DES: ~
ENTER THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION TO BE USED FOR THE FIRST VIOLATOR
(THIS INFO CAN BE CHANGED AS APPROPRIATE FOR ADDITIONAL
VIOLATORS)
USERID LAST NAME
DECLARATION TKN BY :
ARRESTING OFFICER :
SEIZING OFFICER :
SUPERVISOR : *
MITIGATIING OFFICER :
DISTRICT DIRECTOR :
BY: DATE:
(PF1— HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3«MAIN MENU) (PF4=PR£V PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv/vv\
ENTRY PROCESS
When this screen is first displayed, enter only the first two
fields, FISCAL YEAR AND DIST/PORT. The third field, CONTROL
NUMBER, should only be entered when reporting on additional
violators under a control number already assigned to violator 01.
The following is a description of these first three fields:
^FISCAL YEAR - the last two digits of the fiscal year of the
incident being reported; an invalid entry (such as a space or
letter) will result in the following error message when you
request the system to process the screen:
10
5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
"INVALID FISCAL YEAR"
±DIST/PORT - the four character district port code of the
incident being reported; (to see a list of valid entries for a
specific field, move the cursor to the apace to be filled- in and
press PF2 for field help} ; if the code entered is not found in
the table, the following error message will be displayed when you
request the system to process the screen;
"INVALID DIST/PORT"
CONTROL NUMBER - for new CFISIs, this is a unique identifying
number assigned by the system; this should be left blank unless
you are entering data for an additional violator under a single
SAS #; if no CONTROL NUMBER is entered and the first two fields
are correctly filled-in, you must proceed to the next screen by
pressing ENTER; the system will assign the next available CONTROL
NUMBER with a VIOLATOR NBR of '01' (after the screen has been
completed) ; to add new violators to a previously entered CF151,
type the control number assigned to that CF151; when you press
ENTER with a CONTROL NUMBER specified, the system will check for
a previous CF151 with this number; if the number is found, the
VIOLATOR NBR will be incremented by one and you will be taken to
the next screen; if none are found, the three fields will be
blanked out and the following message will be displayed at the
bottom of the screen:
"NO RECORD FOUND FOR FY, DIST/PORT AND CNTRL # ENTERED 1 '
When you have completed the FISCAL YEAR AND DIST/PORT fields (and
in some instances the CONTROL NUMBER) , you may press ENTER to
proceed to the next screen.
If there are no errors, the system will display the RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION screen:
10
6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:29 TECS II RECORD ACCESS 112 1B7 T2MU3101
INFORMATION T2PU3101
RECORD ID: SBB404376B00CFD
ACCESS CODE: 2 (1=ALL, 2= AGENCY, 3=USE GROUPS, 4=USERS)
AGENCY: C (CODE 2 ONLY; C=CUSTOMS, K=ATF, I/H=IRS)
USER GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) :
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP)
vvvvvvvwvvvwvvvvwwvwvvvvwv
This screen has access '2' and ' C * displayed. Usually the access
level will remain unchanged; however, if you need to change the
access level, you may. (For more information on the use of this
screen refer to the CM CASE MANAGEMENT Overview section) .
Whether or not you change the access, press the ENTER key when
done with the screen. This will return you to the SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen which will now have the first four fields
protected. (NOTE that if you are doing a new CF151 and did not
enter a CONTROL NUMBER, the field is still blank; however, it
will be assigned when you have completed this screen and will
display when you reguest the system to process the information
you have typed by pressing ENTER.)
When you return to the SUMMARY INFORMATION screen, you will fill-
in all of the available information. When you are ready to
process the screen:
(1) press ENTER - the system will check all the mandatory fields
for entries and will validate all the data that has been entered?
if any errors are found, an appropriate error message will be
displayed at the bottom of the screen; if no errors are found the
screen will redisplay with the control number and violator nbr
filled-in and the message shown below will be displayed at the
bottom of the screen (if you then press PF8 , the system will
proceed to one of the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED screens) :
IO-7
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
"RECORD HAS BEEN ADDED - DEPRESS PF8 TO CONTINUE"
(2) press PF8 - the system will check all the mandatory fields
for entries and will validate all of the data that has been
entered; if any errors are found, an appropriate error message
will display at the bottom of the screen; if no errors are found,
the system will go directly to one of the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
screens; note, this means that you will not see the display of
the CONTROL NUMBER. It is recommended that you press ENTER in
order to note the SAS number.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory;
FISCAL YEAR - explained above.
DIST/PORT - explained above.
SEARCH, ARREST, SEIZURE (Date and Time) - date and time must be
specified for ARREST or SEIZURE; date is in MMDDYY format and
time is in HHMM format; if an error is made, one of the following
error messages will display;
"ARREST OR SEIZURE DATE REQUIRED"
"INVALID MONTH"
"INVALID TIME"
"TIME REQUIRED IF DATE ENTERED"
Method of detection field (lines starting with NO PRIOR INFO and
OTHER INFO) - an 'X' must be placed in at least one of these
spaces, except for PRIOR CUSTOMS INFO which must be a valid code
(press PF2 to see a list) ; if an error is made (such as no field
marked, or two mutually exclusive spaces are marked, or an
invalid code in the PRIOR CUSTOMS INFO space) , one of the
following error messages will display:
"AT LEAST ONE METHOD REQ."
"NO PRIOR INFO/PRIOR INFO CONFLICT"
"INVALID PRIOR CUSTOMS INFO"
ARRESTING OFFICER - if an arrest date and time were entered, a
USER-ID (or LAST NAME) must be specified; note that whenever
possible USER-ID should be entered and LAST NAME left blank (the
system will supply the LAST NAME when the screen is processed) ?
if a USER-ID is not available, use the LAST NAME field to enter
LAST NAME, FIRST NAME - TITLE - AGENCY ABBREVIATION; if an error
is made, the following error message will display:
"INVALID ARREST OFF ID"
10-8
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SEIZING OFFICER - if a seizure date and time were entered, a
USER-ID or LAST NAME must be specified; note that, whenever
possible USER-ID should be entered and LAST NAME left blank (the
system will supply the LAST NAME when the screen is processed) ;
if the USER-ID is not available, enter the LAST NAME, FIRST NAME,
TITLE, and AGENCY ABBREVIATION into the LASTNAME field; if an
error is made, the following message will display;
"INVALID SEIZING OFF ID"
SUPERVISOR - USER-ID must be specified; if an error is made, the
following message will display:
"INVALID SUPERVISOR ID"
The other fields which appear on this screen, but are not
mandatory are:
VIOLATOR NBR - this field is fillad-in by the system when you are
adding a new CF151 or adding a new violator to a previously
entered CF151.
TOPIC - should be completed; use this space to summarize the
major events of this SAS report; it will be displayed on hit
lists of source documents linked to an individual so be as
descriptive as possible; indicate the major item(s) seized,
number arrested, conveyance seized; for example "1000 gr, heroin-
2 arrests" ; entry will not be reviewed by the system, whatever
you enter in the space will be saved.
ENFORCEMENT AID USED - if an enforcement aid was used in the
incident being reported, enter the code indicating what aid was
used; there are B spaces available to enter multiple codes; PF2
will display a list of the valid codes; if an invalid code is
entered, the following error message will be displayed when you
request the system to process the screen:
"INVALID ENFORC. AID CODE"
DECLARATION TKN BY - the USER-ID {or LAST NAME) of the officer
who took the declaration of the violator being reported; whenever
possible USER-ID should be entered (refer to NOTE under ARRESTING
OFFICER description.) ; if an error is made, the following message
will display:
"INVALID DECL TKN BY OFF ID"
MITIGATING OFFICER - the USER-ID (or LAST NAME) of the officer
responsible for mitigating any penalty or remitting any
forfeiture relative to the incident being reported; whenever
possible USER-ID should be entered (refer to NOTE under ARRESTING
10-9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
OFFICER description) ; if an error is made, the following message
will display:
"INVALID MITIGATION OFF ID"
DISTRICT DIRECTOR - the name of the District Director; entry will
not be review by the system.
BY - usually left blank; the initials of the person authorized to
sign for the District Director; entry will not be reviewed by the
system .
DATE - usually left blank; date of initialing for the District
Director; entry will not be reviewed by the system.
SECTION OF LAW CHARGED/SEARCH INFORMATION
From this point on through the VIOLATOR WRAPUP, if PF3 or PF4 are
pressed, you must use the MODIFY option in order to continue
entering this record. If a SEARCH date was entered, the SECTION
OF LAW CHARGED/SEARCH INFORMATION screen will display:
12:56 TECS II SECTION OF LAW CHARGED/ SEARCH INFO 111787 T2MJ03
T2PJ03
VIOLATOR NAMES
LAW PENALTY LAW PENALTY LAW PENALTY
MORE? - "(?/*J) :
SEARCH TYPE:* _ (C=COMPLETE, P= PARTIAL, H=CAVITY, F= PAT DOWN)
RESULTS! * (P=POSTIVE, N=NEGATIVE)
TIME COMPLETED:* FUNDS ON PERSON: __________
USER ID LAST NAME
SEARCHING OFFICER: *
AUTHORIZING OFFC :*
WITNESS :
REASON FOR SEARCH:*
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) ( PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU)
(PFQ=NEXT PAGE)
AVVVVVVVWVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWVVV/V/V
10 - 10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This screen is used to enter the section (s) of law with which the
violator is charged as well as the information regarding the
search results.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
LAW - at least one law must be specified; this should be the
section (s) of law or regulations applicable only to the violator
and should be entered in "USC" or "CFR" format; no violation of
law or regulation should be omitted from these spaces ; an entry
will be checked against a list and, if not found, a message will
display when you process the screen. (If PF8 is pressed, the law
will be accepted as entered) ; if no law(s) entered, an error
message will display:
"CHECK LAW; PRESS PP8 IF CORRECT"
"AT LEAST ONE LAW REQ."
SEARCH TYPE - one of the single letter codes, as shown in
parenthesis on the screen} which describes the type of personal
search conducted on the violator; if an error is made the
following message will display:
"INVALID TYPE SEARCH"
RESULTS - indicate whether or not you found items that were
seized or evidence which resulted in an arrest during the
personal search of the violator; if an error is made the
following message will display:
"INVALID RESULTS FIELD"
TIME COMPLETED - the time in HHMM format at which the personal
search of the violator was completed; if an error is made the
following message will display:
"INVALID SEARCH COMPLETED TIME"
SEARCHING OFFICER - the USER-ID or LAST NAME of the officer who
searches the violator (refer to description of use of USER-ID and
LAST NAME field given ( for ARRESTING OFFICER field on SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen) ; if an error is made, the following message
will display:
"SRCH. OFFC. ID OR NAME MISSING"
10
11
TEGS II
USER'S MANUAL
AUTHORIZING OFFICER - the USER-ID or LAST NAME of the officer who
searches the violator (refer to description of use of USER-ID and
LAST NAME field given for ARRESTING OFFICER field on SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen) ; if an error is made, the following message
will display:
"AUTH. OFFC. ID OR NAME MISSING"
REASON FOR SEARCH - one line is available to describe the reason
for conducting a search; if more space is needed, you may
continue in the narrative; if left blank the following message
will display:
"REASON FOR SEARCH MISSING"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are :
VIOLATOR NAME - this is useful for keeping straight who you're
working on (such as if you have multiple violators, each of which
will require his own SAS report { or if a central data entry group
in a high volume location is doing the processing) ; if a name is
entered, it is not used to create a Subject Record, this must
still be done separately; the system will not review this space,
you may leave it blank or enter anything you want.
PENALTY - if entered, it must have a corresponding LAW; criminal
penalties are not entered here; this is the full penalty prior to
mitigation or remission; may be entered as dollars only or as
dollars and cents (using a decimal point) ; maximum penalty =
999999.99; if an error is made, the following message will
display:
"INVALID PENALTY FIELDS"
MORE? (Y/N) - change the 'N' to a 1 Y’ if you need more space to
enter laws and penalties; there is space on this screen to enter
15; if something other than 'Y' or 'N' is entered, it is assumed
to be ' N ' .
FUNDS ON PERSON - if money on the violator is counted during the
personal search, enter the amount in dollars only or in dollars
and cents (using the decimal point) , maximum funds not to exceed
999999.99 indicate in narrative if greater; if an error is made,
the following message will display;
"INVALID FUNDS ON PERSON"
WITNESS - enter the LAST NAME, FIRST NAME, TITLE, and AGENCY
ABBREVIATION of the person who witnessed the personal search of
the violator; the system will not review this space, or you may
leave blank or enter anything you want.
10
12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
If no SEARCH date/ time was indicated on the SUMMARY INFORMATION
SCREEN or if you type 'Y' in the field MORE? on the SECTION OF
LAW CHARGED/ SEARCH INFORMATION screen, the following screen will
display:
13 : 02
TECS II CF151
SECTION
OF LAW CHARGED
111787 T2MJ04
T2PJ04
VIOLATOR
NAME:
LAW
PENALTY
LAW
PENALTY LAW
PENALTY
TiolE? (Y/N) :
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
<PF7=*PREV PAGE) (PF8-NEXT PAGE)
/wvvvwwwwwwwwwwwvww\
This screen is used to enter the section (s) of law with which the
violator is charged as well as the information regarding the
search results.
ENTRY PROCESS
There are no fields marked with an *; however at least one law
must be entered on this screen.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following field is mandatory:
LAW - (described previously in the - SECTION OF LAW
CHARGED/SEARCH INFORMATION portion.)
10 - 13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
These fields are also present but not mandatory:
VIOLATOR NAME, PENALTY, and MORE? (Y/N) . For description of use
of all three of these fields, refer to the SECTION OF LAW
CHARGE/SEARCH INFORMATION section.
SEIZURE INFORMATION
The SEIZURE INFORMATION SCREEN will display only if you entered a
SEIZURE date/ time on the SUMMARY INFORMATION screen. This screen
is used to report information regarding the seizure (s) :
12:57 TECS II CF151 DATA ENTRY-SEIZURE INFORMATION 111787 T2MJ05
T2PJQ5
VIOLATOR NAME:
SOURCE/OUTLT: CNTRY OF ORGN : * PLIF: ABND: CMRCL:
PL. OF SIEZURE:_(P=WITHIN P.O.E. ,B=ALONG BORDER, M=MILITARY AREA)
LOCATION:*
APPRAISING OFFICER! —
REMTD: MITIGATED: AMOUNT: ' DATE: CF5104#:
{DISPOSITION CODES: R—RELEASED, D-DE5TRQYED ON SITE, K=RETAINED)
01 DESC : * COMM/CD:* QTY : * UM: *
FDIN : DEC VAL: FOR VAL: DOM VAL:
WT DUTY: CONCEAL:* SEC: DISP:* CUST:
02 DESC:* COMM/CD;* QTY:* UM:*
FDIN: DEC VAL: FOR VAL: DOM VAL:
WT DET! DUTY! CONCEAL:* SEC: DISP:* CUST:
SCREEN DEC VALUE FOR VALUE DOM VALUE DUTY
TOTALS
MORE? (Y/N) :
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/\/\\/wvv\/\/vv\/v\\vvvvvvvwvv\/v\/\///vv\
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
LOCATION - the four digit code for the facility where the
seizure is made may be entered here along with a short narrative
description; the code is the Facilities Information and Resources
Measurement System (FIRMS) code; a list of these codes is
available in the FIRMS Table of Contents Report; if facility does
not have a FIRMS code, use the code for uncoded facilities
serviced by the station at which you are working (also listed in
10 - 14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
the FIRMS Table of Contents Report) ; if you cannot determine the
four-digit code, you may enter a narrative description of the
seizure location; if left blank, the following message will
display:
"LOCATION REQUIRED"
Seized Item Description - at least one line item must be entered;
a line item consists of the following required field:
DESC - a brief one or two word description of each
different item seized; if left blank, the following error
message will display:
"DESCRIPTION REQUIRED"
COMM^CD - the (1) 3-character alpha code for narcotics
prohibited merchandise, and currency or (2) 5-character
numeric TSUS code for the seized item; if an error is made
the following message will display:
"INVALID COMM/CD FIELD"
QTY - the quantity (in units of measure indicated in the UM
field) of the item seized; enter fractional numbers in one-
^>lace decimals {e.g«, 10,2); if more than one decimal place
is entered, the number is truncated following the first
decimal place; if exact quantity is rot known, estimate the
quality and then come back at a later date using MODIFY and
enter the exact quantity; if an error is made the following
message will display:
"INVALID QTY FIELD"
UM - the two letter code indicating the unit of measure
corresponding to the quantity entered in the QTY field;
valid codes are available by pressing PF2; if an error is
made the following message will display:
"INVALID UNIT FIELD"
FDIN -the FDIN code as required for certain commodity
codes in certain quantities (note an entry here will
require that the method of determining the weight be
entered in the WT DET field) ; a list of commodities and the
corresponding quantities which require and FDIN are
available by pressing PF2 ; an FDIN code can be obtained by
contacting El Paso Intelligence Center; if an error is made
the following message will display:
"INVALID FDIN FIELD"
10 - 15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
WT DET - the one letter code indicating the method of
determining weight is required if an FDIN was entered;
explanation of the 3 valid codes is available by pressing
PF2; if an error is made the following message will
display;
"INVALID WT DET FIELD"
CONCEAL - the single letter code which will indicate where
the seized item was found; every item seized must have a
concealment code; if items are found in different places,
they should be entered separately, each with its own
concealment code; a list of valid codes is available by
pressing PF2 ; if an error is made the following message
will display;
"INVALID CONCEAL CODE"
DISP - the single letter code which will indicate the
disposition of the seized item being described; the 3 valid
letters (R, D, and X) are explained on the screen as well
as in fields help (PF2); if an error is made the following
message will display;
"INVALID DISP CODE"
CUST - required if the code entered in the DISP field is K,
indicating the seized item hae been kept; enter the
location of that item and/or the agency which has custody;
your entry will be saved as typed.
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are;
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is now protected; it will display as
it was on the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED screen.
source/ ouTLT - if the seized item comes from a commercial source
abroad and that source can be considered an influencing factor in
the violation, enter the name of the business in this space; this
entry will not be reviewed by the system, whatever you enter in
this space will be saved.
CNTRY OF ORGN - the two character ISO country code to indicate
where the seized item originated; if more that one type of item
is seized and they have different countries of origin, enter the
country of origin of the most significant item seized; a list of
valid codes is available by pressing PF2; note, the system can
not determine if you have entered a correct code which does not
correspond to the country you intended to specify (for example,
if you typed SZ to indicate Switzerland it would be accepted by
the system because SZ is a valid code; however, you have actually
10 - 16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
specified Swaziland, CH is the correct code for Switzerland) ; if
an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID COUNTRY OF ORIGIN"
PLIF - if you believe the seized item was pilfered or stolen from
Customs custody, type X in this space; if any other character is
entered, it is assumed to be X.
ABND - if the item was discovered and seized while unattended,
type X in this space; if any other character is entered, it is
assumed to be X.
CMRCL - if the item seized is considered to be a commercial
importation, type X in this space; if any other character is
entered, it is assumed to be X.
PLACE OF SEIZURE - type one of the codes shown on the screen to
indicate the place the item was seized; more detailed explanation
of these 3 codes is available by pressing PF2 . Valid characters
are: P, B, or M? if an error is made, the following message will
display:
"INVALID PLACE OF SEIZURE"
APPRAISING OFFICER - the LAST NAME, FIRST INITIAL - TITLE- AGENCY
of the officer appraising the seized items for domestic value.
REMID - if the forfeiture is remitted at the time of seizure {
type X in this space; if any other character is entered, it is
assumed to be X.
MITIGATED - if the penalty was mitigated at the time of seizure,
type X in the space; if any other character is entered, it is
assumed to be X.
AMOUNT - the amount in dollars and cents of the forfeiture value
or penalty collected (note that the next field, DATE, must be
filled-in if an entry is made in this field) ; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID AMOUNT FIELD"
DATE - required if a forfeiture or penalty indicated in the last
field, AMOUNT; this is the date in MMDDYY format on which the
amount was collected; if an error is made, one of the following
messages will display:
"INVALID OR MISSING DATE"
"INVALID MONTH"
CF5104# - the CF-5104 receipt number is used to collect the
forfeiture or penalty amount; if a National Cash Register receipt
10 - 17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
was issued, use the CF-5104 number prepared for the NCR
issuances; if non-numeric characters are enter, the following
message will display:
"CF5104 NOT NUMERIC"
DEC VAL - the value of the item, if it was declared; use whole
U.S. dollars (convert any foreign currency) ; do not show any
values for narcotics seizures; if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID DEC VAL FIELD"
FOR VAL - the dutiable foreign value (in whole u.s, dollars) for
seized foreign articles; do not enter a value for narcotics
seizures; if an error is made, the following message will
display:
"INVALID FOR VAL FIELD"
DOM VAL - the appraised value of the seized item; in whole U.S.
dollars; if this has not yet been determined, leave blank and
use MODIFY at a later date to enter this amount ; do not enter a
value for a narcotic or prohibited item seizure; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID DOM VAL FIELD"
DUTY - the duty (in U.S. dollars and cents) for foreign dutiable
article seizure that would have been collected if the article had
been declared properly; do not include IRS tax as duty; if an
error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID DUT VAL FIELD"
SEC - if the seized item was concealed in a secret compartment,
type an X in this space and then < describe the compartment in the
narrative; press PF2 from this field or see the codes on the
reverse of CF151.
SCREEN TOTALS - leave blank for the system to calculate when you
request the screen to be processed.
MORE? (Y/N) - refer to SECTION OF LAW CHARGE/SEARCH INFORMATION
section for the description of this field.
SEIZURE INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
The SEIZURE INFORMATION screen shown below will display if you
typed 'Y' in the MORE? field of the first SEIZURE INFORMATION
screen. This screen is used to report additional items seized.
10 - 18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are required and are described in detail in
SECTION OF LAW CHARGED portion of this section: DESCf COMM/CD;
QTY; UM; FDINf WT DET? CONCEAL? DISP? CUST.
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are: VIOLATOR NAME? DEC VAL? FOR VAL? DOM VAL? DUTY; SEC; SCREENS
TOTALS; AND MORE? (Y/N). Refer to the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
screen for descriptions of these fields.
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
The CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen shown below is always displayed.
This screen is used to enter additional information about the
violator and the type of conveyance used.
12:58 TECS II CF151 CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
VIOLATOR NAME:
111787 T2MJ07
T2PJ07
CONVEYANCE TYPE: _ AUTO JTRUCK _VAN _YACHT _MOTORCYCLE JTRAIN
COMM. ACFT (SCHLD/ CHARTER) _ PRIVATE ACFT
COMM. VESSEL _ MAIL _ BUS _ PEDESTRIAN
OTHER
WILL A SUBJECT RECORD BE CREATED FOR THIS CONVEYANCE (Y/N) : *
CONVEYANCE SEARCHED? (Y/N) :
COMMERCIAL? (Y/N) :
ARRIVAL DATE : TIME: FROM: VIA:
PL. OF DISCOVERY: _ (P=W/I P.O.E., B=ALONG BORDER, M=MIL. AREA)
LOCATION:
TRAVEL CATEGORY:*
LOCAL USE:
STATUS AT A55ESTT
PROGRAM CODE:
(D=DRIVER,M=MASTER, P=PASSNGR, C=CREW, W=WALKER
0=0THER)
ENTRY TYPE: ENTRY #:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(FF8=NEXT PAGE)
/w/wwvwv\/v\/\/vvvvw\/v/\vv/\/vvv\/v
10 “ 19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ENTRY PROCESS
You must mark one, and only one, conveyance type and you must
fill-in all mandatory fields, indicated by an *.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory; they must be filled-in:
CONVEYANCE TYPE - one, and only one, of these spaces must be
marked; place an X in the space to the left of the type of
importing conveyance or method of arrival used; if an error is
made, one of the following messages will display:
"ONE CONV TYPE NEEDED"
"ONLY ONE CONV TYPE ALWD"
CONVEYANCE SUBJECT RECORD - enter 'Y' if you wish to create a
subject record on the conveyance; the only way to make the
conveyance available to Subject Query is to create a subject
record on the conveyance; if the conveyance is incidental to the
seizure, do not create a subject record; enter ’N' in. this space
if you do not wish to create a subject record on the conveyance;
if you decided not to create a subject record, the conveyance
detail screen which corresponds to the type marked will display;
if an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID SUB RCD ANSWER"
TRAVEL CATEGORY - enter one of the single character codes shown
which best describes the status of the violator when entering the
U.S.; a more detailed description of each of the categories is
available by pressing PF2; if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID TRAVL CATGRY"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is now protected, it will display as
it was entered on the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED screen.
CONVEYANCE SEARCHED ? - type 'Y ( if the conveyance was searched;
if no entry is made, or if anything other than 1 Y’ is typed, it
is assumed that the conveyance was not searched.
COMMERCIAL? - type 1 Y’ if the conveyance is commercial; if no
entry is made, or if anything other than 'Y' is typed, it is
assumed that the conveyance is not commercial.
10
20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ARRIVAL DATE - the date of arrival, in MMDDYY format, of the
conveyance or pedestrian? if an error is made, one of the
following messages will display:
"INVALID DATE ENTERED"
"INVALID MONTH"
TIME - the time of arrival, in HHMM format, of arrival of the
conveyance or pedestrian? if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID TIME"
FROM - the two character ISO country code for the country from
which the conveyance or pedestrian originated? a list of valid
country codes is available by pressing PF2; note, the system will
not determine if you have entered a correct code which does not
correspond to the country you intended to specify (see example
given for COUNTRY OF ORIGIN field on SEIZURE ( INFORMATION screen)?
if an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID FROM COUNTRY CODE"
VIA - if the conveyance stopped in route to the U.S., enter the
2-character country code of the last country where the conveyance
stopped before entering the U.S., a list of valid country codes
is available pressing PF2 ; note, the system will not determine if
you have entered a correct code which does not correspond to the
country you intended to specify (see example given for COUNTRY OF
ORIGIN field on SEIZURE INFORMATION screen), if an error is made,
the following message will display:
"INVALID VIA COUNTRY CODE"
PLACE OF DISCOVERY - a one character code as shown on the screen
to indicate the place of discovery? each of these 3 valid codes
is explained further under PF2 ; if an error is made, the
following message will display:
"INVALID PLC OF DISCVRY"
LOCATION - a narrative description of the place of discovery;
this space will be saved as typed.
LOCAL USE - any information needed for local use may be entered
here; this space will be saved as typed.
STATUS AT ARREST - used primarily when an action ia taken based
on an NCIC hit; if a violator has a record, enter the one-
character code (as described under PF2) which best describes the
category into which the violator falls at the time of arrest; if
IQ - 21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
the violator has no record, this space is left blank; valid
characters are C,B,P,0? if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID STATUS AT ARR."
PROGRAM CODE - if applicable, the three-character code
corresponding to the special operation or program associated with
this particular incident; a list of these codes is available by
pressing PF2 ; if an invalid code is entered, the following
message will display:
"INVALID PROGRAM CODE"
ENTRY DATE - enter the 2 -character ENTRY TYPE code if the seizure
involves a commercial importation on which an entry has been
filed.
ENTRY # - enter the ENTRY NUMBER if the seizure involves a
commercial importation on which an entry has been filed.
PRIVATE AIR/ PRIVATE YACHT
The PRIVATE AIR/PRIVATE YACHT screen will display only if the
following two conditions are true:
(1) the space for YACHT or the space for PRIVATE AIRCRAFT on the
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen is marked, and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with an 'N 1 .
This screen is used to describe the owner and registration
information about the aircraft or yacht conveyance when the
conveyance is incidental to the seizure and thus a subject record
is not being created.
10
22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:02 TECS II CF151 PRIVATE AIR/PRIVATE YACHT
VIOLATOR NAME:
111787 T2MJ08
T2PJ08
REGISTRATION NUMBER:* COUNTRY : * STATE:
STYL: YR: MAKE:* MODL: CLR:
OWNER 1 BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY: ZIP:
OWNER 2 BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: - MIDDLE NAME:
STREET: APT/ SUITE:
CITY: ETi CNTRY : ZIP:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvwvw/vwvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
REGISTRATION NUMBER - the registration number of the private
aircraft or vessel (yacht) ; if left blank, the following message
will display:
"INVALID REGISTRATION NO."
COUNTRY - the 2-character ISO country code to indicate, which
country issued the registration for the private aircraft/vessel
conveyancer press PF2 to view the list of valid codes (see
description Of COUNTRY OF ORIGIN field on SEIZURE INFORMATION
screen for more details) ; if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID CNTRY OF REGTN"
MAKE - the make of the private aircraft/vessel conveyance; if
left blank, the following message will display:
"INVALID MAKE CODE"
10
23
TECS II
USEE'S MANUAL
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are :
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is now protected, it will display as
it was entered on the section of law charged screen,
STATE - required if country is U.S.; the 2-character state code
to indicate the state which issued the registration for the
vessel conveyance; a list of valid codes is available by pressing
PF2 ; note, the system will not determine if you have entered a
correct code which does not correspond with the state you
intended to specify (for example, if you typed MI to indicate
Mississippi, it would accepted as valid, but you have sntered
Michigan, the correct code Mississippi is MS); if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID CNTRY OF REGTN"
STYL - the style of the private aircraft/vessel conveyance; a
list of valid codes is available by pressing PF2; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID VEHICLE STYLE"
YR - the last two digits of the year of manufacture of the
private aircraft/vessel; if non-numeric characters are typed, the
following message will display:
"INVALID YEAR ENTERED"
MODL - the model of the private aircraft/vessel ; this entry will
not be checked.
CLR - the 3 -character code to indicate the color of the private
aircraft/vessel; a list of valid codes is available by pressing
PF2 ; if an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID COLOR CODE"
OWNER - if available, the following information should be entered
for each registered owner of the private aircraft/vessel
conveyance :
BUSINESS NAME - if applicable, the name of the business
registered as the owner of the private aircraft/vessel
conveyance.
LAST NAME - if applicable, the last name of the registered
owner of the private aircraft/vessel conveyance.
FIRST NAME - if applicable, the first name.
MIDDLE NAME - if applicable, the middle name.
io
24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
STREET - the street address of the registered owner.
APT/SUITE - if there is one, enter the apartment or suite
number from the address of the registered owner.
CITY - the city of address of the registered owner,
ST - the two-character code to indicate the state of
address of the registered owner; a list of valid codes is
available by pressing PF2 ; see note under description of
STATE field given above for more details; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID STATE CODE"
CNTRY - the 2-country code to indicate the country of
address of the registered owner; a list of valid codes is
available by pressing PF2 ; see note under description of
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN field on SEIZURE INFORMATION screen for
more details; if an error is made, the following message
will display:
"INVALID COUNTRY CODE"
ZIP - if applicable, the zip code of address of the
registered owner.
COMMERCIAL AIR (SCHEDULED/CHARTERED)
The COMMERCIAL AIR (SCHEDULED/ CHARTERED) screen will display only
if the following two conditions are true:
(1) the space of COMMERCIAL AIRCRAFT (SCHEDULED/ CHARTER) on the
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen is marked, and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with an 'N'.
This screen is used to describe the airline and flight number
information when the conveyance is a commercial aircraft and is
incidental to the seizure and thus a subject record is not being
created .
10
25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:04 TECS II CF151 COMMERCIAL AIR {SCHLD/ CHARTERED) 111787 T2MJ09
T2PJ09
VIOLATOR NAME:
FLIGHT NUMBER:
AIRLINE CODES*
AIRWAY BILL NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
AVVVWVVVVWWWWWWWVVVVVV/W
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
AIRLINE CODE - usually a two character code; indicates the
airline by which the violator was traveling; a list of valid
codes is available by pressing PF2; if an error is made, the
following message will display:
"INVALID AIRLINE CODE"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is more protected? it will display as
it was entered on the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED screen.
FLIGHT NUMBER - the flight number of the commercial air flight
(scheduled or chartered) on which the violator was travelling;
this will be saved as entered.
AIRWAY BILL NUMBER - if a seizure was made from a commercial
shipment, enter the airway bill number of that shipment? if the
shipment is known to have an airway bill number, but you cannot
determine what that number is , enter "UNKNOWN" in this space.
10
26
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
COMMERCIAL VESSEL
The COMMERCIAL vessel screen will display only if the following
two conditions are true:
(1) the space for COMMERCIAL VESSEL on the CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
screen is narked , and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with 'N'.
This screen is used to describe the owner and registration
information about the vessel conveyance of the violator when the
conveyance is incidental to the seizure and thus a subject record
is not being created.
13:07 TECS II CF151 COMMERCIAL VESSEL 111787 T2MJ10
T2PJ10
VIOLATOR NAME:
VOYAGE NUMBER: VESSEL NAME:*
FLAG:* B/L NUMBER:
OWNER BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME :
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY S ZIP:
AGENT BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME :
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: _____ ST: CNTRY: ZIP:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
AWWWWVVVVVVVVVVWWVVVVVVVVV\
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
VESSEL NAME - the name of the commercial vessel conveyance; if
left blank, the following message will display:
"VESSEL NAME MISSING' 1
10 - 27
TECS IT
USER'S MANUAL
FLAG “ the 2-character country code corresponding to the flag of
the commercial vessel conveyance; a list of valid codes is
available by pressing PF2 ; for more details see description of
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN field on SEIZURE INFORMATION screen; if an
error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID FLAG"
Other non-mandatory fields are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is now protected.
VOYAGE NUMBER - the voyage number of the commercial vessel voyage
on which the violator was travelling.
B/L NUMBER - if a seizure was made from a shipment, enter the
bill of lading number of that shipment; if the shipment is known
to have a bill of lading number, but y qu cannot determine what
that number is, enter "UNKNOWN 11 in this space.
OWNER - if available, enter BUSINESS NAME, LAST NAME, FIRST NAME,
MIDDLE NAME, STREET, APT/SUITE, CITY, ST, CNTRY, ZIP for the
registered business owner of the commercial vessel; for more
details on each of the components of the OWNER identification,
refer to the descriptions given for the PRIVATE AIRCRAFT/YACHT
screen.
AGENT - if available, enter information into each of these
fields; see PRIVATE AIRCRAFT/ YACHT screen explanation for
description on each.
BUS/TRAIN
The BUS/TRAIN screen will be displayed only if the following two
conditions are true:
(1) either the space for TRAIN or the space for BUS on the
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen is marked, and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with an ' N'-
This screen is used to describe the owner information about the
bus or train conveyance of the violator when the conveyance is
incidental to the seizure and thus a subject record is not being
created.
10
23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:03 TECS II CF151 BUS/TRAIN 111787 T2MJ11
T2PJ11
VIOLATOR NAME:
TRAIN/BUS NUMBER:
B/L NUMBER:
OWNER BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME :
FIRST NAME: MI &"t5EE"RAMg":
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: 511 CNtry: ZIP!
(FF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU)
(PF8-NEXT PAGE)
/\\/\/v\/\/\/\/wvw\/\/v\/\/\/wwvv\/\/vvvv\/\
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
There are no mandatory fields on this screen. Fields which
appear are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is protected.
TRAIN/BUS NUMBER - for a train, this is the number of the rail
movement; for a bus, it is the bus number on which the violator
was travelling.
BL/NUMBER - refer to explanation for this field under COMMERCIAL
VESSEL screen description.
OWNER - enter as much information as available into each field
shown; refer to explanation for these fields under PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT/YACHT screen description.
AUTO/TRUCK/MOTORCYCLE/VAN
The AUTO/TRUCK/MOTORCYCLE/VAN screen displays only if the
following two conditions are true:
(1) the space for AUTO, TRUCK, MOTORCYCLE or VAN on the
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen is marked, and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with an 1 N'.
10
29
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This screen is used to describe the owner information about the
auto, truck, motorcycle, or van conveyance of the violator when
the conveyance is incidental to the seizure and thus a subject
record is not being created.
12:59 TECS II CF151 AUTO/ TRUCK/MOTORCYCLE/ VAN 111707 T2MJ12
T2PJ25
VIOLATOR NAME:
VEHICLE YEAR: MAKE : * MODEL:
BODY STYLE: COLOR:
LICENCE YR: ISSUING ST: ISSUING CNTRY : * NBR : *
VEHICLE ID NO. (VIN) : B/L NUMBER:
OWNER 1 BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY: ZIP
OWNER 2 BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
STREET : APT/SUITE :
CITY: ST: CNTRY: ZIP
(FF1=HELF) (FF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
( PF 8 =NEXT PAGE )
/wv\/\/v\/\/vvvvw\/vvv\/v\/\/v\/\/v/vww\
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
MAKE - the make of the vehicle conveyance; this may be the code
or it may be typed out; a list of valid codes is available
pressing PF2 ; if left blank, the following message will display:
"VEHICLE MAKE MISSING"
ISSUING COUNTRY - the 2 -character code that indicates the country
which issued the vehicle license; press PF2 for a list of valid
codes; see note under COUNTRY OF ORIGIN on SEIZURE INFORMATION
screen for more details; if an error is made, the following
message will display:
"INVALID COUNTRY CODE"
10
30
TECS II USER’S MANUAL
NBR - the license tag number of the vehicle conveyance; if no
entry is made, the following message will be displayed
"MISSING LICENSE NUMBER"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is protected.
VEHICLE YEAR - the last two digits of the year of manufacture of
the vehicle conveyance; if non-numeric characters are typed, the
following message will display:
"INVALID VEHICLE YEAR"
MODEL - the model of the vehicle conveyance .
BODY STYLE - the 2 -character code to indicate the body style of
the vehicle conveyance; press PF2 for a list of valid codes; if
an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID BODY STYLE
COLOR - the 3-character code to indicate the color of the vehicle
conveyance, press PF2 for a list of valid codes, if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID COLOR CODE"
LICENSE YEAR - the last 2 digits of the year of expiration of the
license tag of the vehicle conveyance; if non-numeric characters
are typed, the following will display:
"INVALID LICENSE YEAR”
ISSUING STATE - required if country is U.S.j the 2-character code
for the state which issued the vehicle license; press PF2 for a
list of valid codes; for more details, see explanation of STATE
field under PRIVATE AIRCRAFT^ YACHT screen; if an error is made,
the following message will display:
"INVALID STATE CODE"
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) - the vehicle identification number.
B/L NUMBER - refer to explanation for this field under COMMERCIAL
VESSEL screen description.
OWNER - enter as much information as available regarding the
vehicle into each field shown; refer to explanation for these
fields under PRIVATE AIRCRAFT/YACHT screen description.
10
31
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
MAIL SEIZURE
The MAIL SEIZURE screen displays only if the following two
conditions are true:
(1) the space for MAIL on the CONVEYANCE SUMMARY screen is
marked, and
(2) the space for Create a Subject Record on the CONVEYANCE
SUMMARY screen is marked with an 'N 1 .
This screen is used to enter mail conveyance information when the
conveyance is incidental to the seizure and thus a subject record
is not being created.
13S08 TECS II CF151 DATA ENTRY-MAIL SEIZURE 111737 T2MJ13
T2PJ13
VIOLATOR NAME:
MAIL DETENTION NUMBER:
APO/FPO NUMBER:
AIR OR SURFACE (A OR S):*
TYPE OF MAIL:* (P=*PARCEL POST, L= LETTER CLASS, REREGISTER,
LR=REG LETTER, PR=RG PARCEL, O=0THER)
ADDRESS OR
BUSINESS NAME:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
RETURN ADDRESS
STREET: APT/ SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY: ZIP:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF9=NEXT PAGE)
/\vvv\/\/\/\/w\/\/w\/wwv\/\/\/\/\/\/\/wv\/v\
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
10
32
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
AIR OR SURFACE - the single character code (A or s) indicates
whether the mail was routed by air or by surface; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"ONLY A OR S PERMITTED"
TYPE OF MAIL - the code, as listed on the screen, indicating the
type of mail; explanation of these codes is available by pressing
PF2; if anything other than P, L, R, LR, PR, or 0 is in the
space, the following message will display:
"INVALID TYPE OF MAIL"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
VIOLATOR NAME - this field is protected.
MAIL DETENTION NUMBER - enter the detention number assigned to
the piece of mail seized.
APO/FPO NUMBER - if mail was sent to or received from military
personnel, enter the APG or FPO number in this space; this number
can be found at the end of the address line; if the number cannot
be determined, enter 999999.
ADDRESSOR - fill-in as much information in these 4 fields as is
available regarding the originator of the piece of mail seized;
for more details, refer to explanation of OWNER fields under
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT/ YACHT screen description.
RETURN ADDRESS - fill-in as much information in these 6 fields as
is available regarding the origin of the piece of mail seized;
for more details, refer to explanation of OWNER fields under
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT/ YACHT screen description.
VIOLATOR WRAPUP
The VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen appears after the CONVEYANCE screens
have been completed. The VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen is used to
record information about the agencies involved in the discovery,
seizure, and/or arrest of the violator.
10
33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:00 TECS II CF151 DATA ENTRY-VIOLATOR WRAPUP 111787 T2MJI401
T2PJI4C1
VIOLATOR NAME:
USC BP II S/L DEA O/F
DISC AGENCY:*
PART IN ARREST:
PART IN SEIZURE:
REFUSED BY:
— — —
— — —
ARRESTING AGENCY:
SEIZING AGENCY:
ARREST RELSD TO:
- — —
-
TIME NOTIFIED:
TIME
ARRIVED:
TIME RELEASED:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU)
(PF4=PREV MENU) ( PF5=RESTORE } (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF13=LINK)
/wwwvwwvvwvwwvvvvvwwwv
ENTRY PROCESS
You must fill-in at least one space of the six spaces in the DISC
AGENCY field, (This is also true of the ARRESTING AGENCY field
if arrest date/time were filled-in on the SUMMARY INFORMATION
screen.) When you have done that as well as filled-in all other
available information, you are ready to press ENTER. The system
will validate all the data that has been entered; if any errors
are found, an appropriate message will display at the bottom of
the screen. If no errors are found, you will be prompted to
press PF8 to continue.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory:
DISC AGENCY - at least one of the six spaces must be marked to
indicate which agencies were involved in the discovery; the six
spaces are explained below; if all six are left blank, the
following message will display:
"ENTER DISCOVERING AGENCY"
USC - the single character code to indicate which U.S. Customs
officer or agency was involved; a list of valid codes is
IO - 34
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
available by pressing the PF2 key. If an error is made, the
following message will display:
"INVALID CUSTOMS PERSONNEL CODE"
BP = mark this space if
involved
IL = mark this space if
S/L= mark this space if
officer was involved
DEA= mark this space if
involved
a Border Patrol officer was
a Immigration officer was involved
a State or Local Law Enforcement
a Drug Enforcement officer was
0/F= If an officer from another Federal Agency was
involved, enter the single character code to indicate which
agency? press PF2 for a list of valid codes; if an error is
made, the following message will display:
"INVALID OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY CODE"
Other fields that appear on the screen but are not mandatory
are:
ARRESTING AGENCY - required if arrest date/ time were marked on
the SUMMARY INFORMATION Screen; mark one of the six spaces to
indicate which agency made the arrest; the six spaces are used as
explained above under DISC AGENCY .
PART IN ARREST - mark one of the six spaces to indicate which
agency, if any assisted the agency which made the arrest? the six
space are used as explained above under DISC AGENCY.
SEIZING AGENCY - required if seizure date/time were marked on the
SUMMARY INFORMATION screen; mark one of the six spaces to
indicate which agency made the seizure; the six space are used as
explained above under DISC AGENCY.
PART IN SEIZURE - mark one of the six spaces to indicate which
agency, if any, assisted the agency which made the seizure; the
six spaces are used as explained above under DISC AGENCY.
ARREST RELSD TO - mark one of the six spaces to indicate to which
agency the arrested was released; the six spaces are used as
explained above under DISC AGENCY.
REFUSED BY - mark one of the six spaces to indicate which agency
declined prosecution; the six spaces are used as explained above
under DISC AGENCY.
10
35
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TIME NOTIFIED - the time, in HHMM format, that the officer who
took custody of the arrestee was notified; if non-numeric
characters are typed, the following message will display:
"INVALID TIME NOTIFIED"
time ARRIVED - the time, in HHMM format, that the officer who
took custody of the arrestee arrived; if non-numeric characters
are typed, the following message will display:
"INVALID TIME ARRIVED"
TIME RELEASED - the time, in HHMM format, that the arrestee was
released to the officer who took custody; if non-numeric
characters are typed, the following message will display:
"INVALID TIME RELEASED"
SUBJECT RECORD ENTRY
After completing the VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen, you must enter
subject data for the violator (s) and/or conveyance involved in
the incident. The SAS is not considered ready for supervisory
approval until one or more subject records have been added. (The
only exception to this requirement is if the seizure is indicated
as abandoned on the SEIZURE INFORMATION screen) . Subject records
must be added from the VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen. From the REPORT
SUMMARY screen or from an ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen, use PF7 to
return to the VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen (if you have not entered the
subject record data before the summary and narrative) .
ENTRY PROCESS
On the VIOLATOR WRAPUP SCREEN, press PF13. This will display the
LINKAGE TYPE SELECTION MENU from which you can add, modify, and
link subject records. This process is explained in detail in
Subject Records Maintenance section. When you are finished,
press PF4 to return to the VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen. Then the
screen will say "PRESS PF8 TO CONTINUE". PF8 takes you to the
REPORT SUMMARY explained in the next portion of this section of
the User's Manual.
on the second screen of subject entry, the status codes which
should be used in SAS are SV for Serious violator, SM for Minor
Violator, and NA for Non-Violator Associate.
REPORT SUMMARY
The REPORT SUMMARY screen is always displayed. It appears when
you press PF0 after successfully completing the VIOLATOR WRAPUP
10
36
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
screen. This screen is used to record the narrative summary
information about the incident.
13:00 TECS II SEARCH ARREST AND SEIZURE 1117B7 T2MJ32
T2PJ32
REPORT-ID: BB01010003401 REPORT NO: 8B 10 100034 01
*********************** REPORT SUMMARY ***********************
( PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=SAS MENU)
(PF7=PREVIOUS PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF2 0=FREE TEXT)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
ENTRY PROCESS
You must enter a summary. If you fill the screen and need more
space, you may press PF8 to get another blank screen (labelled
ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE) . When you are finished entering the
narrative, you may do one of two things:
(1) press PF7 - this will take you back to the VIOLATOR WRAPUP
screen so that you may enter any subject data on the violator(s)
and/or conveyance involved in the incident.
(2) press PF4 - this will display the instruction shown below; if
you next press PF4 or PF14 you will exit back to the SAS menu
screen; if you do not wish to exit after pressing PF4 the first
time and seeing the instructions shown below, press your CLEAR
key twice to reset the REPORT SUMMARY screen.
"PRESS PF4 TO EXIT WITHOUT SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
"PRESS PF14 IF REPORT IS READY FOR SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
IO
37
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
FIELD DESCRIPTION
A narrative entry is required on this screen. The cursor is
positioned in the upper left hand corner ready for you to begin
typing. If you try to process this screen without entering
anything at all, the following error message will be displayed:
"REPORT SUMMARY MANDATORY"
ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE
This ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen is displayed if you press PFB
after entering text on the REPORT SUMMARY screen or on any
ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE screen. This screen is used to continue
entry of narrative information about the incident.
13:00
111787 T2MJ33
T2PJ33
REPORT-ID: 8801010003401 REPORT NO: 8801010003401
********************** ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE ******* PAGE 1 *****
(PR1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=SAS MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvv/vvvwvvvvvvv/vvvvvvvvvvvwv/vv
ENTRY PROCESS
If you fill the screen and need more space, you may press PFa to
get another blank screen. When you are finished entering the
narrative, you may do one of two things:
(1) press PF7 - once for each narrative screen you have used;
this will take you bach to the VIOLATOR WRAPUP screen so that you
may enter any subject data on the violator (s) and/or conveyance
involved in the incident (if you have not already done so) .
10 - 38
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(2) press PF4 - this will display the instruction shown below? if
you next press PF4 or PF14 you will exit back to the SAS MENU
screen? if you do not wish to exit after pressing PF4 the first
time and seeing the instructions shown below, press your CLEAR
key twice to reset the REPORT SUMMARY screen.
"PRESS PF4 TO EXIT WITHOUT SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
"PRESS PF14 IF REPORT IS READY FOR SUPERVISOR APPROVAL"
2. MODIFY CF151
Selection of option 2, MODIFY CF151, from the SAS menu will
display the SUMMARY INFORMATION screen which you will complete in
order to select an existing SAS report for update. In this
process, you will be taken through the same series of screens
used for the 'ADD' process, with the exception of the SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen.
SUMMARY INFORMATION
When first displayed under 'MODIFY 1 , this screen is used to
specify the existing SAS report which you wish to recall.
ENTRY PROCESS
When this screen is displayed, you must first complete all 4
fields at the top of the screen: FISCAL YEAR, DIST/PROT, CONTROL
NUMBER, and VIOLATOR NBR. Fill in these fields as they appeared
in the original entry of the report which you are trying to
retrieve. Keep in mind, they must be identical to the existing
report which you wish to retrieve in order for the system to find
that report .
FISCAL YEAR - the last two digits of the fiscal year
entered on the original report of the incident; if left
blank, the following error message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER FISCAL YEAR"
DIST/PQRT - the 4 -character district port code entered on
the original report of the incident; if left blank, the
following message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER DIST/PORT"
CONTROL NUMBER - the 5 digit control number assigned by the
system to the original report of the incident; if left
blank, the following error message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER CONTROL NUMBER"
10
39
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
VIOLATOR NBR - the 2 -digit violator number assigned by the
system to the original report on the violator; if left
blank, the following error message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER VIOLATOR NUMBER"
When you have completed these four fields, press ENTER. The
system will check to see that you have filled in all four and, if
not, will display an appropriate error message. If it finds that
an entry has been made in each of the four fields, it will look
for an existing SAS number which matches the one you have
entered. If the system cannot find an existing SAS report to
match the one you have requested, the message shown below will be
displayed and you may reenter your request.
"NO MATCHING RECORD FOUND"
If a match is found, that report will be displayed for you to
modify. You will be able to change all the fields on this screen
except for the first four, which are now protected. Detailed
descriptions of each of the remaining fields is given below.
When you are ready to process the screen, you may do one of two
things:
fl) press ENTER - the system will check all the required fields
for entries and will validate all the data that has been entered;
if any errors are found, an appropriate error message will be
displayed at the bottom of the screen; if no errors are found,
the message shown below will be displayed at the bottom of the
screen {if you then press PF5, the system will proceed to one of
the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED screens) :
"NO ERROR FOUND - DEPRESS APPROPRIATE KEY TO CONTINUE"
(2) press PF8 - the system will check all the required fields for
entries and will validate all the data that has been entered; if
any errors are found, an appropriated error message will be
displayed at the bottom of the screen; if no errors are found,
the system will go directly to one of the SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
screens .
NOTE: Under MODIFY, you will not be shown the RECORD ACCESS
screen for update.
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are required, they must be filled-in:
FISCAL YEAR - explained above.
DIST/PROT - explained above.
10-40
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
CONTROL NUMBER - explained above.
violator NUMBER - explained above.
SEARCH, ARREST, SEIZURE date and time fields - date and time for
these actions may be changed from what was originally reported as
long as at least one of these three actions is specified; for
more details, refer to explanation under SUMMARY INFORMATION
screen in the ADD section.
Method of detection entry spaces (lines starting with NO PRIOR
INFO and OTHER INFO) - this may be changed from what was
originally reported as long as at least one of these epaces is
marked; for more details, refer to explanation under SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen in the ADD section.
ARRESTING OFFICER - this may be changed from how it was
originally specified; for more details, refer to explanation
under SUMMARY INFORMATION screen in the ADD section.
SEIZING OFFICER - this may be changed from how it was originally
specified; for more details, refer to explanation under SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen in the ADD section.
SUPERVISOR - this may be changed form how it was originally
specified; for more _ details, refer to explanation under SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen in the ADD section.
The other fields which appear on this screen, but are not
mandatory are listed below. The entry in each may be changed
from what was originally entered. For more details on the use of
each of these fields, refer to the explanations given under
SUMMARY INFORMATION screen in the ADD section.
TOPIC
ENFORCEMENT AID USED
DECLARATION TKN BY
MITIGATING OFFICER
DISTRICT DIRECTOR
BY
DATE
The remaining screens, listed below, are used the same in MODIFY
as described in ADD. For description of these screens and the
fields which appear on each, refer to the explanations given in
the section in ADD CF151:
SECTION OF LAW CHARGED/ SEARCH INFORMATION
SECTION OF LAW CHARGED
SEIZURE INFORMATION
SEIZURE INFORMATION (continued)
CONVEYANCE SUMMARY
PRIVATE AIR/PRIVATE YACHT
10 - 41
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
COMMERCIAL AIR {SCHEDULED/CHARTERED)
BUS/TRAIN
AUTO/TRUCK/MOTORCYCLE/VAN
MAIL SEIZURE
VIOLATOR WRAPUP
SUBJECT RECORD ENTRY
REPORT SUMMARY
ADDITIONAL NARRATIVE
3. CANCEL CF151
This section will describe the process for cancelling an existing
SAS. Selection of option 3, CANCEL CF151, from the SAS MENU will
present you with the following screen:
13:17
TECS II CF151
DATA ENTRY
111787
T2MJ2B01
CANCELLATION
OF REPORT
T2PJ2301
FISCAL yr:*_
DIST/PORT!*
CTRL NBR:*
VIOLATOR
NBR*
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FDL HELP) {PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
{PF5=RESTORE)
/\vvwwwvvwvwvwwwwwwvw\
You must fill in FISCAL YEAR, DIST/PORT, CONTROL NUMBER, and
VIOLATOR NBR as described in the Entry process for use of the
SUMMARY INFORMATION screen under MODIFY.
When you have completed these four fields, press enter. The
system will check to see that you have filled-in all four and, if
not, will display an appropriate error message. If it finds that
an entry has been made in each of the four fields, it will look
for an existing SAS number which matches the one you have
entered. If the system cannot find an existing SAS report to
match the one you have requested, the message shown below will be
displayed and you may reenter your request:
"THERE IS NO REPORT THAT MATCHES YOUR REQUEST"
10 - 42
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If a match is found, summary information regarding that report
will be displayed with the following instruction message:
"CANCEL THIS REPORT (Y/N)?
If you type 'N' in this space and press ENTER, the report will
not be cancelled and the system will return to the SAS menu
screen. If you ty^e 'Y' in this space and press ENTER, the
report and any active subject linkages will be deleted and you
will return to the SAS MENU screen.
4 . CONSOLIDATED CF151
This section will describe the process for entering a
consolidated CF151. Selection of option 4, CONSOLIDATED CF151,
from the SAS menu will take you to the CONSOLIDATED CF151 SUMMARY
INFORMATION screen. Then, depending on what is entered in the
field TYPE OF REPORT, you will be taken to either the
CONSOLIDATED CF151 ARREST screen or the CONSOLIDATED CF151
SEIZURE screen.
CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY INFORMATION
This screen is used to enter the report period month and year,
the type of report, and for which district director this report
is being prepared.
13:17 TECS II CONSOLIDATED CF151 SUMMARY INFO 111767 T2MJ2901
T2PJ2901
FISCAL YEAR:* DIST/PORT:* REPORT PERIOD MO/YR:*
TYPE OF REPORT:* (A= ARREST , S=SEIZURE)
DISTRICT DIRECTOR NAME:
BY:
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2=FDL HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=REST0RE)
/\\/\/\/vv\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/v\/\/v\/\/\/\/\/\//\/v
10
43
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory. For more details, refer to
description of these fields which appears under the Entry Process
for the SUMMARY INFORMATION screen in MODIFY CF151:
FISCAL YEAR
DI ST/ PORT
REPORT PERIOD MO/YR
TYPE OF REPORT
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are listed below. For more details, refer to the description of
these fields which appears under SUMMARY INFORMATION screen in
ADD CF151:
DISTRICT DIRECTOR NAME
BY
RECORD ACCESS
The second screen to be displayed is the RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION screen. For more details, refer to the (1) SUMMARY
INFORMATION - ADD portion of this section and/or (2) the CM CASE
MANAGEMENT overview section of this User Manual,
Whether or not you change the access press the ENTER key when
done with this screen. The next screen displayed will be either
(1) CONSOLIDATE CF151 ARREST or (2) CONSOLIDATED CF151 SEIZURE;
which one displays is determined by the entry make in the field
TYPED OF REPORT on the CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY INFORMATION screen.
CONSOLIDATED CFlbl ARREST
The CONSOLIDATED CF151 ARREST screen shown below will be
displayed following the CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY INFORMATION screen
if the TYPE OF REPORT field on the later screen has been entered
as A. This screen is used to consolidate arrest reports. There
is space for 5 arrests on each screen.
IO
44
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:18 TECS II CONSOLIDATED CF151 ARREST 111787 T2MJ3001
T2PJ3001
(DISCOVERS PLACE CODES:P=W/I P.O.E., B=ALONG BORDER, M=MIL. AREA)
(AGENCY RELEASED TO CODES: B=B PTRL, I=INS, S=STATE , L=LOCAL,
D=DEA , 0=THHER)
# ARRESTED:*
CITIZENSHIP : *
ARREST
DATE : *
DISCOVERY PLACE:*
LAW:*
_ AGENCY
RELEASED
TO
CODE:*
# ARRESTED:*
CITIZENSHIP: *
ARREST
DATE : *
DISCOVERY PL3TCF7*
LAW:*
_ AGENCY
RELEASED
TO
CODE: *
# ARRESTED:*
CITIZENSHIP:*
ARREST
DATE:*
DISCOVERY PLACE:*
LAW: *
_ AGENCY
RELEASED
TO
CODE: *
4 ARRESTED!*
CITIZENSHIP:*
ARREST
DATE : *
DISCOVERY PLACE : *
LAW: *
AGENCY
RELEASED
TO
CODE : *
# ARRESTED!*
CITIZENSHIP: *
ARREST
DATE : *
DISCOVERY PLACE:*
LAW:*
AGENCY
RELEASED
TO
CODE: *
MORE? (Y/N) :
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FDL HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) PF4=PREV MENU)
( PF5=RESTORE )
/wvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv/vv
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Tha following fields are mandatory, and must be filled-in:
# ARRESTED - enter the number of persons of the same citizenship
who were arrested in the incident being reported; if an error is
made, one of the following messages will display:
"ENTER NUMBER ARRESTED"
"INVALID NUMBER ARRESTED"
CITIZENSHIP - the 2-character country code to indicate the
citizenship of the violators arrested; press PF2 for a list of
valid country codes; for more details, refer to the description
of COUNTRY OF ORIGIN field on SEIZURE INFORMATION screen; if an
error is made, one of the following messages will display:
"ENTER CITIZENSHIP"
"INVALID CITIZENSHIP"
10
45
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
ARREST DATE - enter the date, in MMDDYY format, on which the
arrests occurred; if an error is made, one of the following error
messages will display:
"ENTER ARREST DATE"
"INVALID ARREST DATE"
LAW - enter the section (s) of law or regulations applicable only
to the violators vising "use" or "CFR M format; for more details,
refer to description of this field given under SECTION OF LAW
CHARGED/SEARCH INFORMATION screen.
AGENCY RELEASED TO CODE - one of the single-character codes as
shown on the screen to indicate the agency to which the arrestees
were released; more details are available by pressing PF2 ; if an
error is made, one of the following messages will display:
"SPECIFY AGENCY RELEASED TO"
"INVALID AGENCY RELEASED TO CODE"
MORE? (Y/N) - if you want to enter more arrests, type Y in this
space and another CONSOLIDATED CF151 ARREST screen will be
displayed; if you have entered all the arrests, enter N in this
space; if an error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID ENTRY, ENTER EITHER Y OR N"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
DISCOVERY PLACE - the single-character code as shown on the
screen to indicated the place of discovery of the violation; more
detail is available by pressing PF2 ; if an error is made, the
following error message will display:
"INVALID PLACE OF DISCOVERY 1 '
CONSOLIDATED CF151 SEIZURE
The CONSOLIDATED CF151 SEIZURE screen shown below will be
displayed following the CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY INFORMATION screen
if the TYPE OF REPORT field on the later screen has been entered
as S. This screen is used to consolidate seizure reports. There
is space for 5 seizures on each screen.
10
46
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:18 TECS II CONSOLIDATED CF151 SEIZURE 111787 T2MJ3101
T2PJ3101
LN
NBR
001 # SEIZURES:* DESCRIPTION:* COMM/CM:*
QTY: * UM: * FOR VALUE: DOM VALUE:
PARTICIPATION^ CONCEAL:_ PENALTY: SEIZURE DATE:
002 # SEIZURES:* DESCRIPTION:* COMM/CM:*
QTY:* UM:* FOR VALUE: DOM VALUE:
PARTICIPATION CONCEAL: _ PENALTY: SEIZURE DATE:
003 # SEIZURES:* DESCRIPTION:* COMM/CM:*
QTY:* UM:* FOR VALUE: DOM VALUE:
PARTI C I PAT I ON CONCEAL PENALTY: SEIZURE DATE:
004 # SEIZURES:* DESCRIPTION:* COMM/CM:*
QTY:* TiM: * FOR VALUE: DOM VALUE: "
PARTICIPATION: CONCEAL: PENALTY: SEIZURE DATE:
(PF1=HEIP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU)
(PF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=RE STORE) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
/vvvwvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvv/vvvvw/
FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
The following fields are mandatory, and must be filled-in:
# SEIZURES - enter the number of seizures being reported in this
single line item; if an error is made, one of the following
message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER NUMBER OF SEIZURES"
"INVALID NUMBER OF SEIZURES"
DESCRIPTION - enter the narrative description of the item{s)
seized; if left blank, the following message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER DESCRIPTION"
COMM/ CM - enter the three-character code for drugs or prohibited
items or the tariff number; press PF2 to view of list of valid
codes; if an error is made, one of the following messages will
display :
"PLEASE ENTER COMMODITY CODE"
"INVALID COMMODITY CODE"
10
47
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
QTY - enter the total quantity covered by this line item; if an
error is made, one of the following messages will display;
"PLEASE ENTER QUANTITY"
"INVALID QUANTITY"
UM - enter the appropriate unit of measure for the item and
quantity reported; if an error is made, one of the following
messages will display;
"PLEASE ENTER UNIT OF MEASURE"
"INVALID UNIT OF MEASURE"
MORE? (Y/N) - if you want to enter more arrests, type Y in this
space and another CONSOLIDATED CF151 ARREST screen will be
displayed; if you have entered all the arrests, enter N in this
space; if an error is made, the following error message will
display:
"INVALID ENTRY, ENTER EITHER Y OR N"
Other fields which appear on this screen but are not mandatory
are:
LN NBR - this column is protected, it indicates the line number
on the consolidate report.
FOR VAL - enter foreign value in U.S. dollars (no cents); if an
error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID FOREIGN VALUE"
DOM VAL - enter domestic value in U.S. dollars (no cents) ; if an
error is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID DOMESTIC VALUE"
PARTICIPATION - enter the code to indicate the Customs officer
making or participation in the seizure; press PF2 to see a list
cf valid codes; if an invalid code is entered, the following
error message will display:
"INVALID PARTICIPATION CODE"
CONCEAL - enter the appropriate concealment cede, if applicable;
press PF2 to see a list of valid codes; if and invalid code is
entered, the following message will display:
"INVALID CONCEALMENT CODE"
10
48
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
PENALTY - enter the total penalty amount in dollars and cents for
this line item; if an invalid amount is entered, the following
message display:
"INVALID VALUE"
SEIZURE DATE - enter the date on which the seizure fe) reported on
this line were made; if an invalid date is entered, the following
message will display;
"INVALID SEIZURE DATE"
IODR MOIR {Memorandum of Information Received]
The Memorandum of Information Received (MOIR) is used to outline
and document information of special intelligence value. It may
include intelligence and investigative outlines including
surveillance, interviews and research, as well as receipt of
information.
The MOIR will also be used extensively by Inspection and Control
personnel to record occurrences or events of enforcement interest
that require formal documentation.
For a discussion of MOIR, refer to the IL INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS
sction of the Users Manual.
10 - 49
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
IODS TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM
The Target Flight System allows you to generate reports which
identify:
- all flights that arrive directly from narcotics source
cities.
- all connector flights from narcotics source cities,
*NOTE : Flights which are rated as "low threat" are not displayed.
When you have entered IODS on the SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION
OPERATIONS screen and pressed the ENTER key, the following TARGET
flight system report REQUEST screen will display:
14:20 TECS II TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM 122787 T2MK50
REPORT REQUEST T2PK50
****************************************************************
DATA AVAILABLE FOR THE PERIOD 111687 THROUGH 013188
AIRPORT CODE FLL
REPORT DATE 122887 (MMDDYY)
START TIME GOTO
FINISH TIME 2359
REPORT TYPE D D=DAILY,W=WEEKLY, S=SOURCE CITY
ONLINE OR BATCH B 0=ONLINE, B=BATCH
REMOTE PRINTER
ft***************************************************************
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Each of the fields on this screen have default entries previously
defined, with the exception of the REMOTE PRINTER field.
Any of these fields may be changed depending upon your report
requirements.
The following field descriptions will explain the propose of each
field :
AIRPORT CODE - this field is used to identify the airport for
which the report is being requested.
You may request a report pertaining to your current airport or
you may change it to a different airport.
10
50
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
REPORT DATE - this field usually reflects the current date when
the screen first displays, but It can be changed if a report is
being requested from a previous date. The standard date format
is MMDDYY and must always be used.
START TIME/FINISH TIME - this field always displays a 24 hour
period, 0000 to 2359. You may change the time(s) depending on
the time period for which reports are requested. The standard
time format of HHMM is required,
REPORT TYPE - specifies whether the report is generated daily,
weekly or source City. You may change this field according to
your report requirements.
o Daily - shows arrivals for a specific date.
o Weekly - shows arrivals for an entire week.
o Source City - estimates arrivals from source cities.
ONLINE OR BATCH - this field is used to specify how the report
will be generated. ' B' -Batch is the default, but can be changed
to 'O' -Online.
REMOTE PRINTER - this field is used to designate a remote
printer. Currently a hard copy of the report is only available
through your remote printer.
If no Remote-ID is displayed when the REQUEST screen appears, you
may enter the code of your REMOTE PRINTER. When there is no
remote printer identified, inform the HELP DESK so that the
correct printer will be displayed in subsequent reports.
In many cases, several fields may appear blank when the screen is
first displayed. When this happens, complete the fields with the
information appropriate to your report requirements.
Once all of the fields have been completed press ENTER to submit
the request. A message will display at the bottom of the REQUEST
screen stating that a request has been submitted. The job name
and remote printer number are identified in the message.
If more reports are requested, press ENTER again. The request
screen will clear to its original state, so that you may
continue .
If you do not want to request additional reports, press PF3 or
PF4 to exit to the MAIN MENU or to the PREV MENU.
10
51
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
LANDBORDER OPERATIONS
There are two separate operations incorporated into Landborder
Operations at each landborder crossing location: Landborder
Primary Operations and Landborder Secondary Operations.
LANDBORDER PRIMARY
The Landborder Primary Operation provides the initial screening
of vehicles entering the United States. Inspectors enter license
plate numbers of vehicles into special primary terminals
consisting of a single display line. The data entered is searched
against vehicle information of particular interest to Customs and
other agencies. These data are often referred to as 'Lookout'
data. You will be informed, via the terminal, if there is a
match, or 'hit' , on the data entered. You will also be advised if
the vehicle has crossed multiple times within the last 2 4 hours.
Primary terminals may also be utilized to: recall previously
queried vehicles; notify secondary operators of port runners;
notify secondary operators of vehicles referred (a non-hit) * and
to request immediate assistance.
All lookout hits from the primary terminals are automatically
sent to the secondary screen located at the same site. From here,
Secondary Landborder Inspectors can perform a more extensive
inspection on the subjects referred and utilize the query data
passed from primary to easily perform a secondary query.
Before starting your queries, you must sign-on to the primary
terminal. To do this key in TECS and press ENTER (spacebar).
The system will respond ENTER ID; key in your 9-character USER ID
and press ENTER (spacebar) . The system will respond ENTER
PASSWORD; key in your normal TECS II password and press ENTER
(spacebar) . The system will respond LOGGED ON. You are now
ready to start your queries. When you leave the primary
terminal, you must sign-off by keying LOGOFF and pressing ENTER
(spacebar) . The next user will have to sign-on as discussed
above. The sign-on process is discussed in detail in the ACCESS
TO TECS II section of this manual.
The LANDBORDER PRIMARY TERMINAL screens permit the inspector to
input, and receive, a string of uo to 20 characters. There are
five types of inputs associated with this screen:
Vehicle Query
Referral to Secondary (of non-hits)
Previous Query Recall
Port Runner Notification
Immediate Assistance
Each of these transactions, and the corresponding responses, are
discussed in further detail below:
10
52
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
VEHICLE QUERY INPUT
License number information must conform to the following
conditions :
o The input consists of up to 12 characters; the first two
must be alphabetic, and correspond, to a table of valid
values (explained further below) . The remaining
characters, up to ten, are alphanumeric.
o If the inspector observes an error in input, he must
transmit the invalid query by pressing the (SPACEBAR) ,
and re-enter the correct information.
o Any input that does not follow the above specifications
will generate an error message.
o The first two characters represent State, Province,
Country, Territory, or Possession codes and must conform
to the format described below.
1) If a United States plate — the State code must be entered.
2) For United States diplomatic plates the code US is entered.
3) For plates of Puerto Rico — the code PR is entered. For plates
of the virgin Islands— the code VI is entered.
4) If a Mexican plate — either:
a) the Mexican State code* is entered, or
b) the Country code (MM) , is entered
* the Mexican State code is preferred for a more exact
match and for precise query history.
5) If a Canadian plate — either:
a) the Canadian Province or Territory code** is entered or,
b) the Country code (CD) , is entered.
** The Canadian Province or Territory code is preferred for
more exact search and for precise query history.
6) If the plate is other than those mentioned above, it is
designated as 'other foreign country 1 by entering the code FC.
Once you have entered the license number, the SPACEBAR is pressed
and the database is searched. Depending on the status of the
information entered, several possible responses may be returned
to the operator. These are discussed below.
10
53
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
VEHICLE QUERY RESPONSE
The table below lists the possible conditions and the generic
form of the system response to a vehicle query. These responses
will be displayed on the primary terminal.
INPUT
VEHICLE PRIMARY QUERY
CONDITION
OUTPUT*
STATE/PROVINCE
1)
No Hit or
Silent Hit
YYXXXXXXXXXX*NO
COUNTRY CODE
&
2)
24 HR Crossing
Notice
NO-N
LICENSE
3)
TECS Hit
NUMBER
without A/D
S/I-TECS-LL
4)
NCIC Hit
without A/D
S/I— NCIC-CC
5)
TECS OR NCIC
Hit & A/D
A/D
6}
Invalid Input/
INVALID STATE
Errors
INVALID LICENSE
INVALID INPUT
* Legend :
YY State/Province/Country Code
XXXXXXXXXX License Number
N Number of times crossed (1-9)
in last 24 hrs.
S/I Two character special instruction:
A/D - Armed and Dangerous;
E/S - Escort to Secondary
P/R - Prior Port Runner
INS - Immigration Lookout
P/Q “ Plant Quarantine Lookout
LL Lookout Level (Ll,L2,,or L3)
CC NCIC type codes:
WP: Wanted Person
FV: Felony Vehicle
SV: Stolen Vehicle
A/D
SP: Stolen Plate
Armed and Dangerous
/wvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
10
54
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
EXPLANATION OF VEHICLE QUERY SYSTEM RESPONSES
The following general comments can be made regarding responses to
Primary terminals .
All "hit" conditions will generate a response at Primary.
All Primary Hits on Lookout data will pass data to the LANDBORDER
SECONDARY Hits and REFERRALS LIST.
Hits may result from a match on the license plate data only.
Specifically, if the "Lookout" file contains information only at
a higher, more generalized level, (e.g. country code, but no
State or Province code) , then the response to the primary
terminal will be a 'Hit' (the same as if an exact match an the
entire input string had occurred) . Further, Hits on Lookout will
be prioritized, according to the following hierarchy:
1)
A/D NCIC
6)
TECS— LI
2)
A/D INS
V)
TECS-L2
3)
A/D TECS
8)
TECS-L3
4)
NCIC
9)
TECS
5)
INS
10)
SILENT HIT
The following address specific responses as related to the
status, or condition, of the license number in the Lookout file
as presented in the Vehicle Primary Query table.
1) The first condition, No Hit or Silent Hit, produces a response
in the form YYXXXXXXXXXX*NO at the Primary terminal. A silent hit
will result in a hit notification to the record owner.
2) The second condition produces a response in the form 24hr-N,
with variations in number of times the vehicle crossed in the
last 24 hours (1-9) .
3) Condition three (TECS Hit without A/D message) , produces a
response in the form S/I-TECS-LL, where S/I and LL are optional
codes .
4) Condition four consists of NCIC hits. The response to the
primary terminal is in the form S/I-NCIC-CC, where S/I and CC are
optional codes.
5) Condition five will return to the screen 'A/D 1 , for any
license plate identified as Armed and Dangerous, regardless of
10
55
TECS XI
USER'S MANUAL
the source of the hit. An audible alarm is sounded at the sending
terminal, as well as adjacent, primary terminal(s). Adjacent
terminals are identified as the two nearest operating (signed-on)
primary terminals. Alarms also sound at all Secondary terminals
at that location.
6) Condition six will produce the error message, INVALID STATE,
if the first two characters of the input string are not valid.
If the remaining characters are not alphanumeric, the message
INVALID LICENSE will appear on the screen. All other errors will
result in an invalid input message.
The following table provides examples of responses to the
inspectors input of various license numbers for a given status of
the information in the Lookout file.
EXAMPLES OF IANDBORDER PRIMARY INPUT AND RESPONSES
FOR GIVEN LICENSE PLATE STATUS IN 'LOOKOUT* FILE
VEH*
DATA
' LOOKOUT '
TERMINAL
ENTERED
STATUS
DISPLAY
1
NMABC123
NO HIT
NHABC123*NO
2
SDZXC3 45
SILENT HIT
SDZXC345*NO
3
HLABC123
TECS HIT &
S/I=INS
INS-TECS
4
AKAAA333
TECS HIT 6
S/I=P/R
P/R-TECS
5
CHZZZ222
NCIC HIT S>
CC=SP
NCIC-SP
6
PBFFF333
NCIC HIT
& CC = SV
NCIC-SV
7
QQQWSX123
INVALID STATE
0
AZBSD123
INVALID LICENSE
9
TXASD234
TECS HIT
TECS
10
AR123456
NCIC HIT &
S/I=A/D
A/D
IO - 56
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
INSPECTOR REFERRAL TO SECONDARY INPUT
As indicated previously all Lookout hits are automatically sent
to Secondary terminals. However, you may refer vehicles with a
non-hit status to secondary via the primary terminal. This is
accomplished by entering either a 1, 2, or 3 ; 1C, 2C, or 3C; II,
21, or 31; 1A, 2A, or 3A depending on the sequence of the license
plate processed. 1 refers to the last vehicle queried, 2-next to
the last vehicle queried, 3 -the query before the next to the
last. The referral is general if the number is not followed by a
letter; C indicates a referral to Customs; I indicates INS, A
indicates Agriculture. Pressing the SPACEBAR is required to
transmit the referral .
INSPECTOR REFERRAL TO SECONDARY RESPONSE
The response “REFERRED" , is displayed at the primary terminal to
indicate that the referral has been transmitted. The table below
shows that the output will always be the same at the primary
terminal. However, the specific referral type will be indicated
at the secondary terminals.
INSPECTOR REFERRAL TO SECONDARY
INSPECTOR
INPUT
CONDITION
SYSTEM
RESPONSE
1,2, or 3
'generic 1 referral
REFERRED
1C, 2 C, or 3C
Customs referral
REFERRED
11,21, or 31
INS referral
REFERRED
1A,2A, or 3A
Agricultural referral
REFERRED
PREVIOUS QUERY RECALL INPUT
You may recall the disposition of one of the last three license
plates entered into the primary terminal by inputting IP, 2P, or
3P; and depressing the SPACEBAR, The response not only indicates
the Lookout status but also whether you had referred the vehicle
to secondary.
10 - 57
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
As for secondary referral, a 1 - refers to the last vehicle
queried, 2 - the next to last vehicle queried, 3 - the query
before the next to last; the P indicates a request for
information regarding a previous query disposition.
PREVIOUS QUERY RECALL RESPONSES
Responses to the primary terminal correspond to the following
table;
RESPONSE FORMAT TO PREVIOUS QUERY RECALL CONDITIONS
INPUT
OUTPUT
Condition
Response
1)
No hit
YYXXXXXXXXXX*NO
IP
or
2)
No hit but rfrd.
to secondary
YYXXXXXXXXXX-NO-SEC
2F
or
3 )
HIT on 24 hr file
YYXXXXXXXXXX-NO-24HR
3P
4 )
Hit on NCIC
YYXXXXXXXXXX-NCIC
5 )
Hit on TECS
YYXXXXXXXXXX-TECS
6)
Hit on 24 -HR-SEC
& referred to Sec
YYX. . « ,X-NO-24HR-SEC
The following examples show responses to a series of inputs
utilizing referral to secondary and previous query recall inputs.
EXAMPLES OF LANDBORDER PRIMARY INPUT AND RESPONSES
FOR REFERRAL TO SECONDARY AND QUERY RECALL
VEH.
DATA
VEHICLE
TERMINAL
ENTERED
STATUS
DISPLAY
i
NYJJJ444
NO HIT
NYJJJ444+NO
i
1C
Referred to
Customs
REFERRED
2
NMABC123
24 hr. notice
1
o
3
AZQWE123
IP
2P
3P
TECS HIT
TECS
AZQWE12 3 -TECS
NMABC123 -N0-24HR
NYJJJ444-NO-SEC
10
58
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
PORT RUNNER NOTIFICATION: INPUT
You may issue a Port Runner Notification (to Secondary Terminals)
for one of the last three license plates queried by entering 1R,
2R, or 3R into the primary terminal and depressing the space bar.
PORT RUNNER NOTIFICATION: RESPONSE
No response is displayed at the primary terminal. The message
'PORT RUNNER YYXXXXXXXXXX LANE AA’ (where the Y's represent the
State/Province/Cpuntry Code, the X's the license number, and AA
the lane number of the sending station) , is displayed at all
Secondary terminals along with an audible alarm.
IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE: INPUT
Type a 'Z' or 'SOS' into the first position on the screen then
depress the SPACEBAR. Processing at adjacent terminals (and at
Secondary terminals) is interrupted. Adjacent terminals are
identified as the two nearest operating (signed-on) primary
terminals.
IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE: RESPONSE
A message of the form SOS-LANE-AA, is sent to adjacent Primary
(and Secondary) terminals: AA being the lane number of the
sending terminal. Any ongoing processing or input at these
terminals is interrupted with this message. An audible alarm is
also sounded at these terminals.
1004 - LANDBORDER SECONDARY
Landborder Secondary operations are used by Customs Inspectors
and immigration officers as a tool in screening vehicles and
people entering into the United States at landborders.
From Landborder Secondary terminals, you can perform all the
query and reporting processes required for Secondary Inspection.
In addition, 24 hour exemptions and landborder research processes
may also be performed from any designated secondary terminal.
Landborder Secondary processing is performed from full screen
terminals, and can be accessed through:
(1) Individual Sign-On, as explained in the ACCESS TO TECS II
section of this manual. Once at the TECS II MAIN MENU you may
either:
10
59
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(a) select the '10' option which will access the SUBSYSTEM FOR
INSPECTION OPERATIONS MENU? and then select the LANDBORDER
SECONDARY (1004) option
(b) enter '1004' in the CODE field of the Main Menu
Either method will display the LANDBORDER SECONDAY MENU shown
below:
(2) Group Sign-On. Follow the instructions in the ACCESS TO
TECS II section of this manual to get the TECS II SIGN-ON screen.
Type GROUP instead of your 9-character USER-ID. Press ENTER.
(Note: no password is required on this screen.) The SECONDARY
REFERRAL list will then be displayed. A 2 -character GROUP-ID and
your normal TECS II password must be entered to process any
transactions.
11:27 TECSII LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU 093007 T2MI04
T2PI04
1 QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS
2 REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS
3 MAINTAIN 24 HOUR EXEMPTIONS
4 PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
5 REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
PLEASE ENTER TRANS ID TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvw
From this menu the major secondary processes are accessed.
MESSAGES FROM PRIMARY
As a result of certain Landborder Primary transactions at a given
location, messages are displayed on all actively designated
secondary terminals at that same location. The transaction
currently being processed at the secondary terminal is
interrupted, but the transaction will resume when the secondary
operator presses the RESET and/or CLEAR key.
Each type of message sent to secondary terminals from primary
terminals is identified in the following sections. Refer to the
Landborder Primary Operations for additional information.
10 - 60
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE
When a primary inspector at lane NN issues a request for
immediate assistance, the following full screen message will
display at all secondary terminals:
•'SOS LANE NN"
"(press RESET then CLEAR to erase message)"
ARMED AND DANGEROUS
When a primary query performed at lane NN using license
YYXXXXXXXXXX results m a match on an armed and dangerous vehicle
subject, the following full screen message will display at
secondary:
"A/D LANE NN"
"YY XXXXXXXXXX"
" (press RESET then CLEAR to erase message) "
PORT RUNNER
When a primary inspector at lane NN observes that a vehicle
referred to secondary as a result of a query on license
YYXXXXXXXXXX does not proceed as directed, he will issue a port
runner request. The following message will appear on line 24 at
secondary:
•PORT RUNNER YYXXXXXXXXXX LANE Ntt'
NLETS QUERY
Whenever a vehicle is referred to secondary from primary, an
NLETS query is automatically made by the system. The results of
the NLETS query, if available, are displayed on line 24 when you
make a selection from the Landborder Secondary Referral List.
Therefore, when a referral is removed from this list the results
of the automatic NLETS query are no longer available.
1 - QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS
The REFERRAL LIST screen is displayed as a result of keying 1 on
the LANDBORDER SECONDARY Menu or immediately after a GROUP SIGN-
ON. In the latter instance, GROUP ID and PASSWORD entry spaces
will be displayed; in addition, <PF15> will be available for
signing off.
10 - 61
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
All hits and referrals generated by Landborder Primary operations
will display on the LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST screen.
The examples presented in the Landborder Primary section will
display on the Referral List screen as presented below:
HH : MM TECS II LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST MMDDYY
REF
S/I QRESPONSE
ST
LIC #
24HR LSEC
RFRD
OTHER
006
INS-TECS-L3
HL
ABC123
0904
POSSIBLE
005
P/R-TECS
AK
AAA333
0357
MATCHES
004
NCIC-SP
CH
ZZZ222
0339
003
NCIC
PB
FFF333
0824
002
TECS
TX
ASD234
0810
001
A/D-NCIC
AR
123456
0802
MARK REFERRAL WITH AN X TO MAKE QUERY SELECTION. ENTER V TO
QUERY VEHICLE NOT ON LIST f P TO QUERY PERSON, OR R TO REPORT
INSPECTION RESULTS:
ENTER GROUP ID :
ENTER PASSWORD:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLDHELP) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB-NEXT PAGE)
/wwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvwvvvwvvvw
The column REF represents the sequence number of the vehicle
referred, this number recycles every 24 hours for each site and
is displayed with the most recent at the top of the list. The S/I
column indicates the Special Instruction code, qresponse
identifies the specific condition of the ‘hit 1 of the vehicle
referred. The two digit state code is listed in the ST column
followed by Lie #, the license number. If the vehicle had crossed
the border in the last 24 hours, the number of times, and the
time and zone that the vehicle crossed would be listed in the
24HR column. Also, if the vehicle is a 24HR ’hit’, the system
will indicate the date that the vehicle was last referred to
secondary (within the last year), if applicable. This information
will be listed in the LSEC column. RFRD is the time of the
referral to secondary in local time. OTHER POSSIBLE MATCHES
(displayed horizontally on the actual screen) will depend upon
whether the query hit on other ’possible’ matches.
If you signed on using an individual USER-ID any of the options
listed at the bottom of the REFERRAL LIST screen may be executed.
If you entered 'GROUP’ on the sign on screen, you must now enter
your Group ID and password (in the fields provided on the
Referral List screen) , before any of the options listed can be
10
€2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
processed. If you did not enter your Group ID and password, the
only functions available will be to: (1) scroll through the
Referral List; (2) request help; and £3) logoff.
A vehicle will drop off the Referral List when it is queried or
after it has been on the list more than 2 hours in which case
they move to the REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS Screen. If you have
signed-on using your individual user id, unless you request to
return to the MAIN MENU or to the previous MENU, you will return
to the REFERRAL LIST screen at the completion of every guery. If
you have signed-on in GROUP MODE, you will always return to the
REFERRAL LIST screen.
From the REFERRAL LIST screen you may query a vehicle on the
list, query a vehicle not on the list, or query a person. Each
type of query is addressed in the following subsections.
QUERY A VEHICLE ON THE REFERRAL LIST
To query a vehicle on the list, place an 'X 1 before the vehicle
to query, and press ENTER. The VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY screen will
be displayed. If a TECS RECORD ID is associated with the
referral, it will automatically be filled-in. Press ENTER to get
the HIT LIST. Then, press 11 V" to view the record.
10:05 TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY 120187
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORD TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
SUB-RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: _ ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
NLETS MOTOR VECHICLE REGISTRATION-ENTER STATE CODE(S) :
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER: STATE: COUNTRY:
VEHICLE ID NUMBER fVIN) :
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER: '
(PF1=HELP) {PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vvvvvvvvwwwwwvvvvwvvvvww
10
63
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If the vehicle selected from the referral list is not already
associated with a TECS record ID, then the standard vehicle
subject query is performed using the data entered by the primary
inspector. If more than one record is found, you must indicate
which record is associated with the vehicle being inspected.
The results of the standard vehicle query will display for the
vehicle selected from the referral list.
The NLETS query results will be available for display if they
have been received.
A 72 hour guery history is performed with the vehicle query. If
no query history records are found, no message displays.
If one or more query history records were found, then the
following prompt displays:
"NN 72 HOUR QUERY HISTORY RECORDS-PRESS PF24 TO
DISPLAY QUERY DETAIL"
QUERY A VEHICLE NOT ON THE REFERRAL LIST
To query a vehicle not on the list, enter a 'V' after the prompt
at the bottom of the screen. The STANDARD VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY
screen will display. After the screen is completed, the standard
vehicle subject query is performed. If no matches are found, the
response 'NO MATCH FOUND' is displayed. If more than one record
is found, you must indicate which record is the vehicle being
inspected. (See the SQ SUBJECT QUERY Section for assistance with
this screen.)
A 72 hour query history is performed. If no query history
records are found, no message displays.
If one or more query history records were found, then the
following prompt displays:
"NN 72 HOUR QUERY HISTORY RECORDS-PRESS PF24 TO
DISPLAY QUERY DETAIL"
If you indicate that the vehicle just queried is a match and the
vehicle is on lookout, the 'hit' will be added to the hit
referral list if you press PF24 as indicated on the VEHICLE
SUBJECT DISPLAY screen. This record will appear on the LANDBORDER
INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT screen.
QUERY A PERSON
Enter a *P' after the prompt at the bottom of your screen, to
query a person. The standard PERSON SUBJECT QUERY screen will be
10 - 64
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
displayed. After the screen is completed, the standard person
subject query is performed. If more than one record is found,
you must indicate which record is the one associated with the
person being inspected. (See the SQ SUBJECT QUERY Section for
assistance with this screen.)
HH:MM TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY MMDDYY T2MR11
T2PR11
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL:_ ONLY SUSPECTS
OWNED BY- ALL:_ ONLY AGENCE -OWNED : _ ONLY SUB -AGENCY-OWNED:
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: _ CTR: _ FBA: ' CMIR:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODECS)
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME- LAST:
FIRST: MIDDLE! X FOR SOUNDEX:
DOB (SINGLE DATE OR RANGE) ! SEX: (ONLY NLETS)
SSN: PAS SPORT -NUMBER: COUNTRY:
DRIVERS "LICENSE# : STATE: COUNTRY :
ALIEN REGISTER#: BORDER CROSSING CARD:
PILOTS LICENSE#: COUNTRY:
TELEPHONE:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PERV MENU)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvwwvvvvvvvvv
If you indicate that the person just queried is a match and the
person is on lookout, the ’hit 1 will be added to the hit referral
list if you press PF24 as indicated on the PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY
screen. This record will appear on the LANDBORDER INSPECTION
RESULTS REPORT screen.
2 - REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS
To report inspection results, select option 2 from the LANDBORDER
SECONDARY MENU or enter 'R 1 after the prompt at the bottom of the
LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST. This will display the
LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT screen as shown below. The
examples presented in the Query Secondary Referrals section would
display, on this screen, as presented in the table below. The
referral number in the REF column will correspond to the number
(for the same item) found on the SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST screen.
DESCRIPTION information consist of: license plate data if the hit
is a vehicle; or last name, first name, and middle initial if the
hit is a person. TIME is the time of the hit (query) in local
time.
10 - 65
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
HHtMM TECS II LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESULT REPORT MMDDYY
REF
DESCRIPTION
TIME
006
HLABC123
0904
005
AKAAA3 3 3
0B57
004
CHZZZ222
0B39
003
PBFFF333
0824
002
TXASD234
0810
“ 001
AR123456
0803
ENTER
'X' BEFORE
ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION.
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLDHELP) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Additional 'hits' may appear on this screen as a result of a hit
during Query Vehicle Not on List or as a result of a hit during
Query Person (see Query Secondary Referrals section) ,
A vehicle or person will drop from this screen when inspection
results have been reported or after eight hours. After eight
hours, the inspection results are entered via OVERDUE INSPECTION
RESULTS (see that section for details) .
Note that unless you request to return to the Main Menu or to the
Previous Menu, you will return to the screen through which this
screen was accessed, either the LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL
LIST or LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU screen.
ENTER INSPECTION RESULTS
Select a hit on which to report inspection results by entering an
■X' on the previous LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT screen.
A screen entitled LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESUIffS, as shown below,
will display. The referral number and the description (license
number or name and DOB) of the selected hit displays on line 6 of
this screen.
10
66
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:31 TECS II LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESULTS 093087 T2MI09
T2PI09
REF DESCRIPTION
110 ABC123 ,TX,US V878477 1500C99
PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
NEGATIVE INTENSIVE: NEGATIVE ROUTINE: NEGATIVE I.D.:_
NEGATIVE SEARCH: POSITIVE RESULT:
IF 'POSITIVE RESULT' PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN THE APPROPRIATE
FIELDS (S) USCS COMPLIANCE: INS COMPLIANCE: SEIZURE !_
ARREST: PERSON EXCLUDED: INFORMATION OBTAINED: OTHER
IF ’INFORMATION OBTAINED 1 OR 'OTHER' ENTERED, PLEASE EXPLAIN
BELOW:
(PF1— HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF13=VIEW SUBJECT)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvwvvvvvvwvvw
This screen is divided into two parts. In the first part you
will indicate the type of results. If the type is positive, then
you will complete the second part.
The fields which could be marked in the first section of this
screen are:
Negative
Intensive:
intensive inspection with negative
results .
Negative
Routine :
routine inspection with negative
results .
Negative
I. D* :
the person referred did not match
the subject indicated on the TECS
II record.
Negative
Search:
a negative personal search was
made .
Positive
Results :
inspection yielded positive results
- enter an M X" here and complete
the second part of the screen.
IO
67
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You must enter an 'X' in the first section of the screen to
indicate the type of results. If you press the ENTER key without
entering any inspection results, the following error message will
display:
"INSPECTION RESULTS REQUIRED"
If you try to exit with more than one type of result specified,
the following message will display:
'INVALID POSTING OF RESULT 1
ENTER POSITIVE INSPECTION RESULTS
If Positive Results is marked with an 'X 1 in the first section,
you must indicate one or more positive result types by entering
an 'X' next to the applicable field (s) in the second section.
The fields available in the second part of this screen are:
uses Compliance:
INS Compliance:
Seizure:
Arrest:
referral resulted in routine
compliance with the laws or
regulations enforced by Customs.
referral resulted in routine
compliance with the laws or
regulations of Immigration and
Naturalization.
inspection resulted t in a seizure.
inspection resulted in an arrest,
with or without a seizure.
Person Excluded:
one or more persons are excluded
from admission to the U.S,
Information
Obtained:
information requested in the
record instructions has been
obtained.
Other a secondary inspection resulted in
positive results not identified by
the other six categories.
If either the Information Obtained and/or the Other field are
marked with an 'X', you must provide an explanation in the space
provided at the bottom of the screen.
IO - 68
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If you try to exit without indicating the type of positive
result, the following error message will display:
"PLEASE POST POSITIVE RESULTS"
If you try to exit without entering comments for the information
obtained and/or other fields when marked, the following error
message will display:
"PLEASE ENTER COMMENTS"
Comments are recommended if a seizure or arrest is made.
When this screen is completed, the following message displays:
"RESULTS RECORDED-PRESS (ENTER) TO RETURN TO RESULTS LIST
-OR PF13 TO UPDATE SUBJECT RECORD"
(See the MS SUBJECT RECORDS MAINTENANCE Section for assistance in
updating a Subject record.)
SEND RESULTS NOTIFICATION
When the LANDBORDER INSPECTION RESULTS screen has been completed,
the subject record owner is automatically notified via eMAIL.
3 - MAINTAIN 24 HOUR EXEMPTIONS
A 24 HOUR CROSSING EXEMPTION may be granted to a vehicle that
frequently crosses at a landborder for legitimate business (or
personal) purposes. Granting and entering an exemption will
prevent the 24 Hour Crossing Data (number of crossings within the
last 24 hours, time of last crossing, and date last referred to
secondary) from displaying at the indicated district/port
primary. Crossers do not request or apply for an exemption. It is
granted solely at the discretion of Customs.
To maintain 24 hour exemptions, select option 3 from the
LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU. The 24 HOUR CROSSING EXEMPTION MENU
will display.
A selection made from this screen will access one of the 24 HOUR
CROSSING EXEMPTION screens. The format of each screen is
identical with the exception of the sub-title, being identified
as either; (1) 'Query an Exemption 1 , (2) 'Update an Exemption 1 ,
or (3) 1 Add an Exemption'. Samples of the EXEMPTION MENU screen
and a DETAILED ADD EXEMPTION screen are displayed below. Each
type of transaction is addressed in the following sections.
10 - 69
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:44 TECS II 24 HOUR CROSSING EXEMPTION MENU 093087 T2MI04
T2PI04
1 QUERY AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORDS fS)
2 UPDATE AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORD
3 ADD A NEW EXEMPTION RECORD
PLEASE ENTER TRANSID TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
11:44 TECS II 24 HOUR CROSSING EXEMPTION 0930S7 T2MI13
(3) ADD AN EXEMPTION T2FI13
USER ID: 123456789 OWNER ID: ENTRY DATE: 093087
VEHICLE LICENSE #:* STATE CODE:* COUNTRY CODE:*
TECS ID #i * DIST/PORT CODE:*
START DATE:* STOP DATE:* DATE REQUESTED:*
ACTION TAKEN ('A* PPROVED, 'D* ENIED, 'R* EVOKED):*
COMMENTS : *
OPERATOR LAST NAME * FIRST NAME * DOB *
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
( PF5=RES TORE )
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Since the same fields are displayed for each option, their
characteristics are discussed below. Note, however, that some
fields are restricted from data entry depending on the option
selected, and some of the fields are optional entries. The
specifics are discussed under each section.
User ID: nine digit user-id number of the person
who entered, or who is entering, the
record.
10
70
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Owner ID: If you are entering this record for
another owner their Owner ID should be
entered here? if left blank, the USER-ID is
assumed to be the owner.
Entry Date:
Vehicle Lie:
State Code:
system generated, form MMDDYY .
vehicle license plate number.
two-character code for state of the vehicle
license plate.
Country Code:
TECS ID #;
Dist/Port
Code:
two-character code for country of the
vehicle licence plate.
number associated with TECS subject
record; if no record exists, a subject
record must be created before an exemption
record (refer to the section titled - Add a
New Exemption Record(s)).
four digit district port code of the
location approving the exemption.
Start Date/
Stop Date: date exemption takes effect/expires.
Date
Reguested: date exemption was initially requested.
Action Taken: indicates whether exemption was Approved,
Denied, or Revoked.
Comments: reason for the action taken, up to 64
characters.
Operators Last
/First Name: as recorded in the subject record (standard
TECS II Name Rules) .
Operaters DOB: in MMDDYY format.
1 - QUERY AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORD (S)
This query should be made prior to adding a 24 HOUR CROSSING
EXEMPTION to determine if an exemption already exists within the
system for this or some other location. If one already exists,
you will not have to create a TECS subject record but you must
add the exemption record for your location, if appropriate.
10 - 71
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You may perform a query by entering: (1) the TECS record ID, or
(2) the vehicle license number, state code (for us, Mexican, and
Canadian only) , and country code. You do not need to fill-in all
fields to do a query. Those fields filled-in will be validated
as described in the section title ADD A NEW EXEMPTION RECORD (S).
When valid data has been entered for the search criteria, the
search is performed. If more than one record is found, the
following message will display on line 21.
' NNN MATCHES, NUMBER DISPLAYED IS MMM (PF7 = PREV REC) (PF8 =
NEXT REC) '
You may use PF7 and PFB keys to page through and view the
retrieved records.
2 - UPDATE AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORD (S)
You must select a record to update by first performing a query as
described in the Query an Existing Exemption section. In addition
to the query result, the following message will display on line
20 of this screen.
'UPDATE THIS RECORD? (Y/N) _'
When responding 'Y' to the above prompt, you are able to update
the following fields; owner ID, District/Port code, start date,
stop date, date requested, action taken, comments, and operator
information.
When performing the update, the fields are validated as described
in the ADD A NEW EXEMPTION RECORD (S) portion.
After a record has been modified, you can still move from record
ta record, updating records as required.
1 - ADD A NEW EXEMPTION RECORD (S)
The user ID identifies the person keying the data and is a
protected field. The owner ID defaults to the user ID if left
blank, but the owner ID may be changed to any valid TECS USER-ID
if this data is being keyed for another individual,
The entry date defaults to the system date.
The vehicle license number and country code are required. A
state code is reguired for US, Mexican, and Canadian plates. The
state and country codes are table validated. If invalid codes
are entered, the following error messages will display:
IO
72
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
'INVALID STATE CODE'
'INVALID COUNTRY'
The TECS record ID of the vehicle being covered by the exemption
must be a valid, existing TECS record ID or the following
messages will display;
'INVALID TECS ID NUMBER'
'NO MATCH ON REQUIRED SUBJECT RECORD'
One of the required fields is the tecs id #. if you are unable to
add an exemption because the subject does not have a TECS ID #,
one will have to be created. Since this may be likely, the
following procedures are available to assist you in creating a
TECS II Vehicle Subject Record;
1) Return to the LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU.
2) Select option #4, PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES.
3) The LANDBORDER SECONDARY RESEARCH MENU will display;
Select option #8, ENTER VEHICLE SUBJECT RECORD.
4) Enter the requested information on this (the ORGANIZATIONAL
SUBJECT QUERY) screen.
5) The following message will likely be displayed:
'NO MATCHES ON ENTERED DATA PRESS PF12 TO ADD RECORD'
Press the PF12 key,
6) The ORGANIZATIONAL SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 3) screen will display
The first field will display a system generated TECS ID#.
(WRITE IT DOWN 1) Additional available information should be
added to this and subsequent screens.
When the subject record entry is complete, press PF11. This
will return you to the LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU. (For
assistance in completing Subject Entry screens refer to the
MS SUBJECT MAINTENANCE Section of this manual.
7) Return to the TECS II 24 HOUR CROSSING EXEMPTION screen and
enter the required TECS ID# to complete the exemption screen.
The District/Port code must be a valid District/Port code or the
following message will display:
'INVALID DISTRICT PORT CODE'
The start date, stop date, and date requested must be valid dates
in the MMDDYY format or the following message will display:
'INVALID DATE'
10
73
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The stop date must not precede the start date or the following
message will appear:
'STOP DATE PRECEDES START DATE'
Specify the action to be taken by entering the corresponding
letter. If an invalid action entry is made, the following
message will display:
'INVALID ACTION. ENTER A, D, OR R '
If you entered D or R, the respective message will display on
line 20 of the screen.
•EXEMPTION DENIED? (Y/N)
•EXEMPTION REVOKED? (Y/N) _'
You are required to confirm a decision to deny or revoke an
exemption and complete the record addition.
You are required to enter Comments.
You are required to enter the last name, first name, and DOB for
at least one operator. Additional operators may be entered, but
each operator entry must contain all three fields. The following
error messages are possible:
•INVALID LAST NAME'
•INVALID FIRST NAME'
’INVALID DATE'
When adding an exemption, all fields on this screen are required.
If any fields are missing, the following message will display:
'REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED'
When all requirements have been met, the record is added to the
database and the following message will display:
•RECORD HAS BEEN ADDED'
4 - PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
To perform research queries, select option 4 from the LANDBORDER
SECONDARY MENU. The LANDBORDER SECONDARY RESEARCH MENU will
display as follows:
10
74
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:53 TECS II LANDBORDER SECONDARY RESEARCH MENU 093087 T2MI04
T2PI04
1 QUERY NLETS (VEHICLE REGISTRATION)
2 QUERY NLETS (DRIVERS LICENSE)
3 QUERY 1 YEAR PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE
4 QUERY VEHICLE SUBJECT FILE
5 QUERY PERSON SUBJECT FILE
6 QUERY BUSINESS SUBJECT FILE
7 ENTER PERSON SUBJECT RECORD
8 ENTER VEHICLE SUBJECT RECORD
PLEASE ENTER TRANS ID TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PFI=HELP) (PF3— MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wvvwwwwwvwwwvvvvvwvvv\
Make a selection from this menu. The appropriate formatted screen
will display for you to fill in the data. If the PF4 key is
pressed after the transaction, you are returned to this screen.
These transactions are discussed in detail the SQ SUBJECT QUERY
and GQ GENERAL QUERY sections of this manual.
5 - REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
To process overdue inspection results, option 5 is selected
from the LANDBORDER SECONDARY MENU. This will display the
LANDBORDER OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT. Inspection results
become overdue if not reported within eight hours of the hit.
11:55 TECS II LAND30RDER OVERDUE INSPECTION 093087 T2MI11
T2PI11
TECS INSP
I.D. I.D. DESCRIPTION DATE
V8784771500C99 123456789 ABC123 ,US,TX 1230
ENTER »X» BEFORE ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=PREV MENU} (PF7=*PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vwwwwwwwvvvvvvvwwvvvvvx
IO - 75
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(
This screen contains the tecs record ID of the subject record
which was 'hit', the inspector ID of the inspector that
performed the secondary query (’UNKNOWN 1 if no secondary query
was performed) , the description as it appeared on the Lanaborder
INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT screen, and the month and day of the
’hit 1 . Note that only the Overdue Inspection Results for your
location will display.
A vehicle or person will only drop from this screen when overdue
inspection results have been reported.
Note that unless you request to return to the Main Menu or to the
Previous Menu, you will return to this same screen after
inspection results have been reported.
Selecting an item from this screen will allow you to enter
Overdue Inspection Results. Notification of the inspection result
will automatically be sent to the record owner. The OVERDUE
INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT will be printed for review and to
enable the reviewer to gather the required data.
ENTER OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
When you select a hit on which to report inspection results (by
entering an 'X 1 on the LANDBORDER OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
REPORT screen), the LANDBORDER OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS screen
will display as shown below. The inspector ID and the
description of the selected hit displays on line 6 of this
screen. Reporting overdue inspection results is identical to
reporting inspection results as explained previously in the
section title REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS.
10
76
i
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:56 TECS II LANDBORDER OVERDUE INSPEC. RESULTS 093087 T2MI12
T2PI12
INSP
I.D. DESCRIPTION
123456789 ABC123 ,US,TX V878 477 1500C99
PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
NEGATIVE INTENSIVE:_ NEGATIVE ROUTINE:_ NEGATIVE I.D.:_ NEGATIVE
SEARCH POSITIVE RESULT NOT KNOWN
IF 'POSITIVE RESULT', PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN THE APPROPRIATE
FIELD{S)
USCS COMPLIANCE: INS COMPLIANCE: SEIZURE: ARREST: PERSON
EXCLUDED:_ INFORHSTION OBTAINED :_ OTHER
IF 'INFORMATION OBTAINED' OR 'OTHER' ENTERED, PLEASE EXPLAIN
BELOW:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF13=VIEW SUBJECT)
/wvwvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
TIME TRIGGERED TRANSACTIONS
There are several transactions within the LANDBORDER SECONDARY
application which are triggered at some interval of time. Time
triggered transactions are: REMOVE ITEM FROM REFERRAL LIST, ISSUE
WARNING NOTICE, MAKE INSPECTION RESULTS OVERDUE, and PRINT
OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT. Each type of transaction is
addressed in the following sections.
REMOVE ITEMS FROM REFERRAL LIST
Every hour on the half-hour, all referrals to secondary which
were referred by a primary inspector (i.e., they were not hits)
are examined to determine if more than 2 hours has elapsed since
they were referred. If the referral is more than 2 hours old, it
will no longer display on the LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST;
it is moved to the REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS list.
ISSUE WARNING NOTICE
Every hour on the half-hour, all 'hits' from primary as well as
any hits from secondary are examined to determine if more than 2
10 - 77
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
hours, more than 4 hours, more than 6 hours, or more than 8 hours
has elapsed since the hit occurred.
Based upon the oldest hit at each location, one of the following
messages will display at all designated secondaries at the
corresponding location:
'REPORT RESULTS
'REPORT RESULTS
'REPORT RESULTS
’REPORT RESULTS
2 HOUR WARNING’
4 HOUR WARNING 1
6 HOUR WARNING 1
B HOUR FINAL WARNING 1
MAKE INSPECTION RESULTS OVERDUE
When a hit is more than 8 hours old it will become overdue during
the next hourly review and the following message will display:
"PLEASE POST OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS"
The overdue hit will be deleted from the LANDBORDER INSPECTION
RESULTS list and will be transferred to the LANDBORDER OVERDUE
INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT List.
PRINT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT
The OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT, is produced on a daily
basis. The report is produced by landborder location code and
lists all hits with overdue inspection results at that location.
The inspection results must be entered into the system to remove
an item from this report.
1016 AIRPORT PRIMARY OPS
The Airport Operations process is used as a tool by customs
Inspectors to aid in the screening of passengers entering into
the United States at airports via commercial flights.
The TECS II Airport system consists of two major interactive
processes; Airport Primary Operations and Airport Secondary
Operations. Primary operations provide the initial screening and
passes referral information to secondary operations.
Airport primary processing is performed from full screen
terminals. From the TECS II MAIN MENU you may either: (1)
enter '10' in the CODE field to display the SUBSYSTEM FOR
INSPECTION OPERATIONS MENU, shown below, then enter '1016' in the
CODE field or; (2) enter 1016 in the CODE field on the MAIN MENU.
10
78
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:18 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS 091187 T2MS0402
T2PS0404
ACCESS DESCRIPTION ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE
IOAA SEARCH/ARREST/ SEIZURE SYS IODR MOIR
IODS TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM 1004 LANDBORDER SECONDARY OPS.
1016 AIRPORT PRIMARY OPS. 1025 AIRPORT SECONDARY OPS,
1040 PRIVATE ACFT . RNF. SYSTEM
CODE:* KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
END OF SOB-STSTEfi MENU
vvvvvvvvvwwwwwwwwvvvvwv
Entering "1016” from either screen will display the AIRPORT
PRIMARY QUERY screen. If the terminal you have logged on is not a
primary terminal, a message will display at this time stating:
"THIS TERMINAL IS NOT DEFINED TO AIRPORT PRIMARY -ACCESS DENIED".
If this occurs you should contact your SCO.
PRIMARY QUERY
The screening of passengers is initiated from the PRIMARY QUERY
screen.
14:50 US CUSTOMS SERVICE TECS II 092387 T2MI20
AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY SCREEN T2PI20
LAST NAME:*
FIRST:* MIDDLE:
DATE OF BIRTH:*
PASSPORT fl: PASSPORT COUNTRY CODE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=REST0RE)
/wwwwwwwwwwvwwwww
10
79
TECS IT
USER'S MANUAL
Either last name, first name, and date of birth; or passport
number must be entered on the PRIMARY QUERY screen. The two
character Passport Country Code should be entered if known. It is
recommended that you enter as much information as possible. The
letters 'FNU' (First Name Unknown) may be entered if the first
name or first initial is unknown. If any of the required data is
omitted, the following message will appear at the bottom of the
screen:
'EITHER LAST NAME, FIRST NAME AND DOB OR PPN IS REQUIRED’
Also, Last Name, First Name, DOB, and PPN will be highlighted.
The only legitimate non-alpha characters permitted in the name
fields are the hyphen, apostrophe, and blank.
The DATE field is numeric, and in the MMDDYY format. Months and
days are also edited for a range of valid values. In rare
instances, a month and day of birth are not available even on
official documents such as the passport, e.g., for certain middle
eastern countries. In those cases, 00 may be entered for month
and/or day. (Note: this should not be routinely used as it
reduces the value of archive query data due to its inexactness.)
The year portion of this field is not edited for a range.
Therefore, if you entered 010198, it would be accepted (and we
assume you are referring to a person born in 1898).
The Passport Number field is 12 characters in length, although
many PPN’s are less than 12 characters. Valid values are A-2,
0-9. The Passport Country Code consist of the two character ISO
Country Code. (Note: when a passport reader is used it will dis-
play a three character code; the two character codes are used for
keying however.) If invalid entries are made, the response to the
screen will be to highlight all fields in error (and to provide
an appropriate error message for), up to the first four fields in
error.
Once valid data has been entered into the PRIMARY QUERY screen
three types of responses are possible:
1) No match on the subject entered,
2) A match of the subject on the ’Lookout’ file, or
3) A match of the subject on a 'Three Month 1 file.
‘ NO MATCH 1
If the data entered does not match information in the ’Lookout'
file or '3 Month’ file (each discussed separately below); or the
subject is on the 'Lookout' file but has been identified as a
IO - 80
TECS II
USEE'S MANUAL
'Silent Hit', the following response will be displayed at the
bottom of the AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY screen.
'NO MATCH ON; (
'REFER TO SECONDARY (Y/N) ? N
Within the parenthesis will be the data originally entered. The
default response to the Refer to Secondary prompt is 'N'. Simply
depress the ENTER key if you do not want to refer the person to
secondary. This will return you to the PRIMARY QUERY screen which
is available for the next query.
If you wish to refer the person to secondary, type a 'Y'. The de-
fault 'N' will be replaced by a 'Y'. Press the ENTER key, the
PRIMARY QUERY screen will be returned for the next query (and the
person will have been referred to secondary) .
' LOOKOUT '
The TECS II 'Lookout' file consists of individuals of special
interest to Customs and/or other agencies. Individuals retrieved
from this file are often referred to as a 'HIT' . The first screen
below shows a sample input to the primary query screen. The sec-
ond screen shows a typical response indicating a match on the
'Lookout' file. The response screen is labeled AIRPORT PRIMARY
QUERY SELECTION LIST.
14:54 US CUSTOMS SERVICE TECS II 092387
AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY SCREEN
T2MI20
T2PI20
LAST NAME:*
FIRST:* MIDDLE:
DATE OF BIRTH:*
PASSPORT #: PASSPORT COUNTRY CODE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) £PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
( PF5“RESTORE)
/wvvvvvvvvwwwvwwwwwww
10-81
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
14:52 US CUSTOMS SERVICE TECS II 092187 T2MI21
T2PI21
001 POSSIBLE MATCHES ON: SMITHSON, JOSHUA, 101010
1 EXACT MATCHES DISPLAYED
# A S/I LL NAME DOB RS PPN PP
1 E/S LI SMITHSON, JOSHUA, 101O1O BM 008888 BAB MX
ENTER SELECTION LIST # (1-5) TO DISPLAY DETAIL OR
ENTER 'N' IF NO MATCH ON ABOVE RECORDS:
(PF1=*HELP) (PF2=FLD) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF12=ASSISTANCE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwwv
'HIT'
The 'hit 1 is a result of the system searching for; an exact
match on the last name; the shorter string or FNU match on first
name and; the shorter string or blank on the middle name. Also
the date of birth is searched within a range of plus or minus
three years. If passport number and/or country code is entered, a
search for an exact match is made on PPN. If the passport Country
code is entered, the query will match on the keyed country or a
blank country.
A maximum of five records may be displayed on the PRIMARY QUERY
SELECTION LIST screen. These records are prioritised by a
combination of: Special Instruction code (S/I), Agency code, and
Lookout level. They are prioritized according to the following
hierarchy :
1)
A/D INS
6)
TECS-L1
2)
A/D NCIC
7)
TECS“L2
3)
A/D TECS
B)
TECS-L3
4)
INS
9)
TECS
5)
NCIC
10)
SILENT HIT
The five types of special instruction (S/I) codes are:
A/D - Armed and Dangerous
E/S - Escort to Secondary
P/R ** Prior Port Runner
INS - Immigration Referral
P/Q - Plant Quarantine Referral
IQ - 82
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The lookout level codes (LI, L2, L3), are prioritized, with LI
being the highest priority.
You should review the records against the person who is actually
standing in front of you. If none of the records seem to match
perhaps the wrong race or sex code), you may enter 'N 1 at the
'ENTER... ’N' IF NO MATCH ON THE ABOVE RECORDS' prompt and press
the ENTER key. The following prompt will then be displayed at the
bottom of the screen:
•REFER TO SECONDARY (Y/N) ? N'
The referral or non-referral selection is made as indicated in
the previous section (No Match on Subject), In either case,
referral or non-referral, you will be returned to the AIRPORT
PRIMARY QUERY screen ready for the next query.
If you press FF4 whenever the QUERY SELECTION LIST screen is
displayed, no further details will be displayed; N for 'NO MATCH
ON THE ABOVE RECORDS' and N for ’REFER TO SECONDARY?’, is
assumed. You will be returned to a blank query screen ready for
the next query.
If you wish to view one of the records displayed on the PRIMARY
QUERY SELECTION LIST in more detail , enter the number of the
record at the prompt and press the ENTER key. The AIRPORT PRIMARY
QUERY DETAIL screen will display as shown below.
14:54 US CUSTOMS SERVICE TECS II 092387 T2MI22
AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY DETAIL T2PI22
POSSIBLE MATCH ON: SMITHSON , JOSHUA, 101010
ESCORT TO SECONDARY
NAME: SMITHSON, JOSHUA
DOB: 10101 RACE: B SEX: M HT: 6'03" WT: 223 HAIR: BR EYES: BR
PPN: B68B888888AB MX PP COUNTRY: MEXICO
SSN: 999887777 ARN : DR LIC (ST, # ) :
ADDRESS: 123 MAKE BELIEVE AVE, ANY TOWN, MA
PRIOR ADDRESS:
ALIAS :
*****************************************************************
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRIMARY INSPECTOR:
EXTREMELY SERIOUS BAD GUY. HANDLE WITH CARE,
***************************************************************
MATCH ( Y/N ) 7
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD) (FF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
( PF 1 2 =AS S I STAN CE )
/wwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvw
10
S3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The information presented will permit you to make a more in-depth
review of the person you, are screening.
If you determine that there is a match between the detailed
record and the person in front of you, enter a 'Y' at the MATCH
(Y/N) prompt. You will now be returned to the AIRPORT PRIMARY
QUERY screen, and the person will have been referred to
secondary .
If you believe that the person is not a match, enter 'N' at the
MATCH (Y/N) prompt. This will return you to the AIRPORT PRIMARY
QUERY SELECTION LIST screen. The above process may be repeated
for any of the remaining records, or you may enter an ! N' at the
prompt on the PRIMARY QUERY SELECTION LIST screen to end the de-
tailed review. If you enter 'N' at the prompt, the following re-
sponse will be returned:
'REFER TO SECONDARY (Y/N)? N'
Although 1 N ' indicates that none of the subjects displayed was a
match, you must still indicate whether or not you wish to refer
the person to secondary. Either a positive or negative response
will return you to the AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY screen.
' THREE MONTH 1
If no Lookout records are found as possible matches for the per-
son queried, a search is made of a three month query history file
(the THREE MONTH file). This file will indicate the previous
three month query activity on an exact match of the subject data
entered. In addition, it will indicate if/when the person was
last referred to secondary within the last year. If the primary
query data entered results in a Three Month match, the AIRPORT
PRIMARY 3 MONTH QUERY SELECTION LIST screen will display as
follows :
10 - 84
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10:59
US CUSTOMS SERVICE TECS II
AIRPORT PRIMARY MONTH QUERY
SELECTION
092487
LIST
T2MI23
T2PI23
001
POSSIBLE
MATCHES
ON: BAKER, JIM*
122045
#
NAME
DOB
PPN
PPG
UK
LSEC
1 BAKER, JIM,
122045
04
0723
ENTER SELECTION LIST # ( 1-5 ) TO DISPLAY DETAIL OR
'N 1 IF NO MATCH ON ABOVE RECORDS.
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4^PREV MENU)
{ FP12 =ASSISTANCE )
/wvvvvvvvvvwvwvwvwwwwvvv\
This screen indicates the number of previous primary queries in
the last three months, and if/when the person was last referred
to secondary. You may either enter 'N' to indicate No Match on
the above record, or the corresponding number from the selection
list.
If you enter 'N 1 , the following message will be displayed:
•REFER TO SECONDARY (Y/N)? N 1
Pressing the ENTER key (to select the default 'N')., or entering a
1 Y 1 (and pressing the ENTER key), will return you to the AIR-
PORT PRIMARY QUERY screen ready for the next query.
If you enter one of the numbers from the 3 MONTH QUERY SELECTION
LIST, and press the ENTER key, the AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY 3 MONTH
DETAIL screen will display as follows.
10:59 US CUSTOMS SERVICE TEC II 092407 T2MI24
AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY 3 MONTH DETAIL T2PI24
3 MONTH MATCH ON: BAKER, JIM, 122045
ARR. DATE ARR. LOCATION ARR. TIME SEC. REF.
01 092387 LOGAN AIRPORT 1457
MATCH ( Y/N )?
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF12=ASSISTANCE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
10
05
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This screen shows the arrival (query) date, location, time, and
if the individual had been referred to secondary.
Whenever a match on the 3 MONTH screen is indicated, regardless
of the referral selection, you will always return to the AIRPORT
PRIMARY QUERY screen.
If you indicate a no ( 1 H 1 ) to the match condition, the Refer to
Secondary prompt will be displayed. Regardless of the referral
selection, you will always return to the AIRPORT PRIMARY 3 MONTH
QUERY SELECTION LIST screen. Here, you may either select another
record to view in detail, or enter 'N' at the prompts. You will
now be returned to the AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY screen ready for the
next query.
1 IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE 1
There are two methods available for you to request Immediate
Assistance:
1. The first method is executed by simply pressing the PF12 key.
This may be done from any screen at any time.
2. The second method must be executed from the first position of
the last name field of the AIRPORT PRIMARY QUERY screen. Whenever
you access this screen from any other screen the cursor will be
automatically placed in this field position. With the cursor in
this position you may either: (1) type the letter 'Z'and press
the ENTER key or, (2) type the letters ’SOS 1 and press the ENTER
key.
In response to your request for immediate assistance the
following message will display at all Secondary and adjacent
primary terminals. (Adjacent terminals are identified as the two
nearest operating (signed-on) primary terminals) :
"SOS LANE NN"
(where NN is the lane number issuing the request)
In addition, an audible alarm will sound at all secondary
terminals in operation.
To release your terminal, after requesting assistance, press
RESET and CLEAR. The display will return to the AIRPORT PRIMARY
QUERY screen.
RECEIPT OF PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE
Inspectors at secondary terminals have the capability of sending
a broadcast message to you at your terminal. When this is done
10 - 86
TECS ri
USER’S MANUAL
you will hear a terminal 'beep 1 , informing you that a message is
being sent. This will be followed by the message displayed in
bold characters at the bottom of your screen. The message is
limited to a single line, only.
1025 AIRPORT SECONDARY OPS.
Airport Secondary processing is performed from full screen
terminals, and can be accessed through:
(1) Individual Sign-On - as explained in the ACCESS TO
TECS II section of this manual. Once at the TECS
II MAIN MENU you may either:
(a) select the 1 IO' option which will access the
SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS MENU: and then
select the Airport Secondary (1025) option or
(b) enter '1025' in the CODE field of the MAIN
MENU
Either method will display the AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU shown
below:
(2) Group Sign-On - Follow the instructions in the
access to tecs II section to get the TECS II SIGN-
ON screen. Type GROUP instead of your 9 -character
USER-ID, Press ENTER. (Note: no password is
required on this screen.) The SECONDARY REFERRAL
List will then display. A 2 -character GROUP-ID and
your normal TECS II password must be entered to
process any transactions.
13108 TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU 092007 T2MI25
T2PI25
1 QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS
2 REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS
3 MAINTAIN 3 MONTH EXEMPTIONS
d PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
5 ENTER PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE
6 REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
PLEASE ENTER NUMBER TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1*=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwvvvv
IO
87
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The six types of operations that may be selected from this menu
will be discussed in the order listed.
1 “ QUERY SECONDARY REFERRALS
Upon selecting the first option from the AIRPORT SECONDARY Menu
the AIRPORT SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST screen will display as
follows .
08:38 TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST 080787 T2MI26
T2PI26
REF S/I QRESPNS NAME DOB 3 -MO LSEC RFRD PASSPORT
— 008 P/R-TECS-L1 SMITH, JEREMI 102356 1631 1631 1234567890AB
— 007 E/S-TECS-L1 SMITHSON, JOS 101010 1838 1627 8888838B88AB
— 006 STILES, JACK 012344 0829 1615
ENTER *X' BEFORE ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION, ENTER 'P' TO QUERY
PERSON, OR ' R ' TO REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2— FLD HELP) (PF4=*PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
On this screen the column REF represents the sequence number of
the person referred. This number recycles every 24 hours for each
site. The S/I column indicates the Special Instruction code
and QRESPNS identifies the query response, at primary, for the
person referred to secondary. (Refer to section- ’HIT 1 for details
on these codes.) If QRESPNS is blank, this indicates a 'NO MATCH'
response to the primary terminal. The 3/-M° column will indicate
both the number of times crossed in the last three months and the
date of the last crossing, if a three month match. Also, if a
three month match, LSEC will provide the date of the last
secondary referral within the last year, if applicable. The RFRD
column will state the time of the hit or referral from primary.
The other column headers are self explanatory.
All hits and referrals from the Airport Primary process are
displayed on this screen. All referrals will be removed from this
list after two hours or after they have been selected. If you
accessed this screen via a Group signon a message will display on
the screen stating:
"ENTER GROUP ID: "
"ENTER PASSWORD: " "
10
88
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
You must enter your two character group identifier and password
before executing any of the options (X, P, or R) . If the data
entered is in error one of the following messages will appear:
'USER ID NOT FOUND'
'INVALID PASSWORD’
If the group identifier and password are valid you will be
allowed to perform the requested function.
If you do not enter this information, from such a designated
terminal, you will be restricted to: scrolling through the
referral list; requesting help; and logging off.
Only the processing of hits and referrals may be conducted from a
terminal that has been signed on with a Group ID.
The following is a discussion of the first two options available
from the REFERRAL LIST screen ('X' to query referral on the list
and 'P' to query a person not on the referral list). The third
option, 'R' Report Inspection Results, is also available from the
AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU and will be discussed in the next section.
QUERY PERSON LISTED ON SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST - 'X'
In order to select a person from the secondary referral list,
enter an 'X 1 before the item and press the ENTER key. The PERSON
SUBJECT QUERY screen will display as shown below (the first item
selected from the above REFERRAL LIST screen) :
IO
B9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:39
TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 0B07B7 T2MR11
T2PR11
ENTER TECS RECORD ID: P8732583400C47
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS REC.- ALL: ONLY SUSPECTS:
OWNED BY- ALL: ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: ONLY SUB-AGENCY-OWNED:
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS - ALL: CTR FBA: CMIR:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION-EETER STATE CCDETS) :
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME- LAST: MAN
FIRST: PAUL MIDDLE: X FOR SOUNDEX:
DOB (SINGLE DATE OR RANGE) 083061 SEX: (ONLY FOR NLETS)
SSN : PASSPORT-NUMBER : COUNTRY :
DRIVERS LICENSE-NUMBER: STATE : COUNTRY:
ALIEN REGISTR #: BORDER CROSSING CARD:
PILOTS LICENSE-NUMBER: COUNTRY:
TELEPHONE: ”
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
01 3-MONTH QUERY HISTORY RECORDS - PRESS (PF24) TO DISPLAY QUERY
DETAIL
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vwwwvwwwvvwvvvvwwwvvv
TECS II subject records and the 3 - MONTH QUERY HISTORY records
are searched for matching data. The data provided in the primary
query will be filled in on this screen. Additional identifying
data can be entered, if desired, or you can just press ENTER to
perform a secondary query.
On the screen presented above we have the message '01 3-MONTH
QUERY HISTORY records' highlighted, if no matches were found on
the subject the following message would have been displayed.
'NO MATCH FOUND'
If you choose to view the details of the query within the last
three months, press the PF24 key. This will display the PASSENGER
3 MONTH QUERY DETAIL screen as shown below:
IO
90
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
)
08:40 TECS II PASSENGER 3 MONTH QUERY DETAIL 0B0787 T2MI29
T2PI29
3 MONTH MATCH ON
TRVL, DATE
071787
, SMITH , JERMIAH
QUERY LOCATION QY
LOGAN AIRPORT
, , 102356
. TIME SEC
1631
X
REF.
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The first line on this screen contains the identifying
information that you entered on the subject. The next part of the
screen contains a listing of the dates, locations, and times of
any queries performed on the subject in the last three months.
Under the column SEC . REF . , an r X' is displayed indicating that
the subject was referred to secondary on that particular arrival.
A blank in this field would indicate that the subject was not
referred to secondary on that arrival date.
You may have chosen not to view the QUERY DETAIL screen or, no
3 month matches may have been retrieved. If you press the ENTER
key from, the PERSON SUBJECT QUERY screen, you will receive the
'NO MATCH FOUND’ prompt, as discussed above, or, if hits are
found, the SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) screen will display.
A specific record may be viewed by placing a ’V 1 in front of the
item. This will display the PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY screens, (1
thru 5) . Samples of these screens are displayed below. For
details on the specific fields reference the MS-SUBJECT RECORD
MAINTENANCE section of this manual.
08:47 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 000797 T2MR12
T2PR1 2
1 RECORD WAS RETRIEVED PAGE 1
RECORD- ID SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
STATUS CODE
P8718947000 SMITHSON JOSHUA B M 101010
CP NON-SUSPECT, ASSOCIATE IN PREVIOUS INVESTIGATION
PLACE A "V" IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS
ENTER
(PFl^HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PFS^NEXT SCREEN)
/vvvvvvvv\/\/\/\/\/\/vv\/\/v\/vvv\/\/\/\/vvvv\
IO
91
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08: 4B TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY (1 OF 5) 080787 T2MR20
T2PR20
TECS RECORD ID: P871894700COD
NAME - LAST: SMITHSON TITLE
FIRST: JOSHUA OTHER - 1:
2 : 3 : 4 :
X FOR ALIASES: _
MONICKERS :
DOB: 101010 RACE: SEX: M MAR STATUS :S
EYES : BR HAIR: BR HT:603 WT:223
SSN : 999887777 CITIZENSHIP:
PPN: 8888888S88AB COUNTRY: MX TYPE: ISSUED: EXPIRES: MORE?:.
STAT.: CP NON-SUSPECT, ASSOC. IN PREVIOUS INVES. DATE:071787
OWNER: CFO CUSTOMS MACDONALD 123456789
TELEPHONE: 703 644 5200 PRIMARY?: A ON PRIMARY , MANDARORY
PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
PRESS PF24 TO PLACE THIS PERSON ONTO THE INSPECTION RESULTS LIST
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=QUERY RESULTS) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(FF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD) (PF14=LINK LIST) £PF16=PRINT RECORD)
/vvwwwwwvwvwwvvvvvvvvvvv
The 'HIT LIST' screen contains two lines of header information
followed by the corresponding two lines of description. The text
describing the Status Code will always follow the two digit code
(here CP) ■
More detailed information is provided on the subject in the
PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY screen. The PF13 key will allow you to
view the next agency/ sub-agency record. After viewing sub-
records you may return to the PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY screen or
the Secondary Referral List. Several other options
are identified at the bottom of the screen.
QUERY PERSON NOT LISTED ON SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST - 'P'
In order to query a person not on the referral list, enter 'P 1 at
the prompt. The same screens and options available in the
proceeding section are utilized in this process. The notable
differences are that the PERSON SUBJECT QUERY screen is not pre-
filled and the THREE MONTH QUERY HISTORY files are not searched.
If a subject record match is found, you will be instructed to
press PF2 4 to place the subject on the INSPECTION RESULTS LIST.
If this is done, inspection results must be entered for the
subj ect .
10
92
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
2 - REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS - 'R'
The last option available from the SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST screen
is to report inspection results by entering ' R' at the prompt.
This will execute identically to selection of option 2 (Report
Inspection Results) on the AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU and is
explained in the next section.
It is mandatory that inspection results be posted for all
'Lookout 1 hits received from Primary or Secondary inspectors at a
given location. This process may be initiated by selecting the
REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS option from either the AIRPORT
SECONDARY Menu or from the AIRPORT SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST. Both
screens are discussed at the beginning of this section.
Either option will display the AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS LIST as
follows :
15:25 TECS II AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS LIST 0B11B7 T2MI27
T2PI27
REF DESCRIPTION RFRD
026 A/D , P877e787B00C47, MAN, 'PAUL, 0B3161 TTTO
027 E/S ,PB71B947000COD, SMITHSON, JOSHUA, 101010 2124
028 E/S ,PB71Q947000COD, SMITHSON, JOSHUA, 101010 2302
ENTER 'X' BEFORE ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvwwwwwwvvvvvvvvvvv
This screen provides identifying data on all hits for the
specific location. As indicated, you will enter an 'X' before the
item in order to make the selection. It is recommended that you
report on these results as soon as possible. Warning messages
will be displayed every two hours after the time of a hit or
referral, if inspection results have not been reported. After
eight (8) hours all hits on this screen, that have not been
selected, will be transferred to, and remain on, the AIRPORT
OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS LIST screen until processed. After
selecting an item, the AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS screen will
display as shown below.
10
93
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
15:30 TECS II AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS 081187 T2MI28
T2PI28
REF DESCRIPTION
POO E/S , 1 f PQ7 10947 OOCOD, SMITHSON, JOSHUA, 101010
PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
NEGATIVE INTENSIVE: _ NEGATIVE ROUTINE:_ NEGATIVE I.D.:_
NEGATIVE SEARCH POSITIVE RESULT :X
IF 'POSITIVE RESULT', PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN THE APPROPRIATE
FIELD (S) PERSON
USCS COMPLIANCE: X INS COMPLIANCE: _ SEIZURE: X ARREST :_
EXCLUDED INFORMATION OBTAINED OTHER :_
IF 'INFORMATION OBTAINED' OR 'OTHER' ENTERED, PLEASE EXPLAIN
BELOW:
120 GRAMS OF COCAINE SEIZED
RESULTS RECORDED PRESS ENTER TO RETURN TO RESULTS LIST
OR PF13 TO UPDATE SUBJECT RECORD
(PF1=HELP> (PF2— FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU)
(PF13=VIEW SUBJECT)
/VVVVWVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVWVVVVVVN
This screen is divided into two parts. In the first part you will
indicate the type of results and, if the results are positive,
complete the second part. If you try to exit with more than one
type of result specified, or, if you press ENTER without
indicating any inspection results, the following error message
will display:
'INVALID POSTING OF RESULTS’
Each field in the first part of this screen is briefly described
below:
Negative Intensive:
intensive inspection with negative results.
Negative Routine:
Negative I.D.:
Negative Search:
routine inspection with negative results.
the person referred did not match the
subject indicated on the TECS II record.
a negative personal search was made.
Positive Results: inspection yielded positive results -
enter an 'X' here and complete the second
part of the screen.
10
94
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If you entered an 'X 1 in the Positive Results field, the
remaining part of the screen must be completed. If POSITIVE
RESULTS Is marked with an 1 X 1 and no other information is
entered, the following error message will display:
'PLEASE POST POSITIVE RESULTS'
Each of the fields In the second part of this screen is described
below. Enter an 'X' in all fields that pertain to your results;
at least one field must be marked.
USCS Compliance: when referral resulted in routine compliance
with the laws or regulations enforced by
Customs .
INS Compliance:
Seizure:
Arrest:
when referral resulted in routine compliance
with the laws or regulations of Immigration
and Naturalization,
when inspection resulted in a seizure.
when inspection resulted in an arrest, with or
without a seizure.
Person Excluded: if one or more persons are excluded from
admission to the U.S.
Information when information requested in the lookout
Obtained: record instructions has been obtained.
Other: when a secondary inspection resulted in
positive results not identified by the other
six categories.
Also, in the two line comments field, please explain if a seizure
had been indicated (e.g. 120 grams of cocaine seized) . This
comment line will accept up to 120 characters. COMMENTS are
required if 'INFORMATION OBTAINED' or 'OTHER' has been marked
with an 'X'. If marked and the comments are not input the
following error message will display;
'PLEASE ENTER COMMENTS'
Once you have entered the required information press the ENTER
key. If you make an error in entry, the following message will
display at the bottom of the screen:
'INVALID POSTING OF RESULTS'
10 - 95
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If your input contains no errors, the following message will
display:
•RESULTS RECORDED - PRESS (ENTER) TO RETURN TO RESULTS LIST
OR ( PF 13) TO UPDATE SUBJECT RECORD'
You may return to the previous screen and continue processing the
inspection results for the remaining subjects. If you press the
PF13 key, the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen will appear as
follows:
15:31 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES 0B11B7 T2ML12
T2PL12
SEL SUBJECT DESCRIPTION TECS RECORD ID
SMITHSON JOSHUA B M 101010 PB718947000
NO MATCH, ENTER NEW SUBJECT
TYPE -X- TO SELECT A SUBJECT OF TYPE -V- TO VIEW A SUBJECT AND
PRESS ENTER
(PF1“HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
(PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
A/WWWWWWWWWWWVVVWVVV
From this screen you may either type 'X' to select a subject to
update or 'V* to view a subject. Both options are discussed.
Entering a 'V* and pressing the ENTER key will display the PERSON
SUBJECT ENTRY (l OF 5) screen, shown below. Note that this is
similar to, but not the same, as the PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY (1 OF
5) screen discussed under Query Secondary Referrals, You may view
this information and page through the subsequent screens. If you
press the PF11 (next subject) key you will be returned to the
AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS LIST screen.
10
96
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:48 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY (1 OF 5) 080787 T2MR20
T2PR20
TECS RECORD ID: P877878700CAE
NAME - LAST: TITLE:
FIRST: _____ OTHER - 1:
2 : 3 : 4:
X FOR ALIASES:
MONICKERS:
DOB:
EYES:
SSN:
PPN:
RACE: SEX: MAR STATUS:
HAIR: HT: WT:
citizEnshTf p
COUNTRY? TYPE : ISSUED: EXPIRES? “MORE??
TELEPHONE: NON -US INTNTL : CO.: CITY:
ADDRESS-STREET: APT:
CITY: STATE: COUNTRY: ZIP
COUNTY : DATE :
X FOR MORE:
X FOR MORE:
PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
{PF 12— QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
/wwwwwwvvvvvvvwvvwwww
Entering an 'X' on the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen will also
display the PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 5) screen as shown above.
(For more detailed information on these screens and the RECORD
ACCESS INFORMATION screen reference the MS SUBJECT RECORD
MAINTENANCE section of this manual). Pressing FF13 will
redisplay the same screen with the first subrecord. The first
line of text below the body of the screen will now state:
•PF13 FOR NEXT SUB RECORD, PF14 TO USE THIS ONE'
You may use this record or the next sub record, to change or
modify. When you decide on the specific record press the
appropriate PF key (here PF14). This will display the TECS II
RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION screen as follows.
10
97
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:02 TECS II RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION 092887 T2MU3101
T2PU3101
RECORD ID: P8731777 1Q0CAE
ACCESS CODE: _ ( 1=ALL, 2=AGENCY, 3=USER GROUPS, 4=USERS)
AGENCY: _ (CODE 2 ONLY? C=CUSTOMS , K=ATF, I/H=IRS)
USERS GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) :
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS <ENTER>
PF1=HELP PF2=FIELD HELP PF3=MAIN MENU
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
On this screen you must enter your access code and other
information required to gain permission to change the record.
After successfully entering the required data on this screen, and
pressing the ENTER key, the Person Subject Entry (1 of 5) screen
will reappear. You will now be able to modify the specific
fields. Pressing the PFll key will return you to the AIRPORT
INSPECTION RESULTS LIST.
3 - MAINTAIN 3 MONTH EXEMPTIONS
A 3 -month travel exemption may be granted to a traveler who
frequently enters the United States at a specific international
airport for legitimate business purposes. Granting and entering
an exemption will prevent the 3-Month Query History from
displaying on the primary at the district/port indicated.
Travelers do not regueet or apply for the 3 -Month Exemption. It
is granted at the discretion of Customs.
From the TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU, select option 3,
Maintain 3 Month Exemptions. To process this and the remaining
options (4-6) will require you to be signed on with an
individual ID.
Having selected option #3, the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION
MENU will be displayed as shown below:
10
98
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:02 TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION MENU 092987 T2MI25
T2PI25
1 QUERY AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORD (S)
2 UPDATE AN EXISTING EXEMPTION RECORD
3 ADD A NEW EXEMPTION RECORD
PLEASE ENTER NUMBER TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELF) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwvvvvvvvwvwvwvwwwwwvv
As indicated on the screen, three options are available; Query,
Add, or Update an exemption record.
Selecting any of the three options will display the same basic
screen. The format of this screen, the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL
EXEMPTION screen, will differ only in the sub-heading. In the
screen displayed below, the subheading is ' (1) Query An
Exemption 1 . If options 2 or 3 were selected the corresponding
subheadings would be ' (2) Update An Exemption' or, ' (3) Add An
Exemption 1 . The processing of each type of exemption is discussed
separately.
Since the same fields are displayed for each option, their
characteristics are discussed below. Note, however, that some
fields are restricted from data entry depending on the option
selected and that some of the fields are optional entries. The
specifics are discussed under each section.
User ID:
Owner ID:
Entry Date:
Name Last/
First/
Middle:
nine digit USER-ID number of the person who
entered, or who is entering, the record.
if you are entering this record for another owner,
their Owner ID should be entered here; if left
blank, the USER-ID is assumed to be the owner.
system generated, form MMDDYY.
as recorded in the subject record - standard TECS
II Name Rules.
TECS ID number associated with TECS subject record; if no
record exists, a subject record must be created
before an exemption record (see the Add an
Exemption portion of this section) .
10
99
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Dist/Port four digit district port code of the location
Code: approving the exemption.
Start Date/
Stop Date: date exemption takes effect/expires.
Date
Requested: date exemption was initially requested.
Action Taken: indicates whether exemption was Approved, Denied,
or Revoked.
Comments: reason for the action taken, up to 64 characters.
QUERY AN EXEMPTION
This process should be conducted first, prior to updating or
adding a three month exemption, to determine if an exemption
already exists, and the status of the record(s) , If one already
exists, you will not have to create a TECS subject record, but
you must add the exemption for your location, if appropriate.
13:14 TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION 092087 T2MI30
(1) QUERY AN EXEMPTION T2PI30
USER ID: 123456769 OWNER ID: ENTRY DATE: 092887
TRAVELER LAST NAME:* .
FIRST:* MIDDLE: DOB:*
TECS ID#:* DIST/PORT CODE:*
START DATE:* STOP DATE:* DATE REQUESTED:*
ACTION TAKEN {'A' PPROVED ' D" ' ENIED ' R 1 EVOKED) : *_
COMMENTS : *
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/ V V W ' W V V V V W V V V V V V vvvv vvv vv w w \
Selecting option #1 from the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION
MENU will display the screen as shown above. Only the following
fields are available for query: Traveler Last Name, First Name,
Middle Name, DOB and TECS ID #. The (1) Name (first and last) and
DOB or (2) TECS ID are required entries; both must be entered.
10
100
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If the required data is not entered the following message will be
displayed:
'EITHER LAST NAME, FIRST NAME, AND DOB OR TECS RECORD ID IS
REQUIRED'
If the date has not been entered correctly, the following message
will appear on the screen:
'INVALID DATE*
Once you have entered the required data in valid format, two
outcomes are possible:
1. No records are found. If Name/DOB were entered, the following
message will appear at the bottom of the screen:
'NO MATCH FOUND ON NAME"
If the TECS ID # was entered, the following message will be
displayed:
'NO MATCH ON REQUIRED SUBJECT RECORD*
2. A match has been found. In this case the remaining fields will
automatically be filled with the available information. If more
than one matching record is found, a message will be generated
indicating the total number of records found and that the first
record is being displayed. You may use PF7 and PF8 to view the
records retrieved.
UPDATE AN EXEMPTION
If you have identified an existing exemption from the query
process as described previously, you may now update the record.
Selecting option #2 from the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION
MENU will display the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION screen.
Only the following fields are available for data input: Traveler
Last Name, First Name, Middle Name, DOB, and TECS ID #. The (1)
Name (first and last) and DOB or (2) TECS ID are required
entries; both must be entered (same as in the Query process).
Invalid entries will display the same responses as indicated in
the Query section above. Upon entering valid data and pressing
the ENTER key, the screen will be filled with the remaining
information on the subject. Also, the following prompt will
appear :
'UPDATE THIS RECORD (Y/N)? N'
10
101
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The cursor will be positioned at the 'N 1 . To update the record
type a 1 Y ■ and press the ENTER key. The prompt will be removed
from the screen and you may now update this record.
The only fields that you are allowed to update are: Owner ID,
Dist./Port Code, Start Date, Stop Date, Date Requested, Action
Taken, and Comments.
If you change the Action Taken to either 'D' or 'R' one of the
following prompts will be displayed upon pressing the ENTER
key :
'EXEMPTION REVOKED. CORRECT? ( Y/N) Y'
or
'EXEMPTION DENIED. CORRECT? (Y/N) Y *
You must confirm your action by pressing the ENTER key to effect
the action you entered. Or, you may change again by entering 1 N r
and pressing ENTER.
The screen will remain and the following prompt will now be
displayed. This prompt would also be displayed if the action
taken field had not been changed.
'UPDATE THIS RECORD (Y/N)? N 1
If you wish to update this record change the •N l to a ‘Y 1 (by
typing 1 Y' at the prompt) and pressing the ENTER key. The
following prompt will be displayed.
'RECORD HAS BEEN UPDATED 1
ADD AN EXEMPTION
Selecting option #3 from the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION
MENU will display the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION screen,
with the sub-heading '(3) Add An Exemption 1 . All fields marked by
an asterisk {*) are required entries. Error messages will be
displayed and fields in error highlighted if required and valid
data has not been entered. The following prompt will be displayed
upon successful entry of all the data:
'RECORD HAS BEEN ADDED 1
One of the required fields is the TECS ID # . If you are unable to
add an exemption because the subject does not have a TECS ID #■,
one will have to be created. Since this is a likely condition
the following procedure is available for assistance when creating
a TECS subject Record:
10 - 102
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
1) Return to the AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU.
2) Select option #4, PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES.
3) The AIRPORT SECONDARY RESEARCH Menu will display ;
Select option #7, ENTER PERSON SUBJECT RECORD.
4) Enter the requested information on this (the Person Subject
Query) screen.
5) The following message will likely display:
'NO MATCHES ON ENTERED DATA PRESS PF12 TO ADD RECORD'
Press the PF12 key.
6) The PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY screen will display. The first field
will display a system generated TECS ID#. (WRITE IT DOWN 1).
Additional available information should be added to this
and subsequent screens. (Reference the MS SUBJECT RECORD
MAINTENANCE ssction of this manual) .
When the subject record entry is complete, press PF11. This
will return you to the AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU.
7) Return to the TECS II 3 MONTH TRAVEL EXEMPTION MENU and you
may now enter the required TECS ID# to complete the exemption
screen .
4 - PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
At times it may be necessary for you to research specific TECS II
subjects. Although the research function is independent of the
inspection process it is included to allow you to perform subject
queries without exiting the Airport Secondary subsystem.
The query process itself is discussed in detail in the SQ SUBJECT
QUERY section of this manual. After selecting option 4 (Perform
Research Queries) from the TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU screen,
the AIRPORT SECONDARY RESEARCH MENU screen will display as
follows . Subsequent screens displayed as a result of selections
made from this screen are discussed in the SQ SUBJECT QUERY
section of this manual.
io - 103
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:15 TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY RESEARCH MENU 092987 T2MI25
T2PI25
1 QUERY PERSON SUBJECT FILE
2 QUERY BUSINESS SUBJECT FILE
3 QUERY 1 YEAR PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE
4 QUERY NLETS (DRIVERS LICENSE)
5 ENTER PERSON SUBJECT
PLEASE ENTER NUMBER TO MAKE SELECTION
(PF1— HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
A/VVWVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV
5 - ENTER PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE
Occasionally you may need to communicate information directly to
the primary terminals. The primary broadcast process will allow
you to do this.
From the TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU select option 5, ENTER
PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE and press the ENTER key. This will
display the TECS II ENTER PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE screen as
displayed below. The cursor is positioned at the beginning of the
line, ready for you to enter text. After entering the text you
wish to send to the primary terminals (not to exceed 78
characters) , press the ENTER key. This same text will appear
immediately at the bottom of this screen as well as all logged on
primary terminals at your location to demonstrate that it was
sent.
13:26 TECS II ENTER PRIMARY BROADCAST MESSAGE 092937 T2MI30O1
T2PI3901
ENTER TEXT TO BE DISPLAYED AT ALL PRIMARY TERMINALS: (78
CHARACTERS MAXIMUM.)
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=REST0RE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvwvvv
10
104
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
6 - REPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS
This facility is used to process those hits, on the AIRPORT
INSPECTION RESULTS LIST, that have not been acted upon for at
least eight hours.
From the TECS II AIRPORT SECONDARY MENU select option G, REPORT
OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS and press the ENTER key. The TECS II
AIRPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS LIST screen will display as
follows:
13:34 TECS II AIRPORT OVERDUE INSPEC. RESULTS LIST -092987 T2PI31
T2MI31
INSP
I.D. DESCRIPTION DATE
215829603 MAN , PAUL , , 610830 0914
ENTER 'X' BEFORE ITEM TO MAKE SELECTION
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP} (PF4=FREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvx
A hit will not be removed from this list until overdue inspection
results are reported.
As indicated on the screen, you will enter an 'X' before the item
and press the ENTER key. This will then display the TECS II
AIRPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS screen as follows.
13:35 TECS II AIRPORT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS 092987 T2PI32
T2MI32
INSP I.D. DESCRIPTION
215829603 MAN , PAUL , ,610830
PLEASE ENTER AN 'X' IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
USCS COMPLIANCE : _ INS COMPLIANCE : _ SEIZURE ARREST !_ PERSON
EXCLUDED INFORMATION OBTAINED OTHER :_
IF 'INFORMATION OBTAINED' OR 'OTHER' ENTERED, PLEASE EXPLAIN
BELOW:
PLEASE ENTER INSPECTION RESULTS
<PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PP13=VIEW SUBJECT)
/wvwwvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
IO - 105
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Note, that except for the screen, title, or heading, this screen
is nearly identical to the TECS II AIRPORT INSPECTION RESULTS
screen. The result ’NOT KNOWN' may be entered for those instances
when an accurate overdue inspection result cannot be determined,
either because the inspector is unknown or he doesn't remember
the result. The processing of Overdue Results is identical to the
processing of Reporting Inspection Results discussed earlier.
Please refer back to that section for a description of the fields
and the subsequent processing.
TIME TRIGGERED TRANSACTIONS
There are several transactions within the LANDBORDER SECONDARY
application which are triggered at some interval of time. Time
triggered transactions are: REMOVE ITEM FROM REFERRAL LIST, ISSUE
WARNING NOTICE, MAKE INSPECTION RESULTS OVERDUE, and PRINT
OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT. Each type of transaction is
addressed in the following sections.
REMOVE ITEMS FROM REFERRAL LIST
Every hour on the half-hour, all referrals to secondary which
were referred by a primary . inspector (i.e., they were not hits)
are examined to determine if more than 2 hours has elapsed since
they, were referred. If the referral is more than 2 hours old, it
Will no longer display on the LANDBORDER SECONDARY REFERRAL LIST;
it is moved to the REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS LIST.
ISSUE WARNING NOTICE
Every hour on the half-hour, all 'hits' from primary as well as
any hits from secondary are examined to determine if more than 2
hours, more than 4 hours, more than 6 hours, or more than 8 hours
has elapsed since the hit occurred.
Based upon the oldest hit at each location, one of the following
messages will display at all designated secondaries at the
corresponding location:
'REPORT RESULTS
•REPORT RESULTS
'REPORT RESULTS
'REPORT RESULTS
2 HOUR WARNING 1
<1 HOUR WARNING 1
6 HOUR WARNING 1
8 HOUR FINAL WARNING’
10
10G
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
MAKE INSPECTION RESULTS OVERDUE
When a hit is more than 8 hours old it will become overdue during
the next hourly review and the following message will display:
'PLEASE POST OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS'
The overdue hit will be deleted from the LANDBORDER INSPECTION
RESULTS LIST and will be transferred to the LANDBORDER OVERDUE
INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT LIST.
PRINT OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT
The OVERDUE INSPECTION RESULTS REPORT, is produced on a daily
basis. The report is produced by landborder location code and
lists all hits with overdue inspection results at that location.
The inspection results must be entered into the system to remove
an item from this report.
1040 PRIVATE ACFT. ENF. SYSTEM (PAES)
The PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM (PAES) is used by
inspectors at airports to screen pilots and passengers on
privately owned aircraft entering the United States.
From the TECS II MAIN MENU, you may either: (1) select the lo
option. Which will access the SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS
Menu and from this menu (the first screen shown below) , enter
1040 into the CODE:* field and depress the ENTER key or; (2)
enter 1040 in the CODE field of the Main Menu. Either method
Will display the PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU as
displayed on the second screen.
If your terminal is at a location other than an airport, or if
you are processing for another location, you should enter the
four-character airport code in the KEYID field, in addition to
1040 in the code field. This will temporarily enable you to
process transactions for the location specified.
10
107
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
08:18 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR INSPECTION OPERATIONS 091187 T2MS04C2
T2PS0404
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
l DESCRIPTION
CODE
CODE
IOAA
SEARCH/ ARREST/ SEIZURE SYS
10 DR
MOIR
IODS
TARGET FLIGHT SYSTEM
1004
LANDBORDER SECONDARY OPS *
1016
AIRPORT PRIMARY OPS.
102 5
AIRPORT SECONDARY OPS *
1040
PRIVATE ACFT, ENF, SYSTEM
CODE:*
KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
wvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvvvvvvvvvvv
6:46 TECS II PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYS. MENU 111787 T2MI40
T2PI4Q
1 RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL
2 PROCESS REPORT OF ARRIVAL
3 MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
4 MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
5 PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES
6 PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
7 PRINT ARRIVAL RESULTS CF 178
8 PROCESS INACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS
PLEASE ENTER NUMBER TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vwvvvvvvvwwvvwvvvwvvvvwvvv
10 - 108
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
1 - RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL
Entering a '1' at the prompt on the PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT
SYSTEM Menu will display the RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL
screen as displayed below:
15:29 TECS II RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL 121207 T2MI43
T2PI43
TYPE:* _
TAIL #:* ________ AIRCRAFT TYPE:
DEPARTURE LOC. DEPARTURE TIME: Z DEPARTURE DATE:
TRUE AIR SPEED: ALTITUDE:
DEST.LOC.:* DEBT. ETA! Z DEST. DATE :
REMARKS :
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/vvvwwwwwwvvwvvwwwwvw
The following screen (as well as most of the subsequent
screens) , require coded data to be entered into many of the fields
(e.g. departure location, aircraft type) . You may view the coded
values together with a description associated with these codes
by depressing the PF2 key (field help) when the cursor is
positioned in that specific field-
To enter flight plans via an advance notice of arrival, the
following fields, as denoted by an asterisk (*)in the screen
above, must be filled:
TYPE - You must enter either "c" or "F" . Enter C if the notice is
received directly from the pilot to Customs. Enter F if the
notice is transmitted telephonically from FAA to Customs. If an
invalid entry is made, the following message will display:
"INVALID TYPE: C OR F"
TAIL # - Consists of letters and numbers. If the data entered
does not pass validation, the following message will appear:
"INVALID TAIL NUMBER"
10 - 109
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The tail number must correspond to an existing subrecord. If the
subrecord does not exist, the user will be prompted:
"SUBJECT RECORD DOES NOT EXIST FOR THIS TAIL #. CREATE A
SUBJECT RECORD (Y/N)?
If you respond "Y" , a partial subrecord will be automatically
created. If you respond "N " , the flight plan data entered will
be discarded when the screen redisplays in preparation of the
next transaction.
DESTINATION LOCATION - A four character alphabetic code for the
U.S. Airport must be entered into this field. The following
message will be displayed if an invalid code is entered:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
The remaining fields are optional and are discussed below.
AIRCRAFT TYPE - Valid values are alphanumeric, up to four
characters. The following message will be displayed for invalid
entries :
"INVALID AIRCRAFT TYPE"
DEPARTURE LOCATION - A four character alphabetic code for the
foreign airport. Invalid entries display the following message:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
DEPARTURE TIME (must be ZULU time) & DATE is set to current date
but can be changed. If the entries do not pass standard
validation, the corresponding error message will display:
"INVALID TIME"
"INVALID DATE"
TRUE AIR SPEED and ALTITUDE are optional and may contain any
alphanumeric characters.
DESTINATION ETA (must be ZULU time) & DATE is set to current date
but can be changed, but should be provided whenever possible. If
entries do not pass standard validation, the corresponding error
message will display:
"INVALID TIME"
"INVALID DATE"
REMARKS - One line of text may be entered in this field.
10
110
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
When adding a flight plan via advance notice of arrival, all
mandatory fields must be filled or the following message will
display:
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
Once all information has been validated, the flight plan is added
to tracking file. In addition, it is added to the PENDING
ARRIVALS LIST for the destination airport.
An example of a completed screen is displayed below.
15:43 TECS II RECORD ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL 121287 T2MI43
T2PI43
TYPE:* C
TAIL # : * N31QKM AIRCRAFT TYPE: C310
DEPARTURE LOC. MMEX DEPARTURE TIME: 1100 2 DEPARTURE DATE: 121287
TRUE AIR SPEED; ALTITUDE:
PEST . LOC . : » kcxl DEST.ETA: 2 PEST. DATE: 121237
REMARKS: MCLAUGHLIN, K - PILOT; 1 USC
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3»MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/vvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvv
2 - PROCESS REPORT OF ARRIVAL
From the TECS II system menu for PAES, select option #2 (Process
Report of Arrival), and depress the ENTER key. The PENDING
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen will be displayed as shown
below:
10 - 111
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:44 TECS II PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS 121237 T2PI66
T2MI66
PAGE 1
TAIL # SRC LOOKOUT TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE ARRV
_ N310KM CUS C210 MMEX 1100 KCXL 1230Z 1212S7 “
ARRIVAL NOT ON LIST
POSITION CURSOR AND ENTER "1" TO RECORD FACT OF ARRIVAL, "2" TO
QUERY AIRCRAFT, "3" TO QUERY PILOT, "4” TO QUERY PASSENGER, ”5"
TO REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS, OR "6 M TO MODIFY/ CREATE SUBJECT
RECORDS AND ESTABLISH LINKAGES.
PTT’aQF MaTJTf 1W IDUTVIT,
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7-PREV PAGE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
VVVVVVVVVVWWVVVVVVVVWVVVVVVW
As indicated on the screen, you nay enter a number from ' l 1 to
1 6 1 in front of the item to select the corresponding process. To
record the fact of arrival place a '1' before the tail number of
the aircraft for which you are reporting arrival. The flight plan
record is updated with the arrival and an arrival record is also
automatically created in the tracking file.
If you indicate that you would like to record an arrival not on
the list, the ADVANCE NOTICE OF ARRIVAL screen will display.
Once the fact of arrival has been recorded, The PENDING PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen will include the airport code of arrival
under the column ARRV. An arrival may also be recorded by a
location other than the airport of arrival if, for example, the
terminals were "down" at the airport of arrival. This is
described in the Maintain Tracking Data Section.
An example of what the screen looks like after the FACT OF
ARRIVAL (1) is keyed is displayed below. Note, there is an
Airport Code in the ARRV columns.
10 - 112
TEGS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:45 TECS II PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS 121287 T2PI66
T2MI66
PAGE 1
TAIL # SRC LOOKOUT TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE ARRV
N3 10KM - CUS C210 MMEX 1100 KCXL 1230Z 121287 KCXL
ARRIVAL NOT ON LIST
POSITION CURSOR AND ENTER "1" TO RECORD FACT OF ARRIVAL, "2" TO
QUERY AIRCRAFT, "3” TO QUERY PILOT, "4" TO QUERY PASSENGER, "5"
TO REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS, OR "6" TO MODFY /CREATE SUBJECT RECORDS
AND ESTABLISH LINKAGES.
DTFlflP TVIJiUV &M B'D'DTVIIT
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB«NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\/vv\/wwv\/vv\/\
QUERY AIRCRAFT
An aircraft query is performed automatically as result of
entering Advance Notice of Arrival or when you select to query an
aircraft from the PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen. When
the query is complete, you will be returned to the PENDING
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen.
By entering a ' 2 1 before the selected item on the PENDING PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen, and pressing the ENTER key an aircraft
query is performed. Aircraft subject data and the 10 most recent
arrivals are retrieved. The PRIVATE AIRCRAFT QUERY screen, as
shown below will display using the data from the subrecord. Note
that if the aircraft is currently on LOOKOUT "TECS" or "NCIC"
will be displayed on the PENDING ARRIVALS screen under the
LOOKOUT column. By pressing PF8 you can perforin an Aircraft
Subject Query to view the details of the lookout record (s) and
any other eubrecord(s) .
10 - 113
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:46 TECS II PRIVATE AIRCRAFT QUERY MMDDYY T2MI47
T2PI47
AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER: N3 10KM MAKE: CESSNA
MODEL: COLORS :WHITE BLUE
OWNER/LESSEE : MCLAUGHLIN , KENNETH
STREET ADDRESS: 2764 NE 17 ST
CITY! FORT LAUDERDALE ST:FL COUNTRY: US ZIPTOOOOO
OVERFLIGHT EXPIRES: SlRCRAFT REGISTRATION CERT. VERIFIED :
DATE ARRV FOREIGN PLACE OF DEPARTURE PILOT NAHE DOB
101287 KFXE MALYN NEIL D 070463
PRESS <PF8> TO CHECK FOR ADDITION DATA
(PF1-HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) <PFS=NEXT PAGE)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvwvw
Pressing the PF8 key will display the AIRCRAFT SUBJECT QUERY
screen. From here, yon may search and view the detail of any
available information on the aircraft. In addition to displaying
the query results, if the aircraft is on LOOKOUT, the subject
record owner is notified.
Whenever an aircraft cjuery is performed for certain destination
locations, a message in the following format will be sent to
specified "interested" locations:
"PENDING ARRIVAL TLC10008 VFR TECS-L3 C404 MMMX 030
0 KFLL 070 12Q5B6"
Note that the cpiery results are used to automatically create or
update the arrival results report as described in REPORT ARRIVAL
RESULTS Section option "S" from the PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ARRIVALS screen.
The series of screens which you will be presented with are
displayed below. For each Aircraft Subject Record, you may view
up to 3 screens. Also, there will frequently be multiple sub-
records, e.g., C90 (PAES record), F01 {FAA Reg. Record) and
possibly a "lookout" sub-record. Each of these can be viewed by
pressing PF13 from the AIRCRAFT SUBJECT DISPLAY (1 OF 3) screen.
10 - 114
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
>
15:47 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT QUERY
ENTER TECS RECORD ID: A
120187 T2MR14
T2FR14
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: ONLY SUSPECTS:
SUB-RECORDS- ALL: ONLY" 'AGENCY OWNED? ONLY SUB-AGEN. OWNED:
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION NUMBER (TAIL NUMBER) : N310KM
MANUFACTURER'S SERIAL NUMBER:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2= FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREVIOUS MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwv
15:47
TECS II
SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 1212B7 T2MR12
T2FR12
PAGE 1
1 RECORD WAS RETRIEVED
RECORD- ID SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
STATUS CODE
A7500134100C90 N310KM CESSNA
NP NON-SUSPECT , PAIRS
PLACE A "V" IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS
ENTER
(PF1-HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF0-NEXT SCREEN)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvx
10 - 115
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
15:48 TECS II AIRCRAFT SUBJECT SCREEN
TECS RECORD IDi
(1 OF 3) 121287 T2MR50
T2PR50
OVERFLIGHT EXEMPT:
REGISTRATION NUMBER: N31GXM
ALIAS :
MFG-NAME: CESSNA SERIAL#: SERIES CODES:
MODEL/ SERIES NAME: MODEL CODE: SERIES CODE:
YEAR: 00 TYPE: CATEGORY : ENGINE TYPE: #ENGINES: 0
#5EATS : 000
COLOR (1)- BODYl:
(3) BODYl:
WEIGHT: 0000000
WHI BODY2 : BLU TRIM:
BODY 2 : TRIM:
CRUISING SPEED: 0000
(2) BODYl: BODY2 :
TRIM:
(4) BODYl: BODY2:
TRIM:
STATUS: NP NON-SUSPECT, PAIRS DATE:
OWNER-AGENCY: C90 TEST NOT ON UPR-FILE
TELEPHONE : PRIMARY? :
NO SUB-RECORDS
(PF1=HELP) (PF3“MAIN MENU) (PF 4 “QUERY RESULTS) {PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PFlfi=PRINT RECORD)
/vwvwvwwwwvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
QUERY PILOT
When you enter a ' 3 ' before an item on the PENDING PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen, the previous pilots for the selected
aircraft are displayed as indicated on the PREVIOUS PILOTS
SELECTION LIST screen below:
10
116
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:49 TECS II PREVIOUS PILOTS SELECTION LIST 121287 T2MI5101
T2PI5101
PREVIOUS PILOTS ON AIRCRAFT TAIL # N310KM
# LOOKOUT PILOT NAME DOB
01 TECS MCLAUGHLIN , KENNETH L 032236
PLEASE ENTER SELECTION LIST NUMBER TO VIEW PREVIOUS PILOT OR
ENTER 'P' TO QUERY PILOT NOT ON LIST:
( PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) £PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/wwwwvvwvwvvwwwwvvvvvv
*NOTE: If no previous pilots exist, the following message will
display on line 23:
"NO PREVIOUS PILOTS"
If you select to query a pilot not on the list, by entering a ' P'
at the prompt, the PILOT QUERY screen will display as shown
below:
15:01 TECS II PILOT QUERY SCREEN 121287 T2MI5201
T2PI52 01
PILOT LAST NAME* *
FIRST NAME;* MIDDLE
DOB:
/vvvvvvvwwwvvvvvwwvwvvwwv
Enter PILOT LAST NAME and FIRST NAME, MIDDLE NAME and DOB are
optional. The following error messages are possible:
"INVALID LAST NAME"
"INVALID FIRST NAME"
"INVALID DATE"
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
10
117
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
All person subject records who are pilots are found. If no
subrecords are located, then the following message will display
on line 23 :
"NO POSSIBLE MATCHES - CREATE SUBJECT RECORD (Y/N) ?"
If this message is received as the response and you enter "Y",
you will be taken into the SUBJECT ENTRY process. Enter as much
data as is available on screen 1 of PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY. Enter
Hjipn (Non-Suspect, PASS) in the status code on screen 2 of 5.
Enter "PAES Pilot" in REMARKS. Enter "C" in Primary Access Code
so he is not on "lookout". Be sure to enter the Pilot License #
and Country on screen 4 so that future queries on this person
will identify the subject as a pilot.
If one or more subject records are found, they are displayed as
indicated on the PILOT QUERY SELECTION LIST below:
14:38 TECS II PILOT QUERY SELECTION LIST 082987 T2MI5301
T2PI53 01
POSSIBLE MATCHES ON: MANGUS , PAUL
# LOOKOUT
PILOT NAME
DOB
01
MANGUS
PAUL
0S3161
02
MANGUS ,
PAUL
F
082261
03
MANGUS ,
PAUL
W
010850
PLEASE ENTER SELECTION LIST NUMBER TO VIEW PILOT OF ENTER 'N' IF
NO MATCH ON SELECTION LIST:
(PF1=HELP) (FF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4»PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFQ=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvv\/wvvvvvvvvv\/vww\/vvw\/vw\
When you select a pilot from either the PREVIOUS PILOTS SELECTION
LIST or the PILOT QUERY SELECTION LIST the dates the pilot
license certificate, and medical certificate were last verified
are displayed, and the ten most recent arrivals of the pilot are
displayed. The PILOT QUERY screen will display, using the data
from the subrecord, as follows:
10
118
I
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:50 TECS II PILOT QUERY 121287 T2MI5401
T2PI54 01
PILOT NAME: MCLAUGHLIN , KENNETH L DOB: 032236 NATIONALITY : US
LICENSE NUMBER: 282306722 LICENSE COUNTRY:
STREET ADDRESS: 2764 NE 17 ST APT
CITY: FORT LAUDERDALE ST : FL COUNTRY: US ZIP: 00 000
LICENSE CERT VERIFIED: 000000 MEDICAL CERT7 VERIFIED: 000000
DATE ARRV FOREIGN PLACE OF DEPARTURE TAIL #
101286 KFXE N310KM
PILOT THIS ARRIVAL (Y/N)?
PRESS <PF8> TO CHECK FOR ADDITION DATA
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) £PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvv\/\/vvvvvvvvvvvvv\/vv\/v\
Specify if the pilot displayed is the pilot this arrival. The
following error message is possible:
,r INVALID ENTRY -Y or N M
If you respond "N" , you will be returned to one of the PILOT
screens to select another pilot to view.
If you indicate a pilot this arrival (Y) , the query results are
used to automatically create or update arrival results report as
described in the REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS portion.
QUERY PASSENGER
To query passengers enter '4' in front of the appropriate item on
the PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT screen. The PREVIOUS PASSENGER
SELECTION LIST screen will be displayed as shown below. As
indicated on the screen, you may query a listed passenger, or a
passenger not on the list, by entering either the selection list
number or a ' P ’ .
After all passenger queries have been completed enter a 1 C and
press the ENTER key. You will now be returned to the PENDING
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen, ready to select and process the
next arrival flight-
TO
119
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:52 TECS II PREVIOUS PASSENGERS SELECTION LIST
PREVIOUS PASSENGERS ON AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
121287 T2MI58
T2PI58
#
LOOKOUT
PASSENGER NAME
NTNL
DOB
001
TECS
BOUVIER
JOHN
A
US
062941
002
TECS
BOUVIER
KARIN
S
US
030751
003
TECS
MCLAUGHLIN
LILLI A
A
US
080334
PLEASE ENTER SELECTION LIST NUMBER TO VIEW PREVIOUS PASSENGER
DATA, ENTER "P" TO QUERY PASSENGER NOT ON LIST, OR "C" IF
PASSENGER QUERY COMPLETE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
( PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vwwvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvvvwvvvvv
By selecting a passenger from the PREVIOUS PASSENGERS LIST, the
following three screens will be presented. First is the PERSON
SUBJECT QUERY screen (already filled in) . Press ENTER and the
SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) is displayed. Enter "V" and
press ENTER; the PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY is displayed. As
indicated near the bottom of the screen, you must PRESS PF24 TO
ADD PASSENGER to this ARRIVAL REPORT. PF2 4 must be pressed from
screen 1 of 5.
15:53 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 121287 T2MR11
T2PR11
ENTER TECS RECORD ID: P750162 5000C90
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
OWNED BY- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED : _ ONLY SUB-AGNCY-OWNED :
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: _ CTR: _ FBA : _ CMIR:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODE{S):
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME- LAST: BOUVIER
FIRST: JOHN MIDDLE: X FOR SOUNDEX:
DATE OF BIRTH (SINGLE DATE OR RANGE) 062941 SEX: (ONLY NLETSf
SSN : PASSPORT-NUMBER: COUNTRY:
DRIVERS LICENSE#: STATE": COUNTRY:
ALIEN REGISTR# : BORDER CROSSING CARD:
PILOTS LICENSE#: COUNTRY: ' ' ' —
TELEPHONE:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PERV MENU)
wvvvvwvvvvwvvvvwwvvvwvvwv
10
120
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:54 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 1201B7 T2MR12
T2PR12
PAGE 1
1 RECORD WAS RETRIEVED
RECORD-ID SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
STATUS CODE
P7501625000C90 BOUVIER JOHN A 062941
NP NON-SUSPECT, PAIRS
PLACE A "V" IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS
ENTER
** 3 NLETS RESPONSES RECEIVED - FF12=CHECK NLETS **
(FF1=HELP) ( PF3— MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
vwvvvwwvvvwvvvvvvwvvvvwvvv\
►
15:54 TECS II PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY SCREEN (lof5) 012687 T2MR20
T2PR20
TECS RECORD ID: P7501625000C90 ARMED St DANGEROUS
NAME - LAST: BOUVIER
TITLE:
FIRST: JOHN
OTHER - 1: A"
2 :
~rr ■
4 ;
MONICKERS :
X FOR ALIASES:
DOB: 062941
RACE: SEX:
MAR STATUS:
EYES: HAIR:
HT: 000
WT: 000
SSN:
CITIZENSHIP
: US
PPN: COUNTRY:
TYPE: ISSUED: 0000000
EXPIRES; 000000 MORE:
STATUS: NP NON - SUSPECT , PAIRS DATE:
OWNER- AGENCY :C90 TEST NOT ON UPR-FILE NAME:
TELEPHONE : PRIMARY? ; C NOT ON PRIMARY , NOT MANDATORY
PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
PRESS <PF24> TO ADD PASSENGER FOR THIS ARRIVAL
(PFl^HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=QUERY RESULTS) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
/vvvvvvwvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
10
121
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
I
REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS
To report arrival results enter a 1 5 1 before the selected item on
the PENDING PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVALS screen and press the ENTER
key. The REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL will be displayed as
shown below:
15:55 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121287 T2MI45
T2PI45
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:N310KM CF-178 NBR: 87NKCSLQ02 53
US AIRPORT OF ARRV: *KCXL US ARRV TIME: *2045 Z US ARRV &T: *121287
AIRPORT OF DEPART: *MMEX DEPART TIME:*1100 Z US ARRV DT:*121287
LAST FOREIGN CITY: * LAST FOREIGN COUNTRY:*
FOREIGN ITINERARY:*
US AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE : DEPARTURE S TATE :
US AIRPORT CODE: US DEPARTURE TIME: Z US DEPART DATE:
MAKE: CESSNA MODEL:
COLORS:* WHITE BLUE TRIM:
OWNER/LESSEE NAME: *MCLAUGHLIN , KENNETH
STREET ADDRESS: *2764 NE 17 ST
CITY: * FORT LAUDERDALE ST:*FL COUNTRY: *US ZIPl OOOOO
INSPECTOR ID: *212502035 AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION CERT. VERIFIED: *
PLEASE ENTER "R" TO REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS FOR THIS ARRIVAL,
OR ENTER "C" IF REPORT OF ARRIVAL IS COMPLETE:
PF8 TO REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS ON PILOT
(FF1/FF2=HELP) (PF3=KA1N MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU) ( PF 5 “RESTORE )
(PF3=PAGE FORWARD)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvwvvwvvvvvvvvvvv
When reporting arrival results you may report aircraft and flight
data, pilot data, passenger data, inspection results, and
generate the printed report of arrival. Several data elements
will already be filled in as a result of the previous reporting
and queries. If necessary, these fields can be modified.
Complete all fields marked with an asterisk {*) . The two lines
of U.S. departure data should be completed for U.S. aircraft.
After completing this screen you may press PF8 to Report Arrival
Results On Pilot or enter “R" to Report Inspection Results for
this arrival.
10 - 122
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
REPORT AIRCRAFT RESULTS
The following field specifications pertain to the above screen.
If not already filled in enter a valid airport code for US
AIRPORT OF ARRIVAL. If the code is not valid, the following
message will display:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
The US ARRIVAL TIME and US ARRIVAL DATE should already be filled
in from the FACT OF ARRIVAL. You may change the TIME or DATE if
required. If the data is not validated, the following message
will be displayed:
"INVALID TIME”
"INVALID DATE"
The AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE, if blank, must be filled in with a
valid airport code. The following error message is possible:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
The DEPARTURE TIME and DEPARTURE DATE (if blank) must be entered
and validated. If they are already filled in, they may be
changed if necessary. The following messages may display:
"INVALID TIME"
"INVALID DATE"
The LAST FOREIGN CITY, LAST FOREIGN COUNTRY, and FOREIGN
ITINERARY must be filled in. If the country code is invalid, the
following message will be displayed:
"INVALID COUNTRY"
For U.S. registered aircraft, enter US AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE,
DEPARTURE STATE, US AIRPORT CODE, US DEPARTURE TIME and US
DEPARTURE DATE. One or more of the following messages may occur
if any of the fields are in error.
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
"INVALID STATE"
"INVALID TIME"
"INVALID DATE"
The aircraft subject record owner data is obtained from TECS II
Subject Linkage table. The OWNER data can be modified on the
ARRIVAL REPORT. However, in order to capture the modifications
for subsequent arrivals and queries, the subject record and/or
linkages must be modified by placing a 6 next to the TAIL # on
the PENDING ARRIVALS screen.
10 - 123
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
I
The INSPECTOR ID defaults to the inspector ID of the individual
who performed the last aircraft query. However, the inspector ID
can be changed to any valid user ID. The following messages is
displayed if there is an error:
"INVALID USER ID"
The inspector must indicate if the AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION
CERTIFICATE VERIFIED this arrival. Enter either "Y" or "N" or
the following error message is displayed:
"INVALID ENTRY - Y OR N"
Both inspection results for the aircraft and the report on the
pilot must be completed before you can complete this report of
arrival. If you Indicate that the report of arrival was complete
(by entering ’C) and all required fields are not filled in, the
following message would be returned:
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
Even though all the required fields may have been completed,
required fields on subsequent screens need to be completed.
ARRIVAL INSPECTION RESULTS
Selecting option r R' from the REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL
screen will display either the following message:
" INSPECTION RESULTS ALREADY REPORTED"
or the INSPECTION RESULTS screen, as shown below:
10 - 124
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:57
TECS II INSPECTION RESULTS
121287 T2MI65
T2PI65
INSPECTION RESULTS FOR: N31QKM , CESSNA ,
PLEASE ENTER AN M X" IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING RESULTS
NEGATIVE INTENSIVE: NEGATIVE ROUTINE: NEGATIVE I.D.
NEGATIVE SEARCH: POSITIVE RESULT:
IF "POSITIVE RESULT" PLEASE ENTER AN "X" IN THE APPROPRIATE
FIELD (S) USCS COMPLIANCE: INS COMPLIANCE: SEIZURE:
ARREST: PERSON EXCLUDED:
IF "INFORMATION OBTAINED" OR "OTHER" ENTERED, PLEASE EXPLAIN
BELOW:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=PREV SCRN) (PF5=RESTORE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
If the message displays, this process has been satisfied and you
should proceed by pressing PFB to REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS ON PILOT
(discussed in the next portion) . If the screen displays, note
that the 'Inspection Results For' field lists the tail number of
the aircraft (identifying this screen as inspection results for
aircraft). To complete this screen place an 'X' in one of the
fields in the upper half of the screen. If you marked the
'Positive Results 'field you are required to complete the bottom
half of the screen by placing an 'X' in all the fields that are
relevant. Descriptive text must be entered if 'information
obtained 1 and/or 'other 1 is marked. Upon completion of this
screen return to the previous screen via the PF4 key.
REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS ON PILOT
By pressing PFB from the first REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL
screen on which you reported the arrival details on the AIRCRAFT,
the screen for reporting the arrival details on the PILOT is
displayed. All items marked with an asterisk must be completed
before the ARRIVAL REPORT is considered complete. Most of the
data on this screen will already be filled in as a result of the
previous pilot query. If the address data is incorrect, it can
be modified on this report, however, in order to permanently
change the address data for subsequent arrivals and queries, you
must enter 6 next to the tail number on the PENDING ARRIVALS
screen .
10
125
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
i
15:56 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121287 T2PI46
T2MI46
PILOT NAME : MCLAUGHLIN , KENNETH L
DOB: 032236 NATIONALITY : US
LICENSE NUMBER: 2B23 06722 LICENSE COUNTRY:
STREET ADDRESS: *2764 NE 17 ST
CITY : *FORT LAUDERDALE ST:*FL COUNTRY :*US ZIP:* 00000
INSPECTOR ID: *212502035 PILOT LICENSE CERTIFICATE VERIFIED:*
PILOT MEDICAL CERTIFICATE VERIFIED:*
VIOLATIONS :
NUMBER OF PASSENGERS/ CREW ON BOARD:*
PLEASE ENTER "R" TO REPORT INSPECTION RESULTS FOR PILOT, OR
ENTER "C" IF REPORT OF ARRIVAL IS COMPLETE:
PFS TO REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS ON PASSENGERS
(PF1/PF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) £PF4=PREV MENU) { PF 5 =RESTORE }
{ PF 7/ PF8 =PAGING )
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The following field specifications apply to the REPORT OF PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL - Pilot screen*
The INSPECTOR ID defaults to the Inspector ID of the individual
who performed the last pilot query. However, the Inspector ID
can be changed to any valid User ID. The following message is
displayed if there is an error:
"INVALID USER ID"
The inspector must indicate if the PILOT LICENSE CERTIFICATE and
PILOT MEDICAL CERTIFICATE were verified this arrival. Enter
either "Y" or "N" or the following error message will display:
"INVALID ENTRY _ Y OR N"
The inspector must indicate the NUMBER OF PASSENGERS and CREW ON
BOARD, not including the pilot. This number must agree with the
number of passengers previously gueried before the arrival report
is considered complete.
If the pilot is on "lookout", inspection results must be
reported. If the pilot is not on "lookout", inspection results
are not required but may be entered if desired. Inspection
results reporting for a pilot is identical the mandatory
inspection results previously discussed.
10 - 126
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
After completing this screen, you may report inspection results
for the pilot or you may simply press PF8 to REPORT ARRIVAL
RESULTS ON PASSENGERS as discussed in the next portion.
REPORT ARRIVAL RESULTS ON PASSENGERS
By pressing PFS from the second REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ARRIVAL screen on which you reported the arrival details on the
PILOT, the screen showing the passengers and crewmembers (other
then the pilot) for this arrival will be displayed, if
passengers are on this list who were not passengers on this
arrival ; enter a M D" and the # which you wish to delete. If
there are passengers on board who are not listed, you should
enter a "P" and the PERSON SUBJECT QUERY screen will be
displayed. Follow the same procedures and discussed in the
Passenger Query Section (particularly pressing PF2 4 to add them
to the Passenger List for this arrival) . If any of the
passengers are on "lookout", inspection results must be entered
as previously discussed for the pilot. If the passengers are not
on lookout, inspection results are optional.
15:56 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121267 T2PI64
T2MI64
PASSENGERS/CREW ON AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
t LOOKOUT
01 TECS
PASSENGER NAME
BOUVIER , JOHN A
NTNL DOB RESULTS
US 062941
PLEASE ENTER "R" AND SELECTION NUMBER TO REPORT INSPECTION
RESULTS, ENTER "D" AND SELECTION NUMBER TO DELETE A PASSENGER
FROM THIS ARRIVAL, ENTER »P" TO QUERY PASSENGER NOT ON LIST, OR
ENTER "C" IF ARRIVAL REPORT IS COMPLETE:
PLEASE MAKE A SELECTION
(PF1/PF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=REST0RE)
(PF7/PF8=PAGING)
vvv\/vvvvvvvvvvvv\/vvv\/w\/vvv\/vvv
If the number of passengers listed on this screen agrees with the
total indicated on the previous screen, and all of the required
fields on the REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL screens have
been filled in, and INSPECTION RESULTS for this arrival have been
reported, you may indicate a "c" on this or any other REPORT OF
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL screen to indicate that you are finished
10 - 127
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
with this particular arrival report. If the system agrees that
you are finished, the aircraft will be deleted from the PENDING
ARRIVALS screen.
COMPLETE REPORT OF ARRIVAL
When you indicate from any of the REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ARRIVAL screens, that the report of arrival is complete, the
following checks are performed:
- All required fields have been entered, including
an owner/lessee linkage to the aircraft
- The number of passengere/crew on board indicated
on REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL screen
equal to the number of passengers reported on
the REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL screen.
- Inspection results have been entered for the
aircraft subject and, at a minimum, for all
LOOKOUT persons
If the report of arrival is not valid, the following error
messages may be displayed.
"NOT ALL PASSENGERS REPORTED" or
"REQUIRED FIELD NOT FILLED"
After the ARRIVAL REPORT is complete and has been removed from
the PENDING ARRIVALS LIST, a copy is printed on a host-
addressable printer. This printer will usually be at a District
or other major office and not at the processing airport. In
order to get a copy immediately at the airport, go to the PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU (1040). Select option 5,
PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES. Then select option 1, QUERY AIRCRAFT
HISTORY. Key the TAIL # and press ENTER. The arrival which you
just processed should be at the top of the list. Place an X next
to the arrival and press ENTER. SCREEN PRINT the first screen
with the aircraft details. Press PF8 and if any passengers are
listed, SCREEN PRINT the passenger screen. Assemble the SCREEN
PRINTS, sign and date them, and file them with the CF17S given by
the pilot m case they are needed at a later date. CF173’s will
no longer be sent to and stored by CENTRAL FILES.
3 - MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
When the user selects Maintain Aircraft Tracking Data from the
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU, the MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT
TRACKING DATA MENU screen displays as follows:
IO
12 S
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
13:14 TECS II MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA MENU 083087 T2MI71
T2PI71
1 ENTER AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
2 CANCEL AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
3 QUERY ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS
4 QUERY BY AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
5 QUERY ALL AIRCRAFT
6 QUERY AIRPORT LOCATION CODE
PLEASE ENTER 1-6 TO MAKE SELECTION:
(FF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREV MENU)
A/VVVWVVVVVVVVWVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVN
From here, you have the option to enter aircraft tracking data,
cancel aircraft tracking entry, query active flight plans, query
all aircraft by tail number, query all aircraft, and query
airport location code. Via an NLETS interface, NLETS users may
also query and create aircraft tracking records.
ENTER AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
If you enter '1' to Enter Aircraft Tracking Data from the
MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA MENU, the ENTER AIRCRAFT TRACKING
DATA screen will be shown below:
13:16 TECS II ENTER AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
TYPE;* (A-ARRIVAL, D-DEPARTURE, S-SIGHTING)
TAIL#:* AIRCRAFT TYPE:
LOCATION:* DATE:*
REMARKS:
CONTACT:
RESTRICTED:*
(FF1=HELF) (PF2=FLD HELP) (FF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE)
/vwvvwvvvvvwwvvvvvvwvwvvvv
083087 T2MI72
T2PI72
TIME:
10 - 129
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TYPE - is a mandatory field which must contain "A", H D", or"S M .
If the entry is invalid, the following message displays:
"INVALID TYPE: A, D, OR S"
TAIL # must be entered and must correspond to an existing C90
(PAES) sub-record. If the sub-record does not exist, you will be
prompted :
"SUBJECT RECORD DOES NOT EXIST FOR THIS TAIL #. CREATE
A SUBJECT RECORD (Y/N)?"
Respond "Y" , and the subrecord will be created without further
user intervention. Respond "N" , and the entered tracking data is
discarded and the screen redisplays in preparation of the next
transaction.
AIRCRAFT TYPE - is table validated. If it does not pass table
validation, the following message appears:
"INVALID AIRCRAFT TYPE"
LOCATION - is required and is table validated. If it does not
pass validation, the following message displays:
" INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
DATE - is required and must be valid or the following message
displays:
"INVALID DATE"
TIME - is optional, but if entered, must be valid or the
following message will display:
"INVALID TIME"
REMARKS and CONTACT - are optional entries.
RESTRICTED - is required and may be "Y H or M N" . "Y" should be
entered only if you do not want non-customs users aware of the
tracking record. The following error message displays:
"INVALID ENTRY - Y OR N"
When the your entry has been validated, the tracking record is
created.
If the aircraft for which the tracking data was entered is on
LOOKOUT, standard HIT notification is sent to the record owner.
10 - 130
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
If an arrival tracking record was created, the oldest active
flight plan for the specified location and tail number is closed
out as indicated in RECORD FACT OF ARRIVAL.
When the transaction is complete, the ENTER AIRCRAFT TRACKING
DATA screen will display in preparation of the next entry.
If you are entering multiple tracking entries, e.g., sightings,
with similar data, complete the screen for the first entry and
press ENTER. When the blank screen is displayed, press PF5 . The
last entry will be redisplayed. Change the TAIL # and whatever
else needs to be changed and press ENTER. Repeat this process as
often as required.
CANCEL AIRCRAFT TRACKING ENTRY
If you enter 2 to Cancel Tracking Entry from the maintain
AIRCRAFT . TRACKING DATA MENU, the CANCEL AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA
screen will display:
13:21 TECS II CANCEL AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA 083087 T2PI73
T2MI73
TYPE:* (I-IFR, V-VFR, F-FAA, C-CUSTOMS, A-ARRIVAL,
D-DEPARTURE, S-SIGHTING)
TAIL#:*
LOCATION:* DATE:*
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4~PREV MENU)
(PF5=RE STORE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
TYPE - is required and must be "I", "F" , ,r C'* , "A”, "D", or "s" or
the following message is displayed:
"INVALID TRACKING TYPE"
TAIL # “ is required.
LOCATION - is required and is table validated. If the entry is
invalid, the following message displays:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
10 - 131
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DATE - is required and must pass standard validation or the
following message will display:
"INVALID DATE"
When all required data is validated, the corresponding aircraft
tracking record is found. If more than one record is found, the
first record found is used. The record is cancelled. If an
arrival entry is cancelled for an arrival with results still
pending, all associated arrival data is cancelled. However, if
arrival results have been completed for the arrival, only the
arrival tracking record is cancelled.
If there is no record to cancel, the following message is
displayed:
"NO RECORD TO CANCEL"
If there is no record to cancel, the entered data will be
discarded the next time the screen is cleared.
QUERY ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS
If you enter '3' to Query Active Flight Plans from the MAINTAIN
AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA MENU, the QUERY ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS screen
displays. An example of a query for ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS for KMIA
is displayed below:
13:26 TECS II QUERY ACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS 003087 T2PI74
T2MI74
DEPARTURE: DESTINATION: AIRCRAFT TYPE:
SRC TAIL # DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA
VFR N310KM C210 MMEX 1100 1230Z
CUS N126 PAZT MMEX 1200 1315Z
DATE REMARKS
121287
121287
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF6=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvwx
An active flight plan is one without the fact of arrival recorded
and has not yet become inactive P
IO - 132
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
Enter DEPARTURE, DESTINATION, or AIRPORT TYPE as limiting search
criteria. All fields are validated and must be valid or the
following messages displays:
•’INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
"INVALID AIRCRAFT TYPE"
All active flight plans meeting a specified search, criteria are
retrieved and displayed by date and ETA as indicated on this
screen. If more than one page of active flight plans is
retrieved, (MORE) will displayed on line 23,
If no records are found, the following message are displayed on
line 23.
"NO RECORDS FOUND"
QUERY BY AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
If you enter '4' to Query By Aircraft Tail Number from the
MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA MENU, a blank QUERY BY AIRCRAFT
TAIL NUMBER screen will display. An example of a completed
screen is shown below:
15:58 TECS II QUERY BY AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER 121287 T2PI75
T2MI75
TAIL #:* START DATE: STOP DATE:
DEPARTURE:^ ^ DEST. SIGHTING LOC. : AIRCRAFT TYPE:
SRC TAIL # TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE REMARKS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE
/wwwwwwwwwwwwwvww\
Enter TAIL #. If the tail # is not entered, the following
message is displayed:
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
Enter START DATE and STOP DATE as the search criteria. The dates
must pass standard validation or the following messages display:
"INVALID DATE" or
"STOP DATE PRECEDES START DATE"
10 “ 133
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Enter DEPARTURE, DESTINATION, SIGHTING LOCATION, AND AIRCRAFT
TYPE as additional search criteria. All fields are then
validated.
All tracking records meeting search criteria are found and
displayed by date and ETA. If more than one page of records is
retrieved, (MORE) displays on line 23.
If no records were retrieved, then the following message
displays:
"NO RECORDS FOUND"
An example of a query response is displayed below:
16:01 TECS II QUERY BY AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER 121237 T2PI75
T2MI75
TAIL # : *N3 10KM START DATE: 120187 STOP DATE: 121287
DE PARTURE : DEST . SIGHTING LOC . : AIRCRAFT TYPE:
SRC TAIL # TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE REMARKS
CUS N310KM C210 MMEX 1100 KCXL 1230Z 121287
ARR N310KM C210 MMEX 1100 KCLE 1230Z 121287
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
( PF0=NEXT PAGE
/vvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwvv
QUERY ALL AIRCRAFT
If you enter 'S' to Query All Aircraft from the MAINTAIN AIRCRAFT
TRACKING DATA Menu, a blank QUERY ALL AIRCRAFT screen displays.
16:02 TECS II QUERY ALL AIRCRAFT 121287 T2PI76
T2MI76
START DATE: STOP DATE:
DEPARTURE: DEST: SIGHTING LOC: AIRCRAFT TYPE:
SRC TAIL # TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE REMARKS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) <PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvwvvwvwvvvv
IO - 134
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Enter START DATE and STOP DATE as limiting search criteria. The
dates must pass standard validation or the following messages
display:
"INVALID DATE" or
"STOP DATE PRECEDES START DATE"
Enter DEPARTURE, DESTINATION ( SIGHTING LOCATION, and AIRCRAFT
TYPE as additional search criteria. At least one of these fields
is required. All fields are table validated and must be valid or
the following messages display:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
"INVALID AIRCRAFT TYPE"
Enter both dates or one of the other search criteria. If there
is an error, the following message displays:
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
All tracking records meeting the search criteria are found and
displayed by date and ETA. If more than one page of records is
found, (MORE) displays on line 23.
If no records are found, then the following message displays on
line 23.
"NO RECORDS FOUND"
An example of a Query response is displayed below:
16:03 TECS II QUERY ALL AIRCRAFT 121287 T2PI76
T2MI76
START DATE: 120187 STOP DATE: 121287
DEPARTURE: DSTN . : KMIA SIGHTING LOC; AIRCRAFT T¥PE:
SRC
TAIL #
T¥PE
DPTD
DPTM
DSTN
ETA
DATE
REMARKS
VFR
N1234
DC 6
MSLP
2346
KMIA
121187
VFR
N34560
PAZT
*MCI
1000
KMIA
1200Z
121087
TEST 121087
CUS
N900LC
*MCI
0900
KMIA
1200Z
121087
TEST/GLEN/ROS
CUS
N9Q0LC
CYYM
1000
KMIA
1200Z
121087
TEST
ARR
N900LC
*MCI
0900
KMIA
1200Z
121087
TEST/GLEN/ROS
VFR
N34560
CYYM
1000
KMIA
1200Z
120987
ARR
N34560
1000
11GGZ
120987
VFR
N34560
PAZT
CYYM
1000
KMIA
1200Z
120787
TEST
ARR
N34560
PAZT
CYYH
1000
KMIA
1200Z
120787
TEST
(MORE)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvwvwvvvv
10
135
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
QUERY AIRPORT LOCATION CODE
If you enter '6' to Query Airport Location Code from the MAINTAIN
AIRCRAFT TRACKING DATA MENU, a blank QUERY AIRPORT LOCATION CODE
SELECTION is displayed. Fill in the code and press ENTER.
13:39 TECS II QUERY AIRPORT LOCATION CODE 083087 T2PI77
T2MI77
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE:* KMIA
MIAMI
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREV MENU)
( PF5=RESTORE
/wwwwwwwwwwwwvvvww
Enter the airport location code of interest. If the airport
location code entered is invalid, the following message displays:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
NLETS INTERFACE
NLETS users are able to perform queries of aircraft tracking
data. As part of the NLETS query, the NLETS user may enter a
record.
When an NLETS user adds a record, the tail number must refer to
an existing subrecord or a subrecard is automatically created.
When the record is added, the location code and date must also be
valid. The tracking record will not be restricted. (Refer to the
NN NCIC/NLETS section of this manual)
10 - 136
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
4 - MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
To create, modify or query overflight exemptions, select option
• 4 * from the PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU, the
MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS MENU Will be displayed;
13(50 TECS II MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTION MENU 083087 T2PI79
T2MI79
1 ADD OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTION
2 UPDATE OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTION
3 QUERY OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTION
PLEASE ENTER 1-3 TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
From the MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS MENU you may: add a new
exemption, query an existing exemption, or update an existing
exemption.
ADD A NEW EXEMPTION
When you elect to add a new exemption, the MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT
exemptions screen displays:
10 - 137
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
13:51 TECS II MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS 083087 T2MI90
T2PIS0
USER ID: OWNER ID:
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:* TECS ID#:* EXEM. TYPE:*
START DATE:* STOP DATE:* REQUEST DATE:*
ACTION TAKEN ( "A" PPROVED/"D"ENIED/"R" EVOKED) :*
USUAL BAGGAGE/CARGO:*
REQUEST JUSTIFICATION:*
AIR PORT LOCATION CODE OF INTENDED FIRST LANDING:*
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE(S) OF USUAL FOREIGN DEPARTURE:*
ENTER PILOTS, CREW MEMBERS , AND PASSENGERS ON NEXT PAGE
ADD OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
(FF1=HELF) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=FREV MENU) (PF5=RESTORE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/wvvvvwwwwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
USER ID is filled in by the system. If the OWNER ID is different
from the USER ID, it should be entered and will be checked. If
the user ID entered is invalid, the following message is
displayed:
"INVALID USER ID"
Aircraft TAIL # - is a mandatory field and must correspond to an
existing subrecord, or the following error message is displayed:
"INVALID TAIL NUMBER"
TECS ID # - is required and must correspond to the aircraft sub-
record, or the following error message is displayed:
"INVALID TECS ID NUMBER
EXEMPTION TYPE - is required and must be "S" (SINGLE) , "T"
(TERM) , or "C" (CONDITIONAL) , or the following error message is
displayed:
"INVALID TYPE - S, T, OR C"
10
138
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The START DATE, STOP DATE, and DATE REQUESTED must be valid dates
or the following message is displayed:
"INVALID DATE"
The START DATE must precede the STOP DATE or the following
message appears :
"STOP DATE PRECEDES START DATE"
Specify action TAKEN by entering the corresponding letter. The
action taken must be A, D, or R and is required.
Enter USUAL BAGGAGE/CARGO and REQUEST JUSTIFICATION.
Enter at least one code for each of the AIRPORT LOCATION CODE (S)
of INTENDED FIRST LANDING and the AIRPORT LOCATION CODE (S) OF
usual FOREIGN DEPARTURE. The codes must be valid or the
following message is displayed:
"INVALID AIRPORT LOCATION"
All required data must be entered on the MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT
EXEMPTIONS (Add Overflight Exemptions ) or the following message
displays:
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
To enter pilots, crew members and passengers, use PFB to access
the MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS screen displays and is shown
below:
14:05 TECS II MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS 083 0B7 T2PIB1
T2MI81
PERSON NAME
DOB PILOT CREW PASS REMARKS
I
r
f
t
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) ( PF5=RESTORE ) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vwwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
10
139
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
From this screen enter the PERSON NAME (LAST NAME, FIRST NAME,
MIDDLE INITIAL) and DOB of each person to be included in the
overflight exemption* Indicate at least one status of PILOT,
CREW, and/or PASS by keying "Y" under each appropriate column or
the following messages displays:
"INVALID ENTRY - Y OR BLANK"
"REQUIRED FIELD IS NOT FILLED"
Enter REMARKS.
Up to 6 screens of pilots, passengers and crew may be entered.
QUERY AN EXISTING EXEMPTION
To query an exemption, select option '3' from, the MAINTAIN
OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS Menu. The MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
will be displayed as shown below:
14:27 TECS II MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS 083087 T2MI80
T2PI69
USER ID: OWNER ID:
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:* TECS ID#:* EXEM. TYPE:*
START DATE!* STOP DATE:* REQUEST DATE:*
ACTION TAKEN ( M A"PPROVED/"D H ENIED/ ,l R ,l EVOKED) :*
USUAL BAGGAGE/CARGO:*
REQUEST JUSTIFICATION:*
AIR PORT LOCATION CODE OF INTENDED FIRST LANDING:*
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE(S) OF USUAL FOREIGN DEPARTURE:*
ENTER PILOTS, CREW MEMBERS , AND PASSENGERS ON NEXT PAGE
PLEASE INPUT TAIL NUMBER
QUERY OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF4=PREV MENU) ( PF5=RESTORE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvvvvv
10
140
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Perform the query by entering the AIRCRAFT TAIL # * The search is
performed. If more than one record is found, the following
message displays on line 22:
"NN RECORDS RETRIEVED 11
"QUERY THIS RECORD? N"
(where NN = the number of records retrieved)
If no records are found the following message will be displayed;
"NO RECORDS RETRIEVED"
Use to PF7 and PF8 to view retrieved records. Select which
record you want to look at and press PF8 .
UPDATE AN EXISTING EXEMPTION
To update an existing exemption select option r 2' from the
MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTION MENU. This will display the
MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHTS EXEMPTIONS screen as shown below:
14: IB TECS II MAINTAIN OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS 003067 T2MI80
T2PI82
USER ID: OWNER ID:
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:* TECS ID#:* EXEM. TYPE:*
START DATE:* STOP DATE:* REQUEST DATE J *
ACTION TAKEN ( "A M PPROVED/ 1 'D ,, ENIED/"R"EVOKED) !*
USUAL BAGGAGE/ CARGO : *
REQUEST JUSTIFICATION ~~
AIR PORT LOCATION CODE OF INTENDED FIRST LANDING:*
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE(S) OF USUAL FOREIGN DEPARTURE:*
ENTER PILOTS, CREW MEMBERS , AND PASSENGERS ON NEXT PAGE
PLEASE UNPUT TAIL NUMBER
UPDATE OVERFLIGHT EXEMPTIONS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (FF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=RESTORE)
(FF0— NEXT PAGE)
A/VVVWWWWVWVVVVVWVVVVVVVVV
10 - 141
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Enter the tail # of the aircraft you wish to update (as indicated
by the prompt) . If no records are retrieved, the following
message will be displayed:
"NO RECORDS FOUND"
If record (s) are found the following message will be displayed:
"NN RECORDS RETRIEVED"
"UPDATE THIS RECORD? N’ r
If you respond B Y H to the question, you will be able to update
any field except AIRCRAFT TAIL #, TECS ID, STOP DATE, and REQUEST
DATE.
5 - PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES
To perform historical queries, select option 5 from the PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT MENU. The PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES MENU
screen will be displayed as shown below:
16:47 TECS II PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES MENU 111787 T2MI40
T2PI40
1 QUERY AIRCRAFT HISTORY
2 QUERY PILOT HISTORY
3 QUERY PASSENGER HISTORY
4 QUERY COMBINATION HISTORY
PLEASE ENTER NUMBER TO MAKE SELECTION
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwwwwwwvvvvvvwwvvwvw
From this screen you have the option to query aircraft history,
query pilot history, query passenger history, or query
combination history. From these queries, you may look at arrival
details.
QUERY AIRCRAFT HISTORY
If you select the first option, to query aircraft history, the
PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERY BY AIRCRAFT TAIL # screen displays;
10
142
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
► .....
12:32
TECS II PERFORM HIST QUERY
BY AIRCRAFT TAIL fl
102787 T2PIB401
T2MI8401
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:*
MAKE
COLORS
OWNER/LESSEE NAME:
STREET ADDRESS:
CITY:
TECS ID:
MODEL:
TRIM:
APT
ST: COUNTRY: ZIP:
DATE DPTO DSTN
PILOT NAME
ENTER "X" TO VIEW ARRIVAL DETAILS
(PF1“HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) {PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/wwvwwwwwvvwwwwwww
When the tail number is entered, a search is performed and the
) results of the search displays on the PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERY BY
AIRCRAFT TAIL # screen. If more than one page of data is found,
(MORE) is found on line 23.
If an invalid tail number is entered, the following message is
displayed:
"INVALID TAIL NUMBER"
If an "X" is entered next to an arrival, then the arrival results
are displayed. Press PF8 to view all the details of the
particular arrival.
10
143
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
QUERY PILOT HISTORY
To query pilot history select option 2 from the PERFORM
HISTORICAL QUERIES MENU. This will display the PILOT QUERY screen
as shown below:
14:45 TECS II PILOT QUERY SCREEN 083087 T2MI5201
T2PI5201
PILOT LAST NAME:*
FIRST NAME:* MIDDLE
DOB:
/wwwwwvwwwvwvvvvvvvvvvvv
After entering the required data, if matches are found, the PILOT
QUERY SELECTION LIST screen will be displayed as shown below. If
more than one page of data is found, (more) is displayed: You may
view the detailed pilot record by entering the selection list
number for the corresponding item.
14:45 TECS II PILOT QUERY SELECTION LIST 083087 T2MI5301
T2PI53 01
POSSIBLE MATCHES ON: MANGUS , PAUL
# LOOKOUT
PILOT
NAME
DOB
01
MANGUS
, PAUL
osTrei
02
MANGUS
, PAUL
F
082261
03
MANGUS
, PAUL
W
010740
PLEASE ENTER SELECTION LIST NUMBER TO VIEW PILOT OF ENTER *N’ IF
NO MATCH ON SELECTION LIST:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU} (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=FREV PAGE)
(FF8=NEXT PAGE)
/v\/v\/vv\/vvvv\/v\/vvvvvv\/vvvvvvvvvv\
IO
144
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
After you select a PILOT, his arrivals will be displayed with an
opportunity to view the details for any of his arrivals by
placing an M X" next to the arrival. Then press PF8 to view all
the details of the particular arrival.
QUERY PASSENGER HISTORY
To query oassenger history, select option '3' from the Perform
Historical Queries Menu. The PERSON SUBJECT QUERY screen will be
displayed as shown below:
15:32 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 091487 T2MR11
T2PR11
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
OWN BY- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY -OWNED : _ ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: _ CTRi _ FBA; _ CMIR:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODE{S) :
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME-LAST:
FIRST: MIDDLE: X FOR SOUNDEX:
D.O.B (SINGLE DATE OR RANGE) SEKl (ONLY FOR NLfTS)
SSN: PASSPORT-NUMBER: COUNTRY:
DRIVERS LICENSE - NUMBER: STATE: COUNTRY:
ALIEN REGIS TR #: " BORDER CROSSING CARD:
PILOTS LICENSE-NUMBER: COUNTRY:
TELEPHONE :
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvvww
Enter the data as indicated and press the Enter key. If records
are available, the SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) screen will
be displayed as shown below. By placing a 'V T in front of the
item you wish to view, and pressing the Enter key, the PERSON
SUBJECT DISPLAY screen (1 of 5) will be presented. By pressing
the PF24 key the passenger history will be displayed on the
PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERY BY PASSENGER NAME Screen.
10 - 145
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
OS: 57 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST} 1201B7 T2MR12
T2PR12
2 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED
RECORD-ID SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
STATUS CODE
P750I62000C90 BOUVIER
NP NON-SUSPECT, PAIRS
John
A
062941
P6800051500C01 BOUVIER
SM MINOR VIOLATOR, SAS
JOHN
(CF151)
M W M
OB0246
PLACE A "V M IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS
ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
08:57 TECS II PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY SCREEN (lof5) 012687 T2MR12
TECS RECORD ID: P7501625000C90
NAME - LAST: BOUVIER
FIRST: JOHN OTHER - 1: A
2 : 3 :
X FOR ALIASES:
MONICKERS:
DOB: 062941 KSCIT:
EYES: HAIR: HT: 000
TITLE :
4:
TAR STATUS:
WT: 000
SSN: ' CITIZENSHIP:
PPN: COUNTRY: TYPE: ISSUED: 000000 EXPIRES: 000000 MORE:
STATUS : NP NON-SUSPECT, PAIRS' DATE:
OWNER- AGENCY: C90 TEST NOT ON UPR-FILE
TELEPHONE : PRIMARY?: C NOT OH PRIMARY, NOT MANDATORY
PRESS 13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
PRESS<PF24> TO DISPLAY PASSENGER HISTORY
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=QUERY RESULTS) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD) (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvv
10
146
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:59 TECS II - PERSON QUERY BY PASSENGER NAME 1214B7 T2MI8601
T2PI86Q1
PASSENGER NAME : BOUVIER
DOB: 062941 NATIONALITY:
LICENSE NUMBER:
STREET ADDRESS:
CITY:
, JOHN A TECS ID: P7501625000C90
LICENSE COUNTRY:
APT
ST: COUNTRY: ZIP:
DATE DPTD DSTN TAIL #
121267 MMEX KCXE NlTSFM
“ 1012 B7 MYAT KFXE N310KM
ENTER "X" TO VIEW ARRIVAL DETAILS
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv/
Enter an 'X* in front of the item you wish to select and press
the Enter key. This will display the REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ARRIVAL screen as shown below:
08:59 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121487 T2MI8801
T2PI8801
AIRCRAFT TAIL #:N310KM REPORT ID: 75NKFXE0002 6
US AIRPORT OF ARRV : KFXE US AKRV TIME: 1350 US ARRV DATE: 101286
AIRPORT OF DEPARTURimiYAT DEPARTURE TTMF71250 DE P ARTURE - DTlTO 1286
LAST FOREIGN CITY: LAST FOREIGN COUNTRY:
FOREIGN ITINERARY: MYAT
US AIRPORT OF DEPARTURE: DEPARTURE STATE:
US AIRPORT CODE i KFXE US DEPART TIME: 0900 US DEPART DATE: 101136
MAKE : CESSNA MODEL :
COLORS :WHI BLU WHI BLU TRIM: WHI BLU
OWNER/LESSEE NAME : MCLAUGHLIN KENNETH
STREET ADDRESS: 2764 NE 17 ST APT ’ '
CITY: FORT LAUDERDALE SfTTE COUNTRY: US ZIP: £0000
INSPECTOR ID: AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION CERT. VERIFIED:
<PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
<PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
10
147
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
Press PF8 to view additional screens (pilot details and passenger
details) for the arrival reports selected. The screens below
will display:
09:00 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121487 T2MIB901
T2PIB901
PILOT NAME: MCLAUGHLIN KENNETH L TECS ID: 75NKFXE00026
DOB! 032236 NATIONALITY ! US
LICENSE NUMBER: 282306722 LICENSE COUNTRY:
STREET ADDRESS: *2764 NE 17 ST
CITY : * FORT LAUDERDALE ST:*FL COUNTRY t *US ZIP:* 0Q?QQ
INSPECTOR ID:* PILOT LICENSE CERTIFICATE VERIFIED:*
PILOT MEDICAL CERTIFICATE VERIFIED:*
VIOLATIONS :
NUMBER OF PASSENGERS/CREW ON BOARD: *03
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
09:00 TECS II REPORT OF PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ARRIVAL 121487 T2MI90
T2PI90
REPORT ID: 75NKFXE0Q026
# LOOKOUT PASSENGER NAME NTNL DOB
01 MCLAUGHLIN LILLI A £ US 060334
02 BOUVIER JOHN A US 062941
03 BOUVIER KARIN S US 030751
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvv
IO
14B
>
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
QUERY COMBINATION HISTORY
When you select option 4 from the PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES MENU
the PERFORM COMBINATION HISTORICAL QUERY screen is displayed:
07:55 TECS II PERFORM COMBINATION HIST. QUERY 091087 T2MI8701
T2PI87 01
AIRCRAFT TECS ID:
PILOT TECS ID:
PASSENGER TECS ID:
DATE DFTD DSTN TAIL # PILOT NAME
ENTER H X" TO VIEW ARRIVAL DETAILS
(PF1=HELP) ( PF3“MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
At least two valid TECS IDs are required, otherwise the following
messages will be displayed:
"INVALID TECS ID NUMBER"
"AT LEAST TWO TECS IDS ARE REQUIRED"
When at least two valid TECS IDs are entered a search is
performed for all arrival reports which included all of the
specified subjects. The results of the query display on the
PERFORM COMBINATION HISTORICAL QUERY screen. If more than one
page of data is found, (MORE) displays or line 23.
If an "X" is entered next to an arrival, then the arrival results
are displayed.
10 - 149
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
G - PERFORM RESEARCH QUERIES
To perform research queries, select option '6' from the PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU. The PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ENFORCEMENT RESEARCH MENU will be displayed as shown below:
16:47 TECS II PAES RESEARCH MENU 111787 T2MI40
T2PI40
1 QUERY AIRCRAFT SUBJECT
2 QUERY PERSON SUBJECT
3 QUERY BUSINESS SUBJECT
4 UPDATE AIRCRAFT SUBJECT
5 UPDATE PERSON SUBJECT RECORD
6 UPDATE BUSINESS SUBJECT RECORD
7 QUERY FAA REGISTRATION FILE
B QUERY FAA AIRMEN DIRECTORY
PLEASE ENTER TRANSID TO MAKE SELECTION:
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwvvvvwvvvwwwwwvvvvvvvv
Make a selection. After the selection is executed, you will be
returned to the PRIVATE ENFORCEMENT RESEARCH MENU.
7 - PRINT ARRIVAL RESULTS - CF178
After the ARRIVAL REPORT is complete and has been removed from
the pending arrivals list, a copy is printed on a host-
addressable printer. This printer will usually be at a District
or other major office and not at the processing airport. In
order to get a copy immediately at the airport, go to the PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU (1040) . Select Option 5,
PERFORM HISTORICAL QUERIES. Then select option 1, QUERY AIRCRAFT
HISTORY. Key the TAIL # and press ENTER. The arrival which you
just processed should be at the top of the list. Place an X next
to the arrival and press ENTER. SCREEN PRINT the first screen
with the aircraft details. Press PF8 and if any passengers are
listed, SCREEN PRINT the passenger screen. Assemble the SCREEN
PRINTS, sign and date them, and file them with the CF178 given by
the pilot m case they are needed at a later date. CF178's will
no longer be sent to and stored by CENTRAL FILES.
IO
150
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If an additional copy of the CF178 report needs to be printed,
select "Print Arrival Results CF178" from the PRIVATE AIRCRAFT
ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU. The PRINT REPORT OF ARRIVAL - CF178 is
displayed:
15:05 TECS II PRINT REPORT OF ARRIVAL - CF 178 091087 T2MI9201
T2PI9201
PLEASE ENTER REPORT ID OF CF17B TO PRINT:*
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=REST0RE)
/wwvvvwvwvvwwwwwvvvww
Enter REPORT ID of the CF-178 to print. The Report-ID can be
obtained through the Historical Queries transactions. The report
ID must correspond to an existing CF-178, or the following
message is displayed:
"INVALID REPORT ID"
Given that a valid report ID has been entered, the report will be
printed.
B - PROCESS INACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS
To process inactive arrivals, select option 1 B' from the PRIVATE
AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU. The PROCESS INACTIVE FLIGHT
PLANS will be displayed as shown below:
15:11 TECS II PROCESS INACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS 091087 T2MI8301
T2PIB3 01
TAIL # SCR LOOKOUT TYPE DPTD DPTM DSTN ETA DATE REASON FOR INACT.
NO INACTIVE FLIGHT PLANS TO DISPLAY
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=FREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/wwwvwvvvvvvwvvvvvvwwww
10
151
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
All inactive arrivals are sorted by destination, date and ETA.
For each inactive arrival, the tail number, the source of the
flight plan, the LOOKOUT status of the aircraft at the time the
flight plan was received, the aircraft type code, the departure
and destination locations, the ETA, and the destination date are
displayed.
To process an inactive arrival, Enter REASON FOR INACTIVE.
If there is more than one page of inactive arrivals, each page of
inactive arrivals is processed when PF8 is pressed. If you press
the ENTER key, the records are processed and you return to the
PRIVATE AIRCRAFT ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM MENU.
10 - 152
INSERT INDEX IX (MANAGEMENT INFORMATION)
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
MI - MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
THIS SECTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 198B TIMEFRAME
MI
1
INSERT INDEX X (SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
\
MS - SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE
OVERVIEW
The Subject Record Maintenance portion of the TECS II system is
used to create and/or modify subject records. For non-Customs
users. Subject Record Maintenance is available directly from the
MAIN MENU. Customs users may also access Subject Record
Maintenance from the Main Menu for expedient entry of "lookouts",
however, Customs users may more frequently create and/or modify
(maintain) Subject Records as part of the entry process
associated with source documents (e.g. ROI, MOIR, S/A/S, etc.).
Customs Users accessing Subject Records as part of source
document creation will also have the ability to link their
subject records to the source document, and to each other. This
linkage process is available only to those users accessing
subject record maintenance through source document creation.
Access from the MAIN MENU does not allow linkages.
The actual creation/modification process for Subject Records is
the same regardless of the method of access, A brief description
of accessing Subject Record Maintenance through source documents
will be presented just prior to accessing Subject Record
Maintenance from the MAIN MENU.
Before covering the specific instructions for creating or
modifying subject records, the following discussion of "subject
record" and "sub-record" ownership will help to explain the
purpose of the process.
In general, the entire process of listing, querying, and
selecting subjects from the QUERY MATCH screen is designed to
prevent the entry of duplicate subject records for the same
subject. Instead, if you find an existing subject that matches
a subject, simply add information to the existing record rather
than create a new one. Adding information to subjects is
controlled through the use of "sub-records" that are owned by
agencies and "sub-agencies" within those agencies.
Subject records in TECS II are owned by agencies or offices
within an agency called "sub-agencies". Within Customs, each
District and Enforcement branch is considered to be a sub-agency.
Other agencies may have fewer sub-agencies f or only one sub-
agency. Each agency/sub-agency is identified within the system
by a 3 character code. For example: the Laredo I & C District
is identified by the 3 character code "C23"; the Jacksonville
Enforcement Office is "CJX" ; and INS headquarters is "B01".
These codes will appear as the last 3 characters of the TECS
Record id. If more than one agency/ sub -agency has information on
the same subject, each agency/ sub -agency will own a "sub-record"
for that subject.
MS
1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Sub-records are identified by the TECS Record ID? all sub-
records on a given subject have the same first 11 characters of
the TECS Record ID, but each will have their own agency/sub-
agency code as the last 3 characters. For example, assume that
the Laredo District entered a record on the subject "John Doe"
for which a TECS Record ID of "P6700012300C23" was created. If
the Jacksonville Enforcement Office and the INS also entered
records on this subject, there would be a total of 3 sub-records
on "John Doe" :
P8700012300C23 (Laredo)
P8700012300CJX (Jacksonville)
P8700012300B01 (INS)
Each sub-record is owned independently of the other sub-records
on that subject. You can create, modify, delete, or link other
records to their sub-records without affecting the sub-records.
When the subject is queried, other users will "hit" on one
subject, but will be able to see that multiple agencies/ sub-
agencies have information on the subject by viewing the sub-
records .
The use of the sub-records to prevent the creation of duplicate
subject records is dependent on you, the user. As described in
the following sections, you will perform a query as part of the
entry/modification process for each of your subjects. You should
enter complete and accurate information for those queries.
The results of the queries will appear on a QUERY MATCHES screen
as "possible" matches. You must determine if one of the possible
matches from the database is, in fact, the same subject as yours.
It is very important for you to make the best possible effort in
making this determination.
The remainder of this section describes the processes required to
create (add) and/or modify Subject Records. Sample screens are
provided within the text where possible, however, due to the
number of screens associated with each individual subject type,
sample input screens for each type are presented immediately
following the textual portion of this section.
If you are a Customs user entering or modifying a source
document, you will access the subject record linking
(maintenance) process by pressing the PF13 key from the
appropriate screen within the source document (reference the IL
Intelligence Analysis section of this manual).
MS
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Customs or non-Customs users performing Subject Record
maintenance from the MAIN MENU will select the MS, SUBJECT RECORD
MAINTENANCE, option as shown below:
00:00 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 120287 T2MU0201
T2PS020
CODE DESCRIPTION
MS SUBJECT RECORD MAINT.
CODE: * MS KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=eMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
Upon selection of the MS option, the system will display the
SUBSYSTEM MENU FOR SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE as shown below:
12:07 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR SUBJECT RECORD MAINT. 112187 T2MU0402
T2PS040B
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
MS 9 2 SUBJ. RECORD MAINTENANCE
CODE:* KEYID:
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
vv\/\/vvvvvvv\/vvvv\/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Although only one option is available on this menu, you must
enter the MS 9 2 code into the CODE field and press ENTER in order
to proceed.
MS
3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
MS92 SUBJ. RECORD MAINTENANCE
Key the MS92-Subj. Record Maintenance option into the CODE field,
and press ENTER. This will cause the LIST SUBJECTS screen to
display as shown below:
12:08 TECS II - LIST SUBJECTS 112187 T2ML10
T2PL10
SUBJECT TECS RECORD ID
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION TYPE (IF KNOWN)
1) _
2 ) _
3) __
4 ) _
X FOR MORE:
FOR EACH SUBJECT TO LINK ENTER A DESC AND TYPE OR TECS RECORD ID
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP)
(PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=RETURN TO SOURCE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
The LIST SUBJECTS screen allows for the input of a subject
description and type, or a TECS Record ID for up to fifteen
subjects. If more than 15 subjects are required, the screen
allows you to mark an X in the specified field to produce another
screen for up to 15 more subject inputs. This option is
available for unlimited blank screens.
You must enter all of the subjects that you will add, modify, or
identify for linking to a source document. If you have accessed
this screen from a source document that you are modifying, it
will not list any subjects already linked to the source document.
You need to list them on this screen to include them in the
current process.
Each subject listed on this screen will display on query screens,
one at a time, for you to determine if the subject is already in
the system. Based on the results of the query you will then
either update an existing subject or enter a new one. The query
process is discussed in the next portion.
If you input a SUBJECT DESCRIPTION, the SUBJECT TYPE field or the
TECS RECORD ID becomes mandatory. The subject description field
is in free text form and is 40 characters m length.
There are five, one character, SUBJECT Types that are valid for
entry into the SUBJECT TYPE field:
MS
4
TEGS n
USER'S MANUAL
P = Person B = Vessel
v = Vehicle X = Organizations
A = Aircraft
If you input a TECS Record ID the system will search for that
record-ID only. If the TECS Record-id is known, it should be
entered since it provides the fastest and most precise search of
the database.
After all subjects have been entered onto the screen(s), you will
depress either the ENTER key or the PF8 key.
If the ENTER key is pressed, the system will prompt you with:
"PRESS PF8 TO BEGIN QUERY PROCESS"
After depression of the PF8 or ENTER key, the system will display
error messages for any of the following conditions if they exist:
- Subject Description is input without a subject type
- An invalid subject type was entered
- TECS Record-ID is input incorrectly.
You must correct any existing errors, and re-press the PF8 key to
begin the query process.
QUERY PROCESS
Upon successful completion of the LIST SUBJECTS screen, and
depression of the PF8 key, the system will display the SUBJECT
QUERY screen associated with the first Subject Type listed,
provided the first subject listed was entered with the
description and subject type.
For example, if the first subject description and type listed on
the LIST SUBJECTS screen was the name of an individual and the
Subject Tyipe was n P" , the first screen to appear would be the
Person Subject Query screen as shown below:
MS - 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:08 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 112 IB 7 T2ML11
T2PL11
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: JANE DOE
TECS RECORD ID:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
DOB(MMDDYY):
SSN:
PPN:
DRIVER'S LICENSE NUMBER:
ENTER ALL THE INFORMATION YOU HAVE AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELF) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
wvvvvvvvvvvwwvwvvvvvvwvwvv
If the first entry had been the description of an automobile and
the type was "V", the first screen to appear would be the VEHICLE
SUBJECT QUERY, etc.
Had the first subject listed been entered with the TECS Record
ID, the system would go directly to the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES
screen. However, if the TECS Record ID did not result in a
match, the QUERY MATCHES screen will be presented for you to
fill-in and perforin a query.
The system will "carry over" the subject description from the
previous screen. You will now provide all the information
available on the subject. The more data entered into this screen
the more precise the search of the database; less data will
result in a wider search with more possible matches. For
example, entry of only the last name of "Smith" will result in
many more matches than the entry of the last name, first name,
and date of birth.
After completion of the appropriate subject query screen you will
press ENTER to start the search of the appropriate database for
possible matches.
MS
6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If no matches were found, the system prompts you with:
"NO MATCHES ON ENTERED DATA PRESS PF12 TO ADD RECORD"
If possible matches were found, the system will display the
SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen. The following is an example of a
SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen for Person Subject types.
12:09
SEL
DOE
DOE
" DOE
TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES 112187 T2ML12
T2PL12
3 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
TECS RECORD ID
JANE
JOHN
JAKE
W F 010129 P8736065500K01
W M 022533 V873 6065500K01
W M 112345 P873 606550QKQ1
NO MATCH, ENTER NEW SUBJECT
X=SELECT A SUBJECT V=VIEW A SUBJECT PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2*FLD HELP) (PF7*=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
(PFl 0-LINKAGE SCREEN) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
If the type was a P(erson) , the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen will
contain as much of the following information as available:
Last name
First name
Middle initial
Race
Sex
Date of Birth
TECS Record-Id
If the type was a v(ehicle) , the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen
will contain as much of the following information as available:
License Plate
state
Country
VIN
Year
Make
Model
If the type was an A(ircraft), the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen
will contain as much of the following information as available:
Registration Number
MS - 7
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Manufacturer
Model/Series
Number of Engines
If the type was a B (vessels) , the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES screen
will contain as much of the following information as available:
Name
ID number
Length
Make
*NOTE: ID number will be one of four: a) Hull number; b) State
Registration number; c) Private Coast Guard number; or d) Lloyds
Registration number for commercial vessels.
If the type was an X (organization) , the SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES
screen will contain as much of the following information as
available:
Organization name
IRS number
Dunn & Bradstreet number
If more possible matches were found than could be displayed on
one screen, the system will prompt you with the message:
"MORE SUBJECTS ARE AVAILABLE".
If this prompt appears, you may view the additional possible
matches by pressing the PF8 key for the next screen.
The purpose of the QUERY MATCHES screen is to display those
subjects in the database that may be the same as the subject
specified by you on the QUERY screen. You have four options on
the QUERY MATCHES screen,
1) You can view the subjects, one at a time, by entering a
"V" next to the desired subject and pressing the ENTER key. This
will display the full subject record on the subject entry screen
(these screens will be discussed later in this section) . The
record is displayed in a "view only" mode, you cannot enter any
data. You may page through the displayed record using the PF7
and PF8 keys. To return to the QUERY MATCHES screen, press PF12.
You may select as many subjects as you wish for viewing, but only
one at a time.
2) If you determine that one of the listed subjects is the
one you want, place an "X" next to this subject and press the
ENTER key. You will then proceed to the Subject entry process to
add or modify data for this subject. Once an "X" is entered, you
cannot return to the query matches screen.
3) If you determine that none of the listed subjects is
the one you want, TAB to the field marked " _ NO MATCH, ENTER NEW
MS - 8
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
SUBJECT' 1 , place and "X" in the field and press the ENTER key.
This will take you to the Subject entry process to enter a new
sub j ect .
4) To skip this subject, you may press the PF11 key which
will take you tD the QUERY screen for the next subject from your
initial list (or back to the source document/MAIN MENU if there
are no more subjects) .
Once you have placed an "X" next to a subject from the QUERY
MATCHES screen, or indicated "NO MATCH", you will proceed to the
subject entry/modification process. Depending upon your
selection, the following will occur:
1) No Match Indicated - If you selected this option from
the QUERY MATCHES screen, you will be given a blank Subject Entry
screen for creating a new subject record. Subject entry will be
discussed later in this section.
2) Match Selected - If you selectedasubject from the
QUERY MATCHES screen, there are two possibilities depending on
whether your agency/ sub-agency owns the selected record or a sub-
record.
a) If your agency/ sub -agency owns the selected record
(or sub-record) it will be displayed on the
appropriate ( subject entry screen. If your sub-
record is different from the sub-record shown on
the QUERY MATCHES screen, you will get a message
saying: "YOUR AGENCY RECORD SUBSTITUTED FOR THE
SELECTED ONE".
If you are the individual owner of this record, the
owner’s supervisor, or the owner’s SCO, you can
modify or add data to the record. If you are not
one of the individuals listed above, you can not
add or modify any data. However, you will be able
to link this record at the end of the process,
provided you entered Subject Record Maintenance
(Linking) through a source document.
b) If your agency/ sub-agency doeB not own a sub-record
for the selected subject, you will create a new
sub-record for your agency/ sub-agency , When the
subject entry screen is displayed, the following
message will appear:
"THERE IS NO SUB-RECORD FOR YOUR AGENCY
PRESS PF13 TO VIEW SUB-RECORDS"
MS
9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If you press PF13, the first sub-record will be
displaced on the entry screen. Pressing PF13 again
will display the next sub-record, and so on. When
the last sub-record has been displayed, you will
receive a message saying:
"NO MORE SUB-RECORDS ARE AVAILABLE, PF13 FOR FIRST
SUB-RECORD, PF14 TO CREATE YOUR OWN"
If you press PF14 at this point, you will be given
a blank screen In which to enter your data. The
TECS Record ID will be displayed at the top with
your agency/ sub-agency code.
If you wish to use data from one of the other sub-
records, instead of starting from a blank screen,
this option is available to you when you are
viewing each sub-record. When you press PF13, a
sub-record will display in the "view only" mode
with the following message:
"PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD, PF14 TO USE THIS ONE 1 '
pressing PF14 will "copy" the data from the
displayed sub-record and the screen will be re-
displayed in the "enter" mode. You may then change
this data, add to It, or simply leave it as is.
You may only use data from one sub-record with this
process. Also, this process will only copy initial
occurrences of data, multiple occurring fields and
aliases will not be copied.
FILLING-IN THE SUBJECT ENTRY SCREENS
If there were no matches, or if you selected to create your own
record, you will be required to complete formatted screens to
create your subject record. Each subject type has its own
specific set of data entry screens. You will be required to
complete as much information on each displayed screen as you have
available on that particular subject. The different subject
types are discussed below < and are followed by sample input
screens, along with associated screens for multiple occurring
fields. (Multiple occurring fields will be discussed later in
this section. )
If the type was a P(erson) Subject Type, the first of five input
screens to add a new person subject record will display.
If the type was a V(ehicle) Subject Type, the first of two
Vehicle Subject Entry screens will display.
MS
10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If the type was an A(ircraft) Subject Type, the first of three
Aircraft subject Entry screens will display.
If the type was a B (vessels) Subject Type, the first of three
Vessel Subject Entry screens will display.
If the type was an X(organization) Subject Type, the first of
three organization subject Entry screens will appear.
MULTIPLE OCCURRING FIELDS
Most of the screens associated with each subject type contain
multiple occurring fields. These are fields where more than one
set of information may be applicable. For example, on a Person
Subject, the person may have aliases, and each alias may have a
different address, place of birth, etc. This additional
information is captured in the system through the use of multiple
occurring fields. These fields are distinguished on each
applicable screen by the statement, "X FOR MORE...", which
immediately follows the initial input field.
If additional information is available and multiple occurring
fields are required, you will place an "X" next to the statement
of "X FOR MORE", for each multiple occurring field required.
Upon completion of the remaining portion of the screen, and
depression of the ENTER key, the first multiple occurring field
that you marked will display, ready to accept input.
Each multiple occurring field screen will also provide the option
to request additional screens for the same field. If you choose
to request an additional screen { a duplicate screen will display
ready to accept the additional input. If only one or two fields
of the multiple occurring field screen were required, you will
complete them and press the PF8 key to proceed.
Upon depression of the PF8 key, the next screen for multiple
occurring fields that was marked will display. If no more
multiple occurring fields were marked, the second input screen
for the applicable subject type will display.
The second input screen for each subject type will contain the
same input fields. Only the headings will change. A brief
discussion of this screen is presented here because the input
required for this screen is more system specific rather than
subject specific. Screen two appears as follows:
MS
11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
12:11 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 5)
TECS RECORD ID: P873605500K1
112187 T2ML21
T2PL21
STATUS* NO NON-SUSPECT, OTHER DATE:
REMARKS*
AIDING AND ABETTING SUSPECT IN SALE & DISTRIBUTION OF DRUGS: CASE
RPT FWD
PRIMARY ACCESS* C NOT ON PRIMARY, NOT MANDATORY
PRIMARY ACTION: _ LOOK OUT LEVEL:
PRIMARY INSTRUCTIONS:
OWNER: 474402900 NOT UPR-FILE AGENCY: KOI TEL.*
TITLE: ENTERED: 092487 UPDATED:
CASENUMBER: 13135B72530S QUERY NOTIFICATION*: 0
(PF1— HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
{PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvv
There are four fields on this screen that are mandatory. That
is, they require input before the subject record will be accepted
into the system. Each of these fields is discussed below:
STATUS This field requires a specific code to be entered
which represents the reason that the subject is
being entered into the system. Upon the processing
of this screen, the associated description of the
input code will be displayed by the system. Valid
status codes are as follows:
MS
12
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
CODE
STATUS CODE DESCRIPTION
CC
DO
DP
FA
FO
FP
IR
NA
NO
NP
NS
NV
SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SF
SG
SI
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SP
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
SX
Non-Suspect, Closed Case
Non-Suspect, Owner of Diplomatic License Plates
Non-Suspect, Diplomatic License Plates from Stat
Non-Suspect, Private Aircraft from FAA Reg, Tape
Non-Suspect, Owner of Private Aircraft from FAA
Non-Suspect, Pilot from FAA Tape
IRS Internal Use Data
Non-Violator , Associate
Non-Suspect , Other
Non-Suspect, Private Aircraft Inspection
Non-Suspect, Background or License Investigation
Non-Suspect, Vessel Enforcement System (VES)
INS Lookout, Alien, From NAILS Interface
TIB Violator
Subject of Current Investigation
Foreign Delinquent Taxpayer
NCIC Felony Vehicle
Fugitive
Previous Violator, General
Previous Suspect, Closed Case
Known Terrorist
NCIC Stolen License Plates
Minor Violator From S/A/S (CF151)
Previous Narcotics violator, DEA.NADDIS Interface
Suspect, Other
Stolen Passport
Non-Canadian Violators and Suspects from RCMP/CA
NCIC, Stolen Vehicle
Suspected Terrorist
INS Lookout, US Citizen, From NAILS Interface
Serious Violator from S/A/S (CF151)
NCIC Wanted Person
Associate of Terrorist
REMARKS The remarks field is used to enter the
"verbal" reason for entering the subject
into the system. This is done in free text
form.
PRIMARY ACCESS This field is used to enter the code which
will determine whether or not this subject
will appear on a primary terminal at
airports and/or landborders upon a query
request. There are four valid codes that
can be entered into this field, A, B, C f or
D.
MS
13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
A = On Primary Mandatory
B = On Primary, Not Mandatory
C = Not on Primary, Not Mandatory
D = Not on Primary, Mandatory
If a code A or B is input, the Primary
Action and Primary Instructions fields
become mandatory fields, and must be
completed. It should also be noted that
options A and D will take priority over
options B and C. The entire Primary Access
Process is discussed in more detail later
in this section.
QUERY NOTIFICATION This field is used to indicate whether
or not you, the owner of this record, are
to be notified when a query is made to this
record, either from a primary terminal (if
on primary) or from a secondary terminal.
Query Notification valid codes and their
functions are:
0 = No Query Notification
1 = Query Notification to Owner via eMAIL
2 = Query Notification to owner AND to a 24
hour back-up (sector for Customs) via
eMAIL
Be aware that query notification only occurs if you select the
owner’s record from a hit list for viewing; this assumes that
you are authorized to view the owner's record. However, if the
owner has restricted a record and it is "hit” by a user who is
restricted from seeing it, the record will not display on the HIT
LIST. In these situations, the query notification will be sent
(if the owner entered a code of 1 or 2 ) when the record is hit.
For common names, this may result in a large volume of query
notification messages. Therefore, record owners should use
discretion in requesting query notification for restricted
records.
\
A. Use of the Primary Access Codes
The "PRIMARY ACCESS" field on screen 2 is used to specify whether
a subject record will be queriable at an airport or landborder
terminal. The codes "A" or "B" will place a record on primary;
"C M or "D" will indicate that a record is not on primary. These
codes may be changed at any time to place the record on primary
or remove it. PRIMARY ACCESS is used only for vehicles or
persons .
MS - 14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The codes "A" and "D" only come into play for records with
multiple sub-records. When a user enters the PRIMARY ACCESS
code, he is specifying whether or not his sub-record will be
queriable from primary. A subject with multiple sub-records may
have some on primary and some not.
However, the "D" code is an exception. Using this code indicates
that the owner of that sub-record wants all of the sub-records
unaccessible from primary terminals. If there are existing sub-
records with a PRIMARY ACCESS code of "B" (Primary) , a new sub-
record entered with a "D" will cause that record to come off
primary. Also, any new sub-record added to an existing subject
with a "D" access level sub-record cannot go on primary. The
purpose of the "D" code is to prevent suspects of a sensitive
investigation from being alerted by a primary "hit".
The use of the "D" code does not always have priority. If a "D"
sub-record is added to a subject with an existing "A" sub-record,
the "A" sub-record will remain on primary. As a rule, "A" and
"D" records take priority over "B" and "C" records. In a
conflict between "A" and "D" records, the record entered first
takes priority. Note that "C" and "D" sub-records are never
accessible from primary. It should also be noted that changing
PRIMARY ACCESS codes will follow these same rules.
There are two important exceptions to the general rule of the
"ENTERED FIRST" priority for "A" and "D" conflicts:
1) "A" records from NCIC or INS will always be accessible
from primary, even if a "D" record already exists.
2) "Silent hit" records are always accessible from primary
(although they don't register as a hit with primary
inspectors) .
In general, you should use the "B" (primary) or "C" (not primary)
codes. The "A" and "D" codes should only be used in special
situations warranted by sensitive investigations (D) or known
violators (A) . It should also be noted that restricted records
(access control code other than "1") cannot be placed on primary,
unless the PRIMARY ACTION code is "7" (silent hit) .
B. Armed and Dangerous
By executive management policy, all "Armed and Dangerous"
subjects (A/D) must be placed on primary. In TECS II, this
policy is enforced by requiring the "A" PRIMARY ACCESS code when
"Y" is entered for the Armed and Dangerous field on the first
screen. The "A" code cannot be changed unless the "Y" is changed
to a "N".
MS
15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
C. Other Primary Fields
If "A" or "B" is entered as the PRIMARY ACCESS code, the fields
for PRIMARY ACTION and PRIMARY SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS become
mandatory. The field for LOOKOUT LEVEL is not mandatory, but it
should also be considered. These fields should be completed as
follows:
PRIMARY ACTION - This field indicates what actions should be
taken with the subject if it "hits" at primary. The available
codes are:
1 "Armed and Dangerous". This code will be entered
automatically (and may not be changed) if "Y" was entered
in the A/D field on the first screen. If A/D was "N", this
code may not be used.
2 "Escort to Secondary" . This code instructs the primary
inspector to take special care in ensuring that the subject
is taken to secondary.
3 "Prior Port Runner". This code should be used if the
subject is known to have evaded Customs previously.
4 "Refer to INS Secondary". This code should be used for
excludable aliens or other subjects that should be handled
by INS rather than Customs,
5 "Refer to Customs Secondary". This is the standard code
for subjects who are suspected of violating Customs laws or
the laws enforced by Customs.
6 "Do Not Refer - See Remarks". Use this code for subjects
that should not be referred to secondary. The primary
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS field should include specific
instructions for the primary inspector.
7 "Silent Hit". If this code is used, the subject will be
queriable, but the primary inspector will not be alerted to
any hits on these records. PRIMARY ACCESS codes "A" or "B"
must be used to use Silent Hit, or any other of the PRIMARY
ACTION codes, if the subject has been restricted with an
access control level of 2, 3, or 4, and placed on primary,
the "7 - Silent Hit" ACTION is required. (NOTE: _ Usin<j
this code does not automatically provide hit notification,
A "1" or "2" must be entered in the QUERY NOTIFICATION
field for this.)
MS
16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
LOOKOUT LEVEL - The valid codes for this field are 1, 2, 3, or
blank. They are used as an indicator to the inspector of the
relative priority of records on primary. The codes indicate;
1 Take an enforcement action. This should be used for known
fugitives or subjects known to be engaged in an illegal
activity while entering the inspection point.
2 strong suspicion of illegal activity. This code should be
used for subjects when there is sufficient evidence of an
illegal activity.
3 Suspected of illegal activity. Use this code if the
subject is suspected of illegal activity, but there Is
insufficient evidence to warrant the use of code 2.
Blank Enter no code if you are unable to specify a priority.
The subject will still remain on primary, but no IOOKOUT LEVEL
will be assigned.
Although the PRIMARY ACCESS code (A,B,C,D) is not used for
Aircraft, Vessels, or Businesses, the IOOKOUT LEVEL code may be
used. This code will be used by inspectors engaged in Private
Aircraft and Vessel inspections to determine the priority and
type of action to be taken with these types of subjects.
Note - LOOKOUT LEVEL "l" also has a special significance for
Aircraft, If an aircraft has this code, any state or local user
querying that Registration (tail) Number through NLETS will be
alerted that the Aircraft is on lookout in TECS. If you do not
wish for your aircraft subject to be available to State/Local
users, do not use LOOKOUT LEVEL "1".
PRIMARY SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS - This is a text field which will
display to inspectors if your record is hit at primary. Enter in
this field any special instructions for the inspector to use in
dealing with the subject.
COMPLETING THE SUBJECT ENTRY PROCESS
Upon completion of viewing and/or creating/ modifying the screens
associated with the first subject type listed, you will press the
PF11, NEXT SUBJECT ( key and the system will display the Subject
Query screen associated with the next subject that was listed on
the List Subjects screen. This process will continue until all
subjects that were listed on the List Subjects screen have been
retrieved/ reviewed.
If you are a Non-Customs user, and you have viewed, created, or
modified all the subjects you listed on the List Subjects screen,
the final depression of the PF11 key will return you to the MAIN
MENU where you many select another transaction code or sign-off
MS - 17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
from the system. (Reference the Access to TECS II section of
this manual for sign-on/sign-of f procedures.)
LINKING SUBJECTS TO THE SOURCE DOCUMENT
If you are a Customs user, and have entered the linking process
through a source document, you will press the PF11 key after all
subjects have been retrieved/ reviewed. The system will then
display the SOURCE TO SUBJECT LINKAGE screen shown below:
14:22 TECS II - SOURCE TO SUBJECT LINKING 1202B7 T2ML90
T2PL90
SOURCE DOCUMENT NUMBER; 8 7M0 000 00 014
SEL POTENTIAL SUBJECTS TO BE LINKED
ABC
DEFG
000000
ABCDEFGHI VA US
TALL & SMALL
NVA1234
0
TECS RECORD ID
P8742742200CAE
V8744 606700CAE
B87OO9158O0CAE
TYPE -D- TO DELETE A SUBJECT FROM BEING LINKED
LAST PAGE - PRESS <FF8> TO CONFIRM IF COMPLETE
(PF1=HELF) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7-PREV SCREEN) (FFB=NEXT SCREEN)
/wvvvvvvwvwwwwvvvwwvvvvv\
The SOURCE TO SUBJECT LINKING screen displays the subjects that
have been identified for linkage to the source document. This
screen provides a means for you, to confirm that these are indeed
the subjects you wish to link to the source, and subsequently
retrieve during query processes.
When the SOURCE TO SUBJECT screen displays, all the subject
records that you marked with an "X", Modified, or Created will be
listed below the Source Document. You may now review the list
and make the decision whether or not to link the records listed.
If you want to link a listed record, the input field to the left
of that record is left blank. If you do not wish to link a
particular record, a "D" (for delete) is placed in the input
field at the left of that record. To actually perform the linking
process, you will press the PF8 key.
After deciding which records you wish to link, and marking those
to be deleted with a M D" , press the PF8 key. The system will
then link the listed records to the source document (minus those
marked for deletion) , and display the SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKING
screen .
MS
IB
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
LINKING SUBJECTS TO EACH OTHER
The SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKING screen shown below will display
the first subject that was linked to the source at the top of the
screen with all subsequent subjects listed below, in the order in
which they appeared on the SOURCE TO SUBJECT screen.
14:22
TECS II - SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKING 120287
TECS RECORD ID: P8742742200CAE ABC DEFG
POTENTIAL SUBJECTS TO BE LINKED
TECS RECORD ID: VS74 46067 OOCAE
SUBJECT DESCR: ABCDEFGHI VA US
TECS RECORD ID: B87 00915800CAE
SUBJECT DESCR: TALL & SMALL
RELATIONSHIP:
RELATIONSHIP:
NVA1234
000000
T2ML91
T2PL91
TYPE A RELATIONSHIP FOR EVERY SUBJECT YOU WANT TO LINK
LAST PAGE FOR CURRENT SUBJECT
fPFI=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PFS=NEXT SCREEN)
(PF14— SOURCE DOCUMENT)
/vwwvvwwwwvwwwwvwww\
You may now indicate a relationship between the first subject
displayed at the top of the screen and the remaining subject(s),
if a relationship exists. To do this, enter the relationship
into the field at the right of those subjects that are
applicable. If a relationship is not entered, that subject is
not linked to the subject record displayed at the top. The
following is a list of valid relationship codes:
CODE DESCRIPTION
A-ACQUAINT
Associate,
A-BUSINESS
Associate,
A-CREW
Associate,
A-EMPLOYEE
Associate,
A-EXSPOUSE
Associate,
A-MEMBER
Associate,
a-off-prin
Associate,
A-OPERATOR
Associate,
A-OTHER
Associate ,
A-OWNER
Associate,
A-PASSENGR
Associate,
A-PREVCONV
Associate,
A-REIiATIVE
Associate,
A-SPOUSE
Associate ,
A-WITKESS
Associate,
Acquaintance, Friend, Neighbor
Business Associate
Crew Member of Conveyance
Employee-Employer
Previously Married
Member of Organization
Officer or Principle of Business
Operator of Conveyance
Other Relationship
Registered Owner of Conveyance
Passenger in Conveyance
Related thru Previous Conviction
Related other than Spouse
Married
Witness
MS
19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
S -ACQUAINT
S -BUSINESS
S-CREW
S -EMPLOYEE
S -EXSPOUSE
S -MEMBER
S-OFF-PRIN
S -OPERATOR
S -OTHER
S -OWNER
S-PASSENGR
S-PREVCONV
S -RELATIVE
S-SPOUSE
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/ Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/ Alleged
Suspect/ Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/ Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
Suspect/ Alleged
Suspect/Alleged
I nvol vmn t , Acquaintance
Involvmnt , Business
Involvmnt , Crew of Convey
Involvmnt , Employae-Emplr
Involvmnt, Prev, Married
Involvmnt,Mbr . of Organ
Involvmnt, Officer or Princ.
Involvmnt, Oper. of Convey
Involvmnt, Other Relatnehp
Involvmnt , Owner of Convey
Involvmnt ,Pasngr in Convey
Involvmnt , Related thru Pre
involvmnt , Relative Not Spou
Involvmnt , Married
After entering all appropriate relationships to the subject
listed at the top of the screen, press the PF8 key to process
your inputs for that screen* if there wBre subjects remaining
that were not linked to the subject listed at the top, the second
subject in the sequence from the SOURCE TO SUBJECT screen will be
displayed at the top of the next SUBJECT TO SUBJECT screen with
the remaining subjects following. This process will be repeated
until all subjects have been related to one another.
Each time a SUBJECT TO SUBJECT LINKING screen is displayed with a
new subject at the top of the screen, the system will prompt you
with the message:
"NOTE NEW SUBJECT"
If all the remaining un-related subjects are displayed on the
screen, or if it is the last of multiple pagee of subjects, the
system will also display the message:
"LAST PAGE FOR CURRENT SUBJECT"
When the final subject record is displayed at the top of the
screen, and the last un-related subject (s) is displayed below;
the system will prompt you with the message:
"LAST PAGE FOR LAST SUBJECT"
Upon completion of all Subject to Subject relationship linkages,
you will press the PF14 key to return to the source document from
which you entered the linking process.
Once into the source document you may exit the system or
create/modify another report using the procedures described in
the IL Intelligence Analysis section of this manual. See the
Access to TECS II section for Sign-on/Sign-off procedures.
MS - 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
MS - SCREENS
The following screens associated with the MS SUBJECT RECORD
MAINTENANCE process are numerous and are being presented as a
continuation of the previous text*
13:41 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 112167 T2MU201
T2PSO20
CODE DESCRIPTION
MS SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE
CODE : *ms KEYID:
PRESS f>F16 TO CHECK FOR UnVTEWED EMAIL "MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP (PF10=EMAIL)
► wvvwvwwwwwvvvvvwvvvvvvvv
12:07 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR SUBJECT RECORD MAINT.112107 T2MU0402
T2PSO4O0
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
MS 9 2 SUBJ * RECORD MAINTENANCE
CODE:* KEYID:
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
(M=m£IN MENU) ‘
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
vvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
I
MS
21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12 SOB TECS II - LIST SUBJECTS 1121B7 T2ML1G
T2PL10
SUBJECT TECS RECORD ID
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION TYPE (IF KNOWN)
1) „
2 ) _
3 ) _
4 )
x Foit More :
FOR EACH SUBJECT TO LINK ENTER A DESC AND TYPE OR TECS RECORD
ID
(PF 1-HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP)
(PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8*=NEXT SCREEN) (PF14=RETURN TO SOURCE)
vvvwwvvvvvwvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:08 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 112187 T2ML11
T2PL11
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: JANE DOE
TECS RECORD ID:
LAST NAME:
FIRST NAME: MIDDLE NAME:
DOB(MMDDYY):
SSN:
PPN:
DRIVER'S LICENSE NUMBER:
ENTER ALL THE INFORMATION YOU HAVE AND PRESS ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
vvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvwvv
MS - 22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:09
SEL
DOE
DOE
DOE
TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY MATCHES 112187 T2ML12
T2PL12
3 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
JANE W F 010129
JOHN W M 022533
JAKE W M 112345
TECS RECORD ID
P8736065500K01
V8736065500K01
P87 3 606550 0KQ1
_ NO MATCH, ENTER NEW SUBJECT
X=S ELECT A SUBJECT V=VIEW A SUBJECT PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7®PREV SCREEN) (PF8*=NEXT SCREEN)
£PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN) (PFll=NEXT SUBJECT)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:10 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 5)
TECS RECORD ID: P8736065500K1
NAME - LAST* DOE
FIRST* JANE
2 : " “
NAME TYPE:
MONICKERS :
DOB:
EYES:'
SSN:
T:
X FOR ALIAS:
112187 T2ML20
T2PL20
ARMED AND DANGEROUS? (Y/N) N
TITLE:
CTffiEK'"-— 1":'"
RACE: W SEX: F MAR STATUS:
HAIR: BFJ HT: - 504 WT: lTJo
PPN* :
BIRTH-COUNTRY :
CITIZENSHIP:
CNTRY : TYPE:_ ISSUED: 0_
STATE: CITY:
TELEPHONE : NON-US-INTNTL :
ADDRESS- STREET :RT 1 BOX 117
CITY : LUCEDALE
CNTRY :
APT:
EXPIRES:
"'MORE? :
X=MORE:
CITY: X=MORE
COUNTY :
ST: MS CNTRY: US ZIP:
DATE : X=MORE
PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvwwvwvvvvvvvvvvvwwvvvvvw
MS
23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:11 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 5)
TECS RECORD ID: PB73605500K1
112197 T2ML21
T2PL21
STATUS* NO NON-SUSPECT, OTHER DATE:
REMARKS *
AIDING AND ABETTING SUSPECT IN SALE & DISTRIBUTION OF DRUGS: CASE
RPT FWD
PRIMARY ACCESS* C NOT ON PRIMARY, NOT MANDATORY
PRIMARY ACTION: _ LOOK OUT LEVEL:
PRIMARY INSTRUCTIONS:
OWNER: 474402900 NOT UPR-FILE AGENCY: KOI TEL.*
TITLE: ENTERED: 092407 UPDATED:
CASENUMBER: 13135B72535S QUERY NOTIFICATION* : 0
(PF1=HELP) (PFZ=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:11 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (3 OF 5) 112187 T2ML22
T2 PL2 2
TECS RECORD ID: P873605500K1
DRIVR'S LICENSE-NUMBER: STATE: CNTRY:
TYPE: ISSUE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE:
STATUS :
RESTRICTIONS: X=MORE LICENSES:
FEDERAL FINGERPRINT CLASS:
SCARS/MARKS:
BORDER CROSSING CARD-NUMBER: TYPE:
ISSUED: EXPIRES: X=MORE CARDS:
ALIEN RJSG fl :
SPOUSE LAST:
FIRST’
’KIDDIE!
X=MORE SPOUSES:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2— FLD HELP) {PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS
24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:12 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (4 OF 5) 112187 T2ML23
T2PL23
TECS RECORD ID! P873605500K1
PILOT'S LICENSE-NBR: RATING: COUNTRY:
FAA REGION: MED CERT: AIRMAN'S CERT:
ISSUE DATE: MED EXAM DATE: _____ X^MORE:
WARRANT-OFFENSE TYPE: OFFENSE DATE: NBR# :
CITY: ST: AGENCY:
WARRANT TYPE: WARRANT DATE: X=MORE
EMPLOYMENT-OCCUPATION :
POSITION:
EMPLOYER :
STREET:
CITY : ST I COUNTRY!
TELEPHONE: - - DATE OF INFO: * X=MORE“EMPL:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS -NUMBER! 2842471 TYPE : TN X=MORE :
STATUS :
EMPLOYER ID:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
{ PF 1 1=NEXT SUBJECT) {PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
wwwvwvwwvwvvvwvwwwwv
12:12 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (5 OF 5)
TECS RECORD ID: P87 3605500K1
112187 T2ML24
T2PL24
FINANCIAL - BANK NAME:
BRANCH NAME:
ACCT TYPE : ACOT NBR:
BANK ID fFlNTl
X=MORE FINANCIAL DATA:
RELIEF FROM DISABILITY:
PROFILE CODES : F21 066 928
MAIL COVER DATES:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvv
MS - 25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:26 TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY 112187 T2ML13
T2PL13
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: TEMPO FORD
TECS RECORD ID:
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER: STATE: COUNTRY:
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) :
ENTER ALL THE INFORMATION YOU HAVE AND PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF10“LINKAGE SCREEN)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:29
TECS II RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION
112187 T2MU3101
T2PU31Q1
RECORD ID: VB744606500CAE
ACCESS CODE: 1 ( 1=ALL , 2=AGENCY, 3=USE GROUPS, 4=USES)
(CODE 2 ONLY? C“CUSTOMS, K=ATF , I/H=IRS)
USER GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) :
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS <ENTER>
(PF1“HELP) (PF 2 “FIELD HELP)
vvvvvvvvvvwvvvwvvvwvwvvvvvvv
MS - 26
OWNER
TITLE
AGENCY: COO NAME! DOWNING TEL. # t 202-343-0947
ENTERED: 092437 UPDATED:
CASENUMBI
QUERY NOTIFICATION’’
(PF1*=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24-CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvw
MS
27
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:52 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY {3 OF 5) 073087 T2ML22
T2PL22
TECS RECORD ID: P87 1912200COO
DRIVR'S LICENSE-NUMBER: STATE: CNTRY :
TYPE: ISSUE DATE: EXPRIATION DATE:
STATUS :
RESTRICTIONS: X-MORE LICENSES:
FEDERAL FINGERPRINT CLASS:
SCARS/ MARKS!
BORDER CROSSING CARD-NUMBER: TYPE:
ISSUED: EXPIRES : X=MORE" CARDST
ALIEN REG #:
SPOUSE LAST:_
FIRST:
MIDDLE:
X=MORE SPOUSES!
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
11:52 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (4 OF 5) 073087 T2ML23
T2PL2 3
TECS RECORD ID: P8719112200C00
PILOT'S LICENSE-NBR: RATING: COUNTRY:
FAA REGION: MED CERT: AIRMAN'S CERT:
ISSUE DATE: MED EXAM DATE: X^MORE :
WARRANT-OFFENSE TYPE: OFFENSE DATE: NBR# :
CITY: ST: AGENCY;
WARRANT TYPE: WARRANT DATE: X=MORE
EMPLOYMENT-OCCUPATION: STATUS:
POSITION: EMPLOYER ID:
EMPLOYER :
STREET:
CIT^ l 5 1 !*! COUNTRY l
TELEHPONE : ' ‘ - - DATE OF INFO: X=MORE~EHPL:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS -NUMBER: TYPE: X=MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB-NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 28
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:53 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT ENTRY (5 OF 5)
TECS RECORD ID: F8719112 20QC00
073087 T2ML24
T2PL24
FINANCIAL - BANK NAME:
BRANCH NAME:
ACCT TYPE: ACCT NBR:
BANK ID CFTnYI
X=MORE FINANCIAL DATA:
RELIEF FROM DISABILITY:
PROFILE CODES:
MAIL COVER DATES:
(PF1=HELP) {PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7“PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11— NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12«QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF2 4 “CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
09:29 TECS II - ALIAS DATA
TECS RECORD ID: P6719112 100C00
ALIAS: LAST:
073087
T2ML25
T2PL25
FIRST!
MIDDLE:
LAST:
FIRST:
MIDDLE:
LAST:
FIRST:
MIDDLE:
X FOR MORE: _
£PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11-NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
wvwvwvvvvvvwvvvvwwwwvwv
MS
29
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:30 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING PASSPORTS 073087 T2ML26
T2PL26
TECS RECORD ID: PB71911210CC00
PASSPORTS: ISSUED EXPIRATION COUNTRY NUMBER TYPE
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) £PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvww
09:30 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING PLACE OF BIRTH 073087 T2ML27
T2PL27
TECS RECORD ID: FB7191121O0COO
PLACE OF BIRTH: COUNTRY STATE CITY
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24“CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvwvvvwvvwwwwvvvwvvwvvv
09:31 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING TELEPHONE DATA 073087 T2ML28
T2PL2B
TECS RECORD IDi P87 19112 lOOCOO
TELEPHONE DATA: NUMBER NON-US-INTNTL COUNTRY CITY
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) {PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
£PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvwvvvvv\/vvv\/vw\/www\/v\/\/w\/v
MS
30
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:32 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING ADDRESSES 073 0B7 T2ML29
T2PL29
TECS RECORD ID: PB7 19112100COO
ADDRESSES :
STREET: APT:
CITY : STATE: COUNTRY !
ZIP: COUNTY: DATE:
STREET :
CITY:
ZIP:
X FOR MORE:
COUNTY
APT:
STATE: ' " COUNTRY: '
DATE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:09 TECS II-MULTIPLE OCCURRING DRIVER'S LICENSES 073087 T2ML30
T2PL30
TECS RECORD ID: PS7 19112100COO
DRIVER'S LICENSES DATA:
NUMBER: STATE: CNTRY: TYPE:
ISSUE DT: EXPIRATION DT: RESTR. :
STATUS : "
NUMBER: STATE: CNTRY : TYPE:
ISSUE DT: EXPIRATION DT: RESTR. :
STATUS :
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvv
16:09 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING
BORDER CROSSING CARDS
TECS RECORD ID: P87 19112 lOOCOO
BORDER CROSSING CARD: NUMBER TYPE
073087 T2ML31
T2PL31
ISSUED EXPIRES
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) <PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
\/\/vwv\/\/vvv\/\/v\/w\/\/v\/v\/v\/\/\/v\/\/\/v
MS
31
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
16:10 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING SPOUSE DATA 072987 T2ML32
T2PL32
TECS RECORD ID: P07191121OOCOO
SPOUSE: LAST:
FIRST: MIDDLE:
LAST !
FIRST: MIDDLE:
LAST:
FIRST! MIDDLE!
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) {PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) fPF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:10 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING SPOUSE DATA 072967 T2KL33
T 2 FLO 3
TECS RECORD ID: P6719112 lOOCOO
PILOT'S LICENSE DATA:
FAA MED MED EXAM AIRMAN ISSUE
NUMBER RATING COUNTRY REGION CERT DATE CERT DATE
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) <PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS
32
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
16:14 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING WARRANT DATA 072987 T2ML34
T2PL34
TECS RECORD ID: PB719112100C00
WARRANTS: OFFENSE TYPE: OFFENSE DATE: NBR:
CITY: STATE: AGENCY:
WARRANT TYPE: WARRANT DATE:
OFFENSE TYPE: OFFENSE DATE: NBR:
CITY: STATE! AGENCY!
WARRANT TYPE: WARRANT DATE :
X FOR MORE:
<PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
<FFll=NEXT SUBJECT) <PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:14 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING EMPLOYMENT DATA 072987 T2ML35
T2PL35
TECS RECORD ID: P8719112100C00
EMPLOYMENTS : OCCUPATION: STATUS :
POSITION: EMPLOYER ID:
EMPLOYER: ■
STREET :
CITY: STATE: COUNTRY:
TELEPHONE! - - DATE OF INFO:
OCCUPATION : STATUS :
POSITION: EMPLOYER ID:
EMPLOYER: '
STREET :
CITY : STATE : COUNTRY :
TELEPH5FE: - - DATE OF INFO:
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF2 4= CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
16:01 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING MISC. NUMBERS 072987 T2ML36
I T2PL36
TECS RECORD ID: P87191121OOC0O
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS : NUMBER: TYPE:
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) {MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8-NEXT PAGE) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:17 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING FINANCIAL DATA 072987 T2ML37
T2PL37
TECS RECORD ID: P8719112100C00
F I NAN CE S : BANK NAME:
BRANCH NAME:
ACCT TYPE : ACCT NBR:
BANK ID (FIN) :
BANK NAME:
BRANCH NAME!
ACCT TYPE: ACcT NbR:
BANK ID (FIN) :
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
wvvvvvvvvwvwvvvwvvwvvvvww
MS
34
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:56 TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT ENTRY {1 OF 2) 073007 T2ML4Q
T2PL40
TECS RECORD ID : V07OO3514OOCOO ARMED AND DANGEROUS? (Y/N) : N
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) :
ALIAS VIN:
LICENSE PLATE-NBR: ESCORT STATE l VA CNTRY i US YEAR ! TYPE:
{2)-NBR* STATE !VA CNTRY sOS YEAR: TYPE:
DESCRIPTION-MAKE: MODEL: YEAR:
TYPE: STYLE: COLOR; X=MORE DESC,
VEHICLE
OWNER- (BUSINESS) NAME:
(PERSON) LAS I NAME:
FIRSTNAME: MIDDLE:
STREET : APT/SUITE :
CITY: ST: CNTRY:
SIP: ^ X FOR MORE OWNERS:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS -NUMBER: TYPE: X=MORE:_
PLEASE ENTER AS MUCH INFORMATION AS YOU HAVE
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF0=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (FF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvwvwawvvwvvvvvvvvvvav
11:56 TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 2)
TECS RECORD ID: V07OO3514OOCOO
0730B7 T2ML41
T2PL41
STATUS* DATE:
REMARKS*
PRIMARY
PRIMARY
PRIMARY
ACCESS :
ACTION!
INSTRUCTIONS:
LOOK OUT LEVEL! _
OWNER: AGENCY: COO NAME: DOWNING TEL.#: 202-343-0947
TITLE: ENTERED: 073 0S7 UPDATED:
CASENUMBER: QUERY NOTIFICATION*:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 35
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
(
16:22 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING LICENSE PLATES 072987 T2ML42
T2PL42
TECS RECORD ID: V07OO3513OOCOO
LICENSE PLATES: NUMBER STATE COUNTRY YEAR TYPE
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) £PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) {FF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwv
16:23 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING VEHICLE DESC. 072987 T2ML43
T2PL43
TECS RECORD ID: V870035I3 OOCOO
VEHICLE
YEAR STYLE COLOR
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (FF8=NEXT PAGE)
{PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS
36
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
16:23 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING VEHICLE OWNERS 072987 T2ML44
T2PL44
TECS RECORD ID: V87 D03513OOCOO
VEHICLE OWNERS:
(BUSINESS) NAME:
(PERSON) LASTNAME:
FIRS TNAME : MIDDLE:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY:
ZIP:
(BUSINESS) NAME:
(PERSON) LASTNAME:
FIRSTNAME: MIDDLE:
STREET: APT/SUITE:
CITY: ST: CNTRY:
zip:
X FOR MORE!
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP} (PF7=FREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PFll-NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:24 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING MISC. NUMBERS 072987 T2ML45
T2PL45
TECS RECORD ID: V8700351300CO0
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS': NUMBER: TYPE:
X FOR MORE: _
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4*=PREV MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
\/v\/vwvvvvvw\/vvwvwwvv\/vvvvvv
MS
37
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10:56 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 3) 072 3 B7 T2ML50
T2PL50
TECS RECORD ID: A870005350C ARMED AND DANGEROUS? N
OVERFLIGHT EXEMPT7“2
REGISTRATION NUMBER: CTZ009
ALIAS NUMBER:
MFG-NAME cesna, inc SERIAL#: CODE:
MODEL/SERIES NAME: MODEL CODE: SERIES CODE:
YEAR:; TYPE:_ CATERGORY i _ ENGINE TYPE:_ #ENGINES:_ #SEATS:_
COLOR- (l)-BODYl: BODY2 : TRIM:
(2) -BODY1: BODY2: TRIM:
(3) -BODY1: BODY2: TRIM:
WEIGHT: CRUISING SPEED:
AVIONI CS:
DATE BLADDER TANKS APPROVED: DATE SEATS REMOVED: ~
ENGINE DATA-MFG NAME: MFG CODE: TYPE:
MODEL NAME! MODEL CODE: HORSEPOWER:
THRUST! FUEL USED PER HOR: X=MORE ! _
PLEASE ENTER AS MUCH INFORMATION AS YOU HAVE
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (FFB=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvwvvvv/wvwwvvvvvvvvvv/w
11:06 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 3)
TECS RECORD ID: A87OO53540GC
073037 T2ML51
T2PL51
STATUS* DATE:
REMARKS*
PRIMARY ACTION:
LOOK OUT LEVEL:
OWNER: AGENCY :c NAME: DOWNING TEL.#: 202-343-0947
TITLE: GET FROM-TABLE ENTERED: 073087 UPDATED:
CASENUMBER: QUERY NOTIFICATION*: 0
(PF1=HELF) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
( PF11— NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS
38
TECS 13
USER'S MANUAL
11:06 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (3 OP 3) 0730B7 T2ML52
T2PL52
TECS RECORD ID: A8700535400C
REGISTRATION DATA-
TYPE OF REGISTRANT: NBR OF REGISTRANTS:
GERNERAL AVIATION/AIR CARRIER: _ AMATEUR CERTIFICATION:
DATE CERTIFICATE ISSUED: LAST ACTIVITY:
AIRWORTHINESS CLASS.
APPROVED OPERATION :
TYPE CERTIFICATE: SHEET#: MODEL: CODE:_
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS- NUMBER: TYPE:
TYPE:
" ' ™* TYPE :
X=MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FLD HELP) (PF7-PREV PAGE) (NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (FF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
16:29 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING ENGINE DATA
TECS RECORD ID: A8700056900000
MFG NAME: MFG CODE:
MODEL NAMF: MODEL CODE! -
THRUST: FUEL USED PER HOR:
072987 T2ML53
T2PL53
TYPE:_
HORSEPOWER:
MFG NAME: MFG CODE: TYPE:
MODEL NAME: MODEL CODE: HORSEPOWER:
THRUST: FUEL USED PER HOR:
X FOR MORE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvwvvvvvvwwvvvvwvvvwwvvwv
MS - 39
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:39 TECS II - MULTIPLE OCCURRING MISC. NUMBERS 072987 T2ML54
T2PL54
TECS RECORD ID: A8700057300COD
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS : NUMBER: TYPE:
X FOR MORE: _
( PF1— HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:01 TECS II - VESSEL SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 3) 073087 T2ML60
T2PL60
TECS RECORD ID; B87700125100COO ARMED AND DANGEROUS? (Y/N) : N
COMMERCIAL/ NON-COMMERCIAL (C/nT : _
NAME: X=MORE ALIAS NAME:
HOMEPORT-CITY : ST: CNTRY : MORE?:
PORT OF CALL-CTTYl CNTRYT X=MORE:
SHIPYARD-NAME:
STREETT^ ’ ZIP1
CITY: STl CNTRY: X=MORE :
RADIO CALL SIGNS:
OWNER- (BUSINESS) NAME:
OF (PERSON) LAST NAME:
VESSEL FIRSTNAME:
STREET:
CITY:
2 ipcoDEI
MIDDLENAME:
' APT/SUITE:
ST: CNTRY:
X=M0RE OWNERS : ~
PLEASE ENTER AS MUCH INFORMATION AS YOU HAVE
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
\/v\/vvvvvvvvvv/\\/vvvvvwvvv\/vv\/v/\v
MS
40
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:37 TECS II - VESSEL SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 3)
TECS RECORD ID: B67 0091550QCAE
073067 T2ML61
T2PL61
STATUS* DATE:
REMARKS*
LOOK OUT LEVEL:
OWNER: 009322697 RITA DOWNING AGENCY : CAE TEL.#: 202-343-0947
TITLE: SUPR. CRIMINAL ENTERED: 073087 UPDATED:
CASENUMBER: QUERY NOTIFICATION* :_0
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vwvvvvvvwvvwwwwwwwwvvv
12:39 TECS II - VESSEL SUBJECT ENTRY (3 OF 3) 073007 T2ML62
NON- COMMERCIAL VESSEL DATA T2PL62
TECS RECORD ID: B37 00915500CAE
HULL NUMBER:
VESSEL ID NUMBER (STATE OR COAST GUARD) : VA2 32 3
DESCRIPTION-TYPE: LENGTH: BEAM:
MAKE: MODEL: YEAR:
ENGINE TYPE: # ENGINES : HORSEPOWER:
HULL MATERIAL! flMASTS:
COLOR- HULL: SUPERSTRUCTURE: TRIM X=MORE COLOR:
ELECTRONICS - #RADAR: #RADIOS: # FREQUENCY SCANNERS:
TYPE SCANNERS: _____
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS- NUMBER: TYPE:
TYPE:
TYPE: X=MORE:
[PF1— HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF11— NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
wvvwvvvwvvwvvvvvvwvvvvvvvw
MS
51
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:39 TECS II - ORGANIZATION SUBJECT QUERY 1121B7 T2ML16
T2PL16
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: ABC DISTRIBUTORS
TECS RECORD ID:
NAME:
IRS#:
DUNS# :
ENTER ALL THE INFORMATION YOU HAVE AND PRESS<ENTER>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN)
(PF11— NEXT SUBJECT)
vwwwvvwwwwwwvwwvvwvv
12:40 TECS II-ORGANIZATION SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 3) 0730B7 T2ML80
T2PL8 0
TECS RECORD ID: X870096910DCAE ARMED AND DANGEROUS? fY/N) : N
NAME: ABC DISTRIBUTORS X=ALIASES :
IRS# ____
DUNS # CUSTOMS ACS#: TELEX#:
TELEXfl
TYPE: STATUS: _ ST INCORPORATED: DT INCORPORATED:
ADDRESS- STREET: ROOM:
CITY: STi CNTRYl
ZIP: DATE: X=MORS ADDRESSES;
TELEPHONE: - IF NON-US- INTRNATIONAL: CNTRY:
CITY: X=HSKE“TEEEPH0NE NUMBERS !_
OFFICERS- LASTNAME:
FIRSTNAMEl MIDDLE:
POSITION: "
X=MORE OFFICERS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PFB=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(FF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 52
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:40 TECS II -
TECS RECORD ID:
ORGANIZATION SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 3)073087 T2ML81
T2PL81
X8700969100QAE
STATUS* DATE:
REMARKS*
PRIMARY ACTION!
LOOK OUT LEVEL:
OWNER: 09322697 RITA DOWNING AGENCY: CAE TEL.#: 202-343-0947
TITLE: SUPR. CRIMINAL ENTERED: 0T3D87 UPDATED":
CASENUMBER: QUERY NOTIFICATION*!
(PFl^HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
12:06 TECS II - ORGANIZATION SUBJECT ENTRY (3 OF 3)073087 T2MLB2
T2PL82
TECS RECORD ID: X8700969100CAE
IF BANK - FEDERAL CHARTER?: DATE: STATE CHARTER?:
DATE: MAGNETIC ID CODE
INSURANCE CARRIERS:
JE^roraTEHSDRAMCE CARRIERS:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS: NUMBER: TYPE:
X FOR MORE: _
<PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
<PF11=*NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN)
(PF2 4— CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 53
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:42 TECS II - AIRCARFT SUBJECT QUERY 112167 T2ML14
T2PL14
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: CESSNA
TECS RECORD ID:
REGISTRATION NUMBER:
MFG SERIAL#:
ENTER ALL THE INFORMATION YOU HAVE AND PRESS <ENTER>
[PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) ( PF10=LINKAGE SCREEN)
(PF11=NEXT SCREEN)
vvvvvvvvvwvvwvwwvwwvwvvvv
12:42 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (1 OF 3) 072387 T2ML50
T2PL50
TECS RECORD ID: A87051S6000CAE ARMED AND DANGEROUS? N
ALIAS NUMBER:
REGISTRATION NUMBER: PL67890
ALIAS NUMBER:
MFG-NAME SERIAL#: CODE:
MODEL/SERIES NAME: MODEL CODE: SERIES CODE:
YEAR: TYPE : _ CATERGORY : __ ENGINE TYPE : _ #ENGINES;_ # SEATS :
COLOR- (l)-BODYl: BODY2 : TRIM:
(2J-BODY1: BODY 2: TRIM:
( 3 ) -BODY1 : BODY 2: TRIM:
WEIGHT: CRUISING SPEED:
AVIONICS:
DATE BLADDER TANKS APPROVED: DATE SEATS REMOVED: '
ENGINE DATA -MFG NAME: MFG CODE: TYPE:
MODEL NAME: MODEL CODE: HORSEPOWER:
THRUST: FUEL USED PER HOR: X=MORE:_
ENTER IN DATA AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY
( PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF11=NEXT SUBJECT)
(PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
VVVVVVVVVVWV/WVVVVVVVVWVVVWAV
MS
54
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:43 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (2 OF 3) 073087 T2ML51
T2PL51
TECS RECORD ID: X07O5156OOOCAE
STATUS * DATE:
REMARKS*
PRIMARY ACTION:
LOOK OUT LEVEL:
OWNER: 09322697 RITA DOWNING AGENCY: CAE TEL.#: 202-343-0947
title : supr . “Criminal entered: oT3D87 update^!
CASENUMBER: QUERY NOTIFICATION* J 0
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) (PF24«CANCEL ENTRY)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
13:01 TECS II - AIRCRAFT SUBJECT ENTRY (3 OF 3) 073007 T2ML52
T2PL52
TECS RECORD ID: A8705156000CAE
REGISTRATION DATA-
TYPE OF REGISTRANT: NBR OF REGISTRANTS:
GERNERAL AVIATION/ATR CARRIER AMATEUR CERTIFICATION:
DATE CERTIFICATE ISSUED: LAST ACTIVITY:
AIRWORTHINESS CLASS . : —
APPROVED OPERATION:
TYPE CERTIFICATE: SHEET#: MODEL: CODE:_
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS- NUMBER: TYPE:
TYPE :
TYPE:
X=MORE :
(P71=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF11=NEXT SUBJECT) (PF12=QUERY MATCH SCREEN) fPF24=CANCEL ENTRY)
wvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
MS - 55
INSERT INDEX XI (NCIC/NLETS/CLETS)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
NN - NCIC/NLETS/CLETS
OVERVIEW
This portion of the Treasury Enforcement Communications System is
used to interface with other law enforcement systems run by other
agencies. Through this subsystem, TECS II users can communicate
on-line with;
National Crime Information Center (NCIC}
National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS)
California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS)
The National Crime Information Center (NCIC) is a nationwide
computerized information system established by the Federal Bureau
of Investigations to service all criminal justice agencies;
local, state, and Federal. This system maintains information on
wanted persons, stolen property, criminal histories, and
information compiled in the course of investigation of crimes.
Six types of messages can be transmitted to NCIC: entry,
modification, cancellation, inquiry, locate, and clear. Refer to
the NCIC Operating Manual for a complete discussion of these
messages, their formats, usage, and responses.
The National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS)
provides a communications link to law enforcement systems across
the U.S., through a switching computer located in Phoenix,
Arizona. NLETS queries may be made on state criminal history,
vehicle registration, and drivers license information.
Administrative messages are also supported. Refer to the NLETS
Operations Manual for a complete description of these queries and
- messages.
The California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS)
allows California TECS users direct access to the State DMV and
CJIS data bases. Refer to the CLETS operations manual for
detailed information on this system.
If you are allowed to access the NCIC/NLETS Interface, this
option will appear on your MAIN MENU. Should you have messages
that you have received, but not yet acknowledged, the notation
" **UNACKED MSG**" will appear at the top of the screen.
NN - 1
TECS IX
USER'S MANUAL
11:05 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 113087 T2MS0201
T2PS02C1
CODE DESCRIPTION
NN NCIC * * UNACKED MESSAGES * *
CODE : NN KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
/wwwvwwwwwwvwvww\/\/w\
Only terminals defined with ORls are allowed to access this
interface. If you are signed on to a terminal which is not
defined to this interface, the following message will display
when you enter NN:
"ORI NOT DEFINED FOR TMIS TERMINAL. ACCESS NOT ALLOWED"
If the terminal is a valid NCIC/NLETS terminal, the system
displays the screen for the TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR NCIC/NLETS
INTERFACE below . This menu may also display the notation
"*UNACKED MSGS* 1 '.
11:19 TECS II SUBSTSTEM FOR NCIC/NLETS 120387 T2MU0402
T2PS0408
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
NN02
NN04
NN11
NN14
REVIEW UNACKNOWLEDGED MSG NN03
REVIEW ANY MESSAGE QUEUE NN10
SEND NLETS GENERAL MSG NN13
SEND CLETS MESSAGE
REVIEW MESSAGE QUEUE
TERMINAL/BROADCAST MSG
SEMD NCIC MESSAGE
CODE:* KEYID:
(PP3=MAIH MENU) (PF4=f>REV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
NN -
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The NCIC/NLETS menu contains seven selections that may be chosen.
Selections NN10, NN11, NN13, and NN14 allow you to create and
send messages. Selections NN02, NN03 , and NN04 allow you to
review messages in your queues {or any queue for which you have
permission} .
NN02 REVIEW UNACKNOWLEDGED MESSAGES
This transaction will retrieve the unacknowledged messages first
from the your terminal queue, then from your personal queue.
By entering "NN02" in the CODE field of the NCIC/NLETS MENU, the
system will respond with the initial unacknowledged message in
your terminal queue. Using the PF keys, you may "page” through
your messages.
Below is a sample screen of Unacknowledged Messages.
11:21 TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE DISPLAY 120387 T2PD0601
T2MD0601
QUEUE TYPE: PERSONAL QUEUE NAME: AAFO
MSG STATUS: NACK
******************* TEXT OF MESSAGE **************** PAGE 01****
FROM NCIC ON 12/03/87 AT 11:21:05
1LO1CQUAAF0 01200012
VAUSC6011
ORI/VAUSC6000 IS US CUSTOMS SERVICE LAW ENF SYS DIV ALEXANDRIA VA
MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED. DEPRESS PF5{MSG INDEX). PF14 {ACKD MDG} .
PF16 (NEXT MSG). PF18 (REROUTE MSG).
PF19 (MSG LOG).
END OF THIS MESSAGE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
It should be noted that choosing the "NN02" selection
automatically (and in sequence) sets the criteria for the
•'message search" to:
o Message Status = Unacknowledged
followed by
o Queue Type = Terminal
followed by
o Queue Type — Personal
NN - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
After searching all your messages the system will return to your
terminal all of your unacknowledged terminal messages, followed
by all of your unacknowledged personal messages. (The Message
Status is "HACK", which stands for Not Acknowledged.)
By pressing PF14 you indicate that you have acknowledged the
message and the next one will display. In the Message Log an
asterisk (*) will appear next to that message, indicating your
acknowledgment .
By pressing PF16 (if you don't want to acknowledge the message)
you will simply get the next unacknowledged message in your
queues.
By pressing PF18 you will be able to re-route the message to
another Terminal ID or ORI (up to 5) . While re-routing, you may
add a re-route message. If a message is added, it may be up to
two lines long.
By pressing PF19 you will see the Message Log for that message.
NN03 REVIEW MESSAGE QUEUE
By entering "NN03" in the CODE field of the NN-sub-menu, the
system will return to you the TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE RETRIEVAL
screen below. This screen allows you to determine the search
parameters for messages in your terminal (T) or personal (P)
queue .
The screen below illustrates the selection of Personal Queue (P) ,
Message Status of "SENT" (Msg Status - S) , and Display of the
Index (Msg Index = Y) .
11:22 TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE RETRIEVAL 120367 T2PD0301
T2MDO301
QUEUE TYPE *: _ (P=PERSOHAL, T=TERM1NAL)
MSG STATUS ! _ (N=N0T ACKED, A=ACKED, S=SENT)
MSG SEQUENCE: ___
(MMDDYY HHMMSS) (MMDDYY HHMMSS) (SINGLE DATE)
DATE/TIME: THRU WILL GIVE 1 DAY)
CIRCUIT : (NC=NCIC, NL=NLETS, CL-CLETS)
MSG INDEX: _ (Y=YES, DISPLAY AN INDEX OF MESSAGES ONLY)
YOU MUST ENTER QUEUE TYPE. ALL OTHER PARAMETERS ARE OPTIONAL AND
WILL FURTHER RESTRICT MESSAGES RETRIEVED.
ENTER RETRIEVAL PARAMEMTERS AND DEPRESS "ENTER". THE FIRST
MESSAGE OR INDEX SCREEN WILL DISPLAY.
(PF1— HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vwvvv\/vvvwvvvv\/vwvvvvvvvv\/wv
NN - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
When you want to review your messages, you can select parameters,
or criteria, in order to limit the retrieval of messages. For
example, you can:
o Limit retrieval to messages which have not been
acknowledged, or those that have been acknowledged,
or those which were sent.
o Specify a message sequence ID. It must be numeric
and will help you identify particular responses you
want.
o Specify a date/time. If a single date, messages
for that day will be retrieved. If a date/time
range Is entered, the first date/ time must be
earlier than the second date/time. Messages for
that range will be retrieved.
o Restrict your retrieval to those messages having
been sent/received on a specific circuit, e,g.,
NCIC.
o Select to view an index of messages instead of the
actual messages. The index is a 2 -line summary of
each message. While reviewing the index, you may
mark records with an "R" for review or "A" for
acknowledge (any other value is an edit error) .
When you press ENTER, all messages marked "A” will
be acknowledged and those marked "R" will be
displayed for your review, one at a time.
If any parameters are invalid, an error message will be
highlighted on line 22 along with the field (s) in error. If no
messages are retrieved, a "NO MATCH" message will be returned.
As a result of the query entered above, the system returned the
EXTERNAL MESSAGE INDEX DISPLAY below. The status of all messages
in this example is "SENT".
NN
5
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
I
11:32 TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE INDEX DISPLAY 120387 T2PD0701
T2MD07 01
QUEUE TYPE: PERSONAL
QUEUE ]
NAME:
AAFO
SEQ ID:
DATE/TIME ;
THRU
MSG STATUS: ACKD
SEL STAT DATE
TIME
SEQ
CIRCUIT
******* PAGE 01***
ACKD 12/03/87
11:29:19
014
NLETS
RR.CALICOOOO
09:30 12/03/87 03174
09:30 12/03/67 02021
VAUSC6011
ACKD 12/03/87
11:21:05
012
NCIC
1 LO 1CQUAAF 0 012 00012
VAUSC6011
ORI/VAUSC6000 IS US CUSTOMS SERVICE LAW
PUT AN '’A" TO ACKNOWLEDGE OR "R" TO REVIEW. DEPRESS "ENTER" TO
EXECUTE.
USE PF KEYS TO CONTINUE
fPFl=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=FREV MENU)
(PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Once the search parameters have been executed and the message {s)
displayed, use the PF keys for two valuable functions:
o Re-route Function (PF18)
The first page of the message is retrieved. Your
name and terminal ID are placed on the screen as
appended text. You will enter a list of terminal
ID(s) or ORl(s) to which the message is to be
copied and sent. You may also enter two lines of
re-route explanation.
o Log Display (PF19)
The Message Log displays all persons who have
viewed that message, and whether or not they have
acknowledged it. While viewing the log, you can go
to the next message (PF16) or return to the first
page of the current message (FF20) .
NN -
6
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
\
By placing an "R 1 * next to a message, the first page of that
message is automatically retrieved when the ENTER key is pressed
as shown below.
Below is the first page of the 1st message.
11:21 TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE DISPLAY 120387
QUEUE TYPE: PERSONAL QUEUE NAME: AAFO
MSG STATUS: MCK
T2PD0601
T2MD0601
******************* TEXT OF MESSAGE **************** PAGE 01****
FROM NCIC ON 12/03/87 AT 11:21:05
1L01CQUAAF001200012
VAUSC6011
ORI/VAUSC6000 IS US CUSTOMS SERVICE LAW ENF SYS DIV ALEXANDRIA VA
MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED. DEPRESS PF5(MSG INDEX). PF14 (ACKD MDG) .
PF16 (NEXT MSG). PF18 (REROUTE MSG).
PF19 (MSG LOG).
END OF THIS MESSAGE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvwvvvwwwwwvwwwwwvvv
By pressing the PF19 key (Msg Log) , the TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE
LOG DISPLAY for this message is retrieved. In this example,
although a user reviewed the message on September 16, 1987, he
did not acknowledge it.
NN -
7
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
I
11:21 TECS II EXTERNAL MESSAGE DISPLAY 120387 T2PD0601
T2MD0601
QUEUE TYPE: PERSONAL QUEUE NAME: AAFO
~~~ MSG STATUS: NACK
******************* TEXT OF MESSAGE **************** PAGE 01****
FROM NCIC ON 12/03/87 AT 11:21:05
1L01CQUAAF0012 00012
VAUSC6011
ORI/VAUSC6000 IS US CUSTOMS SERVICE LAW ENP SYS DIV ALEXANDRIA VA
MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED. DEPRESS PF5 (MSG INDEX). FF14 ( ACKD MDG) .
PF16 (NEXT MSG). PF1B (REROUTE MSG).
PF19 (MSG LOG).
END OF THIS MESSAGE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (FF7=PREV PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvv
However, the user (Terminal T2F9) read the message and re-routed
it to Terminal T25E later the same day below. He included the
re-route message, "test of message re-routing function,"
* NOTE: Some ORIs and terminals are associated with printers so
that messages can be routed to printers.
NN -
8
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:33 TECS II REROUTE MESSAGE DESTINATION ENTRY 120387 T2PD0701
T2MD0901
SEND TO TRM(S): (OR)
SEND TO ORI(S) i
********** THE FOLLOWING TEXT WILL BE APPENDED TO MESSAGE *******
*** REROUTE FROM TERMINAL T2F9 BY VON-KUNDRA, TOMIKEN ********
***ENTER OPTIONAL ADDITIONAL REROUTE EXPLANATION TO BE PUT IN MSG
ra**v*v**-3r MESSAGE BEING TiEKODTED' ' '*-*"*■* jf* * * *7t-*-* *************** *
FROM NLETS ON 12/03/87 AT 11:29:19
RR. CALICOOOO
09:30 12/03/87 03174
09:30 12/03/87 02021 VAUSC6011
*CQUAF0014
TXT
ENTER NEW DESTINATION ID(S) OR ORI(S). ENTER OPTIONAL REROUTE
EXPLANATION.
DEPRESS PF13 TO SEND THE MESSAGE.
MESSAGE AVAILABLE TO REROUTE
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
wvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvv
After pressing the PF13 key to SEND the re-routed message, the
system acknowledges that the message was re-routed by
highlighting text at bottom of the screen.
NN - 9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
NN04 REVIEW ANY MESSAGE QUEUE
By entering "NN04" in the CODE field of the NN-sub-menu, the
system will return to you the TECS II GENERAL EXTERNAL MESSAGE
screen (below) . This screen allows you to determine the search
parameters for messages in any terminal (T) or personal (P)
queue , provided you have authorization.
11:34 TECS II GENERAL EXTERNAL MESSAGE RETRIEVAL 120387 T2PD0401
T2MD0401
QUEUE TYPE + : (P=PERSONAL, T=TERMINAL, A=AIRP0RT, L=LAN DBORDER
USER ID : (FOR PERSONAL QUEUE ONLY)
QUEUR NAME t fP, T DEFAULT TO QUEUE A, L DEFAULT TO SITE)
MSG STATUS : (N=NOT ACKED, A=ACKED, S=SENT)
MSG SEQUENCE: “ {SPECIFIC SEQUENCE ID IF DESIRED)
(MMDDYY HHMMSS) (MMDDYY HHMMSS)
DATE/TIME : THRU WILL GIVE 1 DAY)
CIRCUIT : {NC=NCIC, NL=NLETS, CL=CLETS)
MSG INDEX : _ { Y=YES , DISPLAY AN INDEX OF MESSAGES ONLY)
YOU MUST ENTER QUEUE TYPE AND QUEUE NAME OR USER ID. ALL OTHER
PARAMETERS ARE OPTIONAL AND WILL FURTHER RESTRICT MESSAGES
RETRIEVED.
ENTER RETRIEVAL PARAMETERS AND DEPRESS "ENTER". THE FIRST
MESSAGE OR INDEX SCREEN WILL DISPLAY.
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) {PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vwvwvvvwvvwwwwwvwvvvvw
The functions of the General Message retrieval are identical to
"NN03" except that it allows you to view other persons 1 messages,
if you have the proper User Profile Record authority. While
selecting the parameters , you have to enter a QUEUE NAME or a
USER ID. If you leave the field blank:, it will default to your
own.
NN
10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
NN10 SEND NLETS ADMIN. MESSAGE
When M NN10" is entered in the CODE field of the NCIC/NLETS MENU,
the TECS II NLETS MESSAGE ENTRY screen below appears. The system
automatically will insert the ORI of your terminal. In the
example below, the ORI is VAUSC6003.
07:29 TECS II NLETS MESSAGE ENTRY 112487 T2PD10
RESPONSE TO TERMINAL: Y T2MD10
FROM ORi : VAUSC6003 MESSAGE TYPE:* AM
SEND TO ORI(S) :*
***************** ENTER TEXT OF MESSAGE ******** PAGE 01*********
ALTERNATE ORI DESTINATIONS:
PRESS ENTER TO SEND MESSAGE' (PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP)
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/wwvvwvvvvvvwwvwvvvvvwvwv
As you can see, it also inserts "AM" in the Message Type field
(for an Administrative Message) . Complete the "SEND TO ORI"
field with the ORI of the terminal that is to receive your
message. You may specify additional ORIs at the bottom of the
screen. Each ORI must be a valid 2-digit or 9-digit ORI.
NLETS messages may be several pages long. Simply depress the PF8
key to begin page 2, if necessary. The page number of your
current message is in the upper right of the screen. You may
also return to a previous page by pressing the PF7 key.
Corrections or errors can be made on the screen, as you create
the text of your message. If you wish to erase an entire screen,
depress the CLEAR key and begin again.
When creating a message remember that all lines will be left-
justified and that blank screens cannot be sent. The message is
not sent until the ENTER key is pressed. If you press PF3 to
return to the Main Menu or PF4 to return to the previous menu
without pressing the ENTER key, the message will NOT be sent.
Press the ENTER key when you are ready to send the message, if
the message was sent correctly, you will receive the message
"MESSAGE SUCCESSFULLY SENT".
NN
11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
At the top left of the MESSAGE ENTRY screen Is a field which
controls the return of the response to your message. This field
is automatically set to "Y" to direct the response to your screen
as soon as it returns. When the response is received, it will
appear on your screen as seen below. The message is also placed
in your terminal queue and may be retrieved from there via NN03
or NN04 . The message is automatically acknowledged when it is
displayed.
11! 35 TECS II NLETS MESSAGE ENTRY 120387 T2PD10
RESPONSE TO TERMINAL: n T2MD10
FROM ORI ! VAUSC6011 MESSAGE TYPE!* AM
SEND TO ORI :
*************** ENTER TEXT OF MESSAGE ************ PAGE 01 ****
ALTERNATE ORI DESTINATIONS:
PRESS ENTER TO SEND MESSAGE.' (PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP)
(PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvwvvvvvwwwvwwwwvvwww
You may change the setting of this switch to "N" to direct the
response to your personnel queue. Since the cursor is positioned
beyond this field when the screen is displayed, you will have to
back-tab to get to the field.
If you change the status to "N" , your responses will return to
your personal queue and you must use NN02 (Review Unacknowledged
Messages) or NN03 (Review Message Queue) to display them.
If the response is slow in returning and you leave the NCIC/NLETS
subsystem, this switch is automatically reset to return the
responses to your personal queue. Message responses will NOT
automatically display in other parts of the TECS II system.
NN11 SEND NLETS GENERAL MSG
To create and send a General NLETS message, type "NN11" and press
ENTER from the NCIC/NLETS MENU. The system will return the
screen as shown below with your terminal's ORI filled in. Except
for entering a Message Type, the instructions for completing this
screen are identical to NN10 above.
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
07:29 TECS II NLETS MESSAGE ENTRY 112487 T2PD10
RESPONSE TO TERMINAL: Y T2MD10
FROM ORI : VAUSC6003 MESSAGE TYPE:* AM
SEND TO ORI(S):* vause6003
**************** ENTER TEXT OF MESSAGE ********* PAGE 01 *****
test of am message from nnlO
ALTERNATE ORI DESTINATIONS:
PRESS ENTER TO SEND MESSAGE": (FF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP)
(PF3=MAIN MENU} {PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7*PREV PAGE) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
NN13 SEND NCIC MESSAGE
when "NN13" is entered in the CODE field of the ncic/nlets menu,
the TECS II NCIC MESSAGE ENTRY screen below appears. As with the
NLETS entry screens, the system will automatically insert your
terminal ORI in the entry screen.
NCIC does not require destination ORls in the message. NCIC does
require, however, a valid Message Type to be entered in the
MESSAGE TYPE field,
NCIC messages may not exceed one page in length. Corrections or
errors can be made on the screen, as you create your text. If
the entire message needs to be corrected, press the CLEAR key and
begin again.
Press the ENTER key when you are ready to send the message.
You may control return of the message response to the screen or
your personnel queue as you could with NLETS messages.
NN
13
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
NN14 SEND CLETS MESSAGE
The CLETS interface is available only to those terminals located
in California. You as a user must also be authorized to send and
receive CLETS messages. If you and your terminal are authorized
to use clets, you may enter "NN14" from the Ncic/NLETS subsystem
MENU. The CLETS SEND MESSAGE Screen will be displayed (as seen
below) :
07:51 TECS II CLETS MESSAGE ENTRY 112487 T2PD14
T2MD14
RESPONSE TO TERMINAL: Y MESSAGE TYPE:*
****************** ENTER TEXT OF MESSAGE ************* PAGE '01***
PRESS ENTER TO SEND MESSAGE. (PFi=tfELP) (PF2=P1ELD HELP)
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PHEV MENU) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvvvvvvwvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvwvvv\
NN - 14
INSERT INDEX XII (SUPERVISORS APPROVAL)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SA - SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
OVERVIEW
The Supervisory Approval function allows designated supervisors
to approve TECS II documents. Prior to approving any document,
the supervisor can review it and all related subject records on
the terminal. Changes may be made to any part of the document or
its access level. The following documents are approved through
this transaction:
o INTEL Record/ INTEL Alert
o Intelligence Analysis, CF320
o Intelligence Study
o Memorandum of Information Received, MOIR
o Report of Investigation ROI, CF-23
o Search/ Arrest/Seizure (SAS) Report, CF'-lSl
o Electronic Surveillance Requests (in development)
Except for SAS report, once a document is approved, it becomes a
permanent part of the database, and no changes or deletions can
be made by the author, supervisor or SCO. SAS reports can be
changed by any of Customs Officers listed on the original
document, but all changes require approval by the same supervisor
that approved the original document.
A supervisor can designate any authorized TECS II user to act for
a specified period through his UPR. A second line supervisor
does not automatically review/ approve reports for which his first
line supervisors are responsible.
An eMAIL message (refer to the ACCESS TO TECS II section of this
manual) is sent to the author of a report advising him of his
supervisor's decision
To be able to access the Supervisory Approval (SA) function, you
must first have it displayed on your MAIN TECS II MENU. If you
have supervisory approval responsibilities and the SA option is
not seen, contact your Systems Control Officer.
SA - 1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:05
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 112107 T2MU0201
T2PS0202
CODE DESCRIPTION
SA SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
CODE:* SA KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvwwwwvwvwwwwvwvvv
SAID REPORT SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
To go to the SUPERVISORY APPROVAL SUB-MENU from the MAIN MENU,
enter 'SA' in the CODE field and press ENTER, You will then see
a screen with only one transaction, , . . SA10 - REPORT SUPERVISORY
APPROVAL . Enter SA10 in the CODE: field and press ENTER to get
to the TECS II SUPERVISOR IDENTIFICATION screen. This is where
the Supervisory function starts.
11:06 TECS II SUB-SYSTEM FOR SUPERVISORY APPROVAL 112107
ACCESS DESCRIPTION ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE
SAID REPORT SUPERVISORY APPROV
CODE:* SA10 KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) fPF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
/vwvvwvvvvvvvvvwvvwvvwwww
SA - 2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:06 TECS II SUPERVISOR IDENTIFICATION 112187 T2M0101
T2P0101
SUPERVISOR ID#:
TO BE ENTERED ONLY IF USER IS ACTING SUPERVISOR
(PF1=HELP) ( PF3-MAIN MENU) ( PF4=PROCEED )
/vwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Rather than having to go through the SUB-MENU (which has only the
one option - SA10) , you can enter SA10 directly from the MAIN
MENU and bypass the SUB-MENU entirely.
The SUPERVISOR IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION screen wants to know
whether you are acting for yourself or for another supervisor.
If you acting for yourself, just hit ENTER to get to the list of
your documents to be approved.
If you have been authorized to act for another supervisor
("authorized" means that he has entered your User ID in his UPR
with valid dates) , and you wish to review or authorize reports
submitted for his approval, enter his User ID in the designated
field. If you are not a valid acting supervisor, the system will
say so, or if the dates for which you were auhtorized are not
valid, you will also be informed. Assuming you are a valid
acting supervisor, screen 4 will appear - but with his documents
to be viewed or approved.
Once the - TECS II AUTHORIZE REPORTS screen appears, the
procedures for viewing, approving or disapproving reports are the
same, regardless If you are acting for someone else or not.
SA - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:27 TECS II AUTHORIZE REPORTS 091267 T2MO1101
T2FO1101
REPORT FOR AUTHORIZATION BY SUPERVISOR: ARMSTRONG ROBERT
A/D/V REPORT TITLE TYPE DATE
REPORT NUMBER CASE TITLE REPORT OWNER
V FALSE INVOICING OF CANON CAMERAS TRANSSHIPPED THROUGH TAIWA
MOIR 870907
S7MHQIF0013Q REDSECKER JAMES
IMITATION ROLEX WATCHES FROM BRAZIL MOIR 870912
97MHQIF147 BRUNDAGE JOSEPH
A SPECIAL REPORT OF THE WILLAIM WALLINGS ORGANIZ. INTL 870912
S7KHQIF00141 SMITHFIELD RICHARD
D ROBERT QUELL - FUGITIVE FOR POSSESSION OF COCAINE INTL 870912
87KHQIF0042 DUNN MARTHA
A ATTEMPT TO SMUGGLE FLOORING USING FALSE INVOICES 1320 870912
87IHQIFOO1O0 KOSTKOWSKI DANIEL
MORE DOCUMENTS ON NEXT PAGE
(PF1=HE LP} (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF7=PREVIOUS PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
(V AND PF6=VIEW REPORT) (V AND PF12 VIEW SUBJECTS)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvv
AUTHORIZE REPORTS LIST
Notice that the third, line from the top tells you who you are
authorizing reports for. Up to five reports can be listed on one
page? if there are more pages, the system will say "MORE
DOCUMENTS" in the lower left hand corner of the screen, and you
can press PF8=NEXT PAGE to see more, and then press PF7=PREVI0US
PAGE to see more, or press PF7*PREVious PAGE to back to the first
page if there are no reports on the previous page.
Each report listed will contain the following information:
- Report number
- Title
- Owner
- Report type
- Data submitted for approval
- Case number (ROI ' s only)
SA - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Next to the name for each report, there is a space for you to
enter... A = Approve report, D = Disapprove report, and V = View
report/subjects. If you have forgotten some of these procedures,
press PF1=HELP, and a HELP screen will appear outlining your
options. It is expected that most reports will be first reviewed
before any action is taken.
i V * - VIEW REPORT/SUBJECTS
By entering a *V' next to a report title, you can view the report
by hitting PF6, or view the subjects linked to the report by
hitting PF12 . If you press ENTER first, you will be prompted to
press either PF6 or PF12.
While viewing an Intelligence Report, a supervisor can change any
part of the report before he approves it; however, all changes
must pass the same field edits that existed for reported entry.
ROI * s and CFl5l's cannot be modified by supervisors at the time
of approval ... they may only approve/disapprove the reports.
Pressing the PF12 key displays the subject records, a supervisor
can use the PF14=LINKING LIST key and see what other records are
linked to this subject. This "traversing" of the database is
discussed the GQ GENERAL QUERy section of this manual.
Whenever the supervisor has finished reviewing the report and
subjects, he presses PF4 to get back to the AUTHORIZE REPORT
LIST. He can then approve/disapprove that report or view another
one.
•A* - APPROVING A REPORT
To approve a report just put an A (approve) next to the report
(as many as you wish) and press ENTER. Make sure that approval
of the report is warranted and the code in entered in the right
place, because once you press the ENTER key, the following events
occur:
1. A message will be seen on the bottom of the screen:
"AUTHORIZATION DECISIONS HAVE BEEN PROCESSED -
MESSAGES SENT TO APPROPRIATE USERS AND ACCESS
CODES UPDATED FOR LINKED SUBJECT RECORDS"
2. your decision has been recorded and it cannot be changed.
In fact, if you go to the MAIN MENU and re-enter the Supervisory
Approval function, the reports you just approved are no longer on
the AUTHORIZED REPORTS LIST. They are now a permanent part of
the TECS II database. They cannot be deleted or modified, except
as a SAS report. Because the SAS (old CF-151) will require
occasional modification after approval, this document can be
SA - 5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
changed by any one of the following Customs Officers that are
listed on the original sas document:
o Officer talcing declaration
o Arresting Officer
o Seizing of Record
o Mitigating Officer
The supervisor of the record is then required to approve the
modification before it is accepted it is accepted by TECS II.
3. The approval status of the record will be changed to
APPROVED , and the date of the approval will be entered in the
approval DATE field. This will allow authorized TECS II users to
access the report through GENERAL QUERY.
4. Depending on the type of report, the access codes of
linked subject records will be modified accordingly.
o Intel Record & Alert, Intel Study and CF-320.
The codes of these linked subject records are changed
from Level 4 to the access level of the report.
o SAS, ROI and MOIR. The access code of these records
remain unchanged from prior authorization.
5. An eMAIL message is sent to the originator of the
report informing him of your decision to approve his
report. This message is a formal part of the process?
it is asssumed that in most situations verbal
notification will occur.
6. An eMAIL message is sent to everyone on the report
distribution list informing them that the report is
available and listing informing him that the report is
and listing the report title, report type, ID number and
date of distribution, only notification that the report
is available. They must then request the report through
the GQ GENERAL QUERY function from the MAIN MENU.
■D’ - DISAPPROVING A REPORT
The process for disapproving a report is the same as for
approving one. Place a * D 1 next to the report (s) you want to
disapprove and press ENTER. You will recieve the same message
about decisions being processed as mentioned above. In addition,
the report will be "sent back" to the originator for further
work. He will also receive an eMAIL message informing him of
your decision. Once you disapprove a report, you cannot do
anything else with it until it is resubmitted for your approval .
Any comments that you made in the report while viewing it will be
seen by the originator after your disapproval .
SA - 6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DESIGNATING AN ACTING SUPERVISOR
You may authorize another person to approve reports for you
through your UPR. To do this, enter UP2 0 from the Main Menu.
This will bring up, the TECS II USER MAINTENANCE screen.
12:33 TECS II UPR MAINTENANCE 091287 T2MU20
T2PU20
USER ID: 300000075
LOCAL OFFICE: (OE) BADGE #: 2133
DDPP: (I&C) ID CARD: 654
LAST NAME : KOSTKOWSKI
FIRST NAME: DANIEL
MIDDLE NAME: F
HOME REGION: HO
OFFICE: BO (OE)
STATION: TEST (I&C)
DDPP: 0101 (I&C)
ACTING SUPVR: 219303692
START DATE: 022387 (MMDDYY)
STOP DATE; 023087 (MMDDYY)
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF5=RESET)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vvvwwvvvvvvvvvwvvwvvwvvwvv
This screen contains the UPR data field that you are allowed to
change - like a local office you may be detailed to, and an
acting supervisor to whom you want to delegate you report signing
authority. In the ACTING SUPERVISOR field enter his or her User
ID, and In the two following fields that date has exceeded the
STOP DATE, the delegation of signing authority is cancelled.
Note the following things:
o Only one acting supervisor can be designated at a
time... you must go into your UPR and change the User ID and the
dates for each occurrence.
o During the time that another supervisor is acting for you,
you may still see and approve/disapprove the reports for which
you are authorized to act.
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
<
a If you are acting for another supervisor, and you delegate
your authorization to a third supervisor, he cannot approve the
reports for the supervisor you are acting for.
o Any user who can see the supervisory approval option from
the MAIN MENU can be designated as an acting supervisor. This
means that if there is an individual who is not normally a
supervisor, but who is occasionally required to act as one, must
be authorized by a SCO, through the supervisory approval process,
before anyone can act for him.
SA - 8
INSERT INDEX XIII (SUBJECT QUERY)
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
SQ - SUBJECT QUERY
OVERVIEW
The SUBJECT QUERY function in TECS II is used to query and
display "Subject Records" stored in the database. Queries are
made from formatted screens with "fill-in the blanks" for your
search parameters. There is a separate query screen for each
type of subject record (person, vehicle, vessel, aircraft,
organization/business ( and firearm) ■ These screens are covered
in detail later in this section.
In addition to allowing the input of query arguments, the query
screens also allow you to vary the scope of your search. All of
the queries are designed to automatically search the entire TECS
II database. You can narrow this scope by limiting your search
to only suspects or to only records from your agency or office.
You can also broaden your search by including other databases or
systems in your query. Depending on the type of subject being
queried and your authorization you can include NCIC, NLETS,or the
Financial Databse (FDB) in your query.
Once you have queried the database and found the subject (s) of
interest, the system allows you to move to other records in the
database through "links". When a subject record is displayed,
you can request a list of the records related to that subject and
select records from that list to view.
All of these functions are described in detail within this
section.
ACCESSING SUBJECT QUERY
To access the Subject Query function, you must first be a valid
TECS II user and logon to the TECS II system. From the TECS II
MAIN MENU, type SQ in the CODE field and press ENTER.
SQ - 1
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
11:14
CODE
SQ
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 112387 T2KU02Q1
T2PSO202
DESCRIPTION
SUBJECT QUERY
CODE:* SQ KEYID:
press pfio to <5h£cK FOR UNVIEWed EMAIL MSSsagEs
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF30=EMAIL)
/vvvvvvvvv\/vvvvwwwvwwvvvvvv\
SQIO SUBJECT QUERY
From the SUBJECT QUERY SUB-SYSTEM MENU, enter the access code
SQIO in the CODE field and press ENTER, to display the SUBJECT
QUERY MENU. SQIO nay also be entered directly from the MAIN MENU
by-passing the SQ MENU,
00:00
TECS II SUBSYSTEM MENU 071637 T2MS04Q2
T2PS04 08
ACCESS DESCRIPTION
CODE
SQIO SUBJECT QUERY
CODE:* KEYID:
[PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
/vvvvwvvvvwwvvvvvwvvwvvvvvvv
The SUBJECT QUERY MENU, lists the 5 types of subject queries that
are available. Enter the 1 character code [listed on the left)
to display the query screen for the type of subject that you wish
to query.
SQ - 2
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
15:12 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY MENU 012288 T2MR10
T2PR10
AVAILABLE SUBJECT RECORDS:
P Persons
V Vehicles
X Organizations
A Aircraft
B Vessels
F Firearms
WHICH SUBJECT RECORDS DO YOU WANT TO QUERY?
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-PREV MENU)
/vvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
*NOTE : Although the above sample screen shows FIREARMS as an
available subject record, it is not currently available in the
system. Updates to this manual will be made as soon as this
option becomes available.
SPECIAL QUERY FUNCTIONS
Before describing the specific query screens, there are several
functions that are available from all or most queries. These
will be described here.
TECS RECORD ID QUERY - All Of the query screens Contain a field
for querying the TECS Record ID:
"ENTER TECS RECORD ID: "
This is the 14 character system number which uniquely identifies
a subject record. If you know the TECS Record ID, this is the
fastest, easiest, and most precise way to retrieve a record.
SUSPECT - ONLY QUERIES - All of the query screens contain the
following line:
"TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
The default is ALL. Although this field is blank, the system
treats it as if an X is entered; you do not need to enter
anything to include ALL records. However, you may want to limit
your search to exclude non-suspect data. To do this, type an X
in the ONLY SUSPECTS field. This will exclude non-suspect data
such as: FAA aircraft and airmen and aircraft/pilot/passenger
data from the private aircraft system.
SQ - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
AGENCY/SUB-AGENCY OWNED RECORDS - Each query screen also allows
you to limit the retrieved records to those owned by your agency
or sub-agency (for Customs users, your sub-agency is your
district [I&C] or your office [OE]). This is done by using the
following line:
"OWN BY- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: _ ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
The default is ALL (once again, the system treats this field as
if it has an X in it, even though it is blank) ; you need take no
action to include all records. To limit the search, enter an X
next to AGENCY-OWNED to retrieve only records owned by your
agency (Customs, ATF, Interpol, etc.) or, enter an X next to
"SUB-AGENCY" to retrieve only those records owned by your sub-
agency .
RETRIEVING FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS - The person, and
organization/business query screens contain the following line
for specifying the retrieval of FDB records:
"FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: _ CTR: __ FBA: _ CMIR:
Authorized users may type an X in the appropriate field (s) to
retrieve one or more of the types of Financial Database records
(Currency Transaction Reports, Foreign Bank Accounts, or Currency
and Monetary Instrument Reports) . Entering an X next to ALL
will include all of these records in the search. The system
default is none ; you must place an X to include these records.
Authorized users of this capability are Customs and IRS. Other
users will find that the system prevents them from locating the
cursor in these fields. Also, isc users from Customs are limited
to the CMIR option only.
QUERYING NLETS - The person and vehicle screens contain the
following line for requesting NLETS queries:
"NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODE(S)! "
Enter the 2 character code(s) for the desired state (s) in these
fields; a maximum of 5 is allowed. When a state code is entered
here, the system will format and send an NLETS query to the
specified state (s) using the query parameters entered on the
screen .
For persons, a DQ- (driver's license) query will be sent. You
must enter either last name/ first name/date of birth/sex or
driver )s license number for a valid NLETS query (middle initial
is optional, but may cause a "no match" for some states) . For
vehicles, an RQ- (registration) query will be sent. You must
enter a license plate for an NLETS query (vehicle identification
number queries are rot yet available) .
SQ - 4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
When an NLETS query is requested, the system will send the NLETS
query and simultaneously query the TECS II database. If no match
is found in TECS II, this will be indicated on your query screen.
In addition, you will receive a message indicating that your
NLETS query has been sent or, if the response is back, that an
NLETS response has been received, as shown on the following
screen i
12:12
TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY 120187
ENTER TECS RECORDS ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
SUB-RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: _ ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODE(S): VA
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER: ABC123 STATE: VA COUNTRY:
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) :
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
NO MATCH FOUND.
** NLETS QUERY SENT - PRESS PF12 TO CHECK RESPONSE **
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) ( PF4=PREVIOUS MENU)
/vwwwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
If a match was found in the TECS II database, the same NLETS
messages will appear on your "HIT LIST". In either case, you can
view the NLETS response by pressing the PF12 key. Even if the
message does not indicate that an NLETS response has been
received, you should press PF12 to check for responses. The
system will not update the message unless you check.
When you press PF12 from the query or the TECS II HIT LIST, the
"NLETS QUERY RESULTS" screens will display:
SQ - 5
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
06:42 TECS II - NLETS QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 121487 T2MR18
T2PR18
NUMBER REQUEST MESSAGE
. TXTLI C/ ABC 123 . LIY/88 . LIT/PC
022 RQ.VAUSC6010.VA.*
FIRST PAGE
(PF1— HELP) (PFO^MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7-PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN)
vvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvv
If you have received any responses, your query (s) will display on
the NLETS HIT LIST. The screen will display "NO UNACKNOWLEDGED
MESSAGES" If none have been received. Pressing PF4 will return
you to the HIT LIST or QUERY screen. You can view listed
responses by placing a "V 1 ' next to the item and pressing ENTER.
The NLETS response will display on the "NLETS RECORD DISPLAY"
Screen:
0642 TECS II NLETS RECORD DISPLAY 121467 T2MR19
T2PR19
******** + ********* + ********** + ***** + ■* + * + **+ + + *******************
RR.VAOOOOOOO
04:40 12/14/87 00754
04:40 12/14/87 00325 VAUSC610
* CQUAAAB 022
TXT
LIC/ABC12 3 . LI Y/ 068 8 . ISS/020482.
M , AND
‘ P , OR SURVIVOR
RD
VIRGINIA BEACH VA 23462
VIN/1GHY693 5GW370167 . VYR/86. VMA/OLDS .
VST/4D SDN.
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7-PREV SCREEN)
(PF0=NEXT SCREEN)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvv
You can return from this screen to the NLETS HIT LIST by pressing
the PF4 key. The system will automatically acknowledge a viewed
message which will remove it from your NLETS hit LIST.
SQ - 6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Both the QUERY screen and the HIT LIST will always indicate any
unviewed NLETS responses. Because of the slower response times
associated with NLETS compared to TECS II queries, TECS response
will usually appear before NLETS responses. Pressing the PF12
key will let you view the NLETS HIT LIST for any outstanding
responses. This list will continue to be updated with new
responses until you sign-off. Any responses received after you
sign-off will be placed in your ’'queue 1 ' in the H NN" sub-system.
Querying NCIC - Person and vehicle queries automatically search
the NCIC wanted person and stolen/ felony/stolen plate vehicles,
stored in TECS II. These are records received through the
TECS/NCI C interface and stored as an index in TECS II. If you
"hit" one of these records they will appear on your hit list with
a status code indicating an NCIC record. If you view the record,
a special message will appear specifying that you should:
"PRESS PF12 TO SUBMIT AN NCIC QUERY"
See the following example:
06:25 TECS II PERSON SUBJECT DISPLAY SCREEN (lof5) 012 6 B7 T2MR20
T2PR20
TECS RECORD ID: PS729872900A01 ARMED & DANGEROUS
NAME - LAST: TITLE!
FIRST: OTHER - 1:
2 :
X*F6R ALIASES:
MONICKERS:
DOB: 090844 RACEiW SEX :M MAR STATUS:
EYES : BL HAIR": ' BS HT : 600' 000 000 WT: 175 000 005
SSN: 000000000 CITIZENSHIP:
PPN: COUNTRY : TYPE: ISSUED: 000000 EXPIRES : 000000 MORE:
STATUS :SW NCIC WANTED PERSON DATE:
OWNER: A01 FBI / NCIC FBI NCIC-RECORD 225725123
TELEPHONE: 999 999 9999 PRIMARY?: A ON PRIMARY , MANDARTORY
NCIC WANTED PERSON- VALIDATE WARRANT VIA SECONDARY. ALL NCIC DATA
MUST BE VERIFIED VIA DIRECT QUERY TO NCIC. TAKE NO ACTION BASED
SOLELY ON THIS DATA.
PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD
PRESS PF12 TO SUBMIT AN NCIC QUERY
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4 “QUERY RESULTS) (PFB=NEXT PAGE)
(PF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD) (PF14-LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
/vvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
SQ - 7
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
I
When this displays, you should press PF12 to query NCIC directly
to confirm that the record is still in NCIC. Pressing PF12 will
format the appropriate QW- (wanted person} or QV- (vehicle) query
and send it through the NCIC interface. The response will return
directly to your screen as shown below:
FROM NCIC ON 12/14/87 AT 06:27:11 PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE
1L0 ICS 8 38 0004 00004
VAUSC6010
MKE/WANTED PERSON
0RI/CA0194276 NAM/ ,1 W SEX/M RAC/W DOB/090844 HGT/600
WGT/175 EYE/BLU HAI/BRO FBl7 ~879203F
MNU/OA-850605 0LN/S0763662 OLS/CA OLY/78 OFF/LARCENY DOW/ 100677
OCA/77508127
MIS/WTD GRAND THEFT PRO 50,000 DLRS BAIL, 24HR WRT VERIF 213 485-
10981 BFD
ORI IS LOS ANGELES PD CA
DOB/080938
AKA/ I
NIC/W1757B2061
IMMED -CONFIRM WARRANT AND EXTRADITION WITH ORI
MKE/WANTED PERSON
ORI/VAUSM0058 NAM/ , I SEX/M RAC/W POB/NZ DOB/08944 HGT/600
WGT/203 EYE/BLU HAI/BRO FBI/ 879203F
OFF/PAROLE VIOLATION - SEE MIS DOW/ 07 1377 OCA/ 2 02 1914 9
MIS/MAY PRES BE IN LONDON ENG CONT/703 2851100
ORI IS US MARSHALS SERVICE HEADQUARTERS MCLEAN VA
NIC/W170922017
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Pressing ENTER will return you to the TECS II record display.
SQ - 8
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SUBJECT QUERY SCREENS
Depending an the code entered in the SUBJECT QUERY MENU, one of
the G SUBJECT QUERY screens will display. These screens are
described below. NOTE - only the functions specific to the
subject type are covered. The general query functions are covered
in the previous portion.
P - PERSON QUERY
10:42 TECS II - PERSON SUBJECT QUERY 011488
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
T2MR11
T2PR11
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
OWNED BY- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY -OWNED : __ ONLY SUB- AGNCY-OWNED :
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: _ CTR: _ FBA: _ CMIR:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION- ENTER STATE CODE(S):
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME- LAST!
FIRST; MIDDLE: X FOR SOUNDEX:
DATE OF BIRTH (SINGLE DATE OR RANGE) SEX: (ONLY NLETSf
SSN : PASSPORT-NUMBER: COUNTRY:
DRIVERS LICENSE#: STATE: COUNTRY:
ALIEN REGISTR# : BORDER CROSSING CARD:
PILOTS LICENSE#: COUNTRY:
TELEPHONE:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) <PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PERV MENU)
vvvvwwwvwvvvvwwvvwvvvvvvv
This screen is used to cpiery person subjects. When the screen is
displayed, the cursor will be located in the NAME field since
this is the most common query. However, there are several
available functions on this screen which are covered below:
LAST NAME - Enter the full last name of the subject for which you
are searching. The last name is typically used in conjunction
with first or middle names and date-of-birth, but you can query
on last name alone. This will, of course, be a broader search.
The system will search the database for records with last names
that exactly match the entered last name. The search will
include aliases and parts of compound last names (e.g., "GARCIA"
will retrieve "GARCIA Y VEGA") .
A WILDCARD capability is also available. If you want to search
on last names beginning with certain characters, enter those
SQ - 9
TECS II
USEE'S MANUAL
I
characters followed by "?". For example, "SMIT?" will retrieve
"SMITH, SMITTY, SMITHSON”, etc. You must enter at least 4
characters before the wildcard.
FIRST NAME - The FIRST NAME field may only be used in conjunction
with LAST NAME. Enter as much of the first name as is known.
You may enter just the first initial or leave this field blank
{this will produce more matches) . The system will search for all
records with the exact entered LAST NAME and a match on the
shorter string of either the queried first name or the first name
in the database (e.g., "T", "TIM", & "TIMOTHY" are all matches?
"TOM” and "THOMAS” are not) .
MIDDLE NAME - This field is used with the LAST NAME, FIRST NAME,
and, optionally, DATE-OF-BIRTH, The database search works in the
same manner as FIRST NAME (i.e., shorter string).
SOUNDEX - If an "X” is entered in this field, a SOUNDEX search
will be performed using characters extracted from the LAST NAME
and first character of FIRST NAME.
DATE OF BIRTH - The DOB is optional. If entered, it will be used
in conjunction with the LAST NAME and, if entered, FIRST NAME and
MIDDLE NAME. The DOB may not be used by itself. Enter the DOB
in "MMDDYY” format (e.g., "122587"). If a DOB is used, it must
match exactly with a DOB in the database to return a "hit” .
However, you may enter 2 DOB’S in the fields provided to create a
range of dates for you query.
SEX - This field is required for NLETS queries. It is not used
for TECS II queries. You must enter "M” or "F M for NLETS
queries.
SSN - SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER is a "stand-alone” query field. The
system will return all records exactly matching the SSN,
independently of any other search criteria.
PASSPORT NUMBER and COUNTRY - The PASSPORT NUMBER is also stand-
alone. However, you may optionally enter a PASSPORT COUNTRY code
to limit your search to PASSPORT NUMBERS from a particular
country. You may not use the COUNTRY field by itself.
DRIVERS LICENSE NUMBER, STATE, and COUNTRY - Like the PASSPORT
NUMBER, this iB a stand-alone query field, but the 2 character
STATE and/or COUNTRY CODE (S) may be used to limit the search to
DLN's from a specific state or country.
ALIEN REGISTRATION and BORDER CROSSING CARD - These are both
stand-alone query fields which will independently return any
record exactly matching the entered numbers.
PILOTS LICENSE NUMBER and COUNTRY - This is an independent query
field with the 2 character code of the licensing country
available as a limiter.
SQ - 10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TELEPHONE ~ Use this field to query telephone numbers. If known,
enter the full area cade (3 characters) , exchange (3 characters) ,
and number (4 characters) in the spaces provided. This will
return all records exactly matching the entered number. You may
leave off the area code and/or the exchange, but the 4 character
"number" portion is required. Following are examples of valid
telephone number queries:
123 456 7890 , 456 7890 , 12 3 7890 , 7890
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER - TECS II stores a variety of numbers and
codes in a field called "MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER" Which is carried
in all of the subject records. Enter the "number" (ID, code,
etc.) that you have to search person subject records for an exact
match on the number. NOTE - The "wildcard" function is also
available for this field. Type the beginning part of a number
(at least 4 characters) followed by a "?" to locate all person
records with MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS beginning with the entered
characters. The MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER field contains 3 specific
kinds of numbers to help identify records converted from the old
TECS system. These are:
1) SYSID: the unique ID number from "Scanline 20" in the old
system .
2) CF INDEX: the Central Files Index number "Scanline" - in
the old system. Frame numbers are included, separated by a
hyphen (-) ; For example, "2724562-001". Use the wild card
character (?) to query cf numbers without phone numbers.
3) CASE NUMBERS - Case Numbers from "Scanline 36" and related
case numbers from "Scanline 54".
SQ - 11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
V - VEHICLE QUERY
12:12 TECS II - VEHICLE SUBJECT QUERY 12 0187
ENTER TECS RECORDS ID: _______
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
SUB-RECORDS_ ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: _ ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
NLETS MOTOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION-ENTER STATE CODE(S):
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER: STATE: COUNTRY:
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) :
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vvvvvvvwvvvwvvwwvwvwvvvvvv
The following query fields and functions are available for
vehicle queries.
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER and STATE and COUNTRY - You may query
license plate numbers alone or in conjunction with the associated
state and/or country code{s) . If the state or country is
included, the system will only return those records exactly
matching the number and the state or country. Querying on
LICENSE PLATE NUMBER alone is a broader and "safer" query, but
less precise than including the state or country. State or
Country codes may not be queried without a plate number,
VEHICLE ID NUMBER (VIN) - The VIN query is a stand-alone query
independent Df the license PLATE query. You may enter both a VIN
and LICENSE PLATE to perform a dual query on the database.
Records containing either the VIN or the LICENSE PLATE will be
returned as matches.
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER - Covered under PERSON QUERY.
SQ - 12
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
X - ORGANIZATIONS
12:12 TECS II ORGANIZATION SUBJECT QUERY 120187
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL:_ ONLY SUSPECTS :_
SUB-RECORDS- ALL:_ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED ONLY SUB-AGENCY:
FINANCIAL DATABASE RECORDS- ALL: CTR: FBA: CMIR:
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME:
IRS# :
DUNS #:
CUSTOMS (ACS) H : _ TELEX CODE:
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
This screen is used to query organization subject records,
including businesses. The query fields and available functions
are as follows:
NAME - Use this field to query an organization by its name.
Enter the full name available to you. The system will check for
exact matches on names or alias names in the system. It will
also check for matches on parts of compound names. For example,
if ’'ACME" is queried, it will hit on ACME, ACME ENTERPRISES, ACME
& SONS, AMERICAN ACME, etc. A "wildcard" function is also
available. If you enter the first portion of a name (must be at
least 4 characters) followed by the system will find all
names beginning with three characters (including parts of
compound names) .
IRS# - This is the 9 character code assigned be IRS to identify a
business; also called the "EIN" . The system will search for
exact matches on the entered IRS#, independently of any other
fields used on this screen.
DUNS# - Use this field to guery a business by its "DUN &
BRADSTREET" number. This is an independent query.
SQ - 13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
CUSTOMS {ACS} # - The Customs Service assigns numbers to
businesses doing business through ACS when an established number
is not available. Use this field to perform an independent query
on ACS numbers.
TELEX CODE - This is a unique identifier for businesses using the
worldwide TELEX system. Like the other fields on this screen, it
may be used to do a stand-alone query of the database.
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS - See the description under PERSON QUERY.
As described above, each of the fields on this screen are
independent. You may query on any single field. If multiple
fields are used, the system will return records which any of the
queried fields.
A - AIRCRAFT QUERY
12 : 1Z TECS II AIRCRAFT SUBJECT SCREEN (1 OF 4) 0128B7
TECS RECORD ID: ARMED AND DANGEROUS OVERFLIGHT EXEMPT
REGISTRATION NUMBER:
ALIAS :
mfg-namF! serial# : series codes:
MODEL/SERIES NAME: MODEL CODE: SERIES CODE: -
YEAR: TYPE: CATEGORY: ENGINE TYPE: #SEATS:
COLOR (1)- BODY It BODY 2: TRIM:
(2) BODY l: BODY 2: TRIM:
WEIGHT: CRUISING SPEED:
STATUS: DATE:
OWNER-AGENCY : NAME :
TELEPHONE: PRIMARY?!
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4-QUERY RESULTS) (PF8-NEXT PAGE)
(PF13=NEXT SUB-RECORD} (PF14=LINK LIST) (PF16=PRINT RECORD)
/vvwvwvwvvwvwvwvvwvvvvvvvv
SQ - 14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Use this screen to query AIRCRAFT SUBJECT RECORDS in TECS II.
Your query will include non-suspect aircraft records form the FAA
Registration file and those created from the Customs Private
Aircraft system; in addition to suspect aircraft records. The 3
query fields on the screen are independent of each other. You
may <^uery on any single field or use them in combination. If
multiple fields are queried, records matching on any of the
fields will return.
AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION NUMBER (TAIL NUMBER) - This is the most
precise guery field for aircraft. Use this field to bring back a
single aircraft identified by its "tail" number. This field also
searches "alias" tail numbers.
MANUFACTURES ' S SERIAL NUMBER - Enter in this field the
manufactures number that identifies a specific aircraft.
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBERS - See the description under PERSON QUERY.
B - VESSEL QUERY
10; 36 TECS II - VESSEL SUBJECT QUERY 091667 T2MR15
T2PR15
ENTER TECS RECORD ID:
OR SELECT RECORDS TO BE SEARCHED
TECS RECORDS- ALL: _ ONLY SUSPECTS:
OWNED BY- ALL: _ ONLY AGENCY-OWNED: ONLY SUB-AGENCY -OWNED:
AND ENTER AT LEAST ONE SEARCH PARAMETER
NAME: _____
VESSEL ID NUMBER (STATE OR COAST GUARD) :
RADIO CALL SIGN:
LLYODS REGISTRATION NUMBER:
MISCELLANEOUS:
(FFI=HELF) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwwvwwvvwvwvwvvvvvvvwv
SQ - 15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
The VESSEL QUERY Screen has 5 query fields. Each field is
independent of the other. You inay query on single or multiple
fields. If multiple fields are used, the query will return
records matching any of the queried fields. The query fields are
described below:
NAME - Use this field to query the vessel name. You may use the
full vessel name or, if it is a multi-part name, part of the
name. For example, you could query on "BLUE LIGHTNING" to return
all matches on that full name or you could use "BLUE" or
"LIGHTNING" to return matches on records with names containing
those words. The wildcard {?) function is also available for
vessel names,
VESSEL ID NUMBER - Use this field to query ID numbers for non-
commercial vessels. Either the State or Coast Guard registration
number will be stored in this field,
RADIO CALL SIGN - Use this field to query any type of vessel
based on its radio call sign.
LLOYDS REGISTRATION NUMBER - Use this field to query commercial
vessels based on their Lloyds registration number.
MISCELLANEOUS NUMBER - See the description under PERSON QUERY.
USING THE TECS II HIT LIST
When you fill-in a SUBJECT QUERY screen and press the ENTER key,
the database will be searched with your search parameters. If no
matches are found, the message "NO MATCH FOUND" will display on
your QUERY screen. If any matches are found, the SUBJECT query
results (HIT LIST) screen will display:
sq - 16
I
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:59 TECS II - SUBJECT QUERY RESULTS (HIT LIST) 121287 T2MR12
T2PR12
PAGE 1
3 RECORDS WERE RETRIEVED
RECORD-ID SUBJECT DESCRIPTION
STATUS CODE
Pl7274783<re£FS JONES JOHNNY P W M 102030
A NO NON-SUSPECT, OTHER
P8 744 1012 00 CFO JONES ALBERT W M 102030
NO NON-SUSPECT, OTHER
P8402008500CFG JONES ALBERTO W M 102030
IS NA NON-VIOLATOR, ASSOCIATE
PLACE A "V" IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SEE AND PRESS
ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PFB=NEXT SCREEN)
VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVN
The "HIT LIST" will display all of the records matching your
search criteria- This example shows 3 person records i but this
same screen is used for all of the subject records. For each
subject, the list will display the TECS RECORD ID and descriptive
data on the first line, and the status code and description on
the second line. The total number of records found will show at
the top of the screen, with a maximum of 7 records displayed on
each screen. Pressing PF8 will display subsequent screens if
more than 7 records were found. PF7 will move you backward
through the hit list screens.
To select a record from the HIT LIST for viewing, type a "V" in
the field to the left of the desired record and press ENTER. The
record will display on the appropriate view screen (viewing is
covered in the next portion) - To return to the HIT LIST from a
display screen, press FF4, Once you have returned to the HIT
LIST, you can select another record using the same process. To
return to the QUERY screen for the HIT LIST, press PF4,
In addition to the TECS RECORD ID, STATUS CODE, and DESCRIPTIVE
DATA, the HIT LIST will also display special indicators for
certain records. These indicators will appear in "highlighted"
mode on the second line, to the left of the STATUS CODE and below
the TECS RECORD ID. The 2 indicators are "_S" for sub-record and
"A" for alias. In the sample HIT LIST shown above, the first
record displays the "A" indicator and the third record shows the
"S".
SQ ~ 17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
If a record appearing on the HIT LIST has any sub-records, an "S"
will appear preceded by a number indication the number of sub-
records (e.g., "35" would indicate 3 subrecords). These sub-
records can be viewed as part of the view process if this item is
selected for viewing form the hit list, see the MS subject
MAINTENANCE section of this manual for a discussion of sub-
records .
The other possible indicator is "A" for alias. If your query
returned a match because of a hit on an alias, this "A” will
appear. For example, you may have queried "JOHN SMITH" and find
a record with "BILL JONES" on your HIT LIST. An "A" next to this
record will show that "BILL JONES" has an alias of "JOHN SMITH",
Aliases can be seen as part of the view process when you select a
record for viewing.
As noted above, each record on the HIT LIST contains descriptive
information for the listed subject. This data is different for
each type of subject (person, vehicle, etc.). The data displayed
for each typed of subject is shown below:
PERSON - Last name, first name, middle initial, race, sex, date-
of-birth
example: "JONES, WILLIAM H W M 122550"
VEHICLE
example
License plate number, state code, country code,
year, make, model
"ABC123 CA US VIN12345 88 CHEV CAMERO"
VIN,
VESSEL - Vessel name and vessel ID number
example: "ANDREA DOREA 12345678"
BUSINESS “ Business name, IRS#, DUNS#
example: "ACME ENTERPRISES 123456789 00246871
AIRCRAFT - Tail number, manufactures, model/series, # of engines
example: "N12345 CESSNA CA155 2"
VIEWING SUBJECT RECORDS
When a subject record is selected form the HIT LIST for viewing,
it will display on the SUBJECT DISPLAY screens appropriate to the
type of subject selected. The SUBJECT display screens for each
of the different subject types are shown at the end of this
section. The various functions that are available while viewing
subjects are covered below:
ACCESSING THE DISPLAY SCREENS - When a subject is selected from
the HIT LIST for viewing, the first display screen for that
SQ - 18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
►
subject will display. It will indicate at the top of the screen
11 (TYPE) SUBJECT DISPLAY SCREEN (1 OF PERSON SUBJECTS, for
example, will say: "1 of 5" to indicate that you are on the first
of 5 screens. To view these other screens, press the PF8 key.
This will move you to the next screen, one screen at a time.
When you are on the last screen, the PF8 key will have no effect.
Use the PF7 key to move backward through the screens.
Each screen contains a particular group of data. All fields are
marked with field labels followed by a colon (e.g.,
"TELEPHONE:"). Following the colon is an underlined area
containing the data value stored in that field. The underlined
area will be blank or, in some cases, contain "0" if there is on
data. Unfortunately, there is no indication on the first screen
as to which screens contain data. You must use the PFB key to
move forward to check for data. However, the screens have been
designed so that the most commonly used fields are on the first
screen.
You may return to the HIT LIST from any display screen by
pressing the PF4 key. You may also return to the MAIN MENU at
any time by pressing PF3.
VIEWING ALIASES AND MULTIPLE OCCURRING DATA - Many of the subject
record fields, including person aliases, occur multiple times.
Some examples are: Address, Telephone, Place of Birth, and
, Miscellaneous Number. When viewing subject records, only the
1 first occurrence of these fields is shown on the subject display
screens. If there are other occurrences for one of these fields,
a plus sign (+) will appear in a special field Labeled "X FOR
MORE:+". To view the additional data, type PF8 key. This will
display a screen with the additional occurrences for that field.
When you have finished viewing the multiple occurring fields
screen, press PF8 to return to the SUBJECT DISPLAY screens. You
will be returned to the screen following the screen that you
left. NOTE - you can place "X's" in more than one "X FOR MORE"
field. If you do, PF8 will display the first of the selected
multiple occurring field screens. When you press PF8 from this
screen, the next selected multiple occurring field screen will
display. Pressing PF8 on the last selected multiple occurring
field screen will return you to the SUBJECT DISPLAY screens.
VIEWING SUB-RECORDS - As described previously on HIT LIST,
records that have sub-records will be displayed on the HIT LIST
with an indicator of the number of sub-records ("15, 25, 35"
etc,). These sub-records may be seen from the SUBJECT DISPLAY
screens ,
When a subject is found, a message at the lower left will
display: "NO SUB-RECORDS" if there are no sub-records. If there
are sub-records, the message will say "PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD".
Pressing PF13 will display the next sub-record. The first
SQ - 19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
display screen for that sub-record will also show the message
"PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-RECORD" , You can Keep pressing PF13_to view
sub-records one after another until you return to the first
record* This record display will again say "PF13 FOR NEXT SUB-
RECORD" but, below this message, will be another message saying
"BACK TO FIRST SUB-RECORD" , to indicate that you are back where
you started.
The PF13 sub-record function in only available on the first
SUBJECT DISPLAY screen for any subject. Once you have reached a
sub-record through the PF13 process, you may perform any of the
viewing functions. Remember, sub-records are treated no
differently than any other subject record; they are simply
subject records on the same subject which share the same TECS-
RECORD-ID (with the exception of the last 3 characters of the
TECS -RECORD- ID which identify the agency/sub-agency owning that
particular sub-record) .
VIEWING RELATED RECORDS - Another function available from the
SUBJECT DISPLAY screens is that of selecting and viewing records
related to the subject and viewing records related to the subject
you have retrieved. This is done by pressing the PF14 key. You
may use the PF14 key from any display screen. As mentioned
above, all view functions, including PF14, are available from
sub-records. However, be aware that only those records related
to the specific sub-record being viewed will display with PF14.
When PF14 is pressed, the "LIST OF RELATED RECORDS" screens, will
display:
12:12 TECS II - LIST OF RELATED RECORDS 120187
3 RECORDS ARE RELATED TO BASE RECORD
P9700003300CJX JONES JACK Q W M 083144
P860003 1200CLA SNAKE J B M 121212
Cl SUBJECT OF CURRENT INVESTIGATION S -RELATIVE
_AS5OOOl23OOF00 ACFT F00 N12345E CESSNA C172
_37MO5120123 MOIR C12 CUSTOMS -LAREDO DIST SMITH GEORGE
INFORMATION RE POSSIBLE SMUGGLING USING AIRCRAFT SOURCEDOC
ENTER A "V" IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO VIEW AND PRESS
ENTER
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST) (FF7=PREV SCREEN)
(PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF15=BASE RECORD) (PF17=HOME RECORD)
\/\/\/v\/\/v\/\/vv\/v\/\/vvvvvvv\/vvv\/\/\/\/v\/
SQ - 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
This screen is very much like the HIT LIST screen. It list the
records related to the record you have been viewing and, for each
of these records, displays 2 lines of descriptive information.
You may select from this list by placing a "V" next to the
desired record and pressing ENTER.
The RELATED RECORDS LIST will show subject records, source
documents and cases. Subject records are displayed in the same
format as on the HIT LIST, Source documents and cases have a
slightly different format. Instead of a TECS -RE CORD-ID, the
identifying number for these records will be a case number,
seizure number, or whatever is appropriate for that type of
document. Immediately to the right of this number will be a 4
character code indicating the Type of record ("case, ROI, M01R,
SAS, 1 ' etc.) Following this will be the 3 character agency/sub-
agency code of the office owning the record, the name of the
originator (or case agent) , and the date the record was entered.
The second line will display the topic of the document or the
case title.
When you select a record from the list, it will display in the
format appropriate to the type of record. Subject records will
display exactly as they have been described in this section with
all of the available features. Cases and source documents will
display on the screens described in the GQ GENERAL QUERY section
of this manual. In general, selecting records from the RELATED
RECORDS LIST is the same process as selecting records from a HIT
LIST.
Once you have selected a record for display, you may again use
the PF14 key to see the RELATED RECORDS LIST for that record,
select a record from that list, and so on. You may also return
to the RELATED RECORDS LIST from a selected record by pressing
the PF15 key. From the RELATED RECORDS LIST, you may then select
another record for viewing. You may also return to the record
that generated the list by pressing, PF15, From any record or
list, you can return to the HIT LIST by pressing PF4 . You may
also return to the initial record selected from the HIT LIST by
pressing PF17 .
In general, you can always go "forward" one step, or "backward"
one step, or return to the beginning of the process. The
following chart may help to explain the "flow" of the related
records process. Two terms are used for ease of communication:
"HOME RECORD" refers to the record selected from a HIT LIST,
"BASE RECORD" refers to the record from which a RELATED RECORDS
LIST was generated.
SQ - 21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Choices:
{From any screen) :
(From RELATED RECORDS
<PF4>
<PF17>
LIST) : <PF15>
"V"4<ENTER>
Return to HIT LIST
Return to HOME RECORD
Return to BASE RECORD
Select record to view
(From displayed record) : <PF15>
<PF15>
View RELATED RECORD
LIST
Return to previous
RELATED RECORDS LIST
PRINTING SUBJECT RECORDS
Another function available from a SUBJECT DISPLAY screen is that
of printing the displayed subject. This is done by pressing the
PF16 key which will display the following screen:
12:03 TECS II - PRINT SUBJECT
PRINTING RECORD: P7707042800CSL
WHAT DO YOU WANT TO PRINT:
122087 T2MR93
T2PR93
S SUB-AGENCY RECORD FOR THIS SUBJECT
SL SUB-AGENCY RECORD FOR THIS SUBJECT AND LIST OF LINKED RECORDS
R ALL RECORDS FOR THIS SUBJECT
L LIST OF LINKED RECORDS
A ALL RECORDS FOR THIS SUBJECT AND LIST OF LINKED RECORDS
ENTER THE APPROPRIATE LETTER: A
RECORD WILL BE PRINTED AT THE DEFAULT PRINTER
OR ENTER THE PRINTER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: RIO
PRESS ENTER OR CHANGE THE DEFAULT VALUES AND PRESS ENTER TO PRINT
RECORD OR PRESS PF12 TO RETURN TO RECORD DISPLAY WITHOUT PRINTING
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=KAIN MENU) (PF4=HIT LIST)
(PF12=DISPLAY RECORD)
vvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwwvvv
This screen has two optional fields for you to complete. The
first field designates what part of the subject record should be
printed. The default is "A" which will print the record you are
viewing, and sub-records, and the list of related records. You
can change this default by typing over it with one of the other
options .
SQ - 23
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The other field is the default printer. This field should
contain a "REMOTE ID" for the remote printer at your location
( not your screen printer) . You may leave this value to have the
record printed on your local printer. You may also type over the
value with another printer ID to send the record to a different
printer. NOTE - if the default printer field is blank, you must
enter a printer ID in this field to direct the print output to a
printer. You should also contact the TECS II Data Center to have
a default printer defined for your location,
After you have changed these fields, or left the initial
defaults, press ENTER to initiate the print process. The system
will respond with:
"JOB DTECSAAA HAS BEEN QUEUED TO RNNN. PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE"
Press ENTER again to return to the display screen. If you decide
not to print a record after this screen displays, press the PF12
key to return to the DISPLAY screen.
Using this PF16 process will produce a formatted 11 x 3.5
hardcopy print of the selected subject on your designated
printer. Your other print option is to use the screen printer
associated with your terminal. To do this, simply press the
PRINT SCREEN key located to the right of the PA2 key on your
terminal keyboard. This will print whatever screen is currently
displayed.
SQ » 24
INSERT INDEX XIV (SYSTEM SUPPORT)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SS - SYSTEM SUPPORT
OVERVIEW
System Support is designed to provide system wide access and
security to TECS II. Both access and security functions are
maintained through a series of formatted screens which update
information contained in the database*
The System Support function also provides a means of viewing and
maintaining the various tables used in TECS II.
The following modules make up System Support:
EDIT TABLE MAINTENANCE
PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE
ARCHIVE MAINTENANCE RECORDS.
UPR MAINTENANCE
GROUP SIGN-ON
REPORT RETRIEVAL
DATA ACCESS FILE SCREEN
ARCHIVE DATA SELECT & PRINT
ON -DEMAND UPR REPORTS
MODIFY ASA
From the MAIN MENU, select SS SYSTEM SUPPORT and press ENTER.
This will display the SUBSYSTEM FOR SYSTEM SUPPORT screen.
09:45
CODE
SS
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 0B23B7 T2MU0201
DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM SUPPORT
CODE:* SS KEYID:
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) ( PF1G— EMAIL)
\/\/\/\/\/\/w\/\/\/\/\/vv\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/v
Once you have entered the SS code into the CODE field on the MAIN
MENU and press the ENTER key, the SUBSYSTEM FOR SYSTEMS SUPPORT
Screen will display with all of the available options.
SS-1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
08:38 TECS II SUBSYSTEM FOR SYSTEMS SUPPORT 113087 T2MU04G2
T2 PS 0 4 0 8
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
DESCRIPTION
CODE
CODE
SS01
EDIT TABLE MAINT- MENU
SS07
DATA ACCESS
FILE SELECT
SS09
PQH FILE & YEAR SELC.
SS14
ARCHIVE DATA
SELECT&PRINT
SS 15
ARCHIVE MAINT* REC SEL.
SS 19
UPR MAINTENANCE
SS22
ON-DEMAND UPR REPORTS
SS23
GROUP SIGN-ON
SS25
SEAR MENU
SS51
TEXT SEARCH
SUB MENU
SSG3
REPORT RETRIEVAL
CODE : *
KEYID:
(PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
END OF SUB-SYSTEM MENU
\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/wvv\/\/\/\/vv\/v\/v\/\/\/\/w\/\/\/v
SSD1 EDIT TABLE MAINT* MENU
The SS01 option allows you to view the various tables maintained
in TECS II as well as allow authorized users to update these
tables* These tables are used in the TECS II application to
validate data entered into the system. Several of these tables
are also available through Field Help (PF2 ) on the data entry
screens-
Frorn the TECS II MAIN MENU select System Support M SS t1 and press
ENTER* From the System Support Subsystem Menu shown below select
"Edit Table Maint- Menu "SSOl" and press ENTER*
The first screen of table ID's and titles will be displayed in
alphabetical order by table ID. By pressing PF8, you can page
forward though the list of available tables -
SS-2
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
12:01 TECS II EDIT TABLE MENU 120687 T2MH0101
T2PH0101
TABLE ID
TABLE NAME
AA
TABLE DESCRIPTIONS TABLE
AAC
AMATEUR CERTIFICATION CODE
ACC
AIRCRAFT CATEGORY CODE
ACD
AIRPORT CODES
ACI
AIR CARRIER INDICATOR
ADP
DISTRICTS AND PORTS
AET
ENGINE TYPE CODE
AGN
AGENCY CODES
ALC
AIRLINE CODE
AMM
AIRCRAFT MAKE & MODEL
TABLE ID : +
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF6=FIRST PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF10=VIEW TABLE)
V\/\/W\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/\/V\/\/\/
Below is the second screen that would be displayed by pressing
the PF8 key. To view the codes in a particular table, enter the
Table ID in the TABLE ID:* field and press the PF10 key. For
example if you wanted to view the list of agency/sub agency
codes, ASA would be entered in the Table ID field.
If you already know the code for the table you want to view,
enter that code in the TABLE ID field and press PF10. You will
be taken directly to the first screen of valid codes in the
table, eliminating the need to scroll through the list of tables.
SS-3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:25 TECS II EDIT TABLE MENU 120687 T2MH0101
T2PH0101
TABLE ID
TABLE NAME
AOC
APPROVED OPERATION CODES
APR
AIRCRAFT PREFIX
ARN
AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION NUMBERS
ASA
AGENCY/ SUB-AGENCY CODES
ATC
AIRCRAFT TYPE CODE
ATR
TYPE OF REGISTRANT CODE
AWC
AIRWORTHINESS CLASSIFICATION
BDA
DIVISION A
BDB
DIVISION B
BDF
DIVISION F
TABLE ID:* ASA
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2=FIELD HELP (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF6=FIRST PAGE)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF10=VIEW TABLE)
www\/vv\/vvv\/vvvvvv\/vvvv\/vwvw
The first screen of valid agency/sub agency codes are displayed.
To view additional codes, press the PF8 key. At any point you
can return to the first page of codes by pressing the PF6 key.
The capability to page backwards, 1 page at a time is not
currently available.
SS-4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
12:25
TECS II EDIT TABLE
VIEW TABLE
120687 T2MH020
T2PH020
TABLE ID: ASA
TABLE NAME : * AGENCY/ SUB - AGENCY CODES
CODE
AOl
BOl
B02
CAE
CAL
CAN
CAP
CAS
CAT
CAU
DESCRIPTION
FBI/NCIC
INS , ON-LINE
INS, NAILS TAPE
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
CUSTOMS OE -
ALPINE TX
ALBUOQUERQUE
ANCHORAGE AL
APALACHICOLA
ASTORIA OR
ATLANTA GA
AUSTIN TX ‘
NM
FL
CODE: *
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
{PF6=FIRST PAGE) f PF8=NEXT PAGE)
vvvvvvvwvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
Entering a particular code in a table and pressing the PFIO key-
will display all additional information about that code if
| applicable- If you already know the code within the table you
want to view, enter the code in the CODE:* field and press the
PF10 key. You will be taken directly to the description of that
code*
SS-5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
SS07 DATA ACCESS FILE SELECT
THIS PORTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 19 88 TIMEFRAME *
SS“6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SS09 PQH FILE AND YEAR SELECTION
Data about Landborder and Airport crossings (by vehicles and
passengers, respectively) are moved daily to one-year history
files.
As long as the data is on the one-year file, it can be retrieved
on-line (the record will be retrieved and displayed on your
terminal or printed immediately) .
Primary query transactions are generated from the process of
performing a TECS inquiry on the name of a person entering the
u.s. at a passenger processing facility or on the license plate
of a vehicle entering the U.S. at a landborder port.
Primary users have immediate access to query history transactions
for a period of 24 hours at landborder vehicle terminals and 3
months at airport passenger processing terminals.
In summary, the Primary Query History Retrieval process provides
on-line query capability to both the Landborder (vehicle) and the
Airport (passenger) one-year history files. It also allows for
the overnight retrieval (via printed reports) of records between
1 and 6 years old.
From the TECS II Main Menu select System Support "SS" and press
enter. From the System Support Subsystem Menu select PQH FILE &
YEAR SELECTION "SS09" and press ENTER.
These on-line programs will allow you first to identify the
crossing type (Vehicle or Passenger) , on-line or archived search,
and location of the output device; then second the user will
select a subset of records based on values entered for one or
more fields.
When the TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE AND YEAR SELECTION
screen appears (below) , you have several options available to
you .
SS-7
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
11:25 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 111707 T2MG0301
FILE AND YEAR SELECTION T2PG0301
SELECT ONE: PASSENGER
VEHICLE
RANGE OF SEARCH: 1= LAST 3 DAYS (VEHICLE OR LAST 3 MONTHS
(PASSENGER)
2=LAST 12 MONTHS (MAY NOT INCLUDE LAST 24HRS)
3=OLDER THAN 12 MONTHS
SELECT OUTPUT: TERMINAL
SYSTEM PRINTER
REMOTE PRINTER (SPECIFY PRINTER ID)
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vwvwvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvwvvwvvvv
The File and Year Selection Screen presented provides for the
following data entry and options:
1. Request either a search of the Vehicle PQH or the
Passenger PQH.
2. Select either the current, past year of crossings
(isolating the search to the on-line file) or a
past year (up to the past seven) .
3. Choose the option of whether the output should
return to the terminal or be printed at the local
(or other) printer in the network. (This option is
available to provide users with the capability of
having hardcopy output, as well as on-line
retrieval , of current year crossings) .
J
If your query parameters are too broad, too many records will be
found and the response time will be unacceptable. To prevent
this, the system will route your query to a printer as an
overnight request. When this happens, the screen will display
the message, "ON-LINE RESOURCES EXCEEDED, REQUEST SENT TO BATCH."
PASSENGER PQH (Airport Activity)
From the PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE AND YEAR SELECTION SCREEN,
select "Passenger," by placing an "X" in the blank next to it,
"Y" (for on-line search) , and "terminal" (below) .
SS-8
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
11:25 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 111787 T2MG0301
FILE AND YEAR SELECTION T2PG0301
SELECT ONE: PASSENGER X
VEHICLE _
RANGE OF SEARCH: 1 1=LAST 3 DAYS (VEHICLE) OR LAST 3 MONTHS
(PASSENGER)
2=LAST 12 MONTHS (MAY NOT INCLUDE LAST 24HRS)
3=OLDER THAN 12 MONTHS
SELECT OUTPUT: TERMINAL X
SYSTEM PRINTER
REMOTE PRINTER (SPECIFY PRINTER ID)
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/vwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
After selecting "Passenger" , you will be presented with the
PASSENGER SELECTION screen below.
12:05
TECS II- PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY
PASSENGER SELECTION
0815B7
T2M0601
T2PG0601
NAME AND DATE
LAST:
OF BIRTH
(COMBINED)
FIRST:
OTHER:
DOB:
PASSPORT ID AND COUNTRY (COMBINED)
PASSPORT ID: COUNTRY:
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE:
INSPECTOR: TERMINAL ID:
REFERRAL INDICATOR:
DATE : THROUGH
TIME ! THROUGH
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wvvwwwwwwwwvvvwwvvwv
SS-9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
The Passenger Selection Screen gives you the opportunity to
select records about an Airport crossing on specific field
values. The fields available to you are:
1 . Name or Date of Birth
2 . Passport ID or Country
3 . Airport Location Code
4. Inspector ID
5. Terminal ID
6. Date (single value or from/to range)
7. Time (range only? single value not allowed)
8. Referral Indicator
When you have completed the appropriate item(s) in the screen,
press RETURN. Any errors in a field or omission of mandatory
fields will result in a message highlighted at the bottom of the
screen.
11:30 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 111787 T2MG0701
PASSENGER ACTIVITY T2PG0701
3 MONTH QUERY PAGE NO. 001
QUERY REF AIRPT
NAME DOB PASSPORT # DATE TIME SEC LOCAT
JONES
JOHN
12/18/37
TERM:
03
11/3/87 15:17 N 2720
INSPECTOR: 534-36-1586
JONES
JOHN
07/07/44
TERM:
01
11/12/07 15:52 N 2720
INSPECTOR: 039-42-4974
JONES
JOHN
02/20/52
TERM:
03
11/10/87 14:27 N 2720
INSPECTOR 440-44-7532
END OF DATA.
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF6=FIRST PAGE) (PF7=PREV PAGE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE)
/vwvvvvvvvwvvvwwwvvwvwww
££-10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:52 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 111787 T2MG0601
PASSENGER SELECTION T2PG0601
NAME AND DATE OF BIRTH:
LAST: JONES
FIRST: JOHN OTHER: DOB: ____
PASSPORT ID AND COUNTRY (COMBINED)
PASSPORT ID: COUNTRY:
AIRPORT LOCATION CODE: 2720
INSPECTOR: TERMINAL ID:
REFERRAL INDICATOR: SYSTEM PRINTER
REMOTE PRINTER
DATE : THROUGH
TIME: THROUGH
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
( PF1-HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/\/\/w\/v\/\/vvvvvwwwvvvvv\/wwvw
VEHICLE PQH (Landborder Activity}
From the PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY FILE AND YEAR SELECTION SCREEN,
select "Vehicle , '* 1 (for 3 DAT search) "2" (For 1 YEAR SEARCH),
and
12:17 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 081587 T2MG0301
FILE AND YEAR SELECTION T2PG0301
SELECT ONE: PASSENGER
VEHICLE X
ON-LINE SEARCH OF LAST 12 MONTHS: Y (Y OR N)
SELECT OUTPUT: TERMINAL Y
SYSTEM PRINTER
REMOTE PRINTER (SPECIFY PRINTER ID)
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
/wwvwvvvvwvvwvvwwvvwwvw
the system will return to your terminal the VEHICLE CROSSING
SELECTION screen below.
SS-11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:24 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY
VEHICLE CROSSING SELECTION
1117B7 T2MGQ4G1
T2FG0401
LICENSE PLATE: STATE CODE:
LANDBORDER CODE:
TERMINAL ID:
INSPECTOR:
REFERRAL INDICATOR:
PORT RUNNER:
DATE : THROUGH
TIME: THROUGH
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (FF3=MAIN MENU) (FF4-PREV MENU)
\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/vv\/\/\/\/\/vvv\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\
The Vehicle Crossing Selection screen allows you to select
records on specific field values* The fields available are:
1, License Plate
2* State Code
3 * Land Border Code
A , Inspector ID
5. Terminal ID
6- Date (single value or from/to range)
7. Time (range only? single value not allowed)
8. Referral Indicator
9. Port Runner Indicator
When you have completed the appropriate item(s) in the screen ,
press RETURN- Any errors in a field or omission of mandatory
fields will result in a message highlighted at the bottom of the
screen -
SS-12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:22 TECS II PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 111737 T2MG0401
VEHICLE CROSSING SELECTION T2PG0401
LICENSE PLATE : ABC123 STATE CODE:
LANDBORDER CODE: 2304
TERMINAL ID:
INSPECTOR: 555901234
REFERRAL INDICATOR:
PORT RUNNER:
DATE: THROUGH
TIME : THROUGH
ENTER SELECTION CRITERIA AND PRESS (RETURN)
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV MENU)
/v\/vvvwwvwvwvvvw\/vvvvvwvvvv
A successful Passenger query may result in a display that
indicates there are no records that satisfy your search criteria.
If records are found, they are returned to your terminal (or
printer) . The example below illustrates a terminal display of
returned records.
08:54 TECS II - PRIMARY QUERY HISTORY 112387 T2MG0501
VEHICLE CROSSING ACTIVITY T2PG0501
***** UNABLE TO REPRODUCE THIS SCREEN DUE TO ITS SIZE *****
/vvvwvwwvwvwvvvwvvvvwwwv
55-13
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
SSI 4 ARCHIVE DATA SELECT & PRINT
THIS PORTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 1933 TIMEFRAME .
SS-14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SS15 ARCHIVE MAINTENANCE RECORD SELECTION
THIS PORTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 19 SB TIMEFRAME.
SS-15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SS19 USER PROFILE RECORD (UPR) MAINTENANCE
Every user in TECS II has a User Profile Record (UPR) which
identifies who you are, where you work, and what you are allowed
to do within the system. There are several functions which allow
you to add UPR's, update existing UPR's, and query and display
UPR's. These functions are described in this section.
I
Only System Control Officers (SCO's) are allowed to perform the
add and update functions for other users. Any user can query and
display another user's (or his own) UPR. Also, any user can
update certain parts of their UPR (the address/telephone data and
their designated "acting supervisor") *
ACCESSING UPR FUNCTIONS
The sub-menu of UPR functions may be accessed from the "SS" sub-
system menu by typing n SS19" into the "CODE" field. You may also
access the UPR sub-menu by typing "SS19" or n UP f1 into the "CODE"
field on the TECS II Main Menu. Any of tese methods will result
in the display of the UPR SUBSYSTEM FOR USER PROFILE RECORD shown
below;
12:31 TECS III SUBSYSTEM FOR USER PROFILE RECORD 112187 T2MU0402
T2FS04 08
ACCESS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
CODE
DESCRIPTION
UPOl
UP13
UP2 0
UPR ADD (SCO)
UPR UPDATE LIST
UPR MAINT
(SCO)
(SELF)
UP10
UP15
UPR UPDATE
UPR VIEW
(SCO)
(SELF)
CODE:* KEYID:
(PF3— MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
VVVVWVVVWVVVW\VWVVVVVVVWVVVV\
This example displays all of the UPR functions; your sub-menu
will display only those functions for which you are authorized,
to select an item, type the specific 4 character code into the
'•CODE” field. If you are adding a UPR (UPQ1) , updating a
specific user's UPR (UP10) , or querying another user's UPR
(UP15) , you must also key the desired user's 9 digit user-id into
the KEYID field (this is the only sub-system that uses the KEYID
55-16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
field) . When displaying your own UPR (UP15) , updating your own
UPR (UP20), or using the UPR list (UP13) for updating, leave the
KEYID field blank.
It is not necessary to go to the UPR sub-menu to enter the
function (or "transaction") codes. You may also enter the 4
character transaction code and accompanying user-id (if needed)
directly on the Main Menu or on the system support ( M SS M ) sub-
menu. The following example shows the function code for adding a
UPR (UP01) and a sample user-id entered on the Main Menu:
12:12
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU
1122B7 T2MU0201
T2PS0202
CODE
DESCRIPTION
AT
ATF OPERATIONS
CM
CASE MANAGEMENT
GQ
GENERAL QUERY
IL
INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS
10
INSPECTION OPERATIONS
MI
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
MS
SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE
NN
NCIC/NLETS
SA
SUPERVISORY APPOVAL
SQ
SUBJECT QUERY
ss
SYSTEMS SUPPORT
TR
TRAINING
CODE:* UP15 KEYID: 123456789
PRESS PF10 TO CHECK FOR UNVIEWED EMAIL MESSAGES
PRESS PF2 TO VIEW DAILY NEWS
(PF1=HELP) (PF10=EMAIL)
wvvvvvvvwvvwwwwvvvwvvvvw
The specific UPR functions are covered next.
SS-17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
UF01 - ADDING A UPR
Overview of UP01 - All users must have a UPR before they can
access TECS II* UPR’s are entered by the SCO for the
organization where the user works; non-SCO 1 s are not authorized
to add UPR's. When an SCO adds a UPR, he becomes the "owner 11 of
that UPR which allows him to update that UPR as needed. In
addition, the SCO who "owns" the SCO doing the add will also be
able to update the UPR, as will his SCO and so on. This "chain 11
or hierarchy of SCO r s is an important concept in dealing with
UPR 1 s ,
When adding or modifying a UPR, you are only able to grant to the
user those authorities that you have in your UPR. you are also
limited in how you specify the user’s organizational data (his
agency, office, etc.). To grant a user additional authorities
that are not in your UPR, you will need to have your SCO first
modify your UPR to give you the additional authorities* Once
again, the chain" of SCO 1 s is the important consideration here.
(NOTE - If an SCO above you in the chain updates one of the UPR's
that you own, that SCO is limited to the permissions in your UPR;
i.e., he can not give one of your UPR’s any authorities that you
do not have) .
Adding a UPR is one of the two steps required in giving a user
access to TECS IU The other step is defining a user-id and
password for that user in the TECS II internal security system (a
software package called "TOP secret" ) * To do this, contact the
TECS II "War Room" on 8-566-8617 and ask for the security person
on duty. Provide this person with the user- id (s) and name(s) of
the person (s) to be added to the system. After verifying that
you are an authorized SCO, the new users will be added to the
system* You and the SCO, are required to ensure that any new
users added to the system have a completed full-field background
investigation* NOTE - a change is currently being developed to
make this a one-step process* You will be notified when this is
completed ,
Accessing UP01 - The "Add UPR" function is accessed from the Main
Menu or any sub-menu by keying the "UPGl" transaction code into
the CODE field and the new user’s user-id (9 digit employee
number) into the KEYID field, then pressing ENTER. This will
display the UPR ADD screen.
Completing the UF01 Entry Screens - There are 3 sections to the
UPR: the ''base 1 ' section, the address section, and the
permissions section. The base section is contained on the first
UPR screen shown below:
First UPR Screen ("base" section) :
SS-18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:12 TECS II UPR MAINTENANCE 112107 T2MU10
T2PU10
USER 10:123456709 STATUS : ACTIVE ORG CODE:*
IC/OE FLAG : 0_
LOCAL OFFICE: BADGE *:
DDPP: ID CARD:
LAST NAME: *_
FIRST NAME:*
MIDDLE NAME:
TITLE CODE: SCO? : N
HOME REGION:*
OFFICE : *
SITE:*
DDPP : *
SUPVR USERID:*
SCO USERID: 999999999 GROUP CODE:
ACTING SUPVR:
START DATE: (MMDDYY)
STOP DATE: (MMDDYY)
(PF1/PF2=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) ( PFS =F0RWARD)
VW\/\/\/V\/\/V\/\/\/\/\/VV\/\/VV\/\/\/\/\/\/\/VVW\
Complete the fields on this screen as follows:
1. STATUS - This field will show a default value of ACTIVE.
Leave this and TAB to the next field*
2. ORG CODE - Enter the 10 character organization code for the
user. The first 2 characters represent the user’s department and
agency (e.g., M TC" for Treasury/Customs) * The last S characters
are, for Customs users, the TPPIS organization code from the
user's payslip* For non-Customs users, special codes have been
developed. See Field Help (PF2 key) for detailed list of the
valid codes for this field. this is a required field which must
be completed to enter a UPR.
3. IC/OE FLAG - This field will display a default value that can
not be changed: "X 11 for non-Customs office of Enforcement users.
4* LOCAL OFFICE - Leave blank, not in use at this time.
5. BADGE # - This field may be completed if desired, but it is
not required. Any entry is valid.
6. DDPP (local District/Port Code) - Leave Blank, not in use.
7. ID CARD - This field may be completed if desired with a
number from the user’s ID card. It is not a required field and
any entry is valid*
SS-19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3. LAST NAME - This is a required field, you must enter the
user's last name. Because of problems in interfacing with other
systems , you must enter the user's last name without blanks*
9 . FIRST NAME - The user's first name is also required.
10* MIDDLE NAME - Enter the user’s middle name or initial, if
available* It is not mandatory.
11. TITLE CODE - This is a required field. Enter the 3 digit
code that best fits the user’s position. The list of valid codes
is available in Field Help {PF2 key) * Note - Non-Customs title
codes begin with "9".
12. SCO? - this is a required field with a default of "N" meaning
that the user is not an SCO. Enter a "Y 1 ' if the user is an SCO.
you may also enter an "S" to indicate if the user is a
supervisor, but this code is for display only? it has no effect
on the user's authorities in the system. If a user is an SCO and
a supervisor, enter a 11 Y 1 ' since this code is important for system
functions ,
13. HOME REGION - This is a required field. Enter the valid 2
character code for the user's home region. Non-Customs users
should use "HQ"* The list of valid region codes are available in
Field Help *
14. OFFICE - This is a required field for non-Customs users and
Customs Enforcement users (not Customs I&C users) - Customs
Enforcement users must enter the 2 character OE office code of
their permanent duty station. These codes are available in field
Help* Non-Customs users must enter their 2 digit "sub-agency
code" here (usually "01" or "02")* Contact your agency SCO or
the datacenter if you do not know this code.
15. SITE - This is a required field* Enter the 4 character site
code that has been developed for TECS II use* This code
specifies the TECS II equipment location typically used by the
user. See Field Help for a description of this cade and a list
of the valid site codes*
16. DDPP (District/Port) - This field is mandatory for Customs
I&C users; others should leave it bland (with the exception of
Customs Intelligence users) . Enter the 4 digit district/port
code of the user's permanent duty station. Special DDPP Codes
have been developed for Customs Intelligence users. See Field
Help for the list of valid codes*
17. SUPVR USERID - This is a required field* Enter the 9 digit
user-id (employee ID or SSN) of the user’s supervisor of record*
There must be a UFR on file for the entered user^id.
13. SCO USERID - this field will display the entering user's
SS-20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
user-id as the default SCO for the UPR. This field may not me
modified until the screen has bee successfully completed*
19, GROUP CODES - Enter the appropriate 2 character group code(s)
(up to 10) for the user* You are limited to entering the group
codes that you have in you UPR. All Customs Enforcement users
should have n 0E M as a group code; all Customs ISC users should
have " IC n . Other codes should be added at the discretion of the
SCO, These codes determine if, and what, restricted data is
available to the user.
20, ACTING SUPVR - Enter the 9 digit user-id of the user who will
■'act 11 for the user* This is not a required field* However, it
is useful for supervisory users to have a designated acting
supervisor. The user designated in this field will be able to
perform supervisory functions using the user-id of the user in
the UPR* (Note - Acting Supervisors must also have the necessary
permissions to perform the supervisory functions.)
21. START DATE - This is the first date when the acting
supervisor's authority will be in effect. The date must be the
current date or later* It must be entered in the "MMDDYY"
format, e*g. , "122587" .
22. STOP DATE - This is the last date when the action
supervisor's authority will be in effect. It must be entered in
the "MMDDYY" format; e.g., "122587" ,
Completing the Base Section - After all of the fields have been
completed as described above, press the ENTER key. Any errors
will be highlighted and a message will be displayed at the bottom
of the screen. Correct these errors by TABING to the fields and
typing over the incorrect entries with correct entries, using
Field Help (PF2 ) , if needed* Then press the ENTER key again.
When all of the fields are correct, the following message will
display:
"UPR ADDED WITH ALL AUTHORITIES *
"USE PF8 TO MODIFY ADDRESSES/AUTHORITIES*"
At this point, you have created a valid UPR and the user will be
able to get into the system to perform any function that is
authorized for you (in your UPR), because your permissions have
been copied to the new user. You may exit to the previous menu
by pressing the PF4 key, or to the Main Menu by pressing PF3 .
Completing the UPR Address Screen (s) - Instead of returning to
the menu system, you may proceed to the other sections of the UPR
to check an/or correct what has been entered by pressing the PF8
"FORWARD" key. The first screen displayed will be the UPR
ADDRESS Screen shown below:
SS-21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
12:55 TECS II UPR MAINTENANCE 112187 T2MU11
T2PU11
USER 10:123456789 STATUS : ACTIVE
SAMPLE
TYPE : *W0RK
ADDR : STREET :
CITY:*
COUNTY :
STATE; *
ZIP:
COUTRY : *
VALID AS OF:
PHONE:
INT CD:
CNTRY CD:
CITY CD:
AREA CD : *_
PHONE:
-
TYPE : +W0RK
ADDR: STREET:
CITY : *
COUNTY :
STATE:* ZIP: COUTRY:* VALID AS OF:
PHONE; INT CD: CNTRY CD: CITY CD: AREA CD:*
PHONE:
( PF 1/ PF2 =HELP ) ( PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) (PF7 = BACKWARD)
(PF8=FORWARD)
\/wvvv\/\/\/wvv\/vvvvvvv\/\/w\/\/v\/\/\/\/\
There are 4 possible addresses in the address section, 2 on the
first screen and 2 on the second* The second address screen will
not display unless the first 2 addresses are completed. Each
address requires that the "TYPE" field he completed with one of
the valid address types; "WORK, HOME, EMER, ALT1 or ALT2 11 .
When a UPR is added, the WORK address is automatically filled in
with the address from the UPR of the supervisor designated on the
first screen- If this address is incorrect, you may correct all
or part of it. You may also add additional addresses if desired.
When correcting or adding addresses, the fields are essentially
self-explanatory* Also, Field Help is available for each field
by pressing PF2. However, please note the following special
uses;
1. Required Fields - If an address TYPE is filled in, the system
will require that all mandatory fields for that address (marked
with asterisks "*") be completed*
2. Telephone Number - This field is mandatory, but is not
automatically copied from the supervisor's UPR; you must complete
it. Only the area code and number must be entered, the
international telephone number data are optional. You may enter
an 11 8" in the area code field for FTS numbers.
SS-22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3. HOME Address - If an address is entered with TYPE: "HOME", the
system will automatically create an EMER (emergency) address by
copying the HOME address. When the ENTER key is pressed, the
HOME address will display on the second address screen. Also,
subsequent changes to the HOME address will only update that
address and not the EMER address (and vice versa) . NOTE - The
HOME and EMER addresses are strictly optional; if the user does
not want this type of data in the system, we recommend that you
do not enter it. This data is queriable by other users.
When done with the address screen, press the PF8 key. Any errors
will be highlighted and error messages will display. Correct
these errors by TABing to the field(s) in error and typing over
the error with the correct entry. then press PF8 again. If
there are no errors, the next screen will display. If 2
addresses were entered, the second address screen will display
which you can process in the same manner as the first. If only
one address was entered, the next screen to display will be the
first permission screen. You also have the option of pressing
PF7 to return to the "base" screen or PF3/PF4 to return to the
menu system.
Completing the UPR Permissions Screens - A sample "permissions"
screen is shown below;
12:12 TECS II UPR MAINTENANCE
USERtID: 123456789
SAMPLE
112187 T2MU12
T2PU12
STATUS: ACTIVE
NCIN/NLETS
A NN01 EXTERNAL MSG SUB-MENU
A NN02 REVIEW UNACKNOWLEDGED MSG
A NN03 REVIEW MSG QUEUE
A NNQ4 REVIEW ANY MSG QUEUE
A NN05 INTERFACE FOR MSG RETRIEV
A NN06 DISPLAY MESSAGE
MENU
A NN07 DISPLAY MESSAGE INDEX
A NN08 DISPLAY MESSAGE LOG
A NN09 RE-ROUTE MESSAGE
A NN10 SEND NLETS ADMIN. MSG
A NN11 SEND NLETS GENERAL MSG
A NN13 SEND NCIC MESSAGE
AT CM GQ IL 10 MI MS NN SA SQ SS UP
NEXT SUBSYSTEM:
(PFI/PF2=HELP) ( PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU) ( PF7=BACKWARD)
(PF8=F0RWARD)
v\/\/\/\/\/vv\/vv\/\/vvvvv\/\/\/v\/\/wwww\
SS-23
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
Each UPR has at least one permission screen and, usually, has
many* There are one or more permission screens for each
"subsystem 11 authorized for the user* The subsystems are the same
as those listed on the user f s Main Menu and are denoted with the
same 2 character codes. All of the subsystems for which you (the
SCO) are authorized are listed horizontally at the lower left of
each permission screen. At the lower right is a field labeled
'■NEXT SUBSYSTEM 1 ' where you may enter one of these 2 character
subsystem codes to "jump" to that subsystem by pressing the ENTER
key. You may also move through the subsystems sequentially, one
at a time, by using the PF8 key*
When you enter the permissions screens, the first screen of the
first subsystem from the list is displayed to you. Pressing PFB
will move you to the next screen of that subsystem, if there is
one, or two the first screen of the next subsystem from the list
if there are no more screens in the current subsystem*
Each permission screen will display the full number of
permissions from your (the SCO’s) UPR. If the user also is
authorized for that function, an "A" will be displayed in the
field next to it. If not, the field will be blank. When viewing
these screens immediately after an "add" (as discussed above) ,
all of the items listed will have an "A" since they have been
copied from your UPR. You can change these permissions by typing
an "A" or a M D M next to specific functions* Placing an "A" in a
blank filed will authorize the user for that function. Placing a
n D" in a field with an existing "A" will deny the user's
authority for that function. After typing the appropriate codes
(A or D) , you must press the ENTER key to process the changes.
Normally, SCO’s should not change many of the permissions. Only
the T1 UP M (UPR maintenance) and 11 SA" (Supervisory Approval)
subsystems should be routinely changed. The functions identified
as "SCO" in the UP subsystem should be deleted for non-SCO users.
All of the functions in the SA system should be deleted for non-
supervisors. Deleting other permissions may result in
inadvertent denial of functions for users since these permissions
are the actual programs that make up the functions performed by
the users. That is why there are many more functions on the UPR
permission screens then appear on users 1 menus* It is not easy
to determine which of these "programs" are required for a given
user function, so the safest course is to leave the initial
permissions in place (with the exceptions of UP and SA discussed
earlier) .
After the necessary actions have been processed, you may return
to the menu system with PF3 or PF4 . You may also return to
previous screens with the PF7 key. This key win take you
"backward" through the permission screens and on to the address
and base screens. You may also move forward again with the PFB
key. The PF3 or PF4 keys are the way "out" of the UPR ADD
function.
££-24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
UPDATING UPRS (UP10 and UP13)
overview of Up dat ing UPRs - Once a UPR has been entered into the
system (witlTUPOl) , you can update this UPR if you are the
"owner" of the UPR or in the "chain" of SCO's above the owner.
Updating UPR's will be a routine function to ensure that users'
UPR's accurately reflect the changes in their locations, titles,
supervisors, SCO's, or permissions. There are 2 basic methods
for updating UPR's: by selecting a specific UPR (UP10) or by
calling up a list of UPR's that you can modify (UP13) .
Selecting a Specific UPR to Update ( UPIO ) - To select a specific
UPR to update, enter "UPlo" in the CODE field of the manin menu
or a sub-menu and enter the desired use's user-id into the KEYID
field, then press the ENTER key. If the entered user-id is
valid, and you are authorized to update the UPR, the UPR will be
displayed for you to update. If there is no UPR for the entered
user-id or if you are not authorized to update it, you will
receive an appropriate message. See the section on UP13 for a
discussion of the actual updating process.
Selecting from a List of UPR ' s for Updating ( UP13 ) - The other
method of selecting a UPR to update is to enter "UP13" in the
CODE field of the Main Menu or a sub-menu (do not enter anything
in the KEYID field) and press the ENTER key. This will display a
list of the UPR's that you may update as shown below:
12:51 TECS II - UPR SELECTION LIST 112187 T2MU13
T2PU13
777777777 SAMPLE SCO IS THE SCO FOR THE FOLLOWING USERS :
1987654321 SMITH JOHN
2345678901 WASHINGTON GEORGE
PLACE AN 'X' IN FRONT OF THE RECORD YOU WANT TO SELECT . PRESS:
<ENTER> TO MODIFY OR <PF14> TO LIST UPR'S (SCO'S ONLY) <PF15> FOR
PREVIOUS LIST OR <PF17>F0R YOUR INITIAL LIST
(PF1=HELP) ( PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF7=PREV SCREEN) (PF8=NEXT SCREEN) (PF15=PREV LIST)
{ PF1 7 —INITIAL LIST)
V V V V V VVVW VV V V V \/VV V V \/ V V V V V V \/V V V V
This screen will list the first 12 of the LJPR r s for which you are
the immediate SCO. If there are more than 12, you can see these
by pressing the PF8 hey. You can then "back-up 11 with PF7 .
Select one of the displayed users' UPR r s by placing an "X TI in the
55-25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
field to the left of the listed user- Pressing the ENTER hey
will display that user's UPR for you to update. You can return
bach to the list from the update screen by pressing PF4.
You may also use this list to access the UPR's "owned” by the
SCO's under you. These SCO's are identified by "SCO" appearing
in the column immediately to the right of the user's user-id. To
do this, place an "X" in the field to the left of the desired SCO
then press the PF14 hey. This will display another list, but
this time the selected SCO will be displayed at the top and his
UPR's will be listed. You can continue down the "chain" by
selecting an SCO from this list and viewing his UPR's (again with
PF14) and so on. From any of these lists, you may select a UPR
(with "X") and ENTER to update (or just view) that UPR.
Remember, you are allowed to do this because you are in the
hierarchy above that user's SCO.
when you have selected another SCO's list to view, you can return
to the previously viewed list by pressing PF15. You can also
"jump" all the way bach to your initial list of your immediate
UPR's by pressing PF17.
Updating UPR's - Whether you have used UP10 to select a specific
UPR for updating, or have selected a UPR from the UPR List
(UP13), the selected user's UPR will be displayed to you for
updating. The screens and updating process are basically the
same as discussed in the previous section on entering a new UPR
(UP01) . In this case, the UPR will be displayed with the
existing data which you can overtype, delete, or add-to to
modify. The same editing rules and PF keys are used that were
used for adding a new UPR.
There are two special considerations for updating UPR's
1. STATUS Field - For new users, this filed is set to the
default value of "ACTIVE". This should be the normal status for
all users. The STATUS field may be changed to one other valid
code: "TNACT” . This code indicates that the user's UPR is a
quick way of preventing a user from accessing the system in the
event of a security problem or if he leaves the agency.
2. Changing the SCO - For new UPR's the person entering the UPR
is created as the SCO, or "owner", for that UPR. The SCO may be
changed, however, during an update. To do this, type the new
SCO's user-id ever the existing SCO's user-id. Then press the
ENTER key. The system will check to see if the entered user-id
belongs to a SCO (i.e., the user's UPR has a "Y" in the SCO?
field) and, if not, will display an error message. If the user-
id is valid, the screen will re-display with the new user-id in
the SCO-USERID field and the STATUS field will be set to "INACT”.
In addition, all of the user's permissions will be deleted. The
reason for this is to ensure that the UPR won't have permissions
that conflict with the new SCO.
SS-26
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
To re-activate the UPR, the new SCO must update the UFR (from
UP1G or UP13) and enter 11 ACTIVE n in the STATUS field * When the
new SCO presses the ENTER key, the status will be set to ACTIVE
and he will receive the message:
UPR ADDED WITH ALL AUTHORITIES,
USE PF8 TO MODIFY ADDRESSED/AUTHORITIES *
Just like the UPR Add process, the user now has all of the
permissions of his new SCO* The SCO can now return to the menu
system (or back to the UP13 list) or proceed with the PFB key to
modify the address data and /or permissions* See the previous
section on UP01 for details on this process*
When changing an SCO, it is best to contact the new SCO first to
coordinate the change so that the user will be inactive for as
brief a time as possible* Another way to facilitate the changing
of SCO's is to have a higher-level SCO who owns both the current
and new SCO perform the change. The advantage of this method is
that the SCO can make the change and re-activate the UPR in the
same step (remember, this SCO must have both SCO's below him in
the SCO hierarchy) . To do this, the SCO will type in the user-id
of the new SCO and press ENTER as described above. Then, when
the screen re-displays with "INACT" in the status field, he will
overtype this with ■■ACTIVE" and press the ENTER key again- This
will re-activate the UPR with the permissions of the new SCO .
NOTE - Changing SCO's should only be done within the same agency
and, for Customs users, within I&C or within OE* When a user
moves to another agency or form I&C to OE (or vice versa) ,
contact the Central SCO at the TECS II Data Center (B-556-S309)
to have him make the necessary change(s).
Other than these two special cases, updating UPR's follows the
same procedures as described under Adding UPR’s (UP01) .
Any user may update certain fields in his own UPR. To do this,
type "UP2G' 1 into the CODE field of the Main Menu or any sub-menu
and press the ENTER key. The first screen from your UPR will
display with the cursor in the ACTING SUPVR field* This field
and the START and STOP DATE fields are the only fields that you
are allowed to update on this screen (your SCO is authorized to
make any other needed changes) * For instructions on updating the
Acting Supervisor data, see the section on adding a UPR.
User's are also authorized to change their address data. To do
this, press the PF8 key on the first UPR screen* This will
display the first UPR address screen. All fields are available
for you to modify. See the section on Entering Addresses for
instructions and a sample ADDRESS screen.
SS-27
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
When you have completed your updates, you can return to the menu
system with PF3 or PF4 . If you press these keys before you have
successfully changed or added any data, your UPR will remain in
its original state.
UP15 - QUERY/ VIEW UPR’s
Any user may query another user's UPR (or his own) to view the
base information and the address data. In addition, SCO's and
supervisors can view the permissions data for the UPR's under
their control. The query/view function should be useful for
obtaining information about a user's address, telephone number,
office code, etc.
To query a UPR, type ''UP15" into the CODE field of the Main Menu
or any sub-menu, and type the desired user's user-id into the
KEYID field. If you are querying your own UPR, leave the KEYID
field blank. Then press the ENTER key. This will display the
first screen of the selected user's UPR. You can move from the
first screen to the address screen (s) by pressing the PF8 key.
If authorized, you can also access the permissions screens by
pressing PFB again. The PF7 key will move you backward through
the screens. When finished, press PF3 or PF 4 to return to the
menu system.
"Help” is available for all UPR screens and fields.
SS 22 ON-DEMAND UPR REPORTS
This transaction provide the SCO the ability to generate a
current listing of his/her TECS II users. Only SCO's are allowed
to use this transaction. Listings are limited for the scope of
an SCO’s area of responsibility, (i.e,, if you are a region SCO,
you may request a listing for your region only. Similar
limitations hold for district, office and port SCO's. The system
knows what your home location is and will not allow you to obtain
reports from another area.
To request an on-demand report, enter your report level (use the
PF2 key on report levels for a discussion and hit enter. If you
requested a valid report level, a message on the bottom of the
screen will appear:
"SUBMITTED JOB DTECSXXX, FOR REPORT OU2 3 117309"
Your job and report number will differ from the one above. Copy
down the report number (the one starting with OU,..), this is the
only time you will see that number! Then go to SS63 to request
the print for this report.
SS— 20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Reports are currently available for five discrete levels of
Customs hierarchy: National, Regional, District, Office and
Port. You can only receive reports for the area you are
responsible for. The report level codes allowable are:
National: CODE = NATL I&C will receive I&C listings, OE
will get OE reports and IA receives
their SCO's.
Regional: CODE = RRRG
District: CODE = DDOO
office: code = ooof
Port: CODE = DDPP
Where RR is the 2 -character code
for your region, (e.g. PCRG) will
yield PACIFIC REGION REPORT.
Where DD is the numeric identifier
for your district, E.G. 3300 will
give GREAT FALLS listings. Only
I&C can view the district reports.
Where 00 is the 2 -character code
for your office. MIOF will give
the Miami office listings. Only OE
can obtain these reports.
Where DDPP is the district port
number, (e.g., 2505) is Tecate, CA-
Only I&C can view these reports.
SS23 GROUP SIGN-ON
Group Sign-on can be utilized at landborder and airport
secondaries to allow multiple inspectors to process referrals on
the Secondary Referral List. Each query requires the inspectors
to enter his 2-character GROUP-ID (rather then his 9-character
USER-ID) and his normal password.
SS23 will display all current "group" members for a particular
site. All group members have a unique 2 -character code which cam
be utilized to process landborder or airport secondary referrals
when a terminal has been signed on under "group" sign-on.
To add a new member to the group, enter an unassigned 2 -character
GROUP-ID (last initial, first initial recommended if available)
and the new group member's USER-ID number. Then press PF12 and
the user will be added to your group. Note: it will not
immediately display on your group list. If you return to the
MAIN MENU or PREVIOUS MENU and key SS23 again, the user will be
displayed as a group member.
To delete a member from the group, enter the 2 -character GROUP-ID
and press PF2Q, The group member is immediately removed from the
group.
SS-29
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
SS25 SEAR MENU
The Significant Enforcement Activity Report (SEAR) functions are
available to all Customs Users. No external agency users will
have access to SEARs. The SEAR is used to notify other Customs
sites and headquarters of significant enforcement activities.
Often times it is a prelude to filing the search r arrest, and
seizure (SAS-CF151) report* To access the SEAR functions, from
the SUBSYSTEM FOR SYSTEMS SUPPORT menu , enter SS25 into the CODE
field, and press ENTER. The system will then display the SEAR
MENU as shown below:
10:49 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122887 T2MB01
SEAR MENU T2PB01
1 ENTER A NEW SEAR
2 MODIFY A SEAR IN PROGRESS
3 RETRIEVE COMPLETED SEAR(S)
CHOICE:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) £PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF23=BRS TEXT RETRIEVAL)
\/wvwvvvvvvv\/\/\/v\/vwwvvwvww
From this menu, you have the option of adding, modifying, or
retrieving a SEAR. Each of these options is discussed in detail
below.
+ NOTE: The PF23=BR£ TEXT retrieval key shown above is not yet
available. Information, on this function will be distributed as
soon as it becomes available.
1. ENTER A NEW SEAR
Selection of option 1 from the SEAR menu will produce the first
of four input screens associated with the creation of a SEAR.
Each screen will be presented below, followed by a discussion of
the fields associated with that particular screen.
Upon selection of option 1 in the CHOICE field of the SEAR MENU
screen, press the ENTER key and the first of four (1 of 4) SEAR
screens appears as follows:
SS-30
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
)
10:06 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122 B87 T2MBQB
SEAR (PAGE 1 OF 4) T2PB08
SEAR #: 07122 4 00071 DATE WRITTEN: 122 9B7 AUTHOR: DOWNING
★TOPIC:
★DDPP: *OFFICE :
* PLACE OF ARREST/SEIZURE:
*DATE OF ARREST/SEIZURE: *TIME OF ARREST OR SEIZURE: ___
★PLACE AN 'X 1 IN THE FIELD (S) WHICH QUALIFY THIS AS A SEAR:
MERCHANDISE VAL MINIMUM EXODUS SEIZURE DRUG SEIZURE MINIMUM
_NON- PERSONAL WEAPONS/ AM CURRENCY UNUSUAL CONCEALMENT
SIGNIFICANT PENLTY CASE CUSTOMS ARREST OTHER AGENCY COOPERA
AMOUNT SEIZED: TYPE:
DOMESTIC VAL: COUNTRY OF ORIGIN: CURRENCY (OUT/IN) :
SEIZURE #: WARRANT ORI :
FDIN f: 01 CASE #:
MORE SEIZURES:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE) (PF8=NEXT PAGE) (PF24=CANCEL)
VVVVWWVVVVWWVWWVVVWWWVV
* NOTE: Due to margin limitations in the printing of this manual,
the above screen has been edited as follows: the section of the
screen that displays the SEAR qualifiers will show the full word
"value" in the place of "val" in item one; immediately under
that option, the actual screen will display 11 WEAPONS/ AMMO" verss
the shortened "/AM"; and the last option will actually display as
"OTHER AGENCY COOPERATION". The actual screen will also spell
out the word "VALUE" in the DOMESTIC VAL field shown above. It
should also be noted that all the PF keys are discussed in the
ACCESS TO TECS II section of this manual. However, it is
important to reiterate the function of the PF24=CANCEL key
within the SEAR application. This key is used during the Enter a
New SEAR (option 1) or Modify a SEAR in progress (option 2) only.
It's purpose is to allow you to cancel a SEAR that has not been
distributed. Once a SEAR has been cancelled, that SEAR number
will not be re-used.
Several fields on the SEAR (PAGE 1 OF 4) screen are mandatory.
That is, they require input before the screen can be processed.
These fields are always preceded by an asterisk {★) .
Upon display of the screen, the first three fields (SEAR DATE
WRITTEN:, and AUTHOR:) will contain system-generated information.
This information will re-display, for each succeeding consecutive
screen displayed. The SEAR # and AUTHOR fields have particular
significance if:
SS-31
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
a) you wish to retrieve this SEAR at a later time;
b) you wish to modify this SEAR at a later time.
Both the modify and retrieval processes will be discussed later.
The remaining fields on Page 1 of 4 are as follows:
♦TOPIC:
*DDPP:/*OFFICE:
♦PLACE OF ARREST/
SEIZURE:
♦DATE OF ARREST/
SEIZURE:
♦TIME OF ARREST/
SEIZURE:
♦PLACE AN 'X r :
AMOUNT SEIZED:
TYPE:
DOMESTIC VALUE:
This is a mandatory field and should
contain a brief description of the topic of
the SEAR. The more concise the topic, the
easier it will be to identify the proper
SEAR during a modify or retrieval process.
The District/Port (DDPP) field requires the
4-character District/Port Code of the
Enforcement Agency. The OFFICE field,
requires the 2-character Office code of the
Enforcement Agency. If the DDPP field is
entered, the OFFICE field is optional.
However, if the OFFICE field is entered,
the DDPP field becomes mandatory.
This is a mandatory field and can be
completed in free text format.
This is a mandatory field and must be input
in the MMDDYY (month, month, day, day,
year, year) format.
This is a mandatory field and must be input
in the HHMM (hour, hour, minute, minute)
format .
This is a mandatory field. At least one of
the nine fields listed must be marked with
an "X" , but all that apply to this SEAR
should be marked.
This is a free text format field and should
contain the numeric amount and unit of
measurement for the goods seized (e.g., 35
kilos) .
This is a free text format field and should
contain a description of the goods seized
(e.g. , cocaine) .
The domestic value of the goods seized
should be entered here. It should be input
in whole dollars only (no decimal point) .
SS-32
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN:
CURRENCY (OUT/ IN) :
SEIZURE # :
WARRANT #:
ORI:
FDIN# :
01 CASE#:
'X' FOR MORE:
This field requires the 2-character country
code of the country where the seized goods
originated.
This field is used when currency was
seized, and requires a 1-character code of
"0" or "I”. The "0" indicates that
currency was leaving the United States; "I”
indicates currency was coming into the
United states.
This field requires the 11-character
seizure number from the SAS,/CF151
associated with this SEAR, if one was
filed.
This field requires the associated WARRANT
number if an arrest was made.
This field requires the associated Ncic
assigned ORI number if applicable to this
seizure.
If this seizure was large enough to qualify
for a FDIN number to be assigned, that 8-
character FDIN number would be entered
here.
If there has been a case opened on this
seizure, the Office of Investigation's Case
number should be entered here.
If more than one seizure was made, place an
"X" in this field to obtain an additional
screen containing formatted fields for:
AMOUNT SEIZED; TYPE; DOMESTIC; COUNTRY OF
ORGIN; CURRENCY; SEIZURE it WARRANT#; ORI;
and FDIN#. (There can be only one 01 Case
number associated with a SEAR, however,
several SEARs may be associated with one 01
Case number
* NOTE: If the 'X' FOR MORE: field is marked, and you have not
completed all mandatory fields, or if you have made errors in
your input, or if you have not completed the fields on screen 1
associated with the additional Eeizure screens, the system will
respond with an appropriate error message. All errors must be
corrected prior to receiving the additional seizure screens. An
additional seizure screen will appear as follows:
SS-33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15M8 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122987 T2MB15
SEAR (SUPPLEMENTAL SEIZURE PAGE) T2PB15
SEAR #: 8712240001 DATE WRITTEN: 122987 AUTHOR: DOWNING
AMOUNT SEIZED: TYPE:
DOMESTIC VALUE: CNTRY OF ORIGIN: CURRENCY (OUT/ IN) :'
SEIZURE # : WARRANT #: ORI :
FDIN #: _____
AMOUNT SEISED: TYPE:
DOMESTIC VALUE: CNTRY OF ORIGIN: CURRENCY (OUT/IN) :
SEIZURE # : WARRANT #: ORI:
FDIN # :
AMOUNT SEIZED: TYPE:
DOMESTIC VALUE: CNTRY OF ORIGIN: CURRENCY (OUT/IN) :
SEIZURE #: WARRANT #: ORI:
FDIN # :
'X' FOR MORE SEIZURES !_
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE) (PF7=PREV PG) (PFB=NEXT PG)
vvwvvvwvvvwvvwwvvwvvwwvv
You may input information for additional seizures as needed.
Should you require more space than the three formatted sets of
information displayed, simply mark the 'X' FOR MORE: field at the
bottom of the screen, and another formatted screen will display
upon pressing of the ENTER key. This process can be repeated for
up to a total of 99 Seizures. Should you attempt to enter more
than 99 Seizures for one SEAR, the system will prompt you with
the following message:
"START ANOTHER SEAR FOR MORE SEIZURES"
After you have entered all information associated with additional
seizures, you must press the PF8 key to move to the next screen
for more seizure information input, or PF7 to return to the
screen from which the additional seizure screen was invoked (Page
1 of 4) .
If you choose to return to screen 1 of 4, you will need to press
the PF8 key to proceed to screen 2 of 4. The screen will appear
as follows:
+ NOTE: When additional seizure (or additional subject)
information is entered, this information will be available for
modification and/or retrieval. During the modify/retrieval
processes (discussed later) the X FOR MORE field will display
with a "+ ,r sign entered indicating tat additional information is
SS-34
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
available. To view the additional information for the
modify/retrieval process, place an "X 11 over the "+" and press
ENTER. A screen like the one above will display with the
additional information.
10:07 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 1229B7 T2MB10
SEAR (PAGE 2 OF 4) T2PB10
SEAR #: 0712240001 DATE WRITTEN: 1229B7 AUTHOR: DOWNING
OFFICER NAME (LAST, FIRST) /TITLE
DISCOVERING:
SEIZING:
ARRESTING:
CASE OFFICER:
PARTICIPATING:
SUBJECT ' S NAME :
DOB: POB CITY , ST , CNTRY :
CURRENT ADDRESS:
CITIZEN: *X' FOR MORE SUBJECTS:
CONCEALMENT METHOD:
IF LAND-RAIL/BUS/AUTO/TRUCK (R/B/A/T) ! PR IVATE - "fC/ P ) T
IF AIR COMMERCIAL/ PRIVATE (C/P) :
IF VESSEL COMMERCIAL/PRIVATE (C/P) : _ SEIZED (Y/N) :
(PF1— HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=REST0RE) (PF7=PREV PG) (PF8=NEXT PG) ( PF24=CANCEL)
W W V W V W VVVV V V V V V V V V V V V V V V ' V W V
The first five input fields (DISCOVERING, SEIZING , ARRESTING,
CASE OFFICER, and PARTICIPATING) on Page 2 of 4 require the input
of an individual’s (officer's) name and title. These fields
should be completed in the format of Last Name, First Name then a
slash (/) followed by their title.
The next field, SUBJECT’S NAME:, is in free text format. That
is, the name may be entered in any format.
DOB: Requires input of the Subject's Date of
Birth in the format of MMDDYY.
POB: Requires input of the Subject's Place of
Birth in the format of City, State, and
Country.
CURRENT ADDRESS: The subject's current address is entered
here in the format of Street, City, State,
and Country if other than U.S.
SS-35
TECS IX
USER'S MANUAL
CITIZEN:
'X' FOR MORE
SUBJECTS :
CONCEALMENT
METHOD:
IF LAND :
COMM/ PRIVATE S
IF AIR :
IF VESSEL :
SEIZED:
This is a 2-character code representing the
Subject's Country of citizenship*
If there are more subjects associated with
this SEAR, place an "X" in this field for
additional Subject input screens. An
example of the actual screen is shown
below; however, the remaining fields on
this screen should be completed before
proceeding to the SUPPLEMENTAL screen.
This is a free text field and should
contain a brief, but concise, description
of how the goods were concealed.
This field reguires the input of a 1-
character code representing the mode of
transportation used if goods were being
transported by land. Valid codes are:
R - Rail
B - Bus
A - Auto
T - Truck
M - Motorcycle
C - Bicycle
This is a 1-character field ueed to
designate whether the mode of
transportation marked in the previous field
was commercially (C) owned or privately (P)
owned .
This is a 1-character field used to
distinguish whether the goods were
transported via air, and if so, was it a
Commercial (C) aircraft or Private (P)
aircraft.
This is a l-character field used to
distinguish whether the goods were
transported via water (boate/vessel) and if
so, was it a Commercial (c) vessel or
Private (p) vessel.
This is a l-character field used to
designate Yes (Y) or No (N) if the mode of
transportation was included in the seizure
along with the cjoods, or if the mode of
transportation itself was seized (e.g.,
stolen vehicle) .
SS-36
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Upon completion of this screen and depression of the ENTER key,
or the PF9 key, you will proceed to the SUPPLEMENTAL SUBJECT PAGE
if you had marked the field 'X' FOR MORE. A sample SUPPLEMENTAL
SUBJECT PAGE is shown below.
NOTE: This multiple occurring field is processed the same as the
ADDITIONAL SEIZURE screens discussed earlier. The only
difference is the actual fields. The ADDITIONAL SUBJECT screens
will ask for; the Subject's Name; Date of Birth; Place of Birth,
Current Address, and Citizenship,
The SUPPLEMENTAL SUBJECT PAGE will appear as follows:
17:05 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122987 T2MB17
SEAR (SUPPLEMENTAL SUBJECT PAGE) T2PB17
SEAR #: 8712290001 DATE WRITTEN: 122987 AUTHOR: DOWNING
SUBJECT'
S NAME:
DOB:
FOB
CITY , ST, CNTRY :
CURRENT
ADDRESS:
CITIZENSHIP:
SUBJECT'
S NAME:
DOB:
FOB
CITY , ST , CNTRY :
CURRENT
ADDRESS :
CITIZENSHIP:
SUBJECT 1
S NAME:
DOB:
FOB
CITY f ST , CNTRY :
CURRENT"
ADDRESS :
CITIZENSHIP:
'X' FOR MORE SUBJECTS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RESTORE) {PF7=PREV PG) (PF8=NEXT PG) (PF24=CANCEL)
vvvvvvvvvvvwvvwvvwvvvvvvvvwv
As with the SUPPLEMENTAL SEIZURE PAGE, once you have input your
additional information, press the PF7 key to return to PAGE 2 of
4, then the PF8 key to proceed to PAGE 3 OF 4.
Upon depression of the PF8 key from PAGE 2 OF 4, the SEAR (PAGE 3
OF 4) will appear as follows:
SS-37
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10:08 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122987 T2MB12
SEAR (PAGE 3 OF i) T2PB12
SEAR #: 8712240001 DATE WRITTEN: 122987 AUTHOR: DOWNING
TYPE/NUMBER WEAPONS/AMMO SEIZED:
* PUBLICITY INSTRUCT! ONS :
NOTIFICATION/OFFICER INVOLVED:
TIME NOTIFIED: TIME ARRIVED:
ACTION TAKEN:
+ PRIOR INFORMATION:
*ACS SELECTIVITY INFORMATION:
*OFFICER AUTHORIZING SEAR: TITLE:
NAME (LAST, FIRST) :
PHONE: FTS : OR COMM:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF5=RE£TORE) (PF7=PREV PG) (PF8=NEXT PG) (PF24=CANCEL)
vvvwwvvvwwwwwwwwwww
TYPE/NUMBER WEAPONS/
AMMO SEIZED:
* PUBLICITY
INSTRUCTIONS:
NOTIFICATION/
OFFICER INVOLVED:
This field is used for seizures involving
weapons. It is a free text field. It is
advised that the input information be
separated by slashes for ease of reading
during a modify or retrieval process.
This is a mandatory field. Input is in
free text format, and should contain
specific instructions for the publicity of
the information contained within this SEAR.
For example, if an investigation was
ongoing in relationship to this seizure,
you may want to restrict the publicity of
the information contained within this SEAR.
This is a free text field and should
contain the name of the organization/ agency
that was notified (e.g. USCS, if a special
agent or supervisor was notified, or,
Local/State authorities, or, FBI, or RCMP
if another agency was notified) followed by
SS-3B
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TIME NOTIFIED:
TIME ARRIVED:
ACTION TAKEN:
* PRIOR INFORMATION:
*ACS SELECTIVITY
INFORMATION:
the name of the individual within that
organization that acknowledged the
notification. The information should be
separated by a slash.
Input to this field should be in the format
of HHMM, and should reflect the time that
the above named organization was notified.
Input to this field should be in the format
of HHMM, and should reflect the time that
the above named organization arrived at the
designated port.
This is a free text field and should
contain a brief description of the action
taken by the above named organization.
This is a mandatory field* Input is in
free text format, and should contain a
description of any known prior information,
or should have the word none entered if no
prior information was available* An
example of prior information might be?
"received telephone tip".
This is a mandatory field* Input is in
free text format, and should contain the
word "none" if there was no ACS information
available, if information was available, a
description of the ACS Selectivity
information should be input along with the
ACS code.
^OFFICER AUTHORIZING
SEAR: This pertains to the remaining input fields
on this screen. Each is mandatory. The
title, name, and phone number of the
officer authorizing this SEAR must be
completed (only one of the phone number
fields is mandatory, but both should be
used whenever possible) .
After completion of page 3 of the SEAR, you will press the PF3
key to proceed to PAGE 4 of 4* The last page (screen) of the
sear report is the narrative portion of the SEAR. Thirteen lines
of the screen are in free text format, and are used for the
narrative input. Space is provided for listing up to six related
SEAR numbers. The screen will appear as follows.
SS-39
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10:09 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122887 T2MB13
SEAR (PAGE 4 OF 4) - NARRATIVE T2PB13
SEAR # : 8712240001 DATE WRITTEN: 122987 AUTHOR: DOWNING
RELATED SEAR #'S:
READY FOR DISTRIBUTION? : N
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
(FF5=RESTORE) (PF7=PREV PG) (PF8=NEXT PG) (PF24=CANCEL)
vvvwwwvwvvvwwwvvvvvvvvwv
Your narrative should contain a brief and concise verbal account
of the purpose for the creation of the SEAR.
The RELATED SEAR #'s fields should be used to list any related
SEARs. (For example, this SEAR may offer additional information
pertinent to a previously issued SEAR) .
The READY FOR DISTRIBUTION? field will display a default
character of M N M for No. When you have completed your SEAR, and
are ready to distribute it, you will place the cursor in this
field and overtype the "N" with a "Y" to indicate Yes, then press
ENTER.
* NOTE: The SEAR is not actually distributed until you have
overtyped a "Y" in the READY FOR DISTRIBUTION field AND exited
the process. To exit the ENTER A NEW SEAR process, you must
press either the PF4 key to return to the SEAR MENU, or press PF3
to return to the MAIN MENU. This allows you to overtype a r, Y"
and still have a few moments to change the narrative (or PF7 to a
previous page in the current SEAR for modifications) before it is
actually sent.
\
Once you have marked a SEAR ready for distribution, you may not
modify it. Reference the following section for details on how to
modify a SEAR in progress.
SS-40
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
2. MODIFY A SEAR I S PROGRESS
You may make modifications to a SEAR that is in progress, but.
only if you are the author of that SEAR. A SEAR in progress is
one that has not been distributed. Once a SEAR is distributed it
can no longer be modified.
* NOTE: should additional information become available that
would affect a distributed SEAR, you should create a new SEAR;
then list the SEAR number of the distributed SEAR in the field
marked, "RELATED SEAR on page 4 of the sear.
To modify a SEAR, select option 2 from the SEAR MENU and press
ENTER. The system will prompt you with the following message:
"TYPE SPECIFIC SEAR # OR PRESS ENTER FOR ALL YOUR
SEAR NUMBERS: "
You may either enter a SEAR number (this is the system-generated
number that appears in the first field of system-generated
information as discussed in the beginning of the ENTER A NEW SEAR
section) , or; you may press the ENTER key and the system will
display a list of the undistributed SEARs that you have authored.
The list (commonly referred to as the "hit list") will display
SEARs in order according to their numbers. For example, the last
SEAR that was begun will appear at the top of the list, as noted
in the sample screen shown below.
10:15 SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT 122987 T2MB02
SEAR SUB-MENU T2PB02
PLACE AN 'X' BESIDE YOUR SELECTION OR USE THE APPROPRIATE PF KEY
SEAR
NUMBER
LOC -
TOPIC
8712290001
0103
NCIC FUGITIVE
8712100013
2704
MERCHANDISE SEIZURE
8712180009
5206
MARIJUANA SUMGGLING
END OF SUB-MENU SELECTIONS
(PF1»HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
V V V V V V V V W V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V \
You may select the appropriate SEAR for modification by placing
an "X" in front of the SEAR number then press ENTER. The system
will display the first page (screen) of the selected SEAR.
SS-41
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
I
+ NOTE: The screens that appear (1 through A) are the same
screens discussed in the ENTER A NEW SEAR section, and will
contain the information that was input during that process*
Reference the ENTER A NEW SEAR section for details on the
specific fields.
If you input an actual SEAR number, the system will display the
first page of that SEAR. (See the note above*) If the SEAR does
not exist, or if you made an error typing the SEAR number, the
system will display the message:
"SEAR NUMBER IS INVALID"
If you request a SEAR number for a SEAR that you did not author,
the system will display the message:
"YOU ARE NOT AUTHORISED TO MODIFY THIS SEAR"
If you request a SEAR number for a SEAR that has been
distributed , the system will display the message:
"YOU CANNOT MODIFY A DISTRIBUTED SEAR"
After the first page of your selected SEAR is displayed, you may
change and/or add information in any of the fields except the
first three system-generated fields (SEAR #? DATE WRITTEN;
AUTHOR) . Reference ENTER A NEW SEAR, for details on the specific
fields and processing*
When you have completed your modifications, mark the READY FOR
DISTRIBUTION field with a "Y" or leave the default of "N" if you
anticipate further modifications.
To exit the modify process, you must press FF4 to return to the
SEAR MENU, or PF3 to return to the MAIN MENU ,
3- RETRIEVE COMPLETED SEAR(S)
The SEAR retrieval process is used to view distributed SEARs ,
You may use the SEAR retrieval process to identify other SEARs
that may be related to the SEAR you are entering, or to gather
information*
To enter the SEAR retrieval process, select option 3, RETRIEVE
COMPLETED SEAR(s), from the SEAR MENU, and press ENTER * The
system will display a screen similar to the following:
SS-42
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
10:10
SIGNIFICANT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY REPORT
SEAR SUB-MENU
122967 T2KB02
T2PB02
PLACE A 'V 1 BESIDE YOUR SELECTION OR USE THE APPROPRIATE PE KEY
SEAR
NUMBER
LOG*
8712180009
0101
COMPUTER
EQUIPMENT
8712180005
4701
PROHIBITED WEAPON
8712180004
7925
MORPHINE
SEIZURE
8712180003
0101
HANDBAGS
END OF SUB-MENU SELECTIONS
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP} (PF3=MAIN MENU) {PF4=PREV MENU)
(PF8=NEXT PAGE)
v\/\/vvv\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/\/v\/\/vvvv\/\/\/\/w\/\/
The displayed list will be sorted by the most recent SEAR number
first* For example: On one day, the list of completed SEARs could
show the following:
- 0117880006
- 0117880005
- 0117880003
assuming 017880004 is still in progress* Subsequently , SEAR
number 0117880004 is finished three days later and distributed.
When the retrieval screen is called again, SEAR number 0117880004
will not appear at the top of the list (even though it is the
most recently completed SEAR ) ; rather, it will appear in the slot
where it should have been within the numeric sequence;
- 0117880001
- 0117880006
- 0117880005
- 0117880004 <
- 0117660003
There may be more distributed SEARs than can be displayed on one
screen- To view the remainder of the list, use the PF8 key to
page through the list*
SS-43
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
When you have located a distributed sear that you wish to view,
place a "V" in the space provided before the SEAR number (on the
left of the screen) , and press ENTER. The system will display
screen 1 of 4 for the selected screen. You may use the PF7 and
PF8 keys to page through the selected SEAR.
When you are finished viewing the selected SEAR, you will press
the PF4 , PREVIOUS MENU, key to return to the list of distributed
SEARs.
If you wish to view another SEAR, repeat the process described
above. If you wish to exit the Retrieval process, press the PF4
key to return to the SEAR MENU, or the PF3 key to return to the
MAIN MENU.
SS-44
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
►
SS51 TEXT SEARCH SUB MENU
THIS PORTION WILL BE DELIVERED WITHIN THE MARCH 19 SS TIMEFRAME *
SS-45
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
5563 REPORT RETRIEVAL
t
This transaction enables you to display an on-demand batch, report
and print it on your remote printer. It is currently used with
the SS22 transaction which generates user listings for System
Control Officers, and for Office of Enforcement reports on case
hours and statistics (CM3 a and CM53) . When requesting a report
from either of these applications, the system will respond with a
message that includes the phrase, ... "Report ID is OC034090056" .
The number itself will vary. You must copy this number down, for
it is the Reference Number that is entered at the top of the SS63
screen (see TECS II REPORT RETRIEVAL screen) . In addition, you
must tell the system whether you want the report sent to your
terminal or to you remote printer. If it is to be sent to a
remote printer, you must specify the printer ID. You may send it
to any host-addressable printer defined to TECS II.
Since the reports are "batch submitted", it may take a minute or
two to produce them on your screen. If, after pressing ENTER you
get the message "NO REPORT FOUND" , the report has not yet been
run. Keep pressing the ENTER key every 15-seconds or so. If you
still don't get your report, double check the reference number
you entered. .. which is 2 letters followed be 9 numbers.
Remember, TECS II requires that you differentiate between 0’s
(the letter O) and 0 (the number zero) .
The report is kept in the system until you print it, at which
time it is deleted. This means if you just look at the report on
the terminal, it will remain in the system. TECS II will
automatically delete all reports in the system 30 days after they
are created.
If you are printing several reports one after the other, each
time that you send the report to your printer (you don't have to
wait until one is printed before you request the next one) , you
must go all the way back to the SS Sub-Menu using PF4, and then
enter SS63 again before entering the next reference number.
I
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
15:29
TECS II - REPORT RETRIEVAL 011638 T2MM63
T2PM63
PLEASE ENTER REFERENCE NUMBER:
SPECIFY TYPE OF OUTPUT - INDICATE PRINTER ID IF SENDING THE
REPORT TO A PRINTER, PRINTING THE REPORT WILL DELETE THE REPORT
OUTPUT ,
DISPLAY REPORT ON TERMINAL
SEND REPORT TO A PRINTER PLEASE INDICATED PRINTER ID:
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FLD HELP) (PF3— MAIN MENU) ( PF4— PREV MENU)
/\/\/V\/\/\/\/WW\//W\/\/WWWW\/\/V\/\/\
SS-47
INSERT INDEX XV (TRAINING)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TR - TRAINING
U.S. CUSTOMS SERVICE
TREASURY ENFORCEMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(TECS II)
STUDENT GUIDE
SEPTEMBER 29 , 1987
TR - 1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Parts of this Guide were taken from the Sehalar/Teach
Manual Version 5.4.
\
Reference
TR
2
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
►
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction to TECS II Training TR-4
SECTION 2 TECS II TERMINAL KEYBOARDS
2.1 Keyboard Information TR-5
2.2 Keyboard Layouts TR-6
2.2.1 AT&T TR-6
2.2.2 HARRIS TR-6
2.2.3 TELEX,... TR-7
2.2.4 WYSE TR-7
2 . 3 Key Functions TR-8
SECTION 3 THE CAI TRAINING MODULE
3.1 Prior to Accessing the CAI Training Module. . .TR-9
3.2 Procedures for Accessing the
CAI Training Module TR-10
3.3 Scholar/Teach Commands .TR-24
3 .4 The LEARN ing Environment. ................... .TR-25
3.5 Question Types TR-2 6
3.5.1 True/False TR-26
3.5.2 Multiple Choice TR-27
3.5.3 Fill- In-the-b lank TR-27
3.5.4 Matching ............................ TR-2 8
3.5.5 Multiple Field Transactions TR-29
ATTACHMENT A MENU ORGANIZATION VS JOB FUNCTION TR-30
ATTACHMENT B TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE A-33
TR
3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
section 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Introduction to TECS II Training
The approach being utilized to train TECS II users on
computer functions available to them is called Computer
Assisted instruction (CAI). This is a method by which a
student learns information by interacting directly with
lessons shown on a computer. Because he is able to control
the forward movement, or flow, of the lessons, the student
can learn at his own pace.
In the lessons, material pertaining to computer functions a
user may confront on-the-job is presented. The student has
the opportunity to test his knowledge of the material
throughout the lessons. He does this by answering
questions about the material and by practicing the computer
functions he has learned.
The student receives immediate feedback from the compute
each time he tests his knowledge. Feedback is simply the
process of letting the student know if his answers or
procedures are correct. By receiving feedback, the student
may determine the areas of training that he may need to
review .
Upon completion of the CAI lessons, a TECS II user will be
better able to perform his job in the computerized
environment of the U.S. Customs Service.
TR
4
)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
SECTION 2 TECS II TERMINAL KEYBOARDS
2 . I Keyboard Information
Four types of keyboards are used in TECS II training; each
has a different arrangement of keys, but these keys have
the same functions.
The user should become familiar with the placement of keys
on his particular keyboard. The keyboard layouts and key
function descriptions on the following pages will assist
the student in this familiarization process.
Special Function Keys
On each keyboard, there are several special function keys.
These keys are used quite often during the lessons and on-
the-job for specialized functions.
The special functions keys are labeled FI, F2, F3, ... F12
□r PF1, PF2, PF3 , ... PF24 . The PF notation and the F
notation mean the same.
However, there are twenty-four PF notation keys and only
twelve F notation keys. If the courseware instructs the
student to press a special function key with a higher
number than is on his keyboard, he must press an alternate
set of keys.
For example, a user may have to press <SHIFT> and <F4>
instead of <F14>,
TR
5
HARRIS
TECS II
2 . 3 Key Functions
USER'S MANUAL
I
1. The Backspace key, shown as <BACKSPACE> or < < >
is used to move the cursor to the left, one space
at a time. This key may also erase characters to
the left of this cursor.
2. The Caps Lock key, shown as <CAPS LOCK>, turns
CAPITAL letters on or off each time it is pressed.
3. The Clear key, shown as <CLEAR>, erases the screen
and returns the cursor to the first available
character position.
4. The Control key, shown as <CTRL>, is used in
combination with other keys to perform special
functions. The control key must be held down while
the other key is pressed, in order for the special
functions to work.
5. The Enter key, shown as <ENTER>, <RETURN> or < <
> , is pressed when a student wishes to enter a
response . or advance to the next screen of
information. The computer will prompt the student
on the depression of the <ENTER> key.
6. The FA2 key or Escape key, shown as <PA2> and
<ESC>, is used to exit during the presentation of a
lesson. After pressing either of these keys, the
student will have the opportunity to completely
leave the CAI Training session and return to the
TECS II Main Menu .
NOTE; If either of these keys is used to interrupt
a lesson, the system will remember the frame from
which the student exited and the next training
session will begin at that point.
7. The Tab key, shown as <TAB> or < > >, moves the
cursor forward to the next entry field. If the Tab
key and the Shift key are held down at the same
time, referred to as <BACKTAB>, the cursor will
move backwards to the previous entry field.
8. The Spacebar is used for inserting spaces between
characters. A space is considered to be an actual
character. If a student spaces over characters,
they will be erased as if he were overtyping them.
TR
8
TECS II
I
SECTION 3
3.1
USER'S MANUAL
The CAT Training Module
Prior to Accessing the CAI Training Module
A student must first access TECS II before taking
lessons in the CAI Training Module.
Prior to accessing lessons, a student must have a
User Profile Record (UPR) . A UPR includes the
User's password and the Identification necessary
for TECS II access. It is established by an
authorized System Control Officer (SCO) .
The first time a student signs on to the CAI
Training Module, he registers himself for training
by entering his UPR identification and password.
This information must be entered each subsequent
time he enters a training session.
TR - 9
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3.2 Procedures for Accessing the CAI Training Module
1. Access the TECS II computer from a TECS II
terminal:
\
You may refer to the User's Manual for instructions
on gaining access to TECS II.
TECS II will display a sign-on screen as shown in
Figure 1.
TECS II MAIN SYSTEM SIGN-ON
ENTER 9 DIGIT CODE:
ENTER PASSWORD:
ENTER NEW PASSWORD:
vvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv\
FIGURE 1
2 ♦ Sign-on to TECS II:
a. Type UPR identification in the first field.
The cursor will automatically advance to
the password field once the 9 characters
have been filled in.
b. Type UPR password in the password field.
If you wish to change your password, you
must <TAB> to the new password field and
enter your change.
c. Press <ENTER> to process the sign-on data.
TECS II will display the "TECS II Main Menu" shown
in Figure 2 .
TR - 10
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
09:29 TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU 062667 T2MS0201
T2PS0201
CODE
DESCRIPTION
AT
ATF OPERATIONS
CM
CASE MANAGEMENT
GQ
GENERAL QUERY
10
INSPECTION OPERATIONS
HI
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
MS
SUBJECT RECORD MAINTENANCE
NN
NCIC/NLETS
SA
SUPERVISORY APPROVAL
S3
SYSTEM SUPPORT
UP
USER PROFILE RECORDS
TR
TRAINING
CODE:*
KEYID;
/vvvvvwwvwwvvwvwvvwv\/vvvv\
FIGURE 2
3. Select the CAI Training option:
a. Type TR in the code field.
b. Press <ENTER> .
TECS II will display the CAI Training Module sign-on screen
shown in Figure 3 .
TR
11
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
<
THIS IS THE SCHOLAR/TEACH SYSTEM.
DATE® 20 JULY 87 TIME® 16:00:17
PLEASE ENTER YOUR NAME AND ID.
/vvvvvvwwwwwvwwvwwwvwi
FIGURE 3
If signing on to the CAI Training Module for the first time, you
will be promoted to establish your password and nickname. Each
subsequent time you sign-on to Training, you will be asked to
identify yourself by entering your established identification.
You will then be given access to the CAI lesson.
4. Sign-on to the CAI Training Module:
a. Type your 9-digit UpR identification
INSTEAD of your name.
b. Presss <£NTER>.
TECS II will display the password screen
shown in Figure 4,
TR
12
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
f
WHAT DO YOU WANT YOUR SCHOLAR/TEACH
PASSWORD TO BE?
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvwvvvvvvvvv
FIGURE 4
c, Type your password.
d. Press <ENTER>.
Your password may be your UPR password or
one created especially for training.
However, it is recommended that your UPR
password be used, since you will be
required to enter this password each time
you access training.
The password may be from 1 to 78 characters
in length and may contain any combination
of numbers, letters, or spaces,
If you are signing-on to the CAI Training Module
for the first time, TECS II will display the
nickname screen shown in Figure 5.
TR - 13
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
WHAT WOULD YOU LIKE ME TO CALL YOU?
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVA
figure 5
e. Type a four character nickname you wish to
be called.
f. Press <ENTER>.
A nickname is the name that will be used
when the courseware addresses you.
TECS II will display the Scholar/Teach prompt shown in
Figure 6,
PLEASE ENTER NAME OF THE COURSE YOU
WISH TO TAKE
/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
FIGURE 6
6. Access the TECS II course or enter a Scholar/Teach command:
To access the TECS II courses:
a. Type the code TECS.
b. Press <ENTER>.
TECS II will display the Course Category Main Menu
shown in Figure 7 .
To enter a Scholar/Teach command:
a. Type a command: CHANGENN, CHANGEPW,
DONE, NEWS, or STOP. These
commands are discussed later in
this guide.
b. Press <ENTER>.
TR - 14
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II COURSE CATEGORY - MAIN MENU
A. INTRODUCTION
B. GENERAL FEATURES
C. SUBJECT RECORDS
D. INSPECTION OPERATIONS
E . CASE MANAGEMENT
F . INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS
G. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS)
Hi ATF
X. EXIT THE TRAINING SYSTEM
FIGURE 7
7. select a course category:
a. Type the letter associated with the course
category you wish to view.
b. Press <ENTER>.
TECS II will display a menu of lessons from the selected
category. For example, Figure 7a shows the menu of lessons
from the Introduction Category.
TR - 15
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
INTRODUCTION
A. Introduction to CAI
B. Introduction to TECS II
C. External Systems
D. User Interface - Inspection
E. User Interface - Enforcement
F. User Interface - Intelligence
G. User Interface - Sector
H. User Interface - Managers
I . User Interface - AFT
J. User Interface - External Agencies
K. Database Structure
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7a
8. Select a lesson:
a. Type the letter associated with the specific lesson
you wish to take.
b. Press <ENTER> .
TECS II will display the selected lesson. Figures 7b through 7h
show the lessons available in each of the other seven course
categories.
TR - 16
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
GENERAL FEATURES
A. Introduction to Access Control
B. SCO Access Control
c. Help
D. Electronic Mail
E. Data Ownership/ Aging/Purging
F. Error Messages
G. Search/ Arrest/Seizure Report (SAS)
H. Memorandum of Information Received {MOIR)
I. Authorize Reports
J. General Query - Inspectors
K. General Query - Office of Enforcement
L. Narrative Transfer
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7b
TR - 17
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
SUBJECT RECORDS
A. Subject Records Description
B. Create, Modify, Link Subject Records
C. Name Search
D. Subject Query
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7c
TR - 18
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
INSPECTION OPERATIONS
A. Landborder Primary
B. Landborder Secondary
C. Airport Primary
D. Airport Secondary
E. Private Aircraft Enforcement System (PAES)
F . Vessel Enforcement System (VES)
G. Incident Log Report
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7d
TR
19
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
CASE MANAGEMENT
A. Open/Link/Authorize/Modify Case
B. Report Case Hours and Statistics
C. Retrieve Case Data
D. Enter Report of Investigation (ROI)
E . Electronic Surveillance
F. Case Syllabus
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7e
TR
20
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS
A. Intelligence Reports
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 11
TR - 21
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
A. Text Search
B. Management Information Processes
X. Exit to Coarse Main Menu
Figure 7g
TR - 22
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
TECS II
MAINFRAME COURSE STRUCTURE
ATF
A. ATF Electronic Surveillance
B. ATF Firearms Subject Record
X. Exit to Course Main Menu
Figure 7h
TR - 23
TECS IX
USER'S MANUAL
3 . 3 Scholar/Teach Commands
A student automatically accessed LEARN upon entering the
Training Module. At the prompt asking for a lesson name,
either enter the code TECS or one of the following
commands.
CHANGENN - The CHANGENN command changes a student’s
nickname. After entering changenn, the
student will be prompted, "PLEASE ENTER A
NEW NICKNAME." When the student enters his
new nickname, the system displays "NEW
NICKNAME SET."
CHANGEPW
DONE
NEWS
STOP
The CHANGEPW command changes a student's
password. After entering CHANGEPW, the
student will be prompted, "PLEASE ENTER NEW
PASSWORD." When the student enters his
new password, the system displays "NEW
PASSWORD SET."
The DONE command takes a student out of the
lesson he is currently taking.
If a student enters DONE after pressing the
<PA2> key, he will be allowed to select
TECS again, or enter STOP to exit the CAI
Training System.
The NEWS command displays a specific news
message or a list of news messages
available.
If NEWS is entered on a line by itself, the
system displays a list of available news
messages.
If NEWS is entered on a line with the name
of a specific news message, the system will
display only the news message requested.
News messages must be requested one at a
time.
By entering the STOP command after pressing
<ESC> or <PA2>, the student is signed off
TECS II Training. To re-enter, the student
will have to access CAI Training from the
beginning. (See Accessing the CAI Training
Module)
TR - 24
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3 . 4 The LEARNing Environment
once inside the LEARN function, a student is presented with
the lesson he has selected. Lesson information is
presented using printed text and graphics. Key material
may be highlighted to stress its importance.
The prompt, "Press <ENTER> To Continue," appears whenever
the student has the opportunity to advance through a
lesson. The prompts are always displayed in the bottom
right corner of the screen, so it is important for the
student to pay careful attention.
To test a student's knowledge of the material presented,
questions and practice transactions appear throughout the
lesson .
TR - 25
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3 .5 Question Types
The four types of truestions that may be expected are
true/false, multiple choice, f ill-in-the-blank, and
matching. Each of these types are explained:
NOTE: All answers must be typed using CAPITAL letters. A
student can ensure this by pressing the Caps Lock key on
his keyboard. This key, which performs like a light
switch, turns CAPITAL letters on or off each time it is
pressed.
3.5.1 True/false
Example: January is the first month of the
year.
Answer >
To answer: The student should type T or F after the >
and press <ENTER>:
OR
Answer > T <EHTER>
Answer > F <ENTER>
To change
an answer: BEFORE pressing <ENTER>, the student should
press < BACKSPACES retype the correct
answer and press <ENTER> .
TR
26
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3.5.2 Multiple Choice
Example: Which of the following is the first month
of the year?
A. JANUARY
B. JUNE
C. JULY
D. DECEMBER
Enter the letter of your choice >
To answer: The student should type the appropriate
letter after the > and press <ENTER>:
Enter the letter of your choice >A <ENTER>
To change
an answer: BEFORE pressing <ENTER> , the student should
press < BACKS FACE> , retype the correct
answer, and press <ENTER>.
3.5.3 Fill-in-the-Blank
Example:
The first month of the year is
Answer >
To answer: The student should type the correct answer
after the > and press <ENTER>:
Answer > JANUARY <ENTER>
To change
an answer: BEFORE pressing <ENTER>, the student should
press < BACKS PACE > , retype the correct
answer, and press <ENTER>.
NOTE: If the entered answer is misspelled, it will be considered
incorrect.
TR
27
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3.5.4 Matching
Example; Place the letter of the appropriate month
number in the right column to the left of
each month in the left column.
MONTH
MONTH NUMBER
January
A.
Second month
February
B*
First month
March
C.
Fourth month
April
D.
Third month
To answer: The cursor will be positioned in the first
field to be entered. Once the student
types his response in the first field, he
may need to re-position the cursor in the
second field by using the <TAB> key, then
type his response. This process will be
repeated for the remaining fields. After
the student completes the last field and he
is satisfied with his responses, he should
press <ENTER> to process his answer.
MONTH MONTH NUMBER
B January . . .
A February . . .
March . . ,
C April [<ENTER> after all responses are
entered]
To change
an answer: BEFORE <ENTER> is pressed, any or all of
the answers may be changed.
Each time the <TAB> key is pressed, the
cursor will jump from field to field. When
the cursor is positioned in the field to be
changed, the student should typed the
correct response. When all the responses
have been entered, the student should press
<ENTER> .
TR - 28
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
3.5.5 Multiple Field Transactions
On many occasions, the student will have the opportunity to
practice entering the transactions he has learned. When a
student is instructed to enter data on a screen, the cursor
will appear at the first field to he typed.
When the answer field iB entered, the student should press
<TAB> to move the cursor to the second field. The student
will enter his response then <TAB> to the next field. This
procedure is repeated until all responses have been
entered.
If there is more than one field on a line, pressing the
<TAB> key will move the cursor from left to right across
the screen stopping at each consecutive field. When it
reaches the end of a line, the cursor automatically moves
down to the next line on the screen.
When the last response has been entered, the cursor may
position itself in the first field. If the student is
satisfied with his responses, he should press <ENTER> to
process them. In the example below, the arrows show the
cursor movement when the <TAB> key is pressed.
Place the Month Number Next to the Corresponding Month:
+ — > January
-> February
-> March
_i_ >
1
till
1 V V V
L
April ->
May ->
June ->
_July ->
August ->
__Septeraber ->
October
'November
'Decembers
T V
Entries would
be
typed in this
order:
1,4,7,10,2,5,
8,11,3
,6,9,12
1 January
4
April 7
July
10
October
2 February
5
_May B_
_August
11
November
3 March
6
_June 9_
September
12
December
To Change
a Field: BEFORE pressing <ENTER>, the student should
press <TAB> to move the cursor next to the
field to be changed and type the
correction. The procedure should be
repeated if other fields need to be
changed. When the student is satisfied
with his responses, he should press
<ENTER> .
TR
29
TECS II USER'S MANUAL
ATTACHMENT A
MENU ORGANIZATION VS JOB FUNCTION
TR
30
M *
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
►
TECS II CAI MAINFRAME MENU ORGANIZATION vs JOB FUNCTION
introduction
Intro, to CAI
intro, to tecs II
External Systems
User Interface -
Inspection
User Interface -
Enforcement
User Interface -
Intelligence
User Interface -
SECTOR
User Interface -
Managers
User Interface - ATF
User Inerface -
Ext, Agencies
Database Structure
GENERAL FEATURES
Intro, to Access
Control
SCO Access Control
Help
Electronic Mail
Data Ownership/Aging/
Purging
Error Message
Search/Arrest/Seizure
MOIR
Authorize Reports
General Query -
Inspectors
General Query -
Enforcement
SUBJECT RECORDS
Subject' Records
Descriptions
Cr eat e/Modi fy/ Link
Subject Records
Name Search
Subject Query
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
- indicates that this lesson is recommended for this function
- depends on whether the user is I&C Mgr or OE Mgr
TR - 31
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
INSPECTION OPRATIONS
Landborder Primary
Landborder Secondary
Airport Primary
Airport Secondary
PAES
VES
Incident Log Report
CASE MANAGEMENT
Open/LinK/Authorie
Modify Case
Report Case Hours &
Statistics
Retrieve Case Data
Enter Report of
Investigation
Electronicncies
Surv, Request
Case Syllabus
INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS
Intelligence Reports | |
MIS
Text Search
Management Info.
Processes
ATF
ATP Electronic
Surveillance
ATF Firearms
Subject Records
X
1
] X
1
X
X I X
X 1 X
X
1 X
X
1
X 1 x
!
X
X
X
X I X
X I X
x - indicates that this lesson is recommended for this function
* - depends on whether the user is I&C Mgr or OE Mgr
TR - 32
TECS II
USER 1 S MANUAL
ATTACHMENT B
TROUBLESHOOTEING GUIDE
TR - 33
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
Troubleshooting Student Problems:
PROBLEM: ACTION:
Student denied access to
The
Student
should
report
CAI Training Module.
the
SCO
Student does not remember
The
Student
should
report
CAI Training Module
Password
the
SCO
Student is not presented
The
Student
should
report
with selected lesson
the
SCO
TR - 34
INSERT INDEX XVI (APPENDIX)
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
APPENDIX A
DATA ACCESS CONTROL
OVERVIEW
Data Access Control allows you { as the owner of a record, to
restrict the record accessibility by assigning to it one of four
authorization levels. The following authorization levels apply
to all source and subject records that you create.
1 STANDARD TECS II ACCESS - Data will be unconditionally
available to all users.
2 AGENCy RESTRICTED ACCESS - Data will be inade available only
to users within your agency.
3 USER GROUP RESTRICTED ACCESS - Data will be made available
only to users belonging to the organizations or user groups
that you have specified.
4 INDIVIDUAL RESTRICTED ACCESS - This data will be available
only to the individual users that you specify.
(figure l)
When a you query a record that you have created, the system will
determine if you are authorized to access the selected
information. If the authorization level you have set for the
record does not allow you access, you will receive a "RECORD NOT
FOUND" message in response to the query.
Data Access Control prevents both unauthorized access to your
records, and to the knowledge that the record exists.
An additional feature of DATA ACCESS CONTROL allows you to update
the data access information you originally provided, at the time
the record was created, with new information at a later date.
At this point, turn to the corresponding portion of this appendix
for information on the following features:
o DATA ACCESS CREATION - Provides information on the initial
creation of data access information. This is accessible
only from an application that creates a source or subject
record.
A
1
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
O DATA ACCESS RECORD UPDATE - Provides information on the
updating of data access information specified in a
previously created record. The record update option can
only be applied to records that you own.
DATA ACCESS CREATION
Whenever a new record is created, the following screen will
display:
13:00
TECS II RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION
120487 T2TM456
T2PM456
RECORD ID:
ACCESS CODE: (1=ALL, 2=AGENCY, 3=USER GROUPS, 4=USERS)
AGENCY: (CODE 2 ONLY; C-CUSTOMS , K=ATF)
USER GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) :
USERIDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
ENTER ACCESS INFORMATION AND PRESS <RETURN>
(PF1=HELP) (PF2=FIELD HELP)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV\
(figure 2)
When the RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION screen (figure 2) appears you
have the option of entering your own access restrictions or you
can have TECS II enter the access level appropriate for the
record you are creating; this access level will be displayed on
the screen.
To allow TECS II to select an access level , simply press the
ENTER key without entering any data. TECS II will then assign an
access level to the record according to the following defaults:
O All subject records will default to level 1.
O All Intelligence and ISC source documents will default to
level 2 - Customs only (this includes Intel, Intel Alert,
CF-320, HOIR, and CF-151)
A
2
TECS II
USER’S MANUAL
0 Enforcement source and case records will default to level 3
- user group "OE" (this includes case, ROI, Electronic
Surveillance, Case Syllabus) .
o All records entered by users other than ATF, CUSTOMS, or IRS
will net allow the setting of an authorization level and
will automatically default to l.
If you choose to have the system enter the displayed default data
access, press the ENTER hey.
If you choose to provide your own data access information, the
following fields are provided for input.
ACCESS CODE - This field is provided for you to enter the access
level for the record (see figure 1). Valid entries are 1,2,3,
and 4. An invalid entry will result in the following error
message:
"INVALID ACCESS CODE"
AGENCY - If data is entered in this field it will be ignored by
the system unless the access code is set to 2. Valid codes
include:
C = Customs
K * ATF
I = IRS (CID)
H = IRS (INSPECTION)
Additionally, you can only enter the letter corresponding to the
agency you work for or the following message will result:
"INVALID AGENCY CODE FOR LEVEL 2"
USER GROUPS - If data is entered in this field it will be ignored
by the system unless the access code is set to 3. Additionally,
an edit check is performed on the group code to determine if it
is a valid user group. Invalid data will result in the following
message:
"INVALID GROUP CODES - CORRECT HIGHLIGHTED FIELDS AND RE-SUBMIT"
In the event that you select an access code of 3 but do not enter '
any group codes, the following message will result:
"ENTER AT LEAST ONE USER GROUP CODE"
A - 3
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
USER IDS - This field is provided for you to enter up to 30 USER
IDs of people you wish to have access to this record. Any user
IDs will be ignored by the system unless the access level has
been set to 4. An edit check will determine if the user ID is
valid. Invalid data will result in the following message:
"INVALID USER ID - CORRECT HIGHLIGHTED FIELDS AND RE-SUBMIT"
In the event that you select an access code of 4 but do not enter
any user IDs, the following message will result:
"ENTER AT LEAST ONE USER ID CODE"
After you have entered all of the necessary data, press the ENTER
key. Any errors will be highlighted and the appropriate error
messages (listed above} will display.
The errors can be corrected by using the TAB key to move to the
highlighed fields and re-entering the correct information. After
all errors have been corrected, press the ENTER key and the
system will return you to the application to complete the record
creation process.
DATA ACCESS RECORD UPDATE
Data Access Record Update allows you to change the access level
of a previously created document.
During creation of a record, you completed the RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION screen (figure 2), This screen sets the access level
for that record. After the record is created, the RECORD ACCESS
INFORMATION screen cannot be changed while modifying the record.
To change this access information you must select this function
from the SYSTEM SUPPORT MENU.
Upon sign-on to TECS II enter SS07 into the CODE field and press
ENTER. The next screen to appear is the ACCESS VALIDATION
SELECTION screen (figure 3):
A
4
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
11:27 TECS II ACCESS VALIDATION 0112B8 T2MU3201
SELECTION SCREEN T2PU3201
RECORD ID:
OR
DOCUMENT/ CASE NUMBER:
DATA BASE: CASE (APPROVED CASES ONLY)
ROI
MOIR
INTELL
INTELL STUDY
INTELL ALERT
ENTER RECORD ID OR DOCUMENT/CASE NBR AND DATA BASE. PRESS RETURN
(PF1=HELP) (PF2-FIELD HELP) (PF3-MAIN MENU) (PF4=PREV MENU)
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
(figure 3)
To complete this screen, use the TAB key to move from field to
field. After all the necessary fields have been completed, press
the ENTER key to accept the screen.
RECORD ID - For subject record enter the TECS II record ID of the
record that you wish to edit the access information. This record
ID must be valid, and must reference a record that you own or the
following message will result:
"RECORD ID NOT FOUND' 1
DATA BASE SELECTION - Using the list of options, place an 'X 1 in
the database that contains the record ID. If you do not select a
database, or the database selected is invalid for the type of
record, the following messages will result:
"NO FILE SELECTED"
"INVALID FILE SELECTION" '
After completing RECORD-ID or DOCUMENT/CASE NUMBER and selecting
a database, press the ENTER key. Any errors will be highlighted
and the appropriate error message will display.
‘ A
5
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DOCUMENT/CASE NUMBER - For source documents or cases, enter the
appropriate report number or case number. Again, you must own
the specified record in order to change the access.
The errors can be corrected by using the TAB key to move to the
highlighted fields and re-entering the correct information.
After all errors have been corrected, press the ENTER key and the
ACCESS VALIDATION RECORD ACCESS UPDATE screen (figure 4) will
display :
12:23 TECS II ACCESS VALIDATION 020687 T6MT4
RECORD ACCESS UPDATE T6PT4
RECORD ID: DOCUMENT/CASE NO.:
OWNER:
ACCESS CODE: ( 1=ALL , 2=AGENCY, 3=USER GROUPS, 4=USERS)
AGENCY! (CODE 2 ONLY? C^CUSTOMS, K=ATF)
OTHER USER GROUPS (CODE 3 ONLY) :
USER IDS (CODE 4 ONLY) WITH ACCESS RIGHTS:
TO CHANGE ACCESS, ENTER NEW INFORMATION AND PRESS <RETURN>
(PF1=HELP) (PF3=MAIN MENU) (PF2=FIELD HELP) (PF12=REVAL ACCESS)
/VVVVVVVVVVVVVVYVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVN
(figure 4)
This screen will initially display the data access information
you specified at the time the record was created. From here, you
can use the TAB key to select various fields and edit them just
as you initially created them on the RECORD ACCESS INFORMATION
screen (figure 2) .
*NOTE: Please refer to DATA ACCESS CREATION in this appendix for
an explanation of the various fields on this screen. Contained
below are explanations of fields that have not been previously
displayed.
A
6
TECS II
USER'S MANUAL
DOCUMENT/CASE NO. - If the record selected is a source document
or case, the report or case number will display here. It may not
be change.
OWNER - This field will contain the name of the owner of the
record. This field is system generated and cannot be edited.
Should you have group codes or user IDs that you wish to delete
from this screen, place a "D" in the space before each group code
or user ID and press the PF13 key. The screen will then refresh
after removing the group codes or user ID's that you marked for
deletion.
All error messages and processes for the additional fields are
the same as those on the record access information screen (figure
2) . After all fields have been completed press ENTER and the
following message will appear:
"PRESS PF20 TO VERIFY CHANGE OR PF5 TO REFRESH SCREEN"
At this point, if you respond by pressing PF5 the system will
replace the screen with the old data access information. If you
press PF20 the following message will display:
"PROCESS COMPLETED"
From here you have the option of pressing PF4 to return to the
access validation selection screen (figure 3) or PF3 to return
to the TECS II MAIN SYSTEM MENU.
A - 7
ms, (smmMmmmimQPmms 2n-m
i
<
FORWARD
WELCOME TO THE TREASURY ENFORCEMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II
(TECS II)
The following pages comprise the First Edition of the TECS II
User's Manual* The implementation of TECS II is completing the
transition phase from the original TECS. TECS II is an entirely
new system, and enhancements are continually being produced to
make this system more effective, efficient, and as user friendly
as possible.
The intent of this manual is to assist you, the user, in the
procedural operation of TECS II* The manual is divided into
sixteen sections, beginning with an introduction to TECS II which
provides background into the system as well as a brief
description of the system and its capabilities.
Following the Introduction is a section dealing with Security,
There are many aspects of security involved in TECS II* This
section provides information on each aspect, Prior to accessing
TECS II, certain security requirements must be met. The Security
section explains what those requirements are, and what you must
do to satisfy them.
Once the security requirements are satisfied, you will need to
know how to actually access the TECS II system* The next section
is devoted to Accessing TECS II, and explains how to sign-on and
off of the system. System Attributes such as the Help facility,
standard function keys and electronic mail (eMAIL) are also
discussed in this section.
The remainder of the manual is divided into specific system
applications. The arrangement of the applications is presented
in alphabetical order, according to their placement on the TECS
II Main Menu. Each individual section will begin with an
overview, followed by a discussion of accessing the application
from the main menu, then the subsystem menu. After the
presentation of the subsystem menu, each section will present an
in-depth discussion of the options available from the subsystem
menu. Should there be other menus presented below the subsystem
menu, those options too will be discussed, each in turn, as they
are presented on the menu.
You are encouraged to use and critique this manual* Should you
have any questions, suggestions for improvement, or corrections,
please submit your comments to:
U 5 CUSTOMS SERVICE
Law Enforcement Systems Division
7631 Boston Boulevard
Springfield, VA 22153
DEPOSITORY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11